You are on page 1of 534

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

Honeywell International Inc. 21111 N. 19th Ave. Phoenix, AZ 85027-2708 U.S.A. CAGE 55939 Telephone: (800) 601--3099 (Toll Free U.S.A./Canada) Telephone: (602) 365--3099 (International Direct) Telephone: 00--800--601--30999 (EMEA Toll Free) Telephone: 420--234--625--500 (EMEA Direct) Web site: http://portal.honeywell.com/wps/portal/aero

System Description, Installation, and Maintenance Manual with illustrated parts list

Multi-Channel SATCOM System
System Designation MCS--4200 MCS--7200 Type 4--Channel 7--Channel

This document contains technical data and is subject to U.S. export regulations. These commodities, technology, or software were exported from the United States in accordance with the export administration regulations. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. ECCN: 7E994, NLR Eligible

23- -35 -20UP7527

Page T--1
Publication Number A15-5111-010, Revision 01 © Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Revised 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Honeywell-Confidential
THIS COPYRIGHTED WORK AND ALL INFORMATION ARE THE PROPERTY OF HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC., CONTAIN TRADE SECRETS AND MAY NOT, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BE USED, DUPLICATED, OR DISCLOSED FOR ANY PURPOSE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

Honeywell Materials License Agreement
The documents and information contained herein (“the Materials”) are the proprietary data of Honeywell International Inc. and Honeywell Intellectual Properties Inc. (collectively “Honeywell”). These Materials are provided for the exclusive use of Honeywell Service Centers; Honeywell--authorized repair facilities; operators of Honeywell aerospace products subject to an applicable product support agreement, their wholly owned--subsidiaries or a formally designated third party service provider; and direct recipients of Materials from Honeywell’s Aerospace Technical Publication Distribution. The terms and conditions of this License Agreement govern your use of these Materials, except to the extent that any terms and conditions of another applicable agreement with Honeywell regarding the operation, maintenance, or repair of Honeywell aerospace products conflict with the terms and conditions of this License Agreement, in which case the terms and conditions of the other agreement will govern. However, this License Agreement will govern in the event of a conflict between its terms and conditions and those of a purchase order or acknowledgement. 1. License Grant -- If you are a party to an applicable product support agreement, a Honeywell Service Center agreement, or an authorized repair facility agreement, Honeywell hereby grants you a limited, non--exclusive license to use these Materials to operate, maintain, or repair Honeywell aerospace products only in accordance with that agreement. If you are a direct recipient of these Materials from Honeywell’s Aerospace Technical Publication Distribution and are not a party to an agreement related to the operation, maintenance or repair of Honeywell aerospace products, Honeywell hereby grants you a limited, non--exclusive license to use these Materials to maintain or repair the subject Honeywell aerospace products only at the facility to which these Materials have been shipped (“the Licensed Facility”). Transfer of the Materials to another facility owned by you is permitted only if the original Licensed Facility retains no copies of the Materials and you provide prior written notice to Honeywell. 2. Rights In Materials -- Honeywell retains all rights in these Materials and in any copies thereof that are not expressly granted to you, including all rights in patents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade secrets. No license to use any Honeywell trademarks or patents is granted under this License Agreement. 3. Confidentiality -- You acknowledge that these Materials contain information that is confidential and proprietary to Honeywell. You agree to take all reasonable efforts to maintain the confidentiality of these Materials. 4. Assignment And Transfer -- This License Agreement may be assigned to a formally designated service designee or transferred to a subsequent owner or operator of an aircraft containing the subject Honeywell aerospace products. However, the recipient of any such assignment or transfer must assume all of your obligations under this License Agreement. No assignment or transfer shall relieve any party of any obligation that such party then has hereunder. 5. Copies of Materials -- Unless you have the express written permission of Honeywell, you may not make or permit making of copies of the Materials. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may make copies of only portions of the Material for your internal use. You agree to return the Materials and any copies thereof to Honeywell upon the request of Honeywell. 6. Term -- This License Agreement is effective until terminated as set forth herein. This License Agreement will terminate immediately, without notice from Honeywell, if you fail to comply with any provision of this License Agreement or will terminate simultaneously with the termination or expiration of
UP7527

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page T--2 12 Oct 2010

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System your applicable product support agreement, authorized repair facility agreement, or your formal designation as a third party service provider. Upon termination of this License Agreement, you will return these Materials to Honeywell without retaining any copies and will have one of your authorized officers certify that all Materials have been returned with no copies retained. 7. Remedies -- Honeywell reserves the right to pursue all available remedies and damages resulting from a breach of this License Agreement. 8. Limitation of Liability -- Honeywell does not make any representation regarding the use or sufficiency of the Materials. THERE ARE NO OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, (i) WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE, WHICH ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED, OR (ii) WARRANTIES AGAINST INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES, EVEN IF HONEYWELL HAS BEEN ADVISED OF ANY SUCH INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT WILL HONEYWELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SPECIAL DAMAGES, INDIRECT DAMAGES, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF REVENUES, OR LOSS OF USE, EVEN IF INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS WILL APPLY REGARDLESS OF WHETHER LIABILITY ARISES FROM BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO NEGLIGENCE), BY OPERATION OF LAW, OR OTHERWISE. 9. Controlling Law -- This License shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof. This license sets forth the entire agreement between you and Honeywell and may only be modified by a writing duly executed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties.

Safety Advisory
WARNING: BEFORE THE MATERIALS CALLED OUT IN THIS PUBLICATION ARE USED, KNOW THE HANDLING, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL PRECAUTIONS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER. FAILURE TO OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS’ OR SUPPLIERS’ RECOMMENDATIONS CAN RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DISEASE. This publication describes physical and chemical processes which can make it necessary to use chemicals, solvents, paints, and other commercially available materials. The user of this publication must get the Material Safety Data Sheets (OSHA Form 174 or equivalent) from the manufacturers or suppliers of the materials to be used. The user must know the manufacturer/ supplier data and obey the procedures, recommendations, warnings and cautions set forth for the safe use, handling, storage, and disposal of the materials.

UP7527

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page T--3 12 Oct 2010

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Warranty/Liability Advisory
WARNING: HONEYWELL ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY HONEYWELL EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT MAINTAINED AND/OR REPAIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH HONEYWELL’S PUBLISHED INSTRUCTIONS AND/OR HONEYWELL’S FAA/SFAR 36 REPAIR AUTHORIZATION. NEITHER DOES HONEYWELL ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT FABRICATED BY COMPANIES OTHER THAN HONEYWELL. WARNING: INCORRECTLY REPAIRED COMPONENTS CAN AFFECT AIRWORTHINESS OR DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE COMPONENTS. INCORRECTLY FABRICATED SPECIAL TOOLING OR TEST EQUIPMENT CAN RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE PRODUCT COMPONENTS OR GIVE UNSATISFACTORY RESULTS.

Copyright - Notice Copyright 2006, 2010, Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Honeywell is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. All other marks are owned by their respective companies.

UP7527

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page T--4 12 Oct 2010

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

TRANSMITTAL INFORMATION
TO HOLDERS OF MULTI--CHANNEL SATCOM SYSTEM SDIMM ATA No. 23--20--35 ISSUED IN SUPPORT OF THE FOLLOWING: Table Tl-1.
Component Part Number MCS--4200 MCS--7200

Applicable Components
Nomenclature Multi--Channel SATCOM System Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Revision History Table TI--2 shows the reision history of this SDIMM. Table TI-2.
Revision Nmber 0 1

Revision History
Revision Date 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010

This revision replaces some data in the manual. All changed pages have a new date, as identified in the List of Effective Pages. Revision bars identify the changed data. An “R” adjacent to the Fig./Item column identifies changes in the Detailed Parts List. See Transmittal information for history of revisions to this CMM. Put the changed pages in the manual and remove and discard all replaced pages. Write the revision number, revision date, and replacement date on the Record of Revisions page. Remove and discard all Temporary Revision pages in this manual. Write the date you remove the Temporary Revision from the manual on the Record of Temporary Revisions page. Revision bars mark the technical data that changed in this revision; those changes are described in the Table of Highlights. Editorial changes are not marked with a revision bar. Table of Highlights
Page T--1 T--2 thru T--4, all footers RR--1, RR--2 LEP--1, LEP--2 TOC--1 thru TOC--4
UP7527

Description of Change Changed the header. Added export data. Changed the format and added legal data in all title pages and footers in accordance with the Honeywell legal department. Updated to show latest revision. Updated to show latest revision. Updated to show where data is located.

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page Tl--1 12 Oct 2010

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Table of Highlights
Page INTRO--1 thru INTRO--12 1--3 1--4 1--5 1--6 1--7 1--9 1--10 1--13 1--14 1--15 1--17 1--18 1--21 1--22 1--23 1--25 2--1 2--3 2--8 2--13 2--16 2--20 2--21 3--1 3--3 5--57 5--64.1 6--14 and 6--17 6--27
UP7527

(cont)

Description of Change Updated Intro to newer template and updated acronyms and abbreviations list. Revised Figure 1--1. Revised Paragraph 1.B.2 and 3. Updated configurable entries. Revised Paragraph 1.B.11 Revised Figure 1--2. Added ARINC 781 markup to (c) Antenna Subsystem. Revised Paragraph 2.B.(e) and (f). Revised Paragraph 2.C.(1). Revised to add Satellite Base Station and revised Paragraph 2.E. to add Classic Aero data. Updated Table 1--3, revised entire table, and Table 1--4. Changed LES Code from 22 to 12 in two places. Updated Tables 1--7, 1--8, and added Table 8A. Updated Paragraphs A.(2) and (3). Updated Paragraph B.(1) to add the phrase Classic Aero. Updated Paragraph B.(1) to add the phrase Classic Aero. Updated Paragraphs in C.(1) to change the description of the HSU. Updated Paragraph E.(2) the description of the MCS--4200/7200. Updated Paragraph 1.A. to reflect the latest overview of the system. Updated Paragraph 2.B. to describe the system with an HSDU installed. Updated B.(2) Software Upload Process and updated Paragraph 4.A. to include information on the HSU. Updated E.(1) Auto Mode ORT Upload Procedure. Added Classic Aero phrase to section heading 8 and Paragraph A.(1). Added SBB operation to Paragraphs D.(2) and (3). Added SBB operation to Paragraph D (8). Added Classic Aero to heading 1. Incorporated Figure 3--1 from Temporary Revision 1. Changed description of TP11E thru TP11K in Table 5--7. Updated Table 5--19. Updated Table 6--5. Updated Figure 6--2.

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page Tl--2 12 Oct 2010

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Table of Highlights
Page 6--31 6--42.1 6--50, --51, and --52 6--61 thru 6--66 and added 6--66.1 thru 6--66.6 6--70, 6--71, 6--74 6--77 thru 6--80, and added pages 6--80.1 thru 6--80--8. 6--89 and added pages 6--89.1 thru 6--89.10. 6--96 6--122 C--15, and D--11 F--9, F--21, F--23, F--26, F--32, F--34 F--37

(cont)

Description of Change Added (3)(a) SATCOM MAINTENANCE Pages. Added new sheets to Figure 6--7. Updated Table 6--11, and updated Figure 6--8. Incorporated new CONFIGURATION DATA and replaced Figure 6--8, Sheet 15.

Updated Table 6--17 along with references to Table 6--17 and section numbering. Updated data and added Figure 6--12.

Added (15) SBB PIM TEST Pages.

Updated Table 6--19, Table 6--20, and Table 6--21. Updated Table 6--23. Incorporated Temporary Revision 1. Updated Appendix Information. Added Table F--1.

UP7527

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page Tl--3 12 Oct 2010

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Blank Page

UP7527

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page Tl--4 12 Oct 2010

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

RECORD OF REVISIONS
For each revision, put the changed pages in your manual and discard the replaced pages. Write the revision number and date, and the date put in the manual. Put your initials in the applicable columns on the Record of Revisions. The initial H shows that Honeywell put the changed pages in the manual.
Revision Number 0 1 Revision Date 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 Date Put In Manual 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 By H H Revision Number 0 1 Revision Date 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 Date Put In Manual 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 By H H

UP7527

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page RR--1 12 Oct 2010

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Blank Page

UP7527

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page RR--2 12 Oct 2010

** Temporary revisions are incorporated in the manual by normal revision. Page RTR--1 12 Oct 2010 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS Instructions on each page of a temporary revision tell you where to put the pages in your manual. Remove temporary revision pages only when discard instructions are given. Temporary Revision Number 1 Temporary Revision Date 28 Sep 2009 Temporary Revision Status Incorporated Date Put in Manual 12 Oct 2010 Date Removed from Manual By * H By * * The initial H in this column shows Honeywell has done this task. put the applicable data in the record columns on this page. UP7527 23. INSTALLATION. For each temporary revision.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page RTR--2 12 Oct 2010 .

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page SBL--1 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System SERVICE BULLETIN LIST Service Bulletin Identified Mod Date Included in this Manual Description UP7527 23. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page SBL--2 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 23. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Subeading and Page Title T--1 T--2 T--3 T--4 Transmittal Information TI--1 TI--2 TI--3 TI--4 Record of Revisions RR--1 RR--2 Record of Temporary Revisions RTR--1 RTR--2 Service Bulletin List SBL--1 SBL--2 List of Effective Pages LEP--1 LEP--2 LEP--3 LEP--4 LEP--5 LEP--6 LEP--7 LEP--8 Table of Contents TC--1 TC--2 TC--3 TC--4 TC--5 H F UP7527 Date Subeading and Page TC--6 TC--7 TC--8 TC--9 TC--10 TC--11 TC--12 TC--13 TC--14 TC--15 TC--16 Introduction INTRO--1 INTRO--2 INTRO--3 INTRO--4 INTRO--5 INTRO--6 INTRO--7 INTRO--8 INTRO--9 INTRO--10 INTRO--11 INTRO--12 System Description 1--1 1--2 1--3 1--4 1--5 1--6 F 1--7/1--8 1--9 1--10 1--11 H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H Date 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 indicates a changed or added page. Page LEP--1 12 Oct 2010 . indicates a foldout page.

23. INSTALLATION. indicates a foldout page. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page LEP--2 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Subeading and Page 1--12 1--13 1--14 1--15 1--16 1--17 1--18 F 1--19/1--20 1--21 1--22 1--23 1--24 1--25 1--26 1--27 1--28 1--29 1--30 1--31 1--32 1--33 1--34 1--35 1--36 1--37 1--38 1--39 1--40 1--41 1--42 1--43 1--44 1--45 1--46 System Operation 2--1 2--2 2--3 2--4 H F UP7527 Date H H H H H H H H H H H H 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 Subeading and Page 2--5 2--6 2--7 2--8 2--9 2--10 2--11 2--12 2--13 2--14 2--15 2--16 2--17 2--18 2--19 2--20 2--21 2--22 2--23 2--24 2--25 2--26 2--27 2--28 Cabin/Cockpit Communications 3--1 3--2 F 3--3/3--4 3--5 3--6 3--7 3--8 3--9 3--10 3--11 3--12 3--13 3--14 3--15 H H H Date 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H indicates a changed or added page.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Page LEP--3 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Subeading and Page 3--16 3--17 3--18 Mechanical Installation 4--1 4--2 4--3 4--4 4--5/4--6 4--7/4--8 4--9/4--10 4--11/4--12 4--13/4--14 4--15/4--16 4--17/4--18 4--19/4--20 5--1 5--2 5--3 5--4 5--5 5--6 5--7 5--8 5--9/5--10 5--11/5--12 5--13 5--14 5--15/5--16 5--17/5--18 5--19 5--20 5--21 5--22 5--23/5--24 5--25/5--26 5--27/5--28 Date 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 Subeading and Page 5--29 5--30 5--31/5--32 5--33 5--34 5--35 5--36 5--37/5--38 5--39/5--40 5--41/5--42 5--43/5--44 5--45/5--46 5--47/5--48 5--49/5--50 5--51/5--52 5--53/5--54 5--55/5--56 5--57 5--57.1 5--57. indicates a foldout page.2 5--65 5--66 5--67 5--68 5--69 5--70 5--71 5--72 5--73 5--74 Date 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F H Electrical Installation H H H F F F H H F F F F F H F UP7527 indicates a changed or added page.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.2 5--58 5--59 5--60 5--61 5--62 5--63 5--64 5--64.1/5--64. INSTALLATION. 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

2 6--42. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Subeading and Page Testing/Fault Isolation 6--1 6--2 6--3 6--4 6--5 6--6 6--7 6--8 6--9 6--10 6--11 6--12 6--13 6--14 6--15 6--16 6--17 6--17.1 6--42.1 6--31.4 6--43 6--44 6--45 6--46 6--47 6--48 6--49 6--50 6--51 6--52 6--53 6--54 6--55 6--56 6--57 6--58 6--59 6--60 6--61 6--62 6--63 6--64 6--65 6--66 H H Date 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 H H H H H H H H H H H 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 H H H H H H H H H H H H H F UP7527 indicates a changed or added page.2 6--18 6--19 6--20 6--21 6--22 6--23 6--24 6--25 6--26 F 6--27/6--28 6--29 6--30 6--31 6--31.1 6--34.3 6--42. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page LEP--4 12 Oct 2010 . indicates a foldout page. 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.1 6--17.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.2 6--32 6--33 6--34 Date Subeading and Page 6--34.2 6--35 6--36 6--37 6--38 6--39 6--40 6--41 6--42 6--42.

INSTALLATION.1 6--80.3 6--89.2 6--89.2 6--80.7 6--80.2 6--84 6--85 6--86 6--87 H F UP7527 Date H H H H H H 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 Subeading and Page 6--88 6--89 6--89.4 6--89.2 6--66.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.3 6--66. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Subeading and Page 6--66. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.5 6--89.5 6--66. 23.9 6--80.8 6--80.6 6--80.7 6--89.1 6--66.8 6--90 6--91 6--92 6--93 6--94 6--95 6--96 6--97 6--98 6--99 6--100 6--101 6--102 6--103 6--104 6--105 6--106 6--107 6--108 6--109 6--110 6--111 6--112 6--113 6--114 6--115 6--116 6--117 6--118 H H H H H H H H Date 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H indicates a changed or added page.4 6--66.3 6--80.10 6--81 6--82 6--83 6--83. Page LEP--5 12 Oct 2010 .4 6--80.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.5 6--80.1 6--89. indicates a foldout page.6 6--89.6 6--67 6--68 6--69 6--70 6--71 6--72 6--73 6--74 6--75 6--76 6--77 6--78 6--79 6--80 6--80.1 6--83.

indicates a foldout page. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION.1 6--120. 23. Page LEP--6 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Subeading and Page 6--119 6--120 6--120.2 6--121 6--122 Maintenance Practices 7--1 7--2 7--3 7--4 7--5 7--6 Appendix A Vendor Equipment A--1 A--2 A--3 A--4 A--5/A--6 A--7/A--8 A--9/A--10 A--11/A--12 A--13/A--14 A--15/A--16 A--17/A--18 A--19 A--20 A--21 A--22 A--23/A--24 A--25 A--26 A--27 A--28 A--29 A--30 A--31 A--32 H F UP7527 Date 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 Subeading and Page A--33 A--34 A--35 A--36 A--37 A--38 A--39 A--40 Appendix B Installation Procedures For SATCOM Air Filtration B--1 B--2 B--3 B--4 F B--5/B--6 B--7 B--8 B--9 B--10 Appendix C Owner Requirements Table C--1 C--2 C--3 C--4 C--5 C--6 C--7 C--8 C--9 C--10 C--11 C--12 C--13 C--14 C--15 C--16 C--17 Date 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 H F F F F F F F F 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 H H H 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 indicates a changed or added page.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

23.2 F--22 F--23 F--23. Page LEP--7 12 Oct 2010 .1 F--11.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.1 F--23. indicates a foldout page.1 F--21.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.2 F--12 F--13 F--14 F--15 F--16 F--17 F--18 F--19 F--20 F--21 F--21. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Subeading and Page C--18 C--19 C--20 Appendix D Call Events Log (CEL) D--1 D--2 D--3 D--4 D--5 D--6 D--7 D--8 D--9 D--10 D--11 D--12 D--13 D--14 D--15 D--16 Appendix E Messaging E--1 E--2 E--3 E--4 E--6 E--7 E--8 E--9 E--10 E--11 E--12 E--13 E--14 E--15 E--16 E--17 H F UP7527 Date H H H 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 Subeading and Page E--18 E--19 E--20 E--21 E--22 E--23 E--24 Appendix F Failure Overview F--1 F--2 F--3 F--4 F--5 F--6 F--7 F--8 F--9 F--10 F--11 F--11.2 F--24 Date 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 H 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 H H H H H 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 H H H H H H 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 indicates a changed or added page.

Page LEP--8 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Subeading and Page F--25 F--26 F--27 F--28 F--28. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.1 F--32. indicates a foldout page.2 F--29 F--30 F--31 F--32 F--32. 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.1 F--28.2 F--33 F--34 H H H H H Date 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 12 Oct 2010 Subeading and Page F--35 F--36 F--37 F--38 F--39 F--40 Index INDEX--1 INDEX--2 INDEX--3 INDEX--4 INDEX--5 INDEX--6 H H H H H H Date 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 12 Oct 2010 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 15 Jul 2006 H H H H H F UP7527 indicates a changed or added page.

. . . . . . . B. . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acronyms and Abbreviations . . . . . . Complete Customer Care Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page INTRO-1 INTRO--1 INTRO--1 INTRO--1 INTRO--1 INTRO--2 INTRO--2 INTRO--2 INTRO--2 INTRO--2 INTRO--2 INTRO--2 INTRO--3 INTRO--4 INTRO--4 INTRO--10 INTRO--10 1-1 1--1 1--1 1--4 1--13 1--14 1--14 1--15 1--15 1--18 1--18 1--21 1--23 Page TC--1 12 Oct 2010 C. . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . Honeywell Aerospace Online Technical Publications Web Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. . . . . . . . . Data Verification . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview . . . . . . . 2. . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satellite Data Unit . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Speed Data Unit . . . . . . . . . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System TABLE OF CONTENTS Subject INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . Honeywell Publications . . . . . Space Segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . 3. . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . D. . . . . . Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . Other Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aircraft Earth Station/Mobile Earth Station/User Equipment -. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground Earth Station/Land Earth Station/ Satellite Base Station . . . . Terrestrial Data and Voice Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP7527 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weights and Measurements . . . . Maximum Permissible Exposure Level . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. . . . . . . . . SECTION 1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. . . .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . C. E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION. . 4. . Customer Support . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. . . . . . . . . C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . Owner Requirements Table . . . . . . . Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . MCS--4200/7200 Component Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . Log-On Mode Selection . . . . . . . . System Log-On/Log-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23. Avionics Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HPA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satellite Data Unit (SDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. HSDU Installed . . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1--24 1--25 1--25 1--25 1--25 1--30 1--34 1--38 1--42 1--42 1--44 1--45 1--45 2-1 2--1 2--1 2--1 2--1 2--3 2--3 2--3 2--5 2--6 2--6 2--7 2--8 2--8 2--8 2--8 2--10 2--11 2--11 Page TC--2 12 Oct 2010 C. . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Description . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Software/Database Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D. . . . . . . . Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 2 SYSTEM OPERATION . . G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nameplates (SDU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Power Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Log-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION. . . . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Subject D. . . . . . Validation of the Software Upload File . . . High--Power Amplifier (60 Watt) . . Log-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP7527 General . . . . . . . . . Overview . . . . . E. . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . High Speed Data Unit (HSU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software Upload Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES Management . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E. . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . ARINC 429 Data Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HSU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software and Hardware Compatibility (SDU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HSU and HPA) . . . . . . . . . H. . . . . . . . . . . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio Frequency Unit Interface Adapter (RFUIA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F. . . . . . . . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Constrained Log-On . General . . . 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Aero Packet-Data Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. System Reversion . . . . . . PDL/DLCS Upload Procedure . . . . . . . . 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 4 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . Circuit-Mode Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. . . . . . . . . . Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORT Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . D. . . . . . . . . . . . . G. B. . . . A. . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cockpit Voice Configurations and Functionality . . . . . . . . . . ORT Upload/Download Process . . . Analog Audio Channels . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Circuit-Mode Voice . . . . . . . . . . General . . . UP7527 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . Voice Interface Module Dedication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . Voice Codec Module Audio Switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Subject 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. . SECTION 3 CABIN/COCKPIT COMMUNICATIONS . . . . Cabin Communications System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voice Interface Module Stored Audio Messages . . . . . Cockpit Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. . . . . E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual System Control/Status Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .based) Cabin Communications . . . . . Headset On-Hook Signaling . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . E. A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual SATCOM Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Antenna Configurations . . . . . Page 2--12 2--12 2--12 2--12 2--12 2--14 2--14 2--14 2--14 2--16 2--16 2--17 2--17 2--18 2--19 2--20 2--28 3-1 3--1 3--1 3--1 3--2 3--14 3--14 3--14 3--15 3--15 3--15 3--15 3--17 4-1 4--1 Page TC--3 12 Oct 2010 C. . . . . . . . Control Mode ORT Upload Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Headset Off-Hook Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Aero (SDU -. Circuit-Mode Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voice Codec Module Sidetone . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FMC Connection to SDU . . . M. . . Cable Loss Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . J. ARINC 429 BUS Speed of AES ID Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARINC 429 Speed to/from CMU No. . . . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Subject A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDU Controller Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . Connector Layout and Contact Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical Installation Procedure . . . . . . Cooling Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. . . . . HSU Presence . . . . . . . . HPA/Antenna Subsystem Configuration . . . . . . . Owner Requirements Table (ORT) Uploading . . . . . . . . . . A. . B. 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation Dependent Considerations . . . . . Mechanical Installation Design . . . . . . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I. . SECTION 5 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . D. . . . . . UP7527 23. . . . . 1 and CMU No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vendor Supplied Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G. . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4--1 4--1 4--1 4--1 4--1 4--2 4--2 4--2 4--3 4--4 5-1 5--1 5--1 5--1 5--1 5--1 5--1 5--21 5--57 5--57 5--58 5--60 5--60 5--61 5--61 5--61 5--62 5--62 5--62 5--63 5--63 5--64 Page TC--4 12 Oct 2010 C. . . . E. . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . L. . . .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cabin Communications System (CCS) . . . Equipment and Materials . . . . . Strap Parity (ODD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. . . . . . . . . . . . Cabin Packet Data Function (CPDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inertial Reference System (IRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LRU Mechanical Installation . . . . Availability of ARINC 429 ICAO ADDRESS (AES ID) from 429 Ports . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . Call Light On (Air/Ground Calls) . . . D. . . . . . . . E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . Z. . SDU CODEC 1 and CODEC 2 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . General . 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cockpit Hookswitch Signaling Method . . H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 5--65 5--66 5--66 5--67 5--67 5--68 5--69 5--69 5--70 5--70 5--72 5--72 5--73 6-1 6--1 6--1 6--2 6--3 6--3 6--4 6--7 6--8 6--20 6--20 6--21 6--21 6--21 6--25 6--25 6--90 6--90 6--90 Page TC--5 12 Oct 2010 U. . . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. . . . . . . Y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. . . . . . . . . SDU Configuration . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T. . . . . . . . . . 2 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SATCOM Control and Display Unit . . . . 3 Configuration . . 1 thru No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDU Number . . . . . . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Activity Log . . . . . . . . . S. . CM--250 CGU Connection Configuration . . . . . . SCDU Page Hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP7527 General . . . 2/MCDU No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cockpit Voice Call Light/Chime Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Strap Parity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boeing 747--400 CMC/777 OMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CFDS/CMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 and No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. . . . . . . . . CMU No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F. . . . X. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARINC 429 BUS Speed to MCDU No. . . . . . . . . 1/MCDU No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V. . . . A. . . . . . SCDU Display Terminology and Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . SECTION 6 TESTING/FAULT ISOLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Subject N. . . . . . . . . . O. . . . . . . . . . . Monitoring and Testing Functions . . . . . . . . . D. 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCDU Pages . . . . . . . 2. . . . . Failure Detection and Reporting Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cockpit Call Discrete Signaling Mode . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Computer Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Priority 4 Calls to/from Cockpit . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W. . . . . . . . . LRU Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. . . . . . . D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q. . . . B. . . I. . . . . . . . . . . . . MCDU/WSC No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION. . P. . Miscellaneous BITE Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D. . . . . . . . . . SATCOM Logical Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . INSTALLATION. . . . General . . . E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. . . . . . SATCOM Menus . . Overview . . . . 3. General . . Procedure for Antennas . . . . . . . . 6. . C. . . . . . . . . . SATCOM (Cross-Talk Bus Failed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP7527 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23. Equipment and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Antenna Weather Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 7 MAINTENANCE PRACTICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A VENDOR EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . LRU Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. Overview . . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . . A. . . . . . . . 1. . . B. . . . Page 6--93 6--94 6--95 6--121 6--121 6--121 6--121 6--121 6--121 6--121 6--121 7-1 7--1 7--1 7--1 7--1 7--2 7--2 7--2 7--2 7--3 7--3 7--3 7--3 7--4 7--4 7--5 7--5 A-1 A--1 A--1 Page TC--6 12 Oct 2010 C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D. . . . . . . . . . . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instructions for Continued Airworthiness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Subject C. . . . . Central Aircraft Information and Maintenance System . . . FAR 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure for the LRUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Airbus/Douglas CFDS . . . . . Maintenance Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . Antenna Hardware . . . . . SATCOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1529 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LRU Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Level I Failure Messages and ATA Reference Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Owner Requirements Table Uploading . . . . . . . . General Antenna Removal Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. SCDU for Dual SATCOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N. . F. . . . Electronic Cable Specialists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cabin Communications System Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . Additional Avionics Installation Components . . . . . . . . . Signal Conditioning Unit . . . . . Cable Assembly Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engineering Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Antenna System Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP7527 Introduction . . . . . . . . . Air Filtration Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX B INSTALLATION PROCEDURES FOR SATCOM AIR FILTRATION SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . . . . 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operator Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. . . . . . . . . K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D. . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . C. . . . . . . . . . . C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation Kit Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . Page A--1 A--1 A--1 A--1 A--2 A--2 A--4 A--4 A--19 A--19 A--19 A--19 A--19 A--19 A--20 A--20 A--20 A--20 A--21 A--21 A--26 A--26 A--27 A--28 A--29 A--33 B-1 B--1 B--1 B--1 B--1 B--2 Page TC--7 12 Oct 2010 C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. . . . . . . . . . . ARINC 600 Connector Pin Assignments . . . . . . . LRU Mounting Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M. . . . . . E. . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio Frequency Components . . . Hollingsead International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wire Harnesses . . . . . . . . . Complete Integrated SATCOM Installation Kits . . . . . D. . Cable Assembly Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SATCOM Hardware Component Kits . . . . . . . Continued Airworthiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SATCOM Shelf Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION. . . . . SATCOM Avionics Unit Mounting Hardware . 3. . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARINC 600 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J. . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Subject 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. . . . 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E. B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PPPoE Active Discovery Session--Confirmation (PADS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Body--Mounted Assembly . HSD ISDN Call SLCV And Detailed Codes . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Most Significant Digit . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . Top Mount Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PPPoE Active Discovery Termination (PADT) . 1. . . APPENDIX E MESSAGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX D CALL EVENTS LOG (CEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page TC--8 12 Oct 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. APPENDIX C OWNER REQUIREMENTS TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . PPPoE Active Discovery Offer (PADO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PPPoE Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PPPoE Active Discovery Request (PADR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page B--2 B--4 B--4 B--8 B--9 C-1 C--1 C--1 D-1 D--1 D--1 D--4 D--4 D--4 D--9 E-1 E--1 E--1 E--1 E--3 E--5 E--5 F-1 F--1 INDEX-1 C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Subject A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commentary . . . . . . . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SLCV And Detailed Code Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP7527 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call Events Log . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX F FAILURE OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tray--Mounted Assembly . . . . . .

. . . . Figure 1-4. . . . . . . . Figure 2-6. . . . . . . . Figure 1-11. . . . . . . Radio Frequency Unit Interface Adapter . . . . . . . Dual System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 2-8. . . . . . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. . . . . . . . . Figure 1-6. . HGA + HGA Configuration with Two Top-Mounted HGAs . . Figure 3-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 1-7. . INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio Frequency Energy Levels . . . . Figure 2-10. . RFUIA System Interface Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 2-2. . . . . . . (HGA + LGA) + HGA Configuration with Two Side-Mounted HGAs (HGA + LGA) + HGA Configuration with the LGA Paired with One Side-Mounted HGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 2-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HGA + LGA Configuration with Side-Mounted HGAs . . . . . . LGA + LGA Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio Interfaces . . . . . . . . Aviation Satellite Communications System .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . . . . Figure 2-7. . . . . INMARSAT Seven--Region Satellite Coverage . . . . Cable Attenuations . . . Page INTRO--1 INTRO--12 1--3 1--7 1--13 1--19 1--21 1--27 1--31 1--35 1--39 1--40 1--43 2--15 2--19 2--22 2--22 2--23 2--23 2--24 2--24 2--25 2--26 2--27 2--28 3--3 4--3 4--5 4--7 4--13 Page TC--9 12 Oct 2010 23. . Figure 2-3. . SD-700 and SD-720 (7516119) Outline and Installation Diagram . . (HGA + LGA) + HGA Configuration with Two Top-Mounted HGAs . . HGA + HGA Configuration with Two Side-Mounted HGAs . . . . Classic Aero Satellite Audio System . . . . . . . Figure 1-1. . . . . . . . HP--720 (7520006) Outline and Installation Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Power Amplifier . . . . . . . (HGA + LGA) + HGA Configuration with the LGA Paired with One Top-Mounted HGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 1-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HGA + HGA Configuration with One Side-Mounte HGA + One Top-Mounted HGA (Dissimilar HGA) . . . . . . . UP7527 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 1-2. . . . Figure 2-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 1-5. . . . . . . HGA + LGA Configuration with Top-Mounted HGAs . . High Speed Data Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 1-10. . Figure 2-5. . . . Figure 2-1. . Figure 4-2. . Figure Intro--2. . . Figure 1-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System List of Illustrations Figure Figure Intro--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aircraft Earth Station Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . RFUIA Outline and Installation Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. . . . . . . . . . . Figure 2-11. . . . . Figure 4-4. . . . . MCS--7200 SDU Equipment Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCS--4200/7200 Avionics Block Diagram . . . . . . Satellite Data Unit . . . . . . . . . . MCS--4200/7200 SDU LRU Labels . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . RFUIA ARINC 600 Connector Layout . . . . . . . . Figure 5-22. . Ball Conformal High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-6. . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Arrangements for the Middle Insert. . . . . Thales Mechanically Steered High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram . . Figure 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-21. . . . . . . Figure 5-18. . . . . . . . . . Contact Arrangements for Bottom Insert. . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Arrangements for Middle Insert. . . . . . . Figure 5-13. . . . . . . Contact Arrangements for Bottom Insert. . . . . . . . . . . . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. . . . . Satellite Data Unit & HSU Interface Diagram . . . . . . HF-SAT Transfer Panel Interface Diagram . Figure 5-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HSU ARINC 600 Connector . . INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP7527 Page HS--720 (7520063) Outline and Installation Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HPA (60 Watt) ARINC 600 Connector . . . Figure 5-7. . . . Figure 5-16. . . . . . . . . . . EMS AMT--50 Mechanically Steered High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram . . Figure 5-9. . . . SDU ARINC 600 Connector Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Arrangements for the Bottom Insert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4--17 5--4 5--7 5--8 5--9 5--11 5--13 5--14 5--15 5--17 5--19 5--20 5--23 5--31 5--33 5--34 5--35 5--37 5--39 5--41 5--43 5--45 5--47 5--49 5--51 5--53 Page TC--10 12 Oct 2010 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CMC Top--mounted High Gain Antenna (HGA) Interface Diagram WH--10 Handset Interface Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HS--720 Forward ID & Configuration Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HPA ARINC 600 Connector Layout . HSU ARINC 600 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System List of Illustrations (cont) Figure Figure 4-5. . .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . . SDU ARINC 600 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Arrangements for the Top Insert 60 Watt HPA ARINC 600 Connector . . . . . Signal Conditioning Unit Interface Diagram . . . Contact Arrangements for Top Insert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HSU ARINC 600 Connector . . Maintenance Panel Assembly Interface Diagram . . . . . . . . . HS--720 Interface Diagram . . . . . . . . . . HPA (60 Watt) ARINC 600 . Dassault Conformal High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-1. . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. . . . . . . . . . . . . Tecom Top--Mount High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Gain Antenna Interface Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-20. . . . . Figure 5-23. . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-24. . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-14. . . . . . Figure 5-17. . Figure 5-12. Figure 5-25. . . HS--720 ARINC 600 Connector Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . LAST LEG CLASS 3 FAULTS Page . . . . . Figure 6-3. . . . . . . . . . . GROUND REPORT Page . . Front and Side Views Showing Filter Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration Data . Figure 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System BITE Communication . . Figure 6-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration Data Pages for Boeing 777 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 6--82 6--84 6--86 6--88 6--92 A--3 A--3 A--5 A--23 B--5 B--10 UP7527 23. . . . . . . . . Dimensions for ECS Tray Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure A--3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure A--4. . . . . . . . . Figure 6-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . ECS Top Mount Air Filtration Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 6-10. Figure A--1. . . . . . . . . . . Figure 6-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARINC Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions for Hollingsead Tray Assemblies . . . . . . TROUBLESHOOTING DATA Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SATCOM SUBMENU Page . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 6-12. . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 6-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . LRU IDENTIFICATION Page . SATCOM SELF--TEST Page . . . . Toyocom Top--mounted High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page TC--11 12 Oct 2010 . . . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System List of Illustrations (cont) Figure Figure 5-26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SATCOM SCDU Page Hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARINC Assembly . Page 5--55 6--1 6--27 6--29 6--32 6--34 6--36 6--41 6--44 6--67 6--73 6--75 6--80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DATA LOADER MENU . . . . . . . . . . . .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . TEST Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 6-7. . . . . . Figure 6-11. . . Figure 6-4. . . Figure 6-14. . . . Figure 6-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREVIOUS LEG REPORT Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 6-9. . . . . SATCOM SCDU Main Menu Page . . . . Figure 6-8. . . . . . . . . Figure 6-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAST LEG REPORT Page . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION. . . . . Figure A--2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. GROUND REPORT TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA Page . Figure B--2. Figure 6-13. . . SATCOM MAINTENANCE Page . . . . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. . Figure B--1. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . .. Table 1-6. . Table 1-5. . . . Table 1-14. . .. .. . . .. . . . .. Types of Baseband RF Channels .. . . . Table 1-13.. ... . . SDU to WH-10 Handset Actions . . Table 1-2. . . . . Table 1-18. . . . . .. . . .. .. . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . .. .. . . Table 1-15. Table 1-11. Assignment of DTMF Digits in the APBX Interface . Table 3-5. .. . UP7527 Classes of Installations . .. Contact Arrangements for Top Insert.. . . SDU to APBX Off-Hook Actions . .. . SD--720 SDU DO--160D Environmental Categories .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . HPA Configuration . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . .. . .. . . .. . . . . . . . ... . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-1. . . . . . . . . . .. .. HS--720 HSU Leading Particulars . . Table 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-2. . . . .. . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. . . HS--720 HSU DO--160D Environmental Categories HP--720 60W HPA Environmental Categories . .. . .. . . Table 5-1. .. . .. . . . Data Set Upload/Download . . . . . . . . . ... . Table 1-8. .. . Table 1-4. . .. . . . . . .. . . . . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System List of Tables Table Table 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . System Components Supplied by Honeywell/Thales System Components Not Supplied by Honeywell . . .. . . . . RFUIA Leading Particulars . . . . . . . .. . Table 1-9... . . INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . ... . Ground Earth Stations for Aero H/H+ Services .. . . .. . . . Table 3-4. . Table 5-4.. . . .. . . . .. . . . Table 3-3.. . . .. . . . .. . Table 1-7. . . . .. . . . Table 5-2. . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . ... Basic Antenna Configurations . . . . . . .. . HDM Configuration .... . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . HP--720 60W HPA Leading Particulars . . . . . . . .. . .. . . .. .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. Land Earth Stations for Aero Swift64 Services . . . . . ... . . . . . . .. . . . . . Page 1--12 1--12 1--15 1--15 1--16 1--16 1--16 1--17 1--17 1--17 1--17 1--28 1--29 1--32 1--33 1--36 1--37 1--41 1--41 2--8 2--21 3--5 3--7 3--13 3--13 3--16 4--3 4--4 5--2 5--2 5--3 5--5 Page TC--12 12 Oct 2010 SDU Configurations . . . . .. . . .. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. ..... ... . . . .. . . . HSU Front Panel RJ--45 Pin Arrangements ARINC 600 Connector Requirements . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . Table 2-2. .. . . . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-3.. . . Table 3-2.. .. Table 1-17.. . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . ARINC 615 Connector Pin Callouts . . . .. . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cooling Requirements . . . .. . . . .. . Cable Loss Requirements . . Table 1-10. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . Table 3-1. . . .. . . . .. . . .. . . . . . Table 1-12. . . . .. . . . HSU Configuration . .. . . . . . Table 1-16. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . ... . . . . RFUIA DO--160D Environmental Categories . . Stored Audio Messages . . . . . .. RFUIA Configuration . . . . . SDU ARINC 600 Connector 23. .. ... . . . Table 4-1. . . .. . . . . .. .. . .. . . . . .. .. . . .. SD--720 SDU Leading Particulars .. ... . Table 1-8A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Global-Wulfsberg Flitephone WH-10 Commands . . .

. . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . Table 5-22. . . . . . . . . . .. . SDU Number . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3 . . . . UP7527 Page Contact Arrangements for Middle Insert. . . . . . ... Table 5-26. . . . . . . . Table 5-15. . . . Table 5-18. . . . . . . Table 5-21. . . .2/MCDU No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Priority 4 Calls to/from Cockpit . . . . . . . . .. . . Strap Parity (ODD) . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDU Analog Interface No. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System List of Tables (cont) Table Table 5-5. . . Table 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCDU/WSC No. . Table 5-30. . Cabin Packet Data Function (CPDF) . Table 5-20. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . MCDU/WSC No. . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call Light On (Air/Ground Calls) . . . . . . . Table 5-27. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1/MCDU No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CMU No. Table 5-7.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLATION. . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. . . . Availability of ARINC 429 ICAO ADDRESS (AES ID) from 429 Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-19. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ARINC 429 Bus Speed to MCDU No. . . 2 . . . . . . . CM--250 CGU Connection Configuration . 2 . . . . . . . .. . . Cockpit Hookswitch Signaling Method . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . Table 5-10. . . . . . . . . .1 5--65 5--66 5--66 5--67 5--67 5--67 5--67 5--68 5--68 5--69 5--69 5--70 5--70 5--70 5--72 Page TC--13 12 Oct 2010 23. (TP11E--K) HPA/Antenna Subsystem Configuration and GNSS Frequency Check Algorithm . ... . . . . . Table 5-12. . . . . . .. . . . . Table 5-16. . . . Table 5-23. FMC Connection to SDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ARINC 429 Speed to/from CMU No. . . . . . . . . . Table 5-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . SDU Controller Type . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCDU/WSC No. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-6. . . . . 1 Wiring ..-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. .. . . . 3 Cockpit Voice Call Light/Chime Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-13. . . . . . SDU Configuration . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-9. . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. SDU Analog Interface No. . . . . . .. . . . 2 . . . . . . Inertial Reference System (IRS) . . . Table 5-33. . . . . . . 5--6 5--29 5--57 5--59 5--60 5--60 5--61 5--61 5--61 5--62 5--62 5--62 5--63 5--63 5--64. . . CFDS/CMC . . . . . . . .. Table 5-28. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . ICAO Block Strapping . . . . . . . Table 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . Table 5-32. . . . . . . . . .. . . . Cabin Communications System (CCS) . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HSU Presence . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-24. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-29. . . . .. . 1 and CMU No. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . Configuration Pins . . . . 2 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . SDU ARINC 600 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARINC 429 Bus Speed of AES ID Input . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CMU No. Table 5-31. . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . Table 5-17. . Table 5-34. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .3 6--70 6--79 6--79 6--96 6--100 6--108 6--116 6--122 7--1 A--2 A--2 Page TC--14 12 Oct 2010 23. Table 6-19 Table 6-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. Boeing Level I Failure Messages and ATA Reference Numbers . . . . 2) Failure Messages and ATA No. . . Table 6-8. . Table 6-9. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. List of Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-11. .. . . . Table 6-23. . .Lines 8 and 9) . . . . . Call Signaling Definitions . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . System Configuration Pin Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HPA Indicators/Controls . . . . .Lines 4 and 5) . . . . .. . . LS Key/Line Pair Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-5.. . Table 6-16 Table 6-17. . . . . . . . . Table 6-22. . . . . . . .. . . . . UP7527 Page Cockpit Call Discrete Signaling Mode . . . . . . Table 6-7. Level 1 Failure Messages . . . . Table 6-12. . . . Table 6-14. . . ECS Attenuators . .. . . .. .. . . . . Table A--1. Table 5-36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . 5. HSU Indicators/Controls . . . . . . . ECS Cables and Connectors .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1) Failure Messages and ATA No. . . . . . . . . . . . . Levels of Failure . . . . . . . Textual Message Display (Page 7 -. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System List of Tables (cont) Table Table 5-35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDU Indicators/Controls . . .Lines 4 thru 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .Lines 4. . . . . . . . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. . . . . . . . . . . Table 6-10. . ... . . . . . .. . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . HSU CONFIGURATION PIN MAPPING . . . . . . . . . . Textual Message Display (Page 10 -. . MAR Information . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-1. . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . . . . . .. .. . .. . Table 6-13. . . LRU Acronyms for Other Aircraft . . ... . . .. . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . Textual Message Display (Page 9 -. . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . .. . . . . Table 6-6. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . Strap Parity . ... .. . . . . .. . Airbus Level I (SDU No. . . . INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-37. . Commissioning and Maintenance Terminal Panel Lamps . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . .Lines 8 and 9) . ... . Table A--2. . . . Per Channel State Definition (MP11F=0) . .. . . . . .. Table 6-21. . . . .. . . . Table 6-3. . . DATA LOADER MENU Page Prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Airbus Level I (SDU No. . . . . Table 6-1. . . . .. . . . . . Table 6-15.. . . . . Materials . . . .. . . McDonnell Douglas Level I Failures Messages and ATA Reference Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. . . . . . . . . . Table 6-4. . . . . . Textual Message Display (Page 6 -. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. Table 6-24.. . .. . . . . . . . .. . Textual Message Display (Page 10 -. . 5--72 5--72 5--73 5--73 6--3 6--9 6--10 6--12 6--13 6--18 6--20 6--22 6--25 6--44 6--51 6--53 6--57 6--59 6--59 6--66.. . Table 6-18. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . and 6) . . . . .. . . .. . .. . . . Table 6-2. . . . Table 5-38. Special Symbols . . . . . LRU Acronyms for Airbus .. . . . . . . .. . . .

. . . . . . Table D--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCU Manual Signal Selection . . . SCU Program Pin Combinations . . . . . . Table A--20. . . . . . . . . . Table D--3. . . . HP--720 (120--99509--1XX) Unpressurized Hardware Kit . . . . . . . . . . . Table A--17. . . . . . . . Table A--5. . . . . ARINC 429 Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HS--720 (120--10267--1XX) Pressurized Hardware Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARINC 404 Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C--1. . . . . . . A--7 A--9 A--11 A--13 A--15 A--17 A--22 A--27 A--27 A--28 A--29 A--30 A--30 A--31 A--31 A--31 A--32 A--34 A--38 A--39 B--2 B--2 B--3 B--3 C--1 D--1 D--4 D--9 D--15 E--1 E--3 E--5 Page TC--15 12 Oct 2010 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A--19. . . Contact Arrangements for SCU ARINC 600 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air Filtration Systems from ECS for a Body--Mounted Design . . . . Table A--13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System List of Tables (cont) Table Table A--3. . . . . . . . Table B--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCLV and Detailed Code Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . SD--720 (120--10142--1XX) Unpressurized Hardware Kit . . . . . . . . ORT Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table D--2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HS--720 (120--10268--1XX) Unpressurized Hardware Kit . Table E--3. . . . . . Table B--4. . . . . . . . . . . . . Table E--1. . . . Table A--10. ARINC 429 Data Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detailed Codes . . . . . . . . . Table B--3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call Events Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tray Assembly Part Numbers . . Table A--22. . . . . . . . . . . Air Filtration Systems from ECS for a Tray--Mounted Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP--720 (120--99510--1XX) Pressurized Hardware Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table E--2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARINC 561 Binary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCU Attitude Data Inputs . Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A--9. . . . .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . Table B--2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A--4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARINC 429 Format . . Table A--11. . SLCV Description for HSD ISDN Call Terminations . . . . Table A--18. . . . . . . . . . ARINC 571 Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARINC 419 Format . . . . . ARINC 571 Data. . . . . . . . . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. . . . . . . . . SCU Discrete Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP7527 Page SD--720 (120--10141--1XX) Pressurized Hardware Kit . . . . . . . . . PADO Services . . . . . . . . . . PADR Services . . . . . . . . . . . Table A--8. . . . . Table D--4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air Filtration Systems from ECS for a Top Mount Assembly . . . INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARINC 561 BCD Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A--14. Table A--15. . Table A--7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Name Error . . Table A--21. . . . Table A--12. . . . . . SCU Error Code . . . . Table A--6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table A--16. . . . . . Signal Source Select Lines . . .

. . .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . . . Q. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table E--5. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System List of Tables (cont) Table Table E--4. Page E--6 E--18 E--20 F--37 UP7527 23. . . . INSTALLATION. Table E--6. . . . . . . . . .850 Cause Codes and Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SLCV Cause Codes and Strings . . . .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. . A380 Faults Conversion to MCS Codes . . . MPDS +WQ Cause Codes and Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page TC--16 12 Oct 2010 . . . . . . Table F--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

S. repair as necessary. These tests can show the condition of the MCS or most possible cause of a malfunction. ESDS Moisture Sensitive Symbols Figure Intro-1. Symbols (1) The symbols in Figure Intro--1 identify ESDS and moisture sensitive devices in this manual. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System INTRODUCTION 1. The instructions in this manual do not give standard maintenance procedures that technicians must know. • A CAUTION gives a condition that. if you do not obey. (5) All personnel who operate equipment and do the specified maintenance must know and obey the safety precautions. General (1) The instructions in this manual give the data necessary to do all recommended maintenance functions to put the Multi--Channel SATCOM System (MCS) in serviceable condition. can cause damage to the equipment. (4) Warnings and cautions go before the applicable paragraph or step. UP7527 23. (3) Warnings. Weights and Measurements (1) All weights and measurements are in U. B. How to Use this Manual A. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page INTRO--1 12 Oct 2010 . INSTALLATION. (metric) values. cautions. if applicable.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. and notes in this manual give the data that follows: • A WARNING gives a condition that. Notes follow the applicable paragraph or step.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. C. If a malfunction occurs. can cause injury or death. and S. if you do not obey. (2) Honeywell recommends that you do the tests in TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION before you disassemble the unit. • A NOTE gives data to make the work easier or gives direction to go to a procedure.I.

Air Data Inertial Reference UP7527 23. Honeywell Aerospace Online Technical Publications Web Site (1) If you have access to the Internet. Honeywell Publications (1) The list that follows identifies Honeywell publications that are related to this manual: • ATA No. M15--3346--009). AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 2. or e--mail address • Make sure that you get the next revision of this manual. (2) Also. or speak to a person at the Complete Customer Care Center: • E--mail: • Fax: • Phone: • Phone: cas--publications--distribution@honeywell. Customer Support A. go to the Honeywell Online Technical Publications web site at http://portal. B. telephone number.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. send an e--mail message or a fax. CMM. the Complete Customer Care Center is available if you need to: • Identify a change of address.com 602--822--7272 800--601--3099 602--365--3099 (U.com/wps/portal/aero to: • Download or see publications online • Make an order for a publication • Tell Honeywell of a possible data error (report a discrepancy) in a publication. Checks of the manual by the engineering staff make sure the instructions and description data agree with the applicable engineering specifications and drawings and are accurate and sufficient. 4. (2) Honeywell makes changes to this manual as necessary. Data Verification A. General (1) There is no procedural data in this manual in need of verification. The sources for data supplied in this manual include engineering drawings and change orders released as of xx Oct 2008. References A. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 3. Page INTRO--2 12 Oct 2010 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.A. INSTALLATION.honeywell.S. No. Complete Customer Care Center (1) If you do not have access to the Honeywell Online Technical Publications web site. 34--26--93 (Pub.) (International).

M15--3346--037). 34--27--22 (Pub. Page INTRO--3 12 Oct 2010 . CMM. INSTALLATION. CMM ATLAS Addendum II. 34--26--93 (Pub. No. 34--27--22 (Pub. Standard Repair Procedures for Honeywell Avionics Equipment Instruction Manual. 34--28--20 (Pub. CMM. M35--3346--009A1). CMM ATLAS Addendum II. CMM ATLAS Addendum I. No. No. Air Data Inertial Reference Unit. HG2050AC02. Air Data Inertial Reference Unit. HG2030AD/AE (as used with ATEC ATS) • Pub.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. 34--28--33 (Pub. 34--26--93 (Pub. 34--27--26 (Pub. Storage. AD10. CMM. No. UP7527 23. HG2050AC (as used with ATEC ATS and TPS 26015085--2xx) • ATA No. HG2030AE22 • ATA No. Air Data Inertial Reference Unit. A09--1100--004). 34--27--07 (Pub. HG2030AE20 • ATA No. 34--27--29 (Pub. M15--3346--008). HG2080AC (as used with ATEC ATS and TPS 26016552--2xx) • ATA No. No. SOPM 20--00--03 • Pub. No. Air Data Inertial Reference Unit. Air Data Inertial Reference Unit. No. No. No. 34--26--94 (Pub. No. AC03. CMM ATLAS Addendum I. M35--3346--008A2). HG2030AE21 • ATA No. No. M15--3346--044). No. HG2080AC (as used with ATEC ATS and TPS 26016552--1xx) • ATA No. No. HG2080AC01 • ATA No. HG2030AC/AD/AE (as used with STS 1000 NT ATS) • ATA No. CMM ATLAS Addendum II. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Unit. M15--3346--011). M35--3346--009A2). and Shipping Procedures for Honeywell Avionics Equipment Instruction Manual • ATA No. Air Data Inertial Reference Unit. Handling. 20--00--03 (Pub. No. AD11. Air Data Inertial Reference Unit. CMM. Air Data Inertial Reference Unit. AD13 • ATA No. CMM. CMM. M35--3346--016A2). Air Data Inertial Reference Unit. AC04. M15--3346--020). AC05. C44--9000--001. AC07 • ATA No. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Air Data Inertial Reference Unit. Catalog of Test Programs and Operational Software (TPOS). M15--3346--017). M35--3346--008A1). 34--27--07 (Pub. AC06. HG2030AE23 • ATA No. No. M35--3346--016A1). CMM ATLAS Addendum I. A09--1100--001. Air Data Inertial Reference Unit. HG2050AC (as used with ATEC ATS and TPS 26015085--1xx) • ATA No. AD12. Air Data Inertial Reference Unit. 34--27--07 (Pub. HG2030AD09.

New York.1--1989). Acronyms and Abbreviations A. NY) • ANSI/IEEE Std 315--1975 (Replaces ANSI Y32.gov/stylemanual/browse. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System B.asp). New York.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.dlis. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. NY) • ASME Y14.mil/cage_welcome. List of Acronyms and Abbreviations Term ADS AES AFIS AMS AMU ANSI AOC AOR--E AOR--W APBX APC APHONE APOS UP7527 Full Term automatic dependent surveillance aircraft earth station aircraft flight information system audio management system audio managment unit American National Standards Institute aeronautical operational control Atlantic Ocean Region--East Atlantic Ocean Region--West analog private branch exchange aeronautical passenger communications analog telephone actual power out status 23. INSTALLATION. Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronics Diagrams (available from the American National Standards Institute. NY) • ANSI/IEEE Std 91 (1984). Other Publications (1) These publications are standard references: • The United States Government Printing Office (GPO) Style Manual 2000 (available at http://www. NY) • H4/H8 Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Codes (available at http://www. Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (available from the American National Standards Institute.gpoaccess. 5. Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and in Text (available from the American National Standards Institute.html) • ANSI/IEEE Std 260 (1978). Page INTRO--4 12 Oct 2010 .38--1999 (Formerly ASME Y1. General (1) Refer to the list that follows for acronyms and abbreviations in this manual.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. New York. New York.2--1975).dla. Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions (available from the American National Standards Institute.

Inc. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System List of Acronyms and Abbreviations (cont) Term ARINC ASME ATA ATC ATN BABT BGAN BIT BITE BSU CAIMS CCA CCS CEL CF/M CFDIU CFDS CGU CHAP CLR CM CMC CMM CMT CMU CPDF CRC CTM CTU D/LNA UP7527 Full Term Aeronautical Radio. American Society of Mechanical Engineers Air Transport Association air traffic control aircraft telecommunications network British approvals board of telecommunications broadband global area network built--in test built--in test equipment Beam Steering Unit central aircraft information and maintenance system circuit card assembly cabin communications system call events log cubic feet per minute centralized fault display interface unit central fault display system communications gateway unit challenge handshake authentication protocol clear continuous monitoring central maintenance computer component maintenance manual commissioning and maintenance terminal communications management unit cabin packet data function cyclic redundancy check cabin telecommunications cabin telecommunications unit diplexer/low noise amplifier 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page INTRO--5 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System List of Acronyms and Abbreviations (cont) Term DADS DCR DDI DEL DIP DIU DLCS DSLCV DTE DTMF EAR ECS EIRP ESDS FID FMC FRLP FWP GES GMT GNSS GPO GPS GSDB GSPD HDM HDOP HGA HMN HPA UP7527 Full Term digital air data system design change request direct--dial--in delete dual in--line packaging data interface unit data loading and configuration system most significant digit of the detailed code data terminal equipment dual tone multifrequency Export Administration Regulations Electronic Cable Specialists effective isotopic radiated power electrostatic discharge sensitive forward ID flight management computer forward/return link pair fault warning processor ground Earth station greenwich mean time global navigation satellite system government printing office global positioning system GES--specific data broadcast groundspeed HSU data module horizontal dilution or precision high gain antenna Honeywell Material Number high power amplifier 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. Page INTRO--6 12 Oct 2010 .

Page INTRO--7 12 Oct 2010 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System List of Acronyms and Abbreviations (cont) Term HPR HSD HSDU HSU I/O ICAO ID IEEE IGA IMEI IMSI Inmarsat IOM IOR IPC IRS ISDN ISN ISO ISU ITAR ITU LED LES LGA LNA LRU LS MAR MCC UP7527 Full Term high power relay high speed data high speed data unit high speed data unit input/output International Civil Aviation Organization identification Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers intermediate gain antenna international mobile equipment identity international mobile subscriber identity International Maritime Satellite Organization input/output module Indian Ocean Region illustrated parts catalog inertial reference system integrated services digital network Inmarsat serial number International Standards Organization initial signal unit International Traffic in Arms Regulations International Telecommunications Union light emitting diode land earth station low gain antenna low noise amplifier line replaceable unit line select maintenance activity record mobile country code 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System List of Acronyms and Abbreviations (cont) Term MCDU MCS MEL MES MIB MISDN MNC MPDS MPEL MSIN MSL MTBF MU NVM OCXO OEM OMS ORT PABX PAP PAST PBX PDL PF PLO PMAT POC POR POST POTS UP7527 Full Term multifunction control display unit Multi--Channel SATCOM minimum equipment list mobile earth station management information base mobile integrated services digital network mobile network code mobile packet--data service maximum permissible exposure level mobile subscriber identification number mean sea level mean--time--between--failure management unit non--volatile memory oven controlled crystal oscillator Original Equipment Manufacturer on--board maintenance system owner requirements table Private Automatic Branch Exchange password authentication protocol person--activated self--test private (automatic) branch exchange portable data loader power factor phase--locked oscillator portable maintenance access terminal power--on counter Pacific Ocean Region power--on self--test plain--old telephone service or system 23. Page INTRO--8 12 Oct 2010 . INSTALLATION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page INTRO--9 12 Oct 2010 . INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System List of Acronyms and Abbreviations (cont) Term PPPoE PROM PSTN PSU PTT RBI RF RFM RFU RFUIA RID RMP RTC RTCA SAL SAS SBB SBS SCDU SCM SCPC SCU SDI SDU SIM SITA SNMP SSM Std SVN UP7527 Full Term point--to--point protocol over Ethernet programmable read--only memory Public Switched Telephone Networks power supply unit push--to--talk reporting body identifier radio frequency radio frequency module radio frequency unit Radio Frequency Unit Interface Adapter return ID Radio Management Panel real--time clock radio technical commission for aeronautics system address label satellite access station swiftbroadband (also known as BGAN) satellite base station SATCOM control and display unit swift channel module single channel per carrier signal conditioning unit source destination identifier satellite data unit subscriber identity module Satellite AIRCOM simple network management protocol sign--status matrix standard software version number 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

Page INTRO--10 12 Oct 2010 . Because there are many possible antenna locations. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. General (1) The radio frequency energy generated by the MCS system may be hazardous to personal health. antenna gains. (2) When the MCS system is in operation. INSTALLATION. WARNING: TO AVOID POTENTIALLY DANGEROUS EXPOSURE TO RADIO FREQUENCY ENERGY ABOVE THE ANSI C95. Honeywell recommends that operators of the MCS system implement safety procedures. it is the responsibility of the operator to ascertain the MPEL radius for their MCS system configuration and train their personnel in safe ground procedures. The following warnings state Honeywell’s MPEL recommendations for both high and low gain antennas. Maximum Permissible Exposure Level A. and system output powers.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System List of Acronyms and Abbreviations (cont) Term TDM TDMA TFTP TIF TOTC TSPO TTCM UE UMTS USIM UT UTC VCM VIM VSWR WSC XTB time division multiplex time division multiple access trivial file transfer protocol terminal interface function total on--time clock time since power--on triple transcoder modem user equipment universal mobile telecommunications service universal (or UMTS) SIM user terminal universal time coordinated voice codec module voice interface module voltage standing wave ratio Williamsburg SDU controller cross--talk bus Full Term 6.1 LIMIT AND OTHER UP7527 23. To eliminate the potential danger. personnel should remain at a distance from the antenna that is greater than the maximum permissible exposure level (MPEL) radius.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. DO NOT OPERATE THE MCS SYSTEM WHEN ANY PERSONNEL ARE WITHIN 3 FEET OF THE ANTENNA OR WITHIN 6 FEET OF THE ANTENNA FOR PERIODS OF LONGER THAN 3 MINUTES PER HOUR. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System GAIN ANTENNA (12 dB NOMINAL ANTENNA).1 LIMIT AND OTHER WORLD STANDARDS (SEE FIGURE INTRO.1 LIMIT AND OTHER WORLD STANDARDS (SEE FIGURE INTRO. WARNING: TO AVOID POTENTIALLY DANGEROUS EXPOSURE TO RADIO FREQUENCY ENERGY ABOVE THE ANSI C95. WARNING: TO AVOID POTENTIALLY DANGEROUS EXPOSURE TO RADIO FREQUENCY ENERGY ABOVE THE ANSI C95. DO NOT OPERATE THE MCS SYSTEM WHEN ANY PERSONNEL ARE WITHIN 8. UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. DO NOT OPERATE THE MCS SYSTEM WHEN ANY PERSONNEL ARE WITHIN 1. Page INTRO--11 15 Jul 2006 .WHEN USING A -2) INTERMEDIATE GAIN ANTENNA (6 dB NOMINAL ANTENNA).WHEN USING A LOW -2) GAIN ANTENNA (0 dB NOMINAL ANTENNA).5 FEET OF THE ANTENNA OR WITHIN 3 FEET OF THE ANTENNA FOR PERIODS OF LONGER THAN 3 MINUTES PER HOUR.5 FEET OF THE ANTENNA OR WITHIN 20 FEET OF THE ANTENNA FOR PERIODS OF LONGER THAN 3 MINUTES PER HOUR.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure Intro-2.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. Radio Frequency Energy Levels UP7527 23. Page INTRO--12 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

The MCS--4200/7200 system utilizes the antenna subsystem to transmit/receive L--band RF signals to/from satellites in geostationary orbit. UP7527 23. (5) The MCS--4200 system operates identically to the MCS--7200. Page 1--1 12 Oct 2010 . The MCS system accommodates all four airborne categories of communications: • ATC • AOC • AAC • APC. Additional services include cockpit communications with administrative and operational personnel and with governmental bodies such as ATS. (6) The four airborne communication categories are recognized by the ICAO and the ITU. In addition. (3) The MCS system augments and/or supersedes the present HF transceiver by supplying higher quality voice service and by supplying data services at higher bit rates needed by datalink ATN applications. the MCS--7200 system provides multiple channels of Inmarsat Swift64 and SwiftBroadband functionality. except that it supports only four Classic Aero communication channels (including one packet--mode data channel) rather than the seven that are provided by the MCS--7200. It also provides narrowband connectivity to support data--intensive airborne user applications. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System SECTION 1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1. INSTALLATION. (4) The MCS--7200 system provides seven Classic Aero communication channels capable of supporting six simultaneous full--duplex circuit mode (voice.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The system is designed to make sure that communications involving safety and regularity of flight are not delayed by the transmission and reception of other message types. These satellites convey the information to and from ground stations that interface with the terrestrial telephone network. or a maximum of two SwiftBroadband channels when operating with Inmarsat--4 satellites. The MCS--4200/7200 is a mobile avionics communications system that supplies continuous worldwide voice and data communications services to and from the aircraft via satellite. fax.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. four Swift64 MPDS channels. This Swift capability is configurable to support four Swift64 MISDN channels. such as ADS and the international ACARS. or a mixture of each (when operating with Inmarsat--3 satellites). Overview A. (2) The MCS system interfaces at baseband with various avionics data equipment. and are assigned priorities for communications purposes. General (1) The MCS--4200/7200 MCS is an augmented version of the MCS--4000/7000 system currently certified and in use today by hundreds of operators. or PC modem) connections and one channel of packet--mode data. as well as with crew and passenger voice equipment onboard the aircraft. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

UP7527 23. Page 1--2 15 Jul 2006 . is made up of the following: • Aircraft earth station (airborne avionics subsystems and antenna subsystem) • Space segment (satellite network) • Ground earth stations • Terrestrial data and voice networks. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (7) The total aviation satellite communications system. INSTALLATION. shown in Figure 1-1. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

Aviation Satellite Communications System UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 1-1. INSTALLATION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Page 1--3 12 Oct 2010 .

General (1) General (a) The AES/MES/UE is fully compliant with requirements of ARINC Characteristics 741/761. 3 UP7527 23.. The HSU incorporates the firmware necessary to support four narrowband (Swift64) channels.e.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. the cabin crew or the passengers. Aircraft Earth Station/Mobile Earth Station/User Equipment . Classic Aero and Swift64 services are possible. (b) MCS Avionics The MCS--4200/7200 avionics is made up of the SDU. The SDU supplies the digital and analog interface to all aircraft avionics. It is made up of the following components: • • • • • • 1 2 MCS avionics Antenna subsystem Cabin communications system Analog connected telephones Cockpit voice sources Aircraft avionics. which provide simultaneous circuit--mode and/or packet--mode connectivity concurrently with the SDU’s baseband channels at rates of 64 kbps (each single channel) or 256 kbps (four combined [bonded ISDN] or two channels of up to 432 kbps (each single channel) SwiftBroadband functionality. channel rate/frequency selection. Classic Aero and SwiftBroadband services are possible. When operating through an Inmarsat--3 satellite and its GESs/LESs. i. and RF translation for the system’s seven baseband communication channels. only one type of Swift service is possible at any given time. and transmit these carriers to the space segment for relay to a GES/LES/SAS. depending on the type of satellite and ground station being used at any given time. and outputs the data or voice message for use by the cockpit crew (pilot and copilot). INSTALLATION. Standard interfaces between the MCS--4200/7200 avionics and other aircraft avionics enable it to accept data and voice messages from various sources. error correction. The SDU’s seven Classic Aero channels support six simultaneous full--duplex circuit--mode voice connections and one packet--mode channel. the HSU and the HPA. and implements all functionality associated with modulation/demodulation.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The AES/MES/UE also receives RF signals from a GES/LES/SAS through the satellite. encode and modulate this information onto appropriate RF carrier frequencies. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System B. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 1--4 12 Oct 2010 . performs the necessary decoding of the encoded messages. when operating through an Inmarsat--4 satellite and its GESs/SASs. (2) AES/MES/UE Components (a) General 1 A block diagram of the AES/MES/UE is shown in Figure 1--2. demodulates these signals.

Messages requiring cockpit action or initiation appear on the appropriate cockpit display – RMP -. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 4 The HPA implements the linear power amplification of the SDU’s and HSU’s combined RF signals needed to assure their successful transmission from the aircraft to the satellite and to the ground network. web surfing. The SDU/HSU combination supplies all essential services required to accommodate effective air/ground communications by way of satellite which use the antenna and related RF components for both the cockpit and cabin environments. Cabin communications use either a CCS or an analog equivalent (cabin unit) to provide baseband voice telephone communication (including FAX and PC modem services). installation--specific) item. A cockpit audio system conveys cockpit voice to and from the SDU. as the baseline. as well as either Airbus modifiable or Airbus non--modifiable. UP7527 23. The SDU’s hardware platform uses the MCS--4000/7000 designs. the SDU incorporates an ORT.or MCDU for all other platforms. video--conferencing transmittals. The SDU/HSU combination supplies all essential services required to accommodate effective air/ground communications by way of satellite which use the antenna and related RF components for both the cockpit and cabin environments. The HSU’s Swift64 and SwiftBroadband communication channels supporting data--intensive e--mail. route packet--data messages to and from the SDU.for the A380 -. The ORT affects not only the operation of the conventional Aero channels but the HSU channel complement (that is. with the correct protocol selected by the SDU based on data present on the display buses and/or other cockpit annunciators. are interfaced to the user by way of a server/router. which are already certified on various other aircraft. and other data. The 60--Watt HPA assists in supporting multiple simultaneous channel communications by supplying linear power amplification to boost the RF signals associated with each channel to the levels required for transmission to the satellite. 5 6 7 8 9 10 The extensive variety of functionality that is afforded by the MCS--4200/7200 system results largely from the software direction of the hardware operation. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 1--5 12 Oct 2010 . which is part of the airborne network.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. The CMU or equivalent. the four Swift64 channels or the two SwiftBroadband channels) as well. To permit operation of the MCS--4200/7200 system to be easily tailored around aircraft--specific and user--specific needs. The 60--Watt HPA assists in supporting multiple simultaneous baseband and narrowband (Swift64) channel communications by supplying linear power amplification to boost the RF signals associated with each channel to the levels required for transmission to the satellite. The ORT contains more than 100 configurable entries (each with a default value) that are individually designated as either a user or secure (that is.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The software that drives the MCS--4200/7200 system operation is DO--178B Level D for the SDU and HPA from their first release into production. However. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 11 These proven platforms provide a solid structure on which the MCS--4200/7200 SATCOM enhancements (both hardware and software) are built. the HSU is DO--178B Level E. Page 1--6 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. UP7527 23. INSTALLATION.

Page 1--7/1--8 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 1-2.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. Aircraft Earth Station Block Diagram UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

UP7527 23. Also. the D/LNA must be a Type F (or later type approved for SwiftBroadband operation). facsimile. For SwiftBroadband operations. aircraft--relative azimuth and elevation) from the SDU into signals needed to select the antenna array elements in combinations that point the antenna beam in the desired direction towards the satellite. and receive) which provides signal routing and filtering. the selected antenna must be an Inmarsat--approved type for SwiftBroadband operation. and PC modem communication interfaces. The BSU or ACU is used in the HGA system to convert tracking and pointing coordinates (that is.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The HGA transmits L--band RF signals from the HPA to a satellite. and accessible for download using the ARINC 615 ADL and PDL. INSTALLATION. and the AES/MES/UE. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. (c) Antenna Subsystem 1 The primary function of the antenna subsystem is to complete the communication link between the GES/LES/SAS. The CCS is partitioned into two sections: the CTU and cabin/passenger communications equipment (digitally connected telephones). whether in flight or on the ground. The LNA establishes the noise floor of the communication system’s receiver by boosting the signals received from the antenna to the maximum level relative to the noise received with the signals. supplies cabin services such as baseband telephone. in conjunction with the MCS avionics and a worldwide network of ground stations. This is accomplished through a combination of self--test suites that are performed at POST or as the result of PAST. Page 1--9 12 Oct 2010 . Signals in the receive band are routed from the antenna port to the receive port. as well as by CM. Classic Aero (only) packet--data communication services. the space segment. this is the RFUIA. 13 In those applications for which the Swift64/SwiftBroadband capability is not required. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 12 The MCS--4200/7200 system LRUs (building on their legacy MCS--4000/7000 background) maintains extensive logs of information that is useful in the monitoring of normal system activity as well as identifying any failure conditions experienced during operation. and transmit signals are routed from the transmit port to the antenna port. an additional LRU may be necessary. as well as the noise developed by the LNA itself. transmit. the LGA supplies backup communications (packet--data only) for the HGA by providing low--rate.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. The maintenance logs are continuously updated. The D/LNA is a three--port RF device (antenna. When installed. The RFUIA is used in place of the RFU in a conventional ARINC 741 system. and replaces the HSU in those installations which utilize only the MCS--4200/7200 SATCOM system’s classic Inmarsat baseband features. 2 3 (d) CCS 1 The CCS. and receives L--band RF signals from a satellite for the SDU and HSU.

(g) Cockpit Voice Sources 1 The SDU supports headset interfaces for cockpit use only. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 2 The CTU performs onboard PABX telephony functions. PPPoE along with an SNMP--based ARINC MIB (in accordance with ARINC 781 Attachment 5) protocol is used to choose the service and to give to the HSU all the parameters needed to access the correct ground service provider for the service chosen. The digitally connected phones (handsets) are primarily supplied for passenger use and can be located throughout the aircraft. a microphone audio signal is sent to the selected voice channel and a discrete signal is sent to the SDU. SwiftBroadband. These interfaces incorporate off--hook/on--hook signaling and dialing through the combination of a control and display unit (either by the way of the MCDU or RMP). and by way of two ISDN ports for MISDN and SwiftBroadband service. When the PTT switch is pushed. and PTT or similar switches. Page 1--10 12 Oct 2010 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The WH--10 is a standalone handset with a 12--button keypad that utilizes discretes for call signaling functions. The ARINC 746 CTU supplies the conversion interface between the digitally connected phones and the ARINC 741/761 SDU. An audible chime combined with lit or flashing call lamps announces call connections. 3 (e) Airborne Server 1 The airborne server provides the means by which data streams from multiple cabin (or other) users are collected and processed into formats suitable for assignment onto the HSU s narrowband or wideband channels. and MISDN service.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 2 3 (f) Analog Connected Telephones 1 The SDU is provisioned to support two simultaneous analog audio channels which use four--wire analog telephone interfaces such as Global--Wulfsberg Flitephone WH--10 handsets or an analog PBX (APBX). When using the Ethernet port for either SwiftBroadband. A configuration discrete is used to configure the Ethernet ports so that all Swift64/SwiftBroadband channels use only one Ethernet port or both Ethernet ports.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. and connects to the SDU by means of a high-speed serial bus pair (CEPT--E1) that accommodates up to 30 digitized voice channels along with status and control information. letting the digitally connected telephones make the best use of resources supplied by the MCS avionics. UP7527 23. The digital handsets interface indirectly to the satellite communications equipment and are controlled by the CCS. MISDN or MPDS services. INSTALLATION. The HSU interfaces with the airborne server by way of two Ethernet 10BaseT ports for MPDS. The APBX has analog trunk lines and in--line DTMF signaling.

to supply the SDU with navigation coordinates for positioning the antenna platform • Channels are also supplied for voice and data communication with ATC to support departure clearances by datalink. Connections are made through the front and back panel connectors on the MCS avionics LRUs • The 24--bit ICAO address identifies the aircraft in which the SDU is installed. where installed • SCDU.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. where installed. or the MU of the ACARS. an AES can be fitted with any combination of the classes of installations given in Table 1-1. CMC. UP7527 23. and to access the SATCOM maintenance pages including fault messages • CFDS. as well as ADS for non--radar position reporting in oceanic regions • There is an ARINC 615 ADL or PDL for uploading operational software and the ORT. Address pins identified to take on the binary zero state must be wired to address common on the airframe side of the connector. Address pins identified to take on the binary one state must be left open. Similar configuration pins on the HSU identify a 24--bit Forward ID for similar addressing purposes for Swift64 operation. or OMS. where installed. Accordingly. to supply an interface to the MCS system for system log--on. Similar addressing and other functionality are handled for SwiftBroadband operations by the SIM cards in the HSU’s HDM. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The ARINC 429 interface options for the ICAO address are also supplied. data loading. INSTALLATION. cockpit voice call setup. implemented as either MCDUs or RMPs. where installed. Page 1--11 12 Oct 2010 . (3) AES Classifications (a) Each AES is classified according to the configuration and dynamic capabilities of its aircraft avionics baseband communications capability and antenna subsystem.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. GES selection. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (h) Aircraft Avionics 1 Standard interfaces between the MCS--4200/7200 avionics and the other aircraft avionics include the following: • CMU. for fault reporting • The IRS and GNSS (GPS).

The use of the channel is controlled by assignment and release signaling at the start and end of each call or FAX transmission. Reservation TDMA channel used in the return direction only. Circuit--mode SCPC channel used in both forward and return directions to carry digital voice or data/facsimile traffic.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. A Class 2 AES installation uses a high gain antenna or intermediate gain antenna. packet--mode data services. R--Channel T--Channel C--Channel UP7527 23. and optional circuit--mode data services. and supplies telephony and optional circuit--mode services. Random access (slotted Aloha) channel used in the return (inbound) direction (aircraft--to--ground) to carry signaling and packet--mode data. Page 1--12 12 Oct 2010 . The transmission is continuous from each GES in the satellite network. The sending AES transmits the messages in the reserved time slots. Class 1 2 3 Classes of Installations Description A Class 1 AES installation uses a low gain antenna only and supplies low rate packet--mode data services only. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 1-1. Four types of RF channels supporting baseband communications are defined for use with the MCS--4200/7200 avionics as listed in Table 1--2. Table 1-2. 4 (4) GES Communication Links (a) The MCS--4200/7200 avionics supply access to ground--based networks through the GES for Classic Aero communications. specifically the initial signals of a transaction (typically request signals). The receiving GES reserves time slots for transmissions requested by an AES according to message length. and supplies telephony services.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. RF Channel P--Channel Types of Baseband RF Channels Description Packet--mode TDM channel used in the forward (outbound) direction (ground--to--aircraft) to carry signaling and packet--mode data. A Class 3 AES installation uses a high gain antenna or intermediate gain antenna. Each GES supplies system synchronization and coordination through ground--to--aircraft transmissions. and supplies packet--mode data services only. A Class 4 AES installation uses a high gain antenna or intermediate gain antenna.

UP7527 23. C.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Space Segment INMARSAT Seven-Region Satellite Coverage (1) The space segment is made up of satellites placed in geostationary orbits that support air--to--ground/ground--to--air packet--switched data services and circuit--switched telephony communications on both baseband and narrowband channels all of which use worldwide standardized conventions and capabilities. and supply links to and from ground earth stations. The seven--region satellite system (which includes four--each Inmarsat--3 satellites and three--each Inmarsat--4 satellites) is shown in Figure 1--3. INSTALLATION. Page 1--13 12 Oct 2010 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. one of which is a hot spare). The space segment supplier for airline aeronautical satellite communications is the Inmarsat. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 1-3. The satellites function as communication transponders to support L--band links to and from the aircraft.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. An eighth region (not shown in Figure 1--3) is the single--functional MTSAT satellite (which consists of two satellites. some problems may be encountered when the aircraft flies in Polar Regions with a latitude greater than 75 degrees). whose system provides near--worldwide coverage (that is.

8 kilobit/second (kbps) digital voice. 4. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System D. (2) Ground stations are located strategically around the globe to supply redundancy and diversity in the terrestrial extension of communications.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. 2. and microwave links to all destinations. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Terrestrial Data and Voice Networks (1) Classic Aero data and voice services available through satellites and ground earth stations include 9. up to 256 kbps). Aeronautical communications through the Inmarsat satellites are transmitted to and from the terrestrial phone. The present worldwide complement of ground stations are summarized in Table 1--3 and Table 1--4. Swift64 circuit-. either of which can be combined to afford the user higher data rate throughput (for example.8 and 2. The satellite regions that service these ground stations are shown in Figure 1--3. UP7527 23. Automatic traffic management systems ensure efficient routing of communications by using optimum links into PSTN and avoiding multiple satellite connections whenever possible.and packet--mode data services currently available through satellites and land earth stations include 64 kbps circuit--switched ISDN channels and 64 kbps packet--switched MPDS channels. satellite. SwiftBroadband channels support circuit-. and data networks through these ground earth stations and land earth stations. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.6 and 4. Page 1--14 12 Oct 2010 .5 kbps.4 kbps PC modem data. E. Ground Earth Station/Land Earth Station/Satellite Base Station (1) Each GES/LES/SAS has the necessary equipment to communicate both with terrestrial networks and through satellites with the aircraft. Aircraft are connected to one or more ground stations through an in--view satellite depending on the service preference settings encoded in the SDU ORT.and packet--data services at rates up to 432 kbps per channel.4 kbps FAX. The ground stations are designed to supply the airline customer with a diverse routing of national and international voice and data communications through submarine cable. and packet--mode data at RF channel rates ranging from 600 bit/second (bps) up to 10.

General (1) The MCS--4200/7200 system avionics consists of the following components: • SDU • HSU • HPA. Page 1--15 12 Oct 2010 . UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. System Components A. LES Code 001 002 012 001 002 012 001 002 012 001 002 012 Land Earth Stations for Aero Swift64 Services SAT ID 000 (AOR--W) 000 000 001 (AOR--E) 001 001 002 (POR) 002 002 003 (IOR) 003 003 Telenor Stratos Xantic Telenor Stratos Xantic Telenor Stratos Xantic Telenor Stratos Xantic Service Provider 2. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 1-3. GES ID 002 005 103 104 120 161 202 205 220 301 305 320 Ground Earth Stations for Aero H/H+ Services SAT ID 000 (I3 AOR--W) 000 (I3 AOR--W) 000 (I3 AOR--W) 001 (I3 AOR--E) 005 (I4 APAC) 004 (MTSAT) 002 (I3 POR) 002 (I3 POR) 006 (I4 EMEA) 003 (I3 IOR) 003 (I3 IOR) 007 (I4 AMER) Eik Aussaguel Aussaguel Eik Paumalu Kobe/Hitachiota Santa Paula Perth Fucino Eik Perth Paumalu GED Name Table 1-4.

Canada Component SDU Installation Equipment (See Note) HSU Installation Equipment (See Note) HPA (60 W) Installation Equipment (See Note) RFUIA Installation Equipment (See Note) High Gain Antenna Equipment NOTE: Installation of this equipment is dependent on the specific requirements of the operator and will involve interaction with suppliers of this equipment (such as. SD--720 HS--720 HP--720 RF--700 Honeywell Part No. Thales--UK. EMTEQ) Table 1-7. and kits ARINC 600 4--MCU tray. EMS -. connectors.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. ECS. mounting hardware. The five--digit dash number corresponds to the hardware/software version of the unit where the first two digits correspond to the hardware version and the last three digits correspond to the software version. 1 data) Plus Swift64 SDU for Boeing corporate and military applications 115 V ac/320--800 Hz. or 28 V dc 7--channel Classic Aero (6 voice. Table 1-7. Table 1-8. The RFUIA is installed in place of the HSU to eliminate wiring changes in aircraft provisioned for the HSU’s presence. cables. Table 1-6.USA. and kits ARINC 600 4--MCU tray. mounting hardware. assemblies.Chelton Inc . or 28 V dc 7--channel Classic Aero (6 voice. Table 1--9. cables. and Table 1--10 list system component configuration information. and kits ARINC 600 8--MCU tray. assemblies. 1 data) Plus Swift64 SDU for Airbus applications SwiftBroadband SDU for Airbus Long Range 7516118--27140 7516118--27150 UP7527 23. Tecom .Canada. Page 1--16 12 Oct 2010 . and kits CMC Electronics . assemblies. 1 7516118--xxyyy 7520061--xxyyy 7520000--xxyyy 7516222--901 Component NOTES: 1. Satellite Data Unit (SDU) High Speed Data Unit (HSU) High Power Amplifier (60 W) (HPA) Radio Frequency Unit Interface Adapter (RFUIA) 2 System Components Supplied by Honeywell/Thales Model No. connectors. connectors. connectors. Table 1-6 lists the MCS--4200/7200 system components not supplied by Honeywell/Thales. System Components Not Supplied by Honeywell Comments ARINC 600 6--MCU tray. 2. cables. Table 1-5. INSTALLATION.USA. Table 1-8A. SDU Part Number 7516118--27130 SDU Configurations Description 115 V ac/320--800 Hz.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. mounting hardware. cables. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) These components are compatible with ARINC Characteristics 741 and 761. assemblies. mounting hardware. Table 1-5 lists the MCS--4200/7200 system components to be supplied by Honeywell/Thales.

Figure 1--4 is a simplified block diagram of the MCS--4200/7200 system as well as the other airborne systems with which it interfaces. General (1) The system description gives a general overview and summary of the features and interfaces that the MCS--4200/7200 system implements. or 28 V dc. including Boeing [particularly 777] and biz jets Table 1-8. Page 1--17 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Table 1-10. SDU Part Number 7516118--27145 7516118--27135 SDU Configurations (cont) Description SwiftBroadband SDU for Airbus A380 SwiftBroadband SDU for all non--Airbus. HSU Part Number 7520061--34010 7520061--34015 HSU Configuration Description 115 V ac/320--800 Hz. 60 W HPA for all applications. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. or 28 V dc 4--channel Swift64 and SwiftBroadband HSU for all applications Table 1-8A. or 28 V dc 4--channel Swift64 HSU for all applications 115 V ac/320--800 Hz. 3. RFUIA Part Number 7516222--901 RFUIA Configuration Description RFU Interface Adapter for all applications. INSTALLATION. System Description A. HPA Part Number 7520000--20140 HPA Configuration Description 115 V ac/320--800 Hz. UP7527 23. HDM Part Number 7520033--901 HDM Configuration Description HDM (all platforms) Table 1-9. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 1-7.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) The core of the AES avionics subsystem is the MCS--4000/7000 avionics. UP7527 23. aircraft avionics.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION.000 bits each second as well as Swift64 and SwiftBroadband data communications at single channel rates of up to 64 and 432 kbps. The HPA boosts the signal to be radiated by the antenna to the power level required for transmission to the satellite. using the antenna and related RF components. Interfaces to various aircraft systems including cockpit voice. from call setup through termination. cabin voice/data. supporting Classic Aero data and voice communications (inclusively) at single channel rates from 600 to 21. (3) The SDU supplies all essential services required to accommodate effective air/ground communications through the satellite. and the antenna subsystem enable the MCS avionics to handle data and voice messaging functions for the AES/MES/UE. Page 1--18 12 Oct 2010 . The HSU administers all aspects of the Swift64 and SwiftBroadband channels’ operation.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The SDU manages the RF link protocols on the AES side and supplies the system interface to other aircraft avionics. in coordination with the SDU. respectively. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

INSTALLATION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. UP7527 MCS-4200/7200 Avionics Block Diagram 23. Page 1--19/1--20 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 1-4. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

etc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. including coding and decoding all system voice and data signals and defining system protocols. primary/secondary IRS. ADL.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. and RF circuitry sufficient to operate the AES. Figure 1--5 shows the CCA listing and block diagram for the MCS--7200 SDU. Page 1--21 12 Oct 2010 .) and has operational functionality. INSTALLATION. Removal of one of the TTCM CCAs results in the MCS--4200 SDU. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System B. Figure 1-5. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. CMU 1/2. CFDS. Satellite Data Unit (1) General (a) The SDU is the core element of the MCS--4200/7200 avionics and responsible for overall AES control and monitoring. MCDU [or RMP] 1/2/3. The unit interfaces to many aircraft avionics (for example. The SDU contains six channels capable of supplying simultaneous full--duplex Classic Aero voice communication. one channel of Classic Aero data 2/3 communication. MCS-7200 SDU Equipment Description UP7527 23.

perform all of the physical layer signal processing functions. (e) The high gain antenna subsystem translates these steering commands into control signals to the antenna(s). the SDU uses this location information and aircraft positional information (through an ARINC 429 interface) from the IRS to compute the position of the satellite relative to the aircraft. The modems. The voice interface modules translate baseband analog voice signals to and from the 9600 bps or 4800 bps digital coding standard. the coded voice/data signal is sent to HPA.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The SDU digitizes the voice or data signal and adds special codes to make the aircraft--to--ground station connection possible. modulation/demodulation. (f) In the SDU. The Inmarsat system uses a digital format for voice and data. The SDU can adjust the transmission frequency in one--Hertz increments to compensate for the Doppler shift caused by the speed of the aircraft. the transmit and receive signals are processed simultaneously as in conventional terrestrial telephone equipment. (c) The SDU houses the voice interface modules and transcoder modems required for baseband voice and data services. Efficient information compression and coding techniques supply high voice quality at an economical bit rate. and then to the antenna subsystem for transmission to the satellite. scrambling/unscrambling. INSTALLATION. and Doppler effect correction. (d) The SDU system table memory contains the location of all satellites. or ARINC 781 antenna to permit optimum signal transmission and reception between the high gain antenna subsystem and the satellite. When signal processing is complete. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) The format for Classic Aero voice/data encoding follows the Inmarsat system definitions for voice and data transmission and reception. the baseband data modulates RF carriers. All AES satellite signals use digital coding and modulation. which include the voice circuits. When a GES is selected. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 1--22 12 Oct 2010 . and the RF transmit/receive circuitry needed to convert modulated signals of either type to an L–band frequency (and vice versa). which are sent to the HPA for amplification.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Once the beam has been steered toward the satellite. Since the MCS--4200/7200 is a full--duplex system. The SDU also controls the protocols for automatic call setup and clear--down. interleaving/de--interleaving. UP7527 23. Voice signals are transmitted at a rate designed to supply high voice quality (perceived quality is close to that of a good quality public telephone line). the SDU receives the pilot tone from the satellite transponder through its receive RF link from the antenna subsystem. System protocols are defined so the designated GES recognizes it is being called by the AES. antenna control unit (ACU). The SDU then transmits pointing and tracking coordinates (aircraft relative azimuth and elevation) to the beam steering unit (BSU). The receive mode is handled in a similar manner. one for each communication channel. including multiplexing/demultiplexing.

The 10 Base T Ethernet interfaces are accessed through the PPPoE using PPPoE tags for service selection.Data Input / Output CC -. or whether half of the channels are available by way of one (and only one) of the Ethernet interfaces. first--served basis through either Ethernet interface. 64 kbits/s 3. The transmission frequency is in the L--band range between 1626. INSTALLATION. (a) The HSU provides four additional simultaneous full--duplex Swift64 64 kbps channels or two additional simultaneous full--duplex SwiftBroadband up--to--432 kbps channels to the MCS system when operated in conjunction with the SDU. The Swift64 channels accommodate digitized voice and data signals relayed to and from the airborne server at a maximum rate of 256 kbps when all four Swift64 channels are bonded to serve a single user or 128 kbps when two channels are bonded together. first--served). AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) Installation Dependent Considerations (a) General 1 The SDU stores the following installation dependent values to enable it to set the EIRPs accurately: • SDU to HPA loss • HPA to antenna loss • HSDU to antenna loss. 64 kbits/s Speech and 56 kbits/s Data. UP7527 23.1 kHz Audio. The major SRUs are: • • • • PSU -.5 kHz (minimum) separating each communication channel.Control Processor DIO -.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The default (open--circuit) state of this discrete is the former (first--come. (c) A configuration discrete is provided to control the functionality of the Ethernet user interfaces.5 and 1660. whether all channels are available on a first--come. The HSU supports APC calls only through its ISDN and/or Ethernet and/or POTS connections to the airborne server. (2) The HSU accepts the coded voice/data signals from the airborne server and modulates them with the proper radio frequency for transmission to the HPA (for amplification) and on to the satellite. (b) The channels provided by the HSU are accessed by way of the two BRI ISDN interfaces and/or the two Ethernet interfaces and/or the two POTS interfaces.Power Supply Unit CP -. C.Channel Card (2 per unit). High Speed Data Unit (1) The HSU is partitioned into functional SRUs that are electronically interconnected by way of the motherboard. with 17. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 1--23 12 Oct 2010 . The HSU adjusts the transmission frequency in 1--Hertz increments to compensate for the Doppler shift caused by the speed of the aircraft.5 MHz. Navigation information from the SDU is required for the adjustment.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. and the other half of the channels are available by way of the other Ethernet interface (and only that interface). The ISDN interface provides the following services: 64 kbits/s UDI.

Page 1--24 12 Oct 2010 . The SDU controls the gain of the HPA over a 25-dB range in 1-dB increments through the ARINC 429 interface. D. the HPA controls output power to supply the desired EIRP from the AES. standing wave ratio data. Installers need to contact a Honeywell customer support person and provide an aircraft ICAO and tail number. High Power Amplifier (1) The SDU sends such information as power amplifier on/off commands and amplification gain commands to the HPA. (4) Honeywell uses a secure web database to store and allocate FRLPs to aircraft when HSUs are installed. the SwiftBroadband HDM must remain with the airframe and be separated from the HSU if the HSU requires removal.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. and should not be retained with the aircraft. An average of 60 Watts RF output power is developed by the HPA while passing multiple signals without generating excessive intermodulation products. The HPA also measures output power and available power and reports to the SDU. all FRLPs allocated by Inmarsat to this HSU product. (5) The HSU is provisioned with an HSU Data Module (HDM). (3) In addition to providing RF power amplification. which uses the information to determine if additional calls can be accommodated. The HSU is pin programmed through its rear connector for one 24--bit FID. the aircraft customer name and contact information needs to be provided. aircraft type and HSU part number to obtain an FRLP allocation. The Swift64 HDM must remain with the HSU if the HSU requires removal. This permits the automatic adjustment of signal strength to compensate for a wide variety of conditions. for each Swift64 channel. UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. the HDM in the Swift64--capable HSU (PN 7520061--34010) has no channel identification information. Conversely. INSTALLATION. The web site checks that no IDs have been assigned to any of the parameters entered and returns the four FIDs. The support person accesses the database and enters the aircraft information.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Because multiple signals are transmitted through the HPA. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (3) The HSU uses two 24--bit IDs. and indication of dangerous system conditions such as temperature warnings or power supply failures. Additionally. to the four Swift64 channels. the HPA is a linear device (that is. called a FRLP. the FRLP is encrypted and the table contents are not accessible to the user. Each pair consists of a FID and a RID. The bi--directional link carries status and maintenance information to the SDU such as gain verification. along with the associated RIDs. The HDM slides into and out of the HSU through the front panel. Once the SwiftBroadband channel identification information is assigned to an aircraft. Each HSU contains. The HSU assigns this FID and the three FIDs following it in the FRLP table. operating class AB) capable of amplifying more than one signal at a time. which indicate the one that must be strapped. The customer support person conveys the FID assignment to the installer and the customer. in an ordered tabular format. The HDM for the SwiftBroadband--capable HSU (PN 7520061--34015) contains channel identification information required for SwiftBroadband operation. For security reasons. (2) The HPA supplies RF power amplification of the L-band signals generated by the SDU and HSU to a power level required for transmission to the satellite.

Document No. as defined by ARINC Characteristic 600. Satellite Data Unit (SDU) (1) The SDU is packaged as an ARINC 600 6 MCU LRU suitable for mounting in the equipment bay. One channel is dedicated to data and system management transactions. Each LRU is a MCU. The SDU supports interaction only with those peripherals indicated as being present by the configuration pins. RTCA/DO--210. E. Page 1--25 12 Oct 2010 . a 60--Watt HPA. INSTALLATION. The unit is carried by a fixed C-shaped handle mounted to the front panel assembly. by examining the system configuration pins. The mechanical chassis is constructed of lightweight aluminum alloy sheet metal. Physical Description (1) The MCS--4200/7200 system LRUs perform reliably under field conditions and permit ease of maintenance when required. The SRUs use both digital and analog solid state circuitry constructed using a mixture of SMT and DIP technology. (3) The MCS--4200/7200 system components meet the requirements specified in parts A and B of the Minimum Operational Performance Standards for Aeronautical Mobile Satellite Services Document. The remaining six channels are available for analog or digital voice communications. UP7527 23. Avionics Configurations (1) The SDU determines the configuration installed on the aircraft. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Forced air which moves through the chassis in an upward or downward direction supplies internal cooling. MCS-4200/7200 Component Descriptions A. (2) The MCS--4200/7200 system requires installation of an SDU. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (4) Under favorable propagation conditions. to permit easy replacement of each SRU. The SDU/HPA combination supports seven independent simultaneous channels for Classic Aero voice and data communications. and (optionally) an HSU. (2) All LRUs are built to standards that qualify them for both airline and business aircraft usage. including the presence of optional peripherals. The HPA automatically consumes less power and dissipates less heat when full power is not used. 4.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. the full output power capability of the HPA is not required. The SDU/HSU/HPA combination allows up to four Swift64 channels or up to two SwiftBroadband channels to operate concurrently with the system’s seven Classic Aero channels. Two hold-down clamps enable the unit to be firmly secured in the mounting rack. B.

(4) The rear connector receptacle is a size No. The SDU leading particulars are listed in Table 1--11. (5) The SDU is shown in Figure 1-. The front panel also contains two momentary action buttons labeled TEST and CM/SCROLL. The TEST button initiates BITE in the SDU. Page 1--26 15 Jul 2006 .6. The top and middle inserts are type 02 arrangements and the bottom insert is a type 04 arrangement. UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. The display remains active regardless of temperature. 2 shell assembly (in accordance with ARINC 600) that engages a mating connector in the mounting rack when the SDU is installed. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) The front panel assembly contains a 20-character alphanumeric display for displaying BITE failure messages. AES ID (ICAO). Index pin code 04 is used on both the SDU and the mounting rack connectors. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. ISN for each Swift64 channel and the ORT identification. The CM/SCROLL button lets the alphanumeric display scroll through the BITE failure messages and the software confirmation numbers. DO--160D environmental categories for the SDU are listed in Table 1--12. system LRU part numbers.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (3) The front panel also contains an ARINC 615 portable data loader connector and a primary cell for the real-time clock/calendar function of the processor module.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 1-6.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Satellite Data Unit UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 1--27 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.

8 amps 7.81 ± 1. The SDU draws an additional 20 W during the first 10 minutes (maximum) of operation at 77 °F (25 °C) because of the OCXO. 360 to 800 Hz (normal operation) 92 V ac. (43.15 ± 0. 134 V ac.82 @ 800 Hz 3. 800 Hz maximum.0 amps/0.3 amps/0. UP7527 23.0 ± 0. (337.60 mm) 25 lb.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Characteristic Dimensions (maximum): •Height •Width •Length Weight (maximum) Power requirements: •AC Voltage at SDU terminals SD-720 SDU Leading Particulars Specification 7.4 kg) 100 to 122 V ac. All PF are leading.65 mm) 7.0 amps 3 amp TYPE A 15 amp TYPE A None --67 °F (--55 °C) to + 158 °F (70 °C) to 55. 320 Hz minimum.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.26 in.2 V dc (maximum) 1.25 ± 0.27 mm) of water at a flow rate of 72. > 96 V ac. (11. (6.0 to 30.2 ± 2. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 1-11. (33.0 lb. The OCXO continuously dissipates this additional 20 W at --67 °F (--55 °C). 3. EMTEQ).000 ft (16.35 ± 1.624 in.75 mm) 15. (3.70 @ 400 Hz 2. (193.9 kg) per hour 105 W (OCXO at nominal current draw) •DC Voltage at SDU terminals AC current requirements 1: •Nominal at 115 V ac (current/power factor) •Maximum at 92 V ac (current/power factor) DC current requirements: •Nominal at 28 V dc •Maximum at 20. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.9 kg) per hour 0. INSTALLATION.5 to 32.8 ± 2. ECS. Page 1--28 12 Oct 2010 .5 V dc Circuit breaker ratings: •115 V ac circuit breaker •28 V dc circuit breaker User replaceable parts Operating temperature Operating altitude Cooling requirements 2: •Minimum •Maximum Power consumption 3: •Nominal NOTES: 1. 2. 320 to 800 Hz (startup) 22.05 in.27 mm) of water at a flow rate of 96.3 V dc (nominal operation) 20. Mounting trays with integral cooling fans that meet the cooling requirements are available from suitable vendors (such as.0 lb.51 in.6 ± 0.8 kilometers) 0.05 in. (190.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. The SDU draws an additional 20 W during the first 10 minutes (maximum) of operation at 77 °F (25 °C) because of the OCXO. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 1-11. 4004295--160. ECS. 3. Characteristic •Maximum Heat dissipation: •Nominal •Maximum Mating connectors: •J1 •J2 Mounting NOTES: 1. 2. INSTALLATION. Page 1--29 12 Oct 2010 . Table 1-12. EMTEQ). SD-720 SDU Leading Particulars (cont) Specification 150 W (OCXO at maximum current draw) 105 W (OXCO at nominal current draw) 150 W (OCXO at maximum current draw) Radiall Part No. KJ6F18A53P ARINC 600 6--MCU Tray Assembly Mounting trays with integral cooling fans that meet the cooling requirements are available from suitable vendors (such as. NSXN2P201X0004 Honeywell Part No. ITT Part No. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. SD-720 SDU DO-160D Environmental Categories Category Category A2F21Z Category B Category A Category B Category SB Category E Category X Category X Category X Category X Category X Category Z Category A(WF)XBZ Category A Category JZ Category Z Category RR Environmental Condition Temperature and altitude Temperature variation Humidity Shock Vibration Explosion Waterproofness Fluids susceptibility Sand and dust Fungus resistance Salt spray Magnetic effect Power input Voltage spike Audio frequency susceptibility Induced signal susceptibility Radio frequency susceptibility UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. All PF are leading. The OCXO continuously dissipates this additional 20 W at --67 °F (--55 °C).

High Speed Data Unit (HSU) (1) The HSU is packaged as an ARINC 600 4 MCU LRU suitable for mounting in the equipment bay. The HDM is accessed via the front panel. UP7527 23. Forced air which moves through the chassis in an upward or downward direction supplies internal cooling.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Two hold-down clamps enable the unit to be firmly secured in the mounting rack. The mechanical chassis is constructed of lightweight aluminum alloy sheet metal. The front panel also contains an ARINC 615 portable data loader connector and a test port (Ethernet). (3) The rear connector receptacle is a size No. DO--160D environmental categories for the HSU are listed in Table 1--14. and the bottom insert is a type 04 arrangement. the middle insert is a type 02 arrangement. INSTALLATION. Radio frequency emissions Lightning induced Lightning direct Icing Electrostatic discharge SD-720 SDU DO-160D Environmental Categories (cont) Category Category M Category A2J33 Category X Category X Category A Environmental Condition C. (2) The front panel assembly contains a PTT switch to initiate BITE and a red (FAIL) and green (PASS) LED to indicate BITE status.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The unit is carried by a fixed C-shaped handle mounted to the front panel assembly. The HSU leading particulars are listed in Table 1--13. 2 shell assembly (in accordance with ARINC 600) that engages a mating connector in the mounting rack when the HSU is installed. Index pin code 03 is used on both the HSU and the mounting rack connectors. The top insert is a type 08 arrangement. (4) The HSU is shown in Figure 1-7. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 1-12. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 1--30 15 Jul 2006 .

Page 1--31 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. UP7527 High Speed Data Unit 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 1-7. INSTALLATION.

(128.000 ft (16. ≥ 96 V ac.02 mm) 15. 3. Mounting trays with integral cooling fans that meet the cooling requirements are available from suitable vendors (such as.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.27 mm) of water at a flow rate of 48.70 @ 400 Hz 1. All PFs are leading. 320 Hz minimum. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 1-13.81 ± 1.65 mm) 5. 134 V ac. Characteristic Dimensions (maximum): •Height •Width •Length Weight (maximum) Power requirements: •AC Voltage at HSU terminals HS-720 HSU Leading Particulars Specification 7.9 kg) per hour NOTES: 1.8 kilometers) 0.78 mm) 16 lb. 360 to 800 Hz (normal operation) 92 V ac.2 amps/0.0 amps 5. 800 Hz maximum.15 ± 0.3 V dc (normal operation) 20.3 kg) 96 to 122 V ac.35 ± 1. (3.5 ± 2. (6.0 lb.05 in. UP7527 23.5 amp TYPE A None --67 °F (--55 °C) to + 158 °F (70 °C) to 55. The OCXO continuously dissipates this additional 20 W at --67 °F (--55 °C).9 kg) per hour 0. (22. 320 to 800 Hz (startup) •DC Voltage at HSU terminals AC current requirements 1: •Nominal at 115 V ac (current/power factor) •Maximum at 92 V ac (current/power factor) DC current requirements: •Nominal at 28 V dc •Maximum at 20. ECS.8 amps/0.5 V dc minimum. (7.2 V dc maximum 1.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 2.0 to 30. 32. (193. The HSU draws an additional 20 W during the first 10 minutes (maximum) of operation at 77 °F (25 °C) because of the OCXO.0 ± 0.05 in. INSTALLATION.79 @ 800 Hz 2.07 in. EMTEQ).04 in.624 in. Page 1--32 15 Jul 2006 .27 mm) of water at a flow rate of 63.0 amps 3 amp TYPE A 7. (382.25 ± 0.7 ± 0.1 ± 2.5 V dc Circuit breaker ratings: •115 V ac circuit breaker •28 V dc circuit breaker User replaceable parts Operating temperature Operating altitude Cooling requirements 2: •Minimum •Maximum 22.0 lb. (28.

Characteristic Power consumption 3: •Nominal •Maximum Heat dissipation: •Nominal •Maximum Mating connectors: •J1 •J2 Mounting HS-720 HSU Leading Particulars (cont) Specification 55 W (OCXO at nominal current draw) 100 W (OCXO at maximum current draw) 55 W (OXCO at nominal current draw) 100 W (OCXO at maximum current draw) Radiall Part No. The HSU draws an additional 20 W during the first 10 minutes (maximum) of operation at 77 °F (25 °C) because of the OCXO. All PFs are leading. 4004295--160. Mounting trays with integral cooling fans that meet the cooling requirements are available from suitable vendors (such as. INSTALLATION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Temperature and altitude Temperature variation Humidity Shock Vibration Explosion Waterproofness Fluids susceptibility Sand and dust Fungus resistance Salt spray Magnetic effect Power input Voltage spike UP7527 HS-720 HSU DO-160D Environmental Categories Category Category A2F2/Z Category B Category A Category B Category SB Category E Category X Category X Category X Category X Category X Category Z Category A(WF)HBZ Category A Environmental Condition 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 1-13. 3.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. EMTEQ). 2. The OCXO continuously dissipates this additional 20 W at --67 °F (--55 °C). KJ6F18A53P ARINC 600 4--MCU Tray Assembly NOTES: 1. ECS. Page 1--33 12 Oct 2010 . NSXN2P221X0003 Honeywell Part No. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Table 1-14. ITT Part No.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. the middle insert is a type 05 arrangement. The mechanical chassis is constructed of lightweight aluminum alloy sheet metal.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The front panel also contains an ARINC 615 portable data loader connector. and the bottom insert is a type 04 arrangement. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 1-14. The leading particulars for the 60 W HPA are listed in Table 1--15. Index pin code 08 is used on both the HPA and mounting rack connectors. 2 shell assembly (in accordance with ARINC 600) that engages a mating connector in the mounting rack when the HPA is installed. INSTALLATION. The unit is carried by a fixed C-shaped handle mounted to the front panel assembly. Two hold-down clamps hold the unit firmly secured in the mounting rack. Page 1--34 15 Jul 2006 . UP7527 23. High-Power Amplifier (60 Watt) (1) The HPA is an ARINC 600 8--MCU LRU suitable for mounting in the equipment bay or near the antenna system. DO--160D environmental categories for the 60 W HPA are listed in Table 1--16. HS-720 HSU DO-160D Environmental Categories (cont) Category Category JZ Category Z Category RR Category M Category A3J33 Category X Category X Category A Environmental Condition Audio frequency susceptibility Induced signal susceptibility Radio frequency susceptibility Radio frequency emissions Lightning induced Lightning direct Icing Electrostatic discharge D. (4) The 60 W HPA is shown in Figure 1--8. (2) The front panel assembly contains a PTT switch to initiate BITE and a red (FAIL) and green (PASS) light emitting diode (LED) to indicate BITE status. (3) The rear connector receptacle is a size No. The top insert is a type 08 arrangement. Forced air which moves through the chassis in an upward or downward direction supplies internal cooling.

UP7527 High Power Amplifier 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 1-8. Page 1--35 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION.

3 V dc (normal operation).27 mm) of water at a flow rate of 176.000 ft (16.5 amps/0.05 in.9 kg) per hour 0. (386.22 in.0 ± 0. single carrier) 7. EMTEQ).0 lb (80.0 ± 0. Characteristic Dimensions (maximum): •Height •Width •Length Weight (maximum) Power requirements: •AC voltage at HPA terminals HP-720 60W HPA Leading Particulars Specification 7.5 V dc RF power output: •Rated operating power •Maximum power Circuit breaker ratings: •15 V ac circuit breaker •28 V dc circuit breaker User replaceable parts Operating temperature Operating altitude Cooling requirements 2: •Minimum •Maximum Power consumption: •Nominal NOTES: 1.3 ± 2.59 mm) 15.2 ± 0.0 lb (55.9 kg) per hour 250 W for VSWR = 1.08 mm) 32.4 ± 2. (5. 800 Hz maximum. 32. ECS.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.0 ± 3. (198. 320 Hz minimum.35 ± 1.5 V dc minimum. (6.45 mm) 10. (259. 2.25 ± 0. Mounting trays with integral cooling fans that meet the cooling requirements can be obtained from suitable vendors (such as. All PFs are leading. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 1-15. 320 to 800 Hz (startup) 22. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 1--36 12 Oct 2010 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.8 km) 0. INSTALLATION. 20.20 in.89 @ 400 Hz 5. UP7527 23.813 in.0 lb (14.5 kg) 96 to 122 V ac. 134 V ac.1 amps/0.0 •DC voltage AC current requirements1 : •Nominal at 115 V ac (current/power factor) •Maximum at 92 V ac (current/power factor) DC current requirements: •Nominal at 28 V dc •Maximum at 20.5 amp TYPE A 30 amp TYPE A None --67 °F (--55 °C) to + 158 °F (70 °C) to 55. 360 to 800 Hz (normal operation) 92 V ac.12 in. > 96 V ac.91 @ 800 Hz 9 amps 21 amps 60 W (multiple carriers) 80 W (short duration.0 mm) of water at a flow rate of 121.0 to 30.2 V dc maximum 2.

Mounting trays with integral cooling fans that meet the cooling requirements can be obtained from suitable vendors (such as. ECS.0 Radiall Part No.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 1-15. 4004295--160. 2. All PFs are leading.0 190 W for VSWR = 1. KJ6F18A53P BNC Plug ARINC 600 8--MCU Tray Assembly Mounting NOTES: 1.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Characteristic •Maximum Heat dissipation: •Nominal •Maximum Mating connectors: •J1 •J2 •J3 HP-720 60W HPA Leading Particulars (cont) Specification 425 W for VSWR = 1. HP-720 60W HPA Environmental Categories Category Category A2F2/Z Category B Category A Category B Category SCLMY Category E Category X Category X Category X Category X Category X Category Z Category A(WF)HBZ Category A Category JZ Category Z Category RR Category M Environmental Condition Temperature and altitude Temperature variation Humidity Shock Vibration Explosion Waterproofness Fluids susceptibility Sand and dust Fungus resistance Salt spray Magnetic effect Power input Voltage spike Audio frequency susceptibility Induced signal susceptibility Radio frequency susceptibility Radio frequency emissions UP7527 23. NSXN2P221X0008 Honeywell Part No. Table 1-16. EMTEQ). ITT Part No.0 365 W for VSWR = 1. Page 1--37 12 Oct 2010 .

Two hold-down clamps hold the unit firmly in the mounting rack. (3) The housing is constructed of lightweight aluminum alloy sheet metal. The unit is carried by a fixed C-shaped handle mounted to the front panel assembly. Page 1--38 15 Jul 2006 . UP7527 23. (4) Figure 1--9 is a block diagram that shows how the RFUIA interfaces to the other system LRUs. Radio Frequency Unit Interface Adapter (RFUIA) (1) The RFUIA is an ARINC 600 4-MCU mounted in the equipment bay or near the antenna system.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. No aircraft power is needed. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. This unit is installed in the aircraft in place of the RFU or HSU to complete the RF receive and transmit paths for the MCS-4200/7200 system. DO--160D environmental categories for the RFUIA are listed in Table 1--18. The RFUIA is shown in Figure 1--10. The leading particulars for the RFUIA are listed in Table 1--17. (2) The RFUIA is not an operational unit and it does not contain any active internal electronic components. It consists of a housing assembly integrated with an ARINC 600 connector on the back of the unit. Lightning induced Lightning direct Icing Electrostatic discharge HP-720 60W HPA Environmental Categories (cont) Category Category A3J33 Category X Category X Category A Environmental Condition E.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. No forced-air cooling is required. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 1-16.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. RFUIA System Interface Diagram UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 1-9.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 1--39 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. UP7527 Radio Frequency Unit Interface Adapter 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 1-10. Page 1--40 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.90 in. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Characteristic Dimensions (maximum): •Length •Width •Height Weight (maximum) Power requirements Cooling RFUIA Leading Particulars Specification 12.5 mm) 7.82 kg) None Convection. (194.64 in. no forced air required 1-18.115 V ac Voltage spike Audio frequency susceptibility -. RFUIA DO-160D Environmental Categories Category Category XXX Category X Category X Category B Category SCLMY Category X Category X Category X Category X Category X Category X Category Z Category X Category X Category X Category X Category XXX Category X Category XXXX Category X Category X Category X Environmental Condition Temperature and altitude Temperature variation Humidity Shock Vibration Explosion Waterproofness Fluids susceptibility Sand and dust Fungus resistance Salt spray Magnetic effect Power input -. INSTALLATION. (324.1 mm) 4. (124.1 mm) 4 lb. (1. Page 1--41 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.115 V ac Induced signal susceptibility Radio frequency susceptibility Radio frequency emissions Lightning induced Lightning direct Icing Electrostatic discharge UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 1-17.76 in.

each MCS--4200/7200 LRU has three externally--displayed. 23. HS--720 or HP--720) LRU equipment name LRU end--item part number (including hardware and software portions) Weight Applicable DO--160D categories FCC identifier LRU hardware modification level LRU software modification level Applicable DO--178B software level Applicable DO--254 hardware level. (3) Data Matrix Nameplate (a) Each data matrix nameplate contains the information that follows: • • • • • • Name of the certifying and manufacturing company LRU equipment name Manufacturer’s FSCM code (MFR) LRU serial number (SER) LRU inspection marking LRU inspection date (DMF). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. (4) Identification (ID) Nameplate (a) Each identification (ID) nameplate contains the information that follows: • • • • • • • • • • • UP7527 Name of the manufacturing company Model number (such as. SD--720. SD--720. INSTALLATION. Page 1--42 15 Jul 2006 . (b) An example of the SD--720’s actual nameplate complement is shown in Figure 1-11. HS--720. HPA) (1) General (a) Except for the RFUIA. or HP--720).-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System F. the name of the system. antenna stabilization. The nameplates for the HS--720 and HP--720 are similar. (2) Logo Nameplate (a) Each logo nameplate contains both company logos (Honeywell and Thales). front panel--mounted nameplates which consist of: • A logo nameplate • A data matrix nameplate • An identification (ID) nameplate. the LRU equipment name. Nameplates (SDU. and Doppler frequency correction. HSU. and the LRU model number (such as. G. ARINC 429 Data Requirements (1) The MCS--4200/7200 system requires ARINC 429 data for antenna pointing.

Page 1--43 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 1-11. MCS-4200/7200 SDU LRU Labels UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Q. The first two digits are upper--case alphabetic characters in the range AA to ZZ and the last three digits are numeric characters in the range 100 to 999. UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) The LRU model number is a five--digit alphanumeric sequence. The settings for these provisions are manually changed each time a hardware revision is made that is not compatible with all previously released versions of software. with letters I. with letters I. Table 1--16 or Table 1--18 for a list of environmental categories applicable to the MCS--4200/7200 LRUs. See Table 1--12. and X excluded. The LRU hardware modification level is indicated by the set of all marked modification level identifiers. The identification (ID) nameplate can be removed and replaced when a software change is significant enough to require the three--digit software configuration number be incremented or a hardware change is significant enough to require that the two--digit hardware configuration number be incremented. HSU and HPA) (1) Provisions are included in each MCS--4200/7200 LRU to ensure hardware and software compatibility.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 1--44 15 Jul 2006 . Table 1--14. and every time a software load is attempted from an ARINC 615 portable data loader. Each modification level identifier is a maximum of two upper--case alphabetic characters that range from A to ZZ. (f) The hardware and software modification levels for any of the MCS--4200/7200 LRUs each consists of a maximum of two upper--case alphabetic characters ranging from A (or “--”) to ZZ.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. (d) The FCC identifier applicable to all MCS--4200/7200 LRUs is GB8MCS--4000 or GB8MCS--7000. (e) The MCS--4200/7200 LRU end item part number consists of a seven--digit base part number and a five--digit dash number. or person--activated self--test [PAST]). O. Q. Usage of this nameplate characteristic reflects the implementation of minor hardware and software changes in the given LRU. H. (g) The DO--178B software levels and DO--254 hardware levels applicable to each MCS--4200/7200 LRU indicate the level to which a given LRU was certified. (c) The DO--160D categories applicable to the MCS–4200/7200 system consist of a mix of numeric and upper case alphabetic characters. O. and X excluded. Software and Hardware Compatibility (SDU. The LRU equipment name is displayed with as many upper--case letters as are required to spell out the equipment name. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The first two digits of the dash number indicate the LRU hardware configuration and consist of numeric values ranging from 10 to 99. The status of these settings is tested every time an LRU undergoes a cold start (power--on self--test [POST]. The last three digits of the dash number reflect the LRU software configuration and consist of numeric values ranging from 001 to 999. The LRU serial number consists of an eight--digit numeric sequence.

it will remain in a de--activated state.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. 432 kbps channel rates) planned for late ’07 or ’08. This list of codes is compared with the wired hardware/software compatibility strap code in the LRU. Otherwise. timeliness of development. It provides the cockpit crew. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. normal LRU operation will be allowed. cabin crew. the software upload process will be allowed (otherwise. Page 1--45 12 Oct 2010 . 5. In all respects.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. – are well--suited to meet airline satellite communication needs well into the future. etc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) The MCS--4200/7200 LRU header records in the ARINC 615 data loader software upload file and in the operational software itself contain a list of hardware/software compatibility strap codes which is compatible with the software. if any of the codes in the software itself match the strap code in the LRU. If any of the codes in the software upload file match the hardware/software compatibility strap code in the LRU. the characteristics of the MCS-4200/7200 SATCOM system – size. weight. In addition. INSTALLATION. and passengers with access to multi-channel satellite-based telephony and packet-data functionality based on the proven ARINC 741/761 specifications. it furnishes the cabin with INMARSAT Swift64 connectivity through both the circuit--switched (ISDN) and packet--switched (MPDS) versions of that service in a configuration easily modified to accommodate the newer. Summary A. features. General (1) The MCS--4200/7200 SATCOM system is a powerful and versatile airborne communications system. UP7527 23. it will be inhibited). Similarly. faster generation of SwiftBroadband services (that is.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. Page 1--46 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

If an HSU is installed. General (1) The AES/MES/UE accepts data and voice signals from various sources. General (1) At any time. UP7527 23. each of the Swift64 or SwiftBroadband channels will sequentially register with an LES/SAS. the AES applies time supervision of three minutes and then clears any remaining connections. For a spot beam satellite. Selected channels from the Psmc-. 2. (2) An AES logs onto a GES to enter the satellite communications system and logs off to terminate its operation in the system. Log-off is initiated automatically or by a user command issued as part of normal operational procedures.and Pd--channels are designated by Inmarsat for satellite and spot beam selection. the AES ensures all communication channels are clear prior to starting the handover procedure. modulates the information onto the appropriate RF carrier frequencies. AES Management A. System operation terminates when the AES logs off from the GES. (3) The AES also logs off before initiating handover. a command from the flight crew. Overview A. Handover can be initiated by the flight crew. (4) When an AES receives a higher level instruction. demodulates and decodes these signals. each spot beam is associated with at least one GES having a continuous P--channel transmission. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System SECTION 2 SYSTEM OPERATION 1.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. All satellites have the global beam capability to receive the continuous Psmc--channel transmission of every GES in view. System operation begins when the P--channel transmission from a GES in the satellite region is received. and transmits these carriers to a GES/LES/SAS through satellite. to change its log-on to another GES operating in the same satellite region. different satellite regions can have different satellite configurations. A handover procedure is followed automatically when an AES needs to change the log-on GES or to access a different satellite. If any connections are in progress. The AES then logs onto the GES to establish the uplink and exchange information.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 2--1 12 Oct 2010 . or can be carried out automatically by the AES without human intervention. The AES/MES/UE also receives RF signals from the satellites. any previously established data communication channels are maintained until clearing before the handover is carried out. In the case of a user command-initiated satellite-to-satellite handover. encodes the signals. The AES does not log off if handover is initiated because of degradation or loss of the P--channel. and outputs data or voice messages for passengers or flight crew members. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. for example.

such as satellite Psid--channel frequencies. Each GES maintains an up-to-date status table of all AESs that have logged on. The system table does not lose its contents because of loss of primary power. INSTALLATION. (9) During log-on renewal. (10) Each AES maintains a system table stored in nonvolatile memory in the SDU. UP7527 23. Having selected a new suitable quality Psmc--channel (in another satellite region) and updating the system table for the new satellite region (if necessary). The required P--channel frequency is found in the system table.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. GES capabilities. Page 2--2 15 Jul 2006 . The system table contains the data EIRP table. satellite locations and associated GES IDs. the satellite and GES identifying information. Once an alternative spot beam is identified. the AES renews its log-on automatically to a preferred GES. and GES Psmc--channel frequencies. (8) If the AES attempts to renew its log-on and fails to log on to its previous GES or to the preferred alternative GES after a log-on prompt. the AES carries out a log-on procedure with the new GES. (11) The SDU also maintains a bootstrap system table containing a default set of satellite and GES identifying information. and GES Psmc--channel frequencies that are set to zero. plus satellite inclination and right ascension. and manages the AESs during handover. the AES returns to the latter stages of the initial search procedure and scans the spot beam primary Pd--channels on its current satellite to identify an alternative spot beam. (7) A GES-to-GES handover is carried out by logging onto a new GES in the same satellite region. or a log-on renewal request from an application. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (5) Automatic handover is initiated upon detection of Pd--channel link degradation defined as: • Error rate above 104 over an averaging period of 3 minutes • More than 10 short--term interruptions (loss of P--channel clock synchronization for less than 10 seconds) in any 3 minute period. Each GES also has an inter-GES signaling capability that permits the GES to set up calls with any AES operating in the same satellite region as that GES. then the AES enters the search mode to select the Psmc--channel frequency of a GES operating in a new satellite region.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. satellite location and associated GES IDs. (6) Automatic handover is also initiated upon detection of loss of the Pd--channel defined as: • Loss of clock synchronization for more than 10 seconds • An unsucessful log-on renewal procedure. if the AES is unable to log onto its previous GES or to another GES in the same satellite region. loss of P--channel quality. This information includes satellite Psid--channel frequencies. The required P--channel frequency can be found in the system table. spot beam support. The required P--channel frequencies are found in the system table.

each of its channels sequentially register for Swift64 or SwiftBroadband service when the AES achieves log--on. (3) The log-on/log-off of an AES to/from the satellite communications system lets the GES manage the number of AESs that can receive a P--channel (Pd) and transmit on each R--channel (Rd). INSTALLATION. or upon execution of a factory settings restart. B. System Log-On/Log-Off A. the AES operation is fully automatic with satellite log-on and handover procedures occurring without external control. Then a complete update of the data for that satellite happens. This controls the queuing delays and burst collision probabilities that can be experienced. (4) The registration process starts with the preferred LES/SAS. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The automatic mode is considered the normal mode of operation. In the user commanded mode. When an AES is powered up. the AES waits for the GES to be selected through the user commanded mode (or for a reversion to the automatic mode). General (1) Two operational modes are available for AES log-on: • Automatic • User commanded (constrained). (2) In the automatic mode. Satellite region blocks that have not yet been updated over the air are marked with a null revision number. If the log-on policy is not set to automatic.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The default data for a satellite is used until that satellite is first accessed. Page 2--3 12 Oct 2010 . and can initiate handovers at any time. (3) Two sets of preferences in the ORT define MPDS and ISDN preferences since service providers may be different between MPDS and ISDN. UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (12) The bootstrap system table is loaded into the SDU as an inseparable part of the upload of executable software. A preference level of 9 is the highest and 1 is the lowest and 0 indicates no access. HSDU Installed (1) If an HSDU is installed. The respective MPDS or ISDN Swift64 service is only initiated if and when the service is initiated by a ground or airborne user. it enters a GES selection mode if the log-on policy is set to automatic. 3. the flight crew or flight control system is able to select the satellite and GES for log-on and handover. (2) The LES/SAS selected for registration is based on satellite and LES/SAS preference set in the ORT. and that GES is selected for log-on.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. The SDU defaults to the bootstrap system table in the absence of a stored system table. This permits the AES to select the most preferred GES operating in its visible satellite region (there may be one or two satellites visible to the AES).

unauthorized access.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. If the revision number for the AES is out-of-date. INSTALLATION. Except for the number of C--channels and the data bit rate capability. If an entry exists. Upon receipt of a log--on reject. (8) The AES also informs the GES of the number of C--channels the AES is equipped to handle. the AES is ready to log-on to the satellite communications system using the selected GES and the optimum spot beam. (6) The AES initiates the log-on procedure by tuning to the Psmc--channel (global beam) of the selected GES and sending a log-on request signal unit on one of the corresponding Rsmc--channels. invalid message. this information is repeated in the log-on confirm signal unit for use by other GESs. Once this task is complete. UP7527 23. the AES will select the next most preferred GES. plus the identification of the spot beam where the AES is located. because of reasons like GES overload. it ignores the information. informs the GES of the type of interface required. P--channels. which permits the AES to determine whether the revision number of the system table currently stored in the SDU is valid. (7) The AES uses the log-on request signal unit to supply the selected GES with its own identification (a 24-bit ICAO aircraft identification code). an AES updating procedure is implemented. (9) An AES having circuit-mode data service capability and desiring allocation of circuit-mode data capable channel units at the GES for every ground-to-air call. it registers the information in its log-on AES table and retransmits the information for use by other GESs. If the GES does not support circuit-mode data service. (5) When the revision number is verified as correct. The AES then determines which Pd--channel has the highest signal quality. and T--channels. and the data bit rate capability for the R--channels. If the GES supports the service. etc. the AES tries to acquire one of the identifying Psmc--channel (Psid) frequencies of the satellite contained in the initial system table.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Typically there are two frequencies per satellite (or group of satellites if several satellites supply service to essentially one region). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 2--4 15 Jul 2006 . The interface is either analog interconnect or digital interconnect. or the global beam if the GES does not operate a P--channel in the required spot beam. the GES responds with a log-on reject signal unit. A zero value is used in the spot beam identification field of the log-on message if: • No spot beam on the selected satellite • AES is out of any spot beam coverage area • Selected GES does not operate a Pd--channel in the required spot beam. which includes the cause of the rejection. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (4) After selecting a GES. the bit rate/coding algorithm in use on the voice channels. The AES receives that Psmc--channel until one of the system table’s broadcast signal units is received. the AES checks for any entries in the satellite spot beam search table. the AES checks the Pd--channel frequencies of all spot beams supported by the selected GES to identify the most applicable spot beam. If the log-on request signal unit cannot be accepted by the GES.

The SDU resolves tied preferences by selecting the GESs in descending order of satellite elevation. the GES transmits from one to four T--channel frequencies to the AES if data services are supplied. (11) The AES selects the appropriate EIRP setting for Rd--channels and T--channels from the data EIRP table. AES is logging-on. and therefore is at the discretion of the GES operator. taking into account the loadings on the channels. The GES assigns a Pd--channel from the available channels. the set (as yet untied) of GESs with the highest preference are initially processed to exclude those GESs associated with satellites not in view. (3) When the AES is in the automatic mode. if the owner/operator of the AES desires to use the aircraft flight identification as the address for ground originated calls. The SDU allows the use of tied GES preferences. The ability to work with a low power P--channel is determined by the AES class. and supported by the combination of the satellite in use and the class of AES. UP7527 23. If the GES assigns a Pd--channel different than the Psmc--channel. or AES is logged-on in the constrained mode. and the need to supply some means of recovery from P--channel degradation or failure. A GES with a preference level of zero is not considered for automatic log-on. or from the commissioning and maintenance terminal (CMT). In addition. Page 2--5 15 Jul 2006 . (12) If the GES is using more than one set of R--channel frequencies and assigns new Rd--channels to the aircraft.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. from the analog connected telephone handsets. if ORT item i (log-on policy) indicates automatic at startup. the GES transmits the new channel frequency to the AES using the P/R--channel control signaling message following the log-on confirm. (2) The SDU implements the automatic log-on mode upon user command if the AES is currently logged-off. During GES selection. Automatic log-on is also implemented by the SDU. INSTALLATION. Automatic Log-On (1) The SDU supports two types of log-on: • Automatic • Constrained mode. the log-on GES/satellite/spot beam chosen is based on the GES preference (ORT item iii).-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. (13) The GES assigns data channels at the highest agreeable bit rate supplied in both the AES and GES. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (10) The AES supplies the GES with its flight identification number at log-on. Subsequent log-on transactions for handover use Rsmc-. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. the need to use a P--channel of low power if possible.and Psmc--channels in the same manner as the initial log-on transaction. The user command can originate from either the SCDU. the GES transmits the new channel frequencies (up to eight) to the AES using the signaling message(s) that follow the log-on confirm. The use of this information in the GES depends upon the services being offered. B.

If the specific GESs satellite Psid frequencies cannot be acquired. D. and to revert to the automatic mode if there are GESs in view with higher preference levels than the current log-on GES. and therefore also selected the satellite. the SDU starts the GES Psmc frequency search as it would normally do after acquiring a spot beam frequency. Log-On Mode Selection (1) User selection of the automatic log-on mode while the AES is logging-on in the constrained mode causes the SDU to abort the current log-on attempt and revert to the automatic mode. or by a user command to select automatic log-on. or from the CMT. If the GES Psmc frequency cannot be acquired. The GES preferences specified in ORT item iii have no effect in the constrained log-on mode. The user is able to exit this constrained log-on mode by commanding log-off. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (4) Satellites are deemed in view if they are above the elevation handover threshold specified in ORT item xxxix. or their elevation is higher than 1 degree less than the elevation of the highest satellite. The SDU lets the user command log-off while the AES is logging-on or logged-on in the constrained or automatic mode. then all satellites are deemed to be in view. then those GESs are ordered by a pseudo-random choice algorithm with a uniform probability density. User selection of the automatic log-on mode while the AES is logged-on in the constrained mode causes the SDU to log-off from the current constrained GES. The user command can originate from either the SCDU. the SDU is constrained to search for the specific GES-related satellite Psid frequency (or frequencies). Constrained Log-On (1) Constrained log-on is where the user manually selects the specific GES to be used for log-on. the SDU reattempts the acquisition indefinitely. This state of unsuccessful satellite/GES Psmc frequency acquisition is exited either by the frequency being acquired. from the analog-connected telephone handsets. User selection of the automatic mode when the AES is logged-off causes the SDU to implement automatic log-on. If more than one GES in the preference group have the same satellite elevation. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. If no IRS data is available and the currently selected antenna is the low gain antenna. by selection of a different satellite/GES. by selecting the automatic log-on mode.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. and it is possible to execute a constrained log-on to a GES with a preference level of zero. or by cycling SDU primary power (if ORT item i log--on policy is auto log--on. the SDU takes no action other than to reattempt the acquisition with alternate modems. and the selected GES Psmc frequency during the log-on sequences. Page 2--6 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION. UP7527 23. only spot beam handover takes place. the set of spot beam Pd frequencies where the selected GES radiates P--channels. If none of the GES-related spot beam Pd frequencies can be acquired. or to log-off. (2) If the user has manually selected the log-on GES. (3) Once logged-on in this mode with the GES constrained. C. The remainder of the GESs in the preference group are then sorted into a list by satellite elevation and GES on the highest elevation satellite chosen for initial access.

because of P--channel degradation. Handover (1) The SDU causes the AES to initiate a handover procedure for the following reasons: • Automatic handover occurs when the AES is logged-on in the automatic or constrained mode. INSTALLATION. your call can no longer be sustained) to be sent to each currently in-use digital or analog headset to inform each user of the reason for the call termination. except for automatic handover because of P--channel degradation and automatic handover because of the reported HGA Tx gain being less than the threshold value. The SDU does not clear down any ongoing C--channel calls if the handover is local to the current satellite region. In both cases. depending upon the current status. E. • Automatic handover occurs as specified in ORT item xxii for 10 seconds because of the reported HGA Tx gain being less than the threshold value when the AES is logged-on in the automatic or constrained mode. then the SDU terminates the current C--channel calls with an SLCV cause of 1221x. automatically selected GES. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. (2) The SDU logs off from the current log-on GES before logging onto the new GES for all of the above handover stimuli. and the adjustment results in any GES having a higher preference level than the current log-on GES. The SDU also causes a suitable voice pacifier message (Sorry.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. • User command is issued to select the constrained mode when the AES is logged-on (or awaiting log-on acknowledge) in the automatic mode if the constrained selection is different from the current. UP7527 23. The user can enter the constrained mode by selecting a specified GES while the SDU is logging-on or is logged-on in the automatic mode. • Automatic handover occurs when the AES is logged-on in the automatic mode. because of the log-on satellite being below the elevation handover threshold specified in ORT item xxxix.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. but also in the constrained mode. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) The user is able to change the selected GES if the AES is logging-on or is logged on in the constrained mode. • User command is issued to select the automatic mode when the AES is logged-on (or awaiting log-on acknowledge) in the constrained mode if a GES exists with a higher preference level than the current log-on GES. Page 2--7 15 Jul 2006 . • User command is issued to select the constrained mode for a particular GES when the AES is currently logged-on (or awaiting log-on acknowledge) to a different GES. • User command is issued to adjust the GES preference levels if the AES is logged-on (or awaiting log-on acknowledge) in the automatic mode. (3) If any modems are being used for circuit--mode voice when a handover to a GES in a different satellite region occurs. providing the constrained GES selection is different from the automatically chosen GES. the SDU either aborts the current log-on attempt or logs-off from the current GES before attempting to log-on to the new GES. with another satellite being at least 1 degree higher than the log-on satellite for more than 10 seconds.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. the session associated with the initially activated port continues to completion before initiating any session with the other port. upload is defined as the transfer of a data set from the ARINC 615 data loader to the appropriate LRU. General (1) Each MCS LRU (SDU. UP7527 23. 4. Log-off is also initiated by the SDU as part of the handover sequence. either from the SCDU. If during a data transfer session the other port becomes active. System Software/Database Updates A. and HPA) has an ARINC 615 Airborne Data Loader (ADL) and PDL port. HSU. from the analog-connected telephone handset. With the data loader connected. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System F. the Link A connection is completed. Software Upload Process (1) The uploading of the software is done by either connecting a PDL to the ARINC 615 connector port on the LRU to be programmed. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The data set to be transferred is independent of the port used. A download is defined as the transfer of a data set from an appropriate LRU to the ARINC 615 data loader. Page 2--8 12 Oct 2010 . or from the CMT. The SDU and HPA are capable of transferring the data sets listed in Table 2--1 through these ports. Table 2-1. B. except for handovers implemented because of P--channel degradation. Log-Off (1) Log-off is initiated in the AES by a user command. (a) The SDU supports either the ARINC 615 software media or the ARINC 665 software media for data transfer between the SDU and the data loader. LRU SDU Data Set Operational Software Owner Requirements Table Event and Failure Logs Maintenance Activity Log Periodic Data Logging (SDU system and operational parameters) HPA Operational Software Upload Only Upload and Download Download Only Download Only Download Only Upload Only Data Set Upload/Download Upload/Download (2) In Table 2--1. The software upload function is resident in the bootstrap program and functions independently of any uploadable software in the LRU. The HSU is capable of software loading through its ADL/PDL ports and through its front--panel RJ--45 Ethernet port. or (in the case of an ADL or DLCS) by the user selecting the LRU to be programmed.

(i) The software media complies with the ARINC 665 standard and contains two digital signature certificates for a secured load format. All MCSORT download/upload diskettes contain a configuration file located in the root directory of the diskette with the filename CONFIG. UP7527 23. (e) The SDU connects to the Secure Communication Interface (SCI) via the airborne data loader (ADL) ARINC 429 bus (including the link discrete. (a) In the case of the DLCS.LDR.e. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) The ARINC 615 software media data transfer (i. Load Enable) and the onboard maintenance system (OMS) via the central fault display system (CFDS) bus. (2) The ARINC 615 media diskette containing a configuration file and a file containing the software to be uploaded to the SDU is inserted into the disk drive of the data loader (ADL or PDL).LDR. download) between the SDU and data loader is facilitated by either the ADL or PDL.e. CD--ROM) contains the ARINC 615 software load with two attached secured header files that are re--packaged with two Load Upload Media files and one Load Upload Header file to be ARINC 665 compliant. the LRU is loaded. The data loader reads the configuration file and initializes itself according to the parameters read. INSTALLATION. the ARINC 665 media (i. The data loader reads the configuration file and initializes itself according to the parameters read. (d) The DLCS is used to upload the SDU operational software and the User ORT database. All MCS ORT download/upload diskettes contain a configuration file located in the root directory of the diskette with the filename CONFIG.e. The configuration file contains information for the data loader to configure itself for operation. If the LRU configuration does not match the repository configuration.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (c) The ARINC 665 software media data transfer (i. upload) between the SDU and data loader is facilitated by the ADL via Data Loading and Configuration System (DLCS). upload. (g) The ANSU contains a mass storage repository for LRU and database software that is authorized to be loaded. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The repository is updated by transferring software media data from the HMI. The data loader then repeatedly transmits an RTS word.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Page 2--9 12 Oct 2010 . The data loader then repeatedly transmits an RTS word. (h) The human machine interface (HMI) can display the current LRU configuration and the authorized configuration in the repository. (b) The configuration file contains information for the data loader (ADL or PDL) to configure itself for operation. (f) The SCI obtains SDU LRU configuration information from the CFDS bus (Label 354) and conveys that information to the Airframer Network Server Unit (ANSU).

C. the SDU software upload is initiated only after: • SDU senses the low impedance state on Link A. (5) For the LRUs. the HPA performs a POST and the SDU performs a factory settings restart. INSTALLATION. Upload validation checks both the LRU and SRU header records for applicability. Validation of the Software Upload File (1) The following items are validated when software is loaded: • First two bytes of each LRU/SRU header record indicates a valid record type for the record position in the data sequence. • SDU determines it is not airborne (unless the operational software is not valid where the on-ground/airborne state is ignored).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. • SDU detects receiving an RTS word with a system address label (SAL) equal to 307. • LRU name and base part number must match the current LRU specification as given on the LRU nameplates. • Company name in the LRU header record must be HONEYWELL/RACAL. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. (4) The HPA and HSU software is similarly initiated only after the requirements mentioned are satisfied. • Software compatibility codes in each SRU ID PROM must appear in the list of compatible hardware/software codes for every SRU listed in the LRU header. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (3) With the operational software running. When the Link A connection is removed. When the software upload is completed. the software upload is a single pass process. except software uploading is also enabled when a valid air/ground status from the SDU is not available to the LRU. A factory settings restart results in Category C nonvolatile data being set to default values followed by execution of POST/PAST. the software upload process aborts. Page 2--10 12 Oct 2010 . If either validation process fails. UP7527 23. Further upload attempts can only be initiated by resetting both the data loader and the LRU. When successfully validated.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Each data loader block is then transferred directly to the program store. the program store CRC is checked over defined regions of the program store. the LRU causes the data loader to initiate the transfer complete function and the LRU remains in the data load state. while the Link A connection remains intact.

The contents of the ORT are specified in Appendix C. ORT default value usage. aircraft manufacturers. independent entries for SDUs 1 and 2. An invalid checksum results in the SDU reverting to the default values specified in TESTING/FAULT ISOLATION. The ORT contains information relating to different areas of functionality like log-on and telephony. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. to be used by each particular SDU as appropriate based on the strapping of its system configuration pins TP13E/F. ORT items not duplicated are said to be common. General (1) The ORT is stored in nonvolatile memory in the SDU. This version of ORT is defined to supply a consistent interface (single ORT file) to those users that do not require the additional security supplied by the management of two partitions for essential certification. The user partition contains all other items of the ORT. UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. All ORT contents are set to default values by a factory settings restart. (6) The content of the ORTs in both SDUs in a dual system is intended to be identical.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (2) Validity of the ORT content is determined by the SDU using a checksum process. (3) The ORT items are organized into two distinct partitions: • Secured • User. and certification authorities have determined to be configuration-dependent and crucial to the proper operation of the SATCOM system. For the sake of ORT requirements that must be capable of being different in SDUs 1 and 2. INSTALLATION. the ORT items affected are duplicated within the ORT. A composite ORT file contains all items (both partitions) in the ORT. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 5. Each of those items is capable of storing separate. enabling the efficient use of the equipment in normal operation. This verification is performed at the time of each power-up. The ORT contains all pilot and aircraft operator entered information preserved when the SDU is powered-down. The ORT does not lose its contents because of the loss of SDU primary power or as a result of PAST. where the single entry applies to SDUs 1 and 2 in dual systems as well as to the lone SDU in a single system. The lone SDU in a single system uses the entry for SDU 1 for duplicated items. (4) The individual ORT items defined in Table C--1 are assigned to a partition by the designation of secured or user in the attributes column. The user partition typically includes items the aircraft operator is able to set or modify. Owner Requirements Table A. Page 2--11 15 Jul 2006 . (5) The secured partition contains those items the equipment manufacturer.

the ORT data is written to the file until the whole data table is transferred.TAB. All MCS ORT download/upload diskettes contain a configuration file located in the root directory of the diskette with the filename CONFIG. An ORT header is written at the head of the file. When an error is detected during the ORT download (that is.TAB. B. plus the CONFIG. ORT Download (1) The ORT file is transferred using the control mode download sequence. After transferring the header record. which reads the configuration files and initializes itself according to the parameters read. UP7527 23. The LRU detects receiving a POLL word and initiates the ORT download/upload. (2) In the event no configuration file is present or the diskette is not formatted.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The ORT format version in the ORT header record is an indication of the ORT data contained in the upload/download file. C. The SDU does not respond to the command and the data loader performs a change disk or a read/write fail. (2) The ORT upload/download file is named SDU_ORT. The data loader then repeatedly transmits a POLL word. The configuration file contains information for the data loader (ADL or PDL) to configure itself for operation. unable to create file. ORT Upload/Download Process A.LDR. the transfer operation terminates. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 6. (b) Insert an ORT diskette containing the ORT file SDU_ORT. If insufficient space exists to contain an ORT. Page 2--12 15 Jul 2006 . The file is then closed and a load complete function is commanded. This file is made up of an ORT header record followed by the ORT data. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.TAB is created on the ORT diskette. A file name SDU_ORT. ARINC 615 transfer failure. the data loader solicits a subsystem identification. Control Mode ORT Upload Procedures (1) Upload the ORT through the MCDU (SCDU) (a) Make sure the ADL switch in the cockpit has SDU (SAT or SATCOM) selected.) the download process aborts and an ADL/PDL error status is indicated on the SCDU/CMT. The diskette containing a configuration file is inserted into the data loader. or a PDL is connected to the SDU and the MCS system is logged off.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. This file replaces any existing file with the same name. General (1) Each ORT download/upload diskette contains a configuration file. D.LDR file into the ADL/PDL. The ORT format version written into the header is the latest version supported by the installed software build. etc. Startup (1) ORT downloading/uploading is initiated through the SCDU page or the CMT page. INSTALLATION.

Remove the diskette from the ADL/PDL. (e) Select G (load owner requirements table from diskette). (f) When the PDL diskette activity stops. and the MCS system is logged off.LDR file into the PDL. (2) Upload the ORT through the CMT (a) Make sure the PDL is connected to the SDU through the appropriate connector on the interface cable. Disconnect the ADL/PDL from the SDU and initiate PAST in the SDU. plus the CONFIG. (e) Select line 2L (*UPLD OWNER REQS).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (d) Make sure line 1L indicates ready.LDR file into the PDL. (c) Access the SDU data loader menu from the CMT by performing the following from the CMTI main menu: • Select the ORT menu • Select the ORT Transfer menu • Select the PDL to SDU option. the data upload is complete. (c) Access the SDU data loader menu from the CMT by performing the following key entries from the CMT main menu: • D (SDU maintenance menu) • B (data loader menu). and the MCS system is logged off. INSTALLATION. Remove the diskette from the ADL/PDL. (b) Insert an ORT diskette containing the ORT file SDU_ORT.TAB.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Page 2--13 15 Jul 2006 . (d) Make sure the data loader menu screen indicates PDL ready.TAB. Disconnect the PDL from the SDU and initiate PAST in the SDU. (f) When the MCDU displays CONNECTED. The data upload is complete. (3) Upload the ORT through the CMTI (Windows) (a) Make sure the PDL is connected to the SDU through the appropriate connector on the interface cable. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (c) Access the SDU data loader menu from the MCDU through the following path: • MCDU main menu • SATCOM main menu • Submenu • Maintenance (Boeing aircraft only) • Data loader. push enter and make sure the CMT displays ADL or PDL CONNECTED. plus the CONFIG. (b) Insert an ORT diskette containing the ORT file SDU_ORT. UP7527 23.

These SDU interfaces support analog voice with in-band DTMF dialing and some discrete signaling. Circuit-Mode Data (1) General (a) Once a call is established and two-way communication exists using a C--channel. chime.LDR file and a ORT file created by the ORTool as an Auto Mode. (2) Upload through DLCS (a) Refer to airframer documentation (AMM) for uploading software procedure with the Data Loading and Configuration System. UP7527 23. and audio control panels and audio management systems) as shown in Figure 2-1.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. the status line should indicate Transfer Complete. PDL/DLCS Upload Procedure (1) Upload through PDL (a) Make sure the PDL is connected to the SDU through the appropriate connector on the interface cable. chime reset. (b) Insert into the PDL an ORT diskette containing a CONFIG. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (d) Make sure the status line indicates Data Transfer in Progress. Cabin voice services are accommodated by the following: • CCS including a CTU interfacing with the SDU. and facsimile transmission. B. (e) When the PDL diskette activity stops. Page 2--14 12 Oct 2010 . Disconnect the PDL from the SDU and initiate PAST in the SDU. Circuit-Mode Voice (1) The SDU supports cockpit and cabin voice services (refer to SYSTEM DESCRIPTION for a description of cabin/cockpit communications) that use the Inmarsat aeronautical satellite system. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. (c) Make sure the status line indicates Data Transfer in Progress. 7. Boeing Mode. (d) When the PDL diskette activity stops. Circuit-Mode Services A. Remove the diskette from the ADL/PDL. call lamps. headsets. Cockpit voice services use the equipment currently found on the flight deck (that is. Remove the diskette from the ADL/PDL. the C--channel can be used for purposes other than the initial (default) purpose of carrying real-time voice signals using the defined codec standard. push-to-talk switches. INSTALLATION. Circuit-mode data services can be used to support a variety of communication applications like interactive or bulk data communication. and the MCS system is logged off. the status line should indicate Transfer Complete. Disconnect the PDL from the SDU and initiate PAST in the SDU. • Standard interwiring interfaces reserved for cabin audio to supply priority 4 services.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. or B777 Mode Loader File Type. E. encrypted voice/data communication.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Classic Aero Satellite Audio System UP7527 23. Page 2--15 12 Oct 2010 . INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 2-1. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

packet mode data messages are handled by two basic types of data service. Data--3 permits the operator to connect to the MCS system any data terminal equipment (DTE) compatible with this international standard. except when the AES must indicate to the GES circuit-mode data operation can be invoked at some point during the call. all subsequent data packets carry abbreviated address and control information. INSTALLATION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. The transmission rate available to the operator depends on the aircraft equipment. Sub-band signaling circuit-mode data is implemented using the data interface unit (DIU) technique. General (1) Classic Aero data services are available in the form of a standard data interface that supports Data--2 and Data--3 as defined by Inmarsat. 8. Classic Aero Packet-Data Services A. UP7527 23. (2) Within the scope of the normal mode of operation. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) Sub-Band Signaling (a) Support of circuit-mode data services is achieved through the use of sub-band signaling. Data--3 complies with International Standards Organization (ISO) standard 8208 for open systems interconnection. and/or primary-band signaling. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 2--16 12 Oct 2010 . The call setup sequence for a circuit-mode data call is identical to a standard telephone call setup sequence. When the connection is established. Small messages (up to 128 bytes) are handled by one self-contained message that includes the information required to set up and clear the circuit as well as the data itself. These signaling transactions require diversion of the input/output (I/O) bit-stream from the SDU codecs to either a DIU (for PC modem applications) or a secure voice coding unit.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. and in particular on the antenna gain. It also depends on the capabilities of the satellite serving that particular region of the earth and the GES logged--on to the satellite. This connectionless message traverses the communication link autonomously and quickly. The TIF encodes/decodes circuit-mode PC modem data and facsimile data using an algorithm. This supplies more efficiency for longer messages and inquiry/response data dialogues with no limit set on the length of individual messages. (3) Primary-Band Signaling (a) Primary-band circuit-mode data is implemented using the terminal interface function (TIF) technique. which is a nontransparent design that uses sub-band C--channel capacity for end-to-end signaling. which uses primary-band C--channel capacity for end-to-end signaling. All circuit-mode data activation and deactivation procedures relating to circuit-mode data operation are automatically performed within the TIF. The TIF is integrated within the SDU codec. (3) Longer messages must be divided into a string of shorter messages for which a connection-oriented circuit is set up.

R. The slave (which must be equipped with an HGA in order to be a true slave from the perspective of offering additional channel capacity) does not perform log-on or any packet-mode data function. Normal ongoing slave system call management (such as. and selective releases.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. (No. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 9. or both. 2 can also be referred to as left and right. Data--2. but only as a standby backup system for low-rate packet-mode data services. (b) The master is in control. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 2 (a) This is a static distinction as determined by the programmed state of the SDU system configuration pin. Each SDU is capable of being the master or the slave. and GES--specific data broadcast (GSDB) packet-mode data services. Dual SATCOM Configuration A. The LGA master must be capable of operation through its LGA and must log-on as a Class 1 AES. (b) Dual SATCOM systems can be used to supply backup redundancy for circuit-mode and packet-mode safety communications. and T packet-mode channels for log-on and other satellite system management. Data--3. UP7527 23. (c) In a dual system made up of an HGA and an LGA. if the LGA-equipped SDU is the master. it cannot use the HGA-equipped system as a slave. The master controls all circuit-mode call setups.) (3) Master versus Slave (a) This is a logical and potentially dynamic distinction. power control) and call termination are controlled by the slave SDU. when the other SDU is powered-down). Each system in a dual system has the capability to function without the other if necessary (as a sole single system while the other has failed or is disabled). preemptions. Each SDU is capable of providing its services with no assistance from the other SDU (such as. and circuit-mode call setups. or for additional circuit-mode channel capability. If the slave is only equipped with an LGA. INSTALLATION. dual MCS systems operate with a single master SDU and the other as slave SDU. or to work with the other system as a coordinated pair. The master does not depend on the slave for any of the services supplied directly by the master. There are never two masters or two slaves (except during brief switching transients and certain failure plus manual override conditions). This configuration also uses dual antenna systems. Because an aircraft can have only one ICAO address assigned to it. Overview (1) General (a) Dual SATCOM configuration is one where two SDUs work together in a master/slave relationship. 1 versus No. Only the master is allowed to use the P. respectively. ready to take over as master in case the original master fails. on Boeing aircraft. but is only used to supply additional C-channels for circuit-mode services under control of the master. Page 2--17 15 Jul 2006 . 1 and No. it cannot function as a true slave. There are three distinctions made for dual systems regarding the SDUs: (2) No.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

(3) The disable discrete is an input only. The master controls the system functional capability indicators and indicates itself as the master to the MU. When one system is disabled. and the select and disable inputs are pulled low to be asserted. it is enabled. Figure 2-2 shows a classic wiring diagram. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (d) A system is said to be disabled when it is inhibited from making any RF transmissions. It is automatically asserted by the other SDU select output when attempting to perform an aggressive handover of mastery. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Dual System Control/Status Interfaces (1) Manual and automatic control of the master/slave/select/disable attributes of the two systems are done by using the XTB between the two SDUs (one high-speed ARINC 429 bus in each direction). An optional external switch can also be supplied to manually select one system while disabling the other. If an SDU detects the other system has failed. and CTU. Manual control is also supplied through the SCDUs for cases where the optional external switch is not supplied. (4) This versus Other (a) This is a relational distinction where this refers to any and all SDUs in dual systems. it can activate its own select output. which disables the other system and typically becomes the sole master. (4) The select discrete is a combination input and open-collector-type output. and by the dual system select discrete I/O and dual system disable discrete input discretes. and other refers to the companion SDU interfaced to this SDU ARINC 429 cross-talk bus (XTB) and select/disable discretes. It is possible both systems can be manually disabled for special purposes like when maintenance or deicing personnel are in close proximity to the antennas. Page 2--18 15 Jul 2006 . enabling fully automatic control. It can also be manually asserted when the crew has determined this system has failed. UP7527 23. This is true even when both SDUs are disabled (there must still be a designated master). that is. The select output supplies a low-impedance to ground when it is asserting.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (2) The select and disable discretes are normally in a high-impedance state. Any disabled SDU indicates this in bit 12 of its label 276 status word. which are cross-wired between the two SDUs. The optional switch can additionally have the enhanced capability of simultaneously disabling both systems while selecting neither. B. INSTALLATION. cabin packet data function (CPDF). This disabling can be because of a failure or being manually inhibited through the control interfaces. the other is usually selected.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Activation of this discrete by the crew indicates this system should be the sole master and it must not attempt to use the other as a slave. A switch normally leaves both discretes open-circuited. If a system is not disabled. the selected system is essentially a single system and cannot use any potential slave resources in the disabled system.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The slave detects the abdication of the master and takes over as master. The current master continually assesses the potential service capabilities of each system. including the usage of the other’s resources as a slave for providing additional voice services. or any combination between these extremes. Automatic system reversion of handover of mastery from the current master to the current slave is done through cooperative. or for any one capability to outweigh all of the others combined. weighting factors are selected in the ORT to reflect the relative importance of the various capabilities. Page 2--19 15 Jul 2006 . This flexibility allows all capabilities to be compared equally. UP7527 23. Since different aircraft owners/operators can value the individual assessed service capabilities differently. the current master indicates it is abdicating its mastery. (2) Automatic System Reversion (a) Cooperative handover of mastery is performed through the XTB and does not make use of the select/disable discretes. When the current master determines the current slave should become the new master. and special handovers. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 2-2. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. C. aggressive.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. System Reversion (1) General Dual System Wiring Diagram (a) The dual MCS system can change which SDU is master automatically or manually. INSTALLATION.

(2) For SBB operation. D. (4) The basic configurations supported by the MCS dual system design are as given in Table 2--2. it then inhibits RF transmissions and asserts its This SDU Is Disabled bit in its dual control/status word. Also possible is one pseudo-dual system plus one HGA system — that is. Some external select/disable switches may permit both systems to be disabled simultaneously for special cases involving close proximity to the SATCOM antennas of maintenance or deicing personnel. HGA(IGA) + HGA(IGA). the selected D/LNA must be Type F (or later type that is approved for SBB operation). (c) If the master SDU main processor resets itself. Antenna Configurations (1) A number of dual system antenna configurations can be assembled to address various user requirements for availability and channel capability. HGA(IGA) + LGA. the selected antenna must be an Inmarsat--approved type for this service class. Page 2--20 12 Oct 2010 . or LGA + LGA. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) Aggressive handover of mastery (used when cooperation is impossible because of XTB failure. The IGA equipment can be used interchangeably (when airplane installation supports) with the HGA equipment.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (b) The SCDU line select key makes use of the XTB as well as the select/disable discretes to send the appropriate command to the other SDU. When an SDU detects its disable discrete input has been asserted. or other reasons) makes use of the select/disable discretes for mastery handover. containing various combinations of LGA--. or it has received a Disable Other SATCOM command through the XTB. This permits manual system reversion for special cases. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 23. (3) For SBB operation. and after being so disabled for 1 second or longer. INSTALLATION. manual intervention. HGA-.or IGA--equipped systems — that is. Any HGA in a dual (or single) system can function as a logically distinct steered LGA when its gain drops below 7 dB. An SDU asserts its select output (connected to the Disable input of the other SDU) and commands Disable Other SATCOM on its XTB output to the other SDU (in its Dual Control/Status word). thus optimizing the robustness of this function. (HGA+LGA) + HGA. it immediately asserts its My Disable Is Asserted bit in its dual control/status word on its XTB output. (3) Manual System Reversion (a) The cockpit crew can manually select one system as the sole master and disable the other system using an external select/disable switch or through the SCDU disable other SATCOM line select key. like undetected failures. handover of mastery occurs when the slave detects XTB inactive (unless the slave is externally disabled).-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (7) Figure 2-5. (6) Figure 2-3 and Figure 2-4 show the two types of the HGA + LGA configuration. SDU No. Figure 2-6. Only unique combinations (as opposed to permutations) are shown. and Figure 2-7 show the three types of the HGA + HGA configuration. Channel unit redundancy within the HGA system supplies a limited but very flexible degree of failure tolerance for circuit-mode and high-rate packet-mode services.) UP7527 23.-SDU No. Page 2--21 12 Oct 2010 . This configuration is normally capable of providing 12 circuit-mode channels plus one (potentially) high-rate packet-mode data channel. like those shown in Figure 2-7. 2 Basic Antenna Configurations Notes Original ARINC 741 dual system architecture MD--11 and 777 dual standard -. (The use of dissimilar dual HGAs. (8) For SBB operation. This configuration is normally capable of providing six circuit-mode channels plus one (potentially) high-rate packet-mode data channel. 1 is pseudo--dual (5) Some specific examples of these configurations are shown in the following figures. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 2-2. Channel unit redundancy within each half of the dual system supplies a limited but very flexible degree of failure tolerance for all grades of all services before more serious failures force a handover of mastery. It supplies single-point failure tolerance for all grades of all services. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. (9) Figure 2-9 thru Figure 2-12 shows the different types of the pseudo-dual (HGA + LGA) + HGA configuration. This configuration contains all of the normal and failure-tolerance capabilities as the HGA + HGA configuration. helps to minimize the need for such a configuration. 1 HGA HGA LGA HGA + LGA LGA HGA LGA HGA SDU No. and adds the capability of one low-rate packet-mode data channel in instances where both HGAs are unusable because of trying to point into keyholes.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. It supplies single-point failure tolerance for low--rate packet-mode data services. the selected antenna must be an Inmarsat--approved type for this service class.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. HGA + LGA Configuration with Top-Mounted HGAs Figure 2-4. HGA + LGA Configuration with Side-Mounted HGAs UP7527 23. Page 2--22 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 2-3.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 2-5. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. HGA + HGA Configuration with Two Top-Mounted HGAs Figure 2-6.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. HGA + HGA Configuration with Two Side-Mounted HGAs UP7527 23. Page 2--23 12 Oct 2010 . INSTALLATION.

INSTALLATION. LGA + LGA Configuration UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. HGA + HGA Configuration with One Side-Mounted HGA + One Top-Mounted HGA (Dissimilar HGA) Figure 2-8. Page 2--24 12 Oct 2010 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 2-7.

INSTALLATION. Page 2--25 12 Oct 2010 . (HGA + LGA) + HGA Configuration with Two Side-Mounted HGAs UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 2-9.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 2--26 12 Oct 2010 . (HGA + LGA) + HGA Configuration with the LGA Paired with One Side-Mounted HGA UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 2-10.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. Page 2--27 12 Oct 2010 . (HGA + LGA) + HGA Configuration with the LGA Paired with One Top-Mounted HGA UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 2-11.

Note the interfacing referred to is conceptual and not necessarily physical — that is. Two configurations are defined. Page 2--28 12 Oct 2010 . the physical wiring can be literally paralleled. The system configuration straps for codec wiring let the SDU determine the physical channels which are candidate channels for each logical channel. as seen by the audio management system [AMS] user).-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. and (2) interfacing an ACP/SCDU logical channel to one physical channel on each of the two SDUs (shared). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. with some form of signal splitting/combining or paralleling being performed within the AMS itself. (HGA + LGA) + HGA Configuration with Two Top-Mounted HGAs Cockpit Voice Configurations and Functionality (1) System configuration pins TP13F and TP13J specify the physical wiring for the codecs of each SDU to the possible interfaces -. which are identified by ORT item xlviii (Cockpit Channel Interface Type for Dual): (1) interfacing each ACP/SCDU logical channel to one physical channel on one SDU only (fixed). AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 2-12. UP7527 23.a codec/channel can only be available to the cockpit if the wiring strap is set to Cockpit or Both (and not if the wiring is to Cabin or Neither). or it can be simple point-to-point. for shared. E. (2) An additional issue with dual systems is how to map the potentially available four physical SDU cockpit voice channels with the one or two (maximum) usable logical cockpit channels controllable through the audio control panels (ACPs) and the SCDUs (that is.

The user interface with digitally connected phones is handled by the cabin communications system (CCS). The CCS is partitioned into two sections: • Cabin telecommunications unit (CTU) • Cabin/passenger communications equipment (digitally connected telephones). in conjunction with the MCS avionics and a worldwide network of ground stations. one per installed codec. Some handset types are battery powered and can be used anywhere in the aircraft. (3) The CTU supplies the interface between the digitally connected phones and the SDU. call queuing. your call is being processed). B. call transfer. Classic Aero (SDU-based) Cabin Communications A. General (1) Cabin communications are done with both digitally connected phones and analog connected phones (see Figure 3--1). facsimile. The SDU has provisions to support up to two analog connected channels. and generating pacifier messages (like please hold. UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System SECTION 3 CABIN/COCKPIT COMMUNICATIONS 1. supply cabin services like telephone. Page 3--1 12 Oct 2010 . call conferencing. Each digital handset supplies all the normal functions of a domestic telephone. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The digital handsets interface indirectly to the satellite communications equipment and they are controlled by the CCS. INSTALLATION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. analog--to--digital and digital--to--analog). and PC data interfaces. dial tone generation. (2) The CTU performs on--board PABX telephone functions that let the digitally connected telephones make the best use of resources supplied by the MCS avionics. Cabin Communications System (1) The CCS. handsets are stowed in a holster with a built--in battery charger for recharging the batteries. When not in use.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The digital phones (handsets) are primarily supplied for passenger use and may be located throughout the aircraft. Each analog channel supports two interface types: • Global--Wulfsberg Flitephone WH--10 • Analog Private Branch Exchange (APBX). Other functions supplied by the CTU include signal processing (for example.

turn on the call lamps) while the voice codec associated with that analog channel is in use (off-hook) by the analog handset. (e) Figure 3-1 shows Audio Interfaces. This does not preclude their use for other communications.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (c) Two in-use discrete outputs are supplied for analog channels 1 and 2. UP7527 23. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The interface presented to the SDU must emulate a single handset. but the SDU assigns an APC priority to the call. Analog Audio Channels (1) General (a) The SDU has provisions to support up to two analog channels. The SDU can support both analog handsets being connected simultaneously. supply only APC priority (priority 4) level service. (b) The WH--10 is a stand-alone handset with a 12-button keypad. The analog handsets. The APBX CTU or handset has analog trunk lines and in-line DTMF signaling. which can be located in the cabin or cockpit areas. Each audio channel supports two interface types: • Global-Wulfsberg Flitephone WH--10 • Analog private branch exchange (APBX). These discretes are asserted (that is. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System C. (d) These interfaces can be connected to individual or up to five parallel aircraft-suitable handsets. Page 3--2 15 Jul 2006 .

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 3-1.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 3--3/3--4 12 Oct 2010 . UP7527 Audio Interfaces 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

the analog phone user hears silence. The SDU to WH--10 handset actions are defined in Table 3-1. is dedicated to a headset. the SDU performs action 4. the SDU performs action 2. the SDU performs action 3. as determined by the SDU. changes from usable (action 6) to unusable while the analog phone is off-hook and a call is not in progress. or is failed. Buffering and sidetone arrangements are supplied by the analog connected phone. Play the dial tone. logged-on. • If the SDU is not logging-on.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Play message 1 as defined in Table 3-5 (equipment failure) followed by an interrupted dial tone. 23. Play message 3 as defined in Table 3-5 (log-on disabled) followed by an interrupted dial tone. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) Global-Wulfsberg Flitephone WH--10 Interface (a) Taking an analog WH--10 handset off-hook results in the following processes. • If a SDU modem is not available or there is not sufficient power to sustain a new voice call. Play message 2 as defined in Table 3-5 (attempting satellite access) followed by an interrupted dial tone. • If the call barring level is 2 (ORT item xxiv). then the appropriate handset action is performed to annunciate the new condition. the analog phone user hears silence. INSTALLATION. (b) If the system condition. the SDU performs action 5. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. • If sufficient resources are not available due to equipment failure. • If the voice codec is reserved by a headset user. Play message 4 as defined in Table 3-5 (channel not available) followed by an interrupted dial tone. the SDU performs action 1. Table 3-1. or in the idle (standby) state. Action 1 2 3 4 5 6 UP7527 SDU to WH-10 Handset Actions Play message 10 as defined in Table 3-5 (outgoing calls have been disallowed) followed by an interrupted dial tone. • If the SDU is logging-on.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. or the AES class is currently 1 or 4. not by the SATCOM equipment. the handset may be placed in parallel with the other analog phone. • If the SDU is in the idle (standby) state. • If the voice codec is being used by another analog phone user. • Or else the SDU performs action 6 and the respective analog phone channel is deemed usable for placing a call. An analog channel does not change from unusable to usable while the analog phone is off-hook unless there is a call termination on that channel. Page 3--5 15 Jul 2006 .

INSTALLATION. The inter-key push time-out is 15 seconds. UP7527 23. Commands shown in the table as not being terminated by a # sign are parsed and executed as soon as the valid key sequence has been entered. aborting the current message sequence. a # sign is automatically appended to the end of the keyed sequence by the SDU.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. A WH--10 handset in this state must have its hookswitch cycled (that is. An invalid sequence only generates voice message 18 (Command rejected) when a # is appended. (e) An inactivity check is implemented so the SDU considers an off-hook channel to be in the on-hook state if no call has been in progress on that channel and no DTMF digits have been received for at least 120 seconds. (d) Codec-generated pacifiers or messages issued as a direct result of the user keying a command start with one second of silence to allow the user enough time to bring the handset to their ear. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (c) The commands given in Table 3-2 are executable from the analog WH--10 handset.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. then off-hook) to signal the off-hook state to the SDU. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. except where indicated in Table 3-2. After this time. The voice codec plays the appropriate dial tone (normal or interrupted) as specified in Table 3-2. Page 3--6 15 Jul 2006 . receipt of the # key immediately mutes the codec. either by the user or by the SDU after the 15-second time-out (Table 3-5). go on-hook. During the playing of any codec-generated messages and pacifiers. and the command given by the user is parsed and executed.

. Dial a long phone number (between 6 and 18 digits including the two leading zeros). INSTALLATION. otherwise. the SDU plays messages 9 or 10 (dialed calls have been disallowed/outgoing calls have been disallowed) if an attempt is made to place a call. No memory locations can be updated using the store phone number memory command. the entered data is checked.. Memory locations 1 thru 9 are user-programmable. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 3-2. is empty). If ORT item xxvi is set to TRUE. the inactivity check is disabled until the next key-push or until the next on-hook/off-hook transition. Memory location 0 of each channel holds the last number called on that channel.. **2# **2m If the call barring level is 1 or 2 (ORT item xxiv). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell..RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. and message 5s (phone number memory . then message 18 (command rejected) is played instead. This announce phone number memory command causes the phone numbers stored in memory locations 1 thru 9 to be read out using a series of message 19s (the phone number stored in memory. Command Sequence dddd. However.# This store phone number memory command causes the phone number (dddd.) to be stored in memory location m. not as zero. then message 9 or 10 (dialed calls have been disallowed/outgoing calls have been disallowed) are played..) or message 5 (phone number memory . modifying memory locations from a handset connected to channel 1 does not affect the memory locations assigned to channel 2).. if ORT item xxvi is set to FALSE. UP7527 23. then the action is performed and message 17 (command accepted) is played.. For all the following call barring commands.# *0 *m Global-Wulfsberg Flitephone WH-10 Commands Command Description Dial a short phone number (between 2 and 6 digits – the first two can not be 00). The call barring commands are specified as follows: **30cccc **31cccc This command sets the call barring level (ORT item xxiv) to 0.. then the channel memory locations are separate (i..# 00dddd. is empty) for empty locations... an invalid security code (cccc) causes the command to be rejected and message 18 (command rejected) to be played. This command sets the call barring level (ORT item xxiv) to 1.. If m is not between 1 and 9. If the command is valid. which allows all outgoing calls. The digit 0 is announced as oh. A valid command causes message 17 (command accepted) to be played and the number stored. An invalid command causes message 18 (command rejected) to be played.e. Page 3--7 15 Jul 2006 . Dial a stored phone number from memory location m (refer to NOTE)...-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. If this command is entered through the WH--10 handset. This announce phone number memory command causes the phone number in memory location m to be read out using message 19 (the phone number stored in memory . then modifying memory locations from a handset connected to channel 1 causes channel 2 memory locations to also be modified. If the call barring level (ORT item xxiv) is 1 or 2.. There are 10 memory locations assigned to each of the two analog (APHONE) channels (ORT item xvi). which disallows all manual dialing of full-length phone numbers (6 to 18 digits starting with 00)... The store phone number memory commands are specified as follows: **1mdddd.) for non-empty locations. Redial the last called phone number (refer to NOTE).

**39cccc nnn nnnn **4ggg# If ORT item xxiii is set to disable the analog (APHONE) system management commands. UP7527 23. message 18 (command rejected) is played. If the SDU is already in the standby state. If already logged-on. the SDU initiates the automatic log-on procedure (refer to SYSTEM OPERATION). If the SDU is not logged-on to the GES ggg (or gggsss as appropriate). Command Sequence **32cccc Global-Wulfsberg Flitephone WH-10 Commands (cont) Command Description This command sets the call barring level (ORT item xxiv) to 2. which disallows all outgoing calls. Page 3--8 15 Jul 2006 . both manual and stored number.. i.). That is. the SDU attempts a log-on to that GES alone. then message 18 (command rejected) is played. This log-on status command causes the SDU log-on status to be announced using message 20 (the SATCOM is in . the following commands are rejected. the SDU terminates the logging on procedure. If the SDU is already in the automatic mode. in which case message 18 (command rejected) is played. The GES preference commands are specified as follows. If the SDU is in the standby state. If the SDU is already constrained to GES ggg (or gggsss as appropriate).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. This auto log-on command sets the log-on policy (ORT item i) to Automatic Log-on. the SDU responds to the commands with message 18 (command rejected). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. If the command is valid. If a specific message is not specified. a handover stimulus is generated to initiate automatic satellite/GES selection.. **60 This command sets the preference levels for all GESs to 1. If the command is valid. If the SDU is in the constrained log-on mode. This command causes ggg to be the GES ID used in the access request signal unit for any calls initiated on that channel until the next on-hook. Any other number of digits causes message 18 (command rejected) to be played. then message 17 (command accepted) is played. the SDU responds to the commands with message 18 (command rejected). These commands set the SDU to the constrained log-on mode for selection of a specified GES. No memory locations can be updated using the store phone number memory command. If logging-on. **51 **52ggg# **52gggsss# **59 If any of the following GES preference commands are determined to be invalid.) is also played. message 17 (command accepted) is played immediately without waiting for the log-off to be achieved.. then message 18 (command rejected) is played. message 17 (command accepted) is played immediately without waiting for the log-on to be achieved. the next three commands (the preference changing commands) are rejected.e. the SDU logs off (refer to SYSTEM OPERATION). The APHONE system management commands are specified as follows: **50 This log-off/standby command sets the log-on policy (ORT item i) to User Commanded Log-on. The log-on policy (ORT item i) is set to Manual Log-on. the SDU plays message 18 (command rejected).. message 21 (logged-on to . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 3-2. If ORT item xxiii is set to disable the APHONE system management commands. Digit 0 for the GES and satellite ID is announced as oh. If the command is valid. If the SDU is logged-on. If the specified GES does exist in the system table. then the command is rejected.. message 17 (command accepted) is played immediately without waiting for the log-on to be achieved. INSTALLATION. This command changes the security code to nnnn unless the first four n’s are not the same as the second four n’s.

The GES with ID ggg (or ggg and assigned to satellite sss) has its preference level set to 9. such as. the command is rejected. and preceding the # sign. If ORT item xxiii is set to disable the APHONE system management commands. This command sets ORT item xlv for APHONE Channel 1 to ddd. This command causes all GES preference levels to be announced using a sequence of message 22s (The preference level of GES ID. The SDU accepts either three or six digits following the **69. **71ddd# UP7527 23. or (in a dual system) ddd is already assigned to one of the other SDU APHONE channels. INSTALLATION.. If no GES listed in the ORT (item iii) matches the one specified in the command. unless the configuration straps indicate Channel 1 is not wired for APHONE. This command sets ORT item xlv for APHONE Channel 1 to ddd. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 3-2. If no GES listed in the system table matches the one specified in the command. the inactivity check is disabled until the next key-push. and preceding the # sign. Exclusive.). otherwise. the command is invalid and the user is so informed through message 18 (command rejected). Any other number of digits is interpreted to be an invalid command. or ddd is already assigned as the CTid for Channel 2.. unless the configuration straps indicate Channel 1 is not wired for APHONE. Any other number of digits is interpreted to be an invalid command. in which case. **70# **70ddd# This command sets ORT item xlv for APHONE Channel 1 to the default value: no CTid assigned. The four DDI CTid commands allow ddd to be up to three decimal digits (including leading zeros. Command Sequence **61gggp# **61gggsssp# Global-Wulfsberg Flitephone WH-10 Commands (cont) Command Description These commands cause the GES with ID ggg (or ggg and assigned to satellite sss) to be set to preference level p in the system table. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. if a specific message is not specified. These commands cause the SDU to announce the preference level of GES ggg or (ggg and assigned to satellite sss) using message 22 (The preference level of GES ID. If this command is entered through the WH--10 handset. The incoming call management commands are specified as follows. Any other number of digits is interpreted to be an invalid command. if ORT item xiii indicates ground-to-air Priority 4 calls are disallowed. the command is invalid and the user is so informed through message 18 (command rejected). if ORT item xiii indicates ground-to-air Priority 4 calls are disallowed. validating the number to be within the range of 0 to 999. the SDU responds to the commands with message 18 (command rejected). or until the next on-hook/off-hook transition. it is adjusted to specify routing to APHONE. The SDU accepts either four or seven digits following the **61. the following commands are rejected: that is.. 02).-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Page 3--9 15 Jul 2006 .. the SDU plays message 18 (command rejected).).. Additionally. Nonexclusive. the command is rejected. it is adjusted to specify routing to APHONE.. or (in a dual system) ddd is already assigned to one of the other SDU APHONE channels. in which case.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The SDU accepts either three or six digits following the 62. and preceding the # sign.. **62ggg# **62gggsss# **69# **69ggg# **69gggsss# If any of the following incoming call management commands are rejected. or ddd is already assigned as the CTid for Channel 2.. the command is invalid and the user is so informed through message 18 (command rejected). These commands cause all current GES preference levels of 9 to be lowered to 8. Additionally. If no GES listed in the system table matches the one specified in the command. then message 17 (command accepted) is played...

in which case. This command sets ORT item x to disallow incoming circuit mode data calls and causes message 34 to be played to announce such calls as disallowed. the command is rejected. in which case. This command sets ORT item xiii to APHONE and causes message 33 to be played with the destination announced as APHONE. it is adjusted to specify routing to APHONE. it is adjusted to specify routing to APHONE. the command is rejected and the ORT item is set to Disallowed. in which case. Nonexclusive. i. the command is rejected. unless no codec channel is wired for APHONE (as defined by the configuration straps). where the type of ID assignment is announced as exclusive or nonexclusive. unless no codec channel is wired for AMS (as defined by the configuration straps). unless the SDU is logging on or logged on.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.e. or if configuration pin TP13A is zero. if ORT item xiii indicates ground-to-air Priority 4 calls are disallowed. in which case. the command is rejected and the ORT item is set to Disallowed. or (in a dual system) ddd is already assigned to one of the other SDU APHONE channels. This command sets ORT item xlv for APHONE Channel 2 to ddd. This command sets ORT item x to allow incoming circuit mode data calls and causes message 34 to be played to announce such calls as allowed. unless no codec channel is wired for CCS (as defined by the configuration straps). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. or (in a dual system) ddd is already assigned to one of the other SDU APHONE channels. This command sets ORT item xiii to DPHONE and causes message 33 to be played with the destination announced as DPHONE. **73ddd# **740# **741# **742# **743# **750# **751# **79# UP7527 23. Command Sequence **72# **72ddd# Global-Wulfsberg Flitephone WH-10 Commands (cont) Command Description This command sets ORT item xlv for APHONE Channel 2 to the default value. Additionally. Page 3--10 15 Jul 2006 . in which case.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. This command sets ORT item xlv for APHONE Channel 2 to ddd. if ORT item xiii indicates ground-to-air Priority 4 calls are disallowed. the command is rejected. Additionally. or ddd is already assigned as the CTid for Channel 1. if no ID is assigned. or ddd is already assigned as the CTid for Channel 1. in which case. This command sets ORT item xiii to headset and causes message 33 to be played with the destination announced as headset. unless the configuration straps indicate Channel 2 is not wired for APHONE. This command sets ORT item xiii to disallowed and causes message 33 to be played with the destination announced as disallowed. unless the SDU is logging on or logged on. the command is rejected and the ORT item is set to Disallowed.. in which case. and message 32 if an ID is assigned. Exclusive. This command causes the SDU to announce the DDI CTid assignment for channels 1 and 2 using message 31. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 3-2. no CTid assigned. INSTALLATION. unless the configuration straps indicate Channel 2 is not wired for APHONE. the command is rejected.

.) is played. is empty. (3) Call Initiation from Analog (WH--10) Phone (a) The analog phone user can initiate a call using any of the following commands: • Short number manual dialing (dd. is empty.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. If the phone number stored in memory location 0 (i. The 00 digits are used as the called–party address.. where ggg is in range (000 thru 377) Memory location (1 thru 9) New security code digit (0 thru 9) GES preference level (0 thru 9).and off-hook transitions as specified in Table 3-3.. last number called location) is not defined (length field set to zero). Page 3--11 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.. • Last call redial (*0). • Stored phone dialing (*m). then message 5 (phone number memory . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 3-2. If the phone number stored in memory location m is not defined (length field set to zero).. INSTALLATION. the DTMF digits are assigned to the on...) is played. • Long number manual dialing (00dddd.. Between two and six digits can be specified. and are valid only from the APBX handset. Command Sequence Legend: Global-Wulfsberg Flitephone WH-10 Commands (cont) Command Description c d g m n p Security code digit (0 thru 9) Decimal digit (0 thru 9) GES ID octal digit. The last phone number called by an analog phone user on a channel is used as the called-party address. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell..#). where sss is in range (000 thru 076) s NOTE: There are 10 memory locations for each channel to store phone numbers (0 thru 9). Between seven and 18 digits can be specified including the leading 00. In the APBX-to-SATCOM direction. Otherwise. The 00 digits are used as the called–party address. Parameter m specifies a memory location between 1 and 9. Memory number 0 is used by the SDU to store the last called phone number. the phone number is used as the called-party address. where 1 is the least preferred and 9 is the most preferred. UP7527 23.#). Otherwise. and 0 indicates never to be selected for automatic log-on Satellite ID octal digit.e. the phone number is used as the called-party address. then message 5 (phone number memory . with the first two digits not 00. All other DTMF digits are common to both the WH--10 and APBX interfaces. (4) Analog Private Branch Exchange (APBX) Interface (a) General 1 The APBX/SATCOM avionics interface protocol is based on the bidirectional DTMF tones being signaled in-band.

. as the B-party address and any track 2 credit card data stored since the previous on-hook transition on this channel. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 2 Taking an APBX handset off-hook results in the same decisions as specified for the WH--10 handset.. where the DTMF tone sequence <DTMF--C>. A channel in the on-hook state must issue another DTMF off-hook signal to enable the reentry into the off-hook state.. the SDU to APBX off--hook actions are specified in Table 3-4. <DTMF--9> to the APBX handset. the three-digit calling terminal ID. if valid. Otherwise. including 2284.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 2. Subsequent to call setup commands sent to the SDU. If the channel status indicates a call can not be attempted. the SDU still accepts any command determined to be valid from an APBX interface. the APBX handset is expected to send the on-hook DTMF tone. the SDU accepts any command determined to be valid from an APBX interface. if valid. <DTMF--n> (n is 0. An invalid command causes the SDU to send the DTMF sequence <DTMF--C>. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. 1. A valid command causes the SDU to send the DTMF sequence <DTMF--C>. The command is accepted only if the modulo 10 sum of all the decimal digits in the command. including the on-hook DTMF tone. 2. However. including 2262 and the check digit c is zero. <DTMF--8> to the APBX handset. or 4) or • An outgoing call can be attempted (n = 0). call setup progress. 3 If the channel status indicates a call can be attempted. and the check digit c is zero. and termination DTMF tone sequences are sent to the APBX handset. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.# command. loads the transferred three-digit value into the SDU calling terminal ID buffer.. though the checked B-party address transfer command is guaranteed to produce a call setup failure. (c) Checked B-Party Address Transfer Command 1 The *2262*cdddd. initiates a call setup request to the GES using the transferred digits dddd.. This data is used in place of the default 000 in the calling terminal field of the call information service address initial signal unit (ISU) (S5) for any outgoing call setups on this channel until the next APBX on-hook is received. The command is only accepted if the modulo 10 sum of all decimal digits in the command. The SDU considers an off-hook channel to be in the on-hook state if no call has been in progress on that channel and no DTMF signals have been received for at least 120 seconds. or 4) sent to the APBX handset indicates the SATCOM channel status: • An outgoing call cannot be supported (n = 1. Page 3--12 15 Jul 2006 . 4 (b) Checked Credit Card Data Transfer Command 1 The *2284*c*ddd# command. failure. UP7527 23.

<DTMF--4> followed by silence (accessing). Play <DTMF--C>. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 3-3. INSTALLATION. UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. DTMF Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 * # A B C D Assignment of DTMF Digits in the APBX Interface High (Hz) 1209 1336 1477 1209 1336 1477 1209 1336 1477 1336 1209 1477 1633 1633 1633 1633 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 */STX #/ETX FS/Answer Off--Hook Status On--Hook Meaning To/From SDU Both Both Both Both Both Both Both Both Both Both To To Both To From To Low (Hz) 697 697 697 770 770 770 852 852 852 941 941 941 697 770 852 941 NOTE: STX (start sentinel). Play <DTMF--C>. ETX (end sentinel).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Play <DTMF--C>. <DTMF--2> followed by silence (idle). <DTMF--4> followed by silence (accessing). <DTMF--2> followed by silence (idle). Action 1 2 3 4 5 6 SDU to APBX Off-Hook Actions Description Play <DTMF--C>. Play <DTMF--C>. Page 3--13 15 Jul 2006 . <DTMF--0> followed by silence (available). Play <DTMF--C>. Table 3-4. and FS (frame separator) are used in the transfer of ISO 7813 track 2 data from the APBX to the SDU. <DTMF--1> followed by silence (failure).

When dual-channel AMUs are installed. microphone audio is removed from the selected SATCOM voice channel and the call lamp is turned off. If used. off-hook/on-hook signaling and dialing through the combination of a control and display unit (either SCDU or MCDU). at which time: • If the latched ACP hookswitch signaling is strapped. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 2. Also. and a chime reset. UP7527 23. These interfaces incorporate 600-ohm. (4) Associated with the SATCOM channels are SCDU pages. 1 and voice channel 2 is wired to AMU No. (3) Two functionally identical voice codec modules (VCM) are installed in the SDU and designated Codec A and Codec B.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. B. voice channels No. (5) Once off-hook. enabling two voice channels to be shared by the cockpit users. When single-channel AMUs are installed. microphone audio is supplied to the selected SATCOM voice channel and the appropriate signaling is exchanged for call lamp and chime reset. The SDU hookswitch signaling can be supplied: • When the ACP SATCOM channel select switch is activated • When a PTT switch is activated • When signaling through the SCDU. • If the switched PTT hookswitch signaling is strapped. activation of one of the discretes is signalled to the SDU. The ACP associated with the AMU can be capable of selecting either a single or dual voice channels for the MCS system. an off-hook signal can be sent to the SDU through the SCDU. 2 are wired in parallel to each AMU. (2) The cockpit headsets interface with the codecs in the SDU through an audio management unit (AMU). or when the place/end call input is activated to initiate an outgoing call. 1 and No.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. and (at the user’s option) PTT. Headset Off-Hook Signaling (1) The headset is capable of going off-hook (to connect the call and to acknowledge the call signaling) if the cockpit voice call light output has transitioned for either the flashing or steady light activation. which is also connected to other aircraft radios. mic-on. channel selection switches. the microphone audio signal is sent to the selected voice channel. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Conversely. call lamps. Cockpit Communications A. 2. or place/end call switches. This permits operation of two independent channels. the headset is considered off-hook whenever the cockpit voice mic-on input is activated (connected to ground). General (1) The SDU codecs support headset interfaces for cockpit use only. a chime. the headset is considered off-hook whenever the cockpit voice mic-on input is activated for the first time after the call light activation for an incoming call. Page 3--14 15 Jul 2006 . when the PTT button is pushed. voice channel 1 is wired to AMU No. An audible chime and call lamps announce a ground-to-air call. 4-wire. where the SDU hookswitch signaling discrete is inactive. once on-hook.

or to one of the cockpit audio interfaces (or to both). 1 • Codec B can be used in conjunction with either cabin audio No.1 dB below the receive audio level. when a call clear event occurs. Page 3--15 15 Jul 2006 . and voice messages to the headset and analog phone users. Regardless of the hookswitch signaling. DTMF tones. Placing the headset on-hook results in normal call termination. 2. the headset is placed on-hook when an open is present on the cockpit voice mic-on input. D. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. respectively. Each VCM can be switched between either of its audio interfaces as follows: • Codec A can be used in conjunction with either cabin audio No. 2 (WH--10 or APBX) or cockpit audio No. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) If ORT item xliii is enabled. and is set to off for cabin audio. F. These pacifiers are only sent to the analog interfaces: • Headset • WH--10 handsets • APBX handsets. This setting is stored in nonvolatile memory within the SDU. UP7527 23. The adjustment range for cockpit sidetone is from 0 dB below the receive audio to off. each VCM can be connected to one of the cabin audio interfaces. Headset On-Hook Signaling (1) If latched ACP hookswitch signaling is strapped. Voice Interface Module Stored Audio Messages (1) The VIMs are capable of playing standard telephony supervisory lone signals. If ORT item xliii is enabled. Voice Codec Module Sidetone (1) Sidetone is supplied by each VCM.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 1 (WH--10 or APBX) or cockpit audio No. the cockpit voice place/end call 1 and 2 discrete inputs place the headset interface on-hook for cockpit audio channels 1 and 2. E.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. the selection of END CALL or REJECT on the SATCOM main menu page (TESTING/FAULT ISOLATION) places the headset interface on-hook. Using a switch internal to the modules. with the default value set to 14. the headset is capable of going off-hook when ANSWER CALL is selected on the SATCOM main menu page (TESTING/FAULT ISOLATION) after the call light activation and irrespective of hookswitch signaling. Voice Codec Module Audio Switching (1) Headsets and analog connected phones interface to the SDU through the VCMs. (2) Stored audio messages are summarized in Table 3-5. The sidetone level is adjustable for the cockpit audio. C.

. please refer to the user guide. Sorry. Sorry. Network congestion. please refer to the user guide. Equipment failure. The preference level of GES ID <three> <oh> <two> on satellite <oh> <oh> <three> is <six>. please try later. please try later. number unobtainable. Number unobtainable. Sorry. connecting your call. outgoing calls have been disallowed. Sorry. Connection failure. equipment failure.. please try later. connection failure. access unauthorized. Please wait.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Sorry. Sorry. your call has been preempted. Command accepted. Sorry. equipment failure. Sorry. number unobtainable. number busy. Sorry. Channel <two> terminal ID is <oh> <one> <three> <nonexclusive>. The phone number stored in memory <one> is <oh> <oh> <one>. Phone number memory <one> is empty. Sorry. number busy. No channel available. Your call has been preempted. no channel available. connection failure. network congestion. credit card not honored at the ground station. please refer to the user guide.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. attempting satellite access. Message No. please try later. Page 3--16 15 Jul 2006 . your call can no longer be sustained. The SATCOM is in <standby> |<auto log-on| <constrained log-on> mode. UP7527 23. log-on disabled. Number busy. network congestion. please try later. Channel <one> terminal ID is not assigned. Logged on to GES ID <one> <oh> <three>. please try later. INSTALLATION. Sorry. please try later. Your call can no longer be sustained. dialed calls have been disallowed. no channel available. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Stored Audio Messages Message Sorry. Command rejected. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 3-5. Sorry. Sorry. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. please refer to the user guide.

or 3 through the preemption mechanism. or 3 through the preemption mechanism. Message No. Page 3--17 15 Jul 2006 . and is allocated on a first-come. Each VIM dedication is set to cabin. Voice Interface Module Dedication (1) Each VIM has the property of dedication. (2) A VIM with its dedication set to automatic can be allocated to a headset call or a cabin call. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. This property is of value on aircraft that have both headset and cabin (analog and digital) interface wiring. first-served basis. ORT item vii (Appendix C) specifies whether a modem and HPA power should be reserved for a VIM dedicated to headset. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 3-5. 2. INSTALLATION. Ground-to-air circuit mode data calls are <allowed>. UP7527 23. 33 34 Stored Audio Messages (cont) Message Ground-to-air public calls destination set to <disallowed>. headset.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. A VIM can be reallocated to a headset call of priority 1. A VIM with its dedication set to cabin is dedicated to its cabin (WH--10 or APBX) interface. A VIM can be reallocated to a different headset call of priority 1. or automatic through ORT item vi.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. which is different from the codec wiring. (3) A VIM with its dedication set to headset is unusable by the cabin interface. 2. This lets the pilot reserve one channel for cockpit use only. where contention for codec use can arise. G.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Blank Page

UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 3--18 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

SECTION 4 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION
1. Overview
A. General (1) This section contains information on how and where to mount each component of the MCS system. For new installations, plan the installation in two stages. First, determine the location of the LRUs in the aircraft. Next, determine the length of RF and electrical interconnections for selected locations.

2. Equipment and Materials
A. General (1) Refer to SYSTEM DESCRIPTION for mounting tray and mating connector information. For all other components, refer to the applicable Outline and Installation Diagram in this section. (2) No additional special equipment or materials, other than those commonly used in the shop, are required to install the units in existing trays and clamps, and to adjust the system. Do not over tighten mounting screws. Where torque values are not given, it is acceptable to finger tighten the mounting screws.

3. Mechanical Installation Design
A. LRU Mechanical Installation (1) The SDU and HPA are installed in mounting racks (ARINC 600) typically in the equipment bay of the aircraft. For a SATCOM installation, the primary installation dependent parameter is the RF coax cable loss requirements identified in Table 4-1. To make sure these requirements are met, some installations require the HPA(s) be installed in close proximity to the antenna subsystem components. Refer to the aircraft installation drawings for the location of the SATCOM equipment. For new installations, refer to Table 4-1 to determine the location of the SATCOM equipment to make sure the cable loss requirements are met. (2) Mechanical installation data for the SDU, HPA, HSDU, and RFUIA are shown in Figure 4-2 thru Figure 4--5.

UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 4--1 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

CAUTION: BEFORE AN LRU IS INSTALLED, PULL THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS THAT SUPPLY POWER TO THE LRU TO REMOVE POWER. CAUTION: MOISTURE AND DIRT CAUSE DAMAGE TO LRUS. CAUTION: LRU FAILURE RATES INCREASE WITH A RISE IN TEMPERATURE. INSTALL THE LRUS WITH CLEARANCE. LET THE AIR FLOW ON TOP AND BOTTOM OF LRUS TO PREVENT OVERHEATING. CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE LATEST ORT DATABASE SOFTWARE IS INSTALLED IN THE SDU BEFORE PERFORMING SYSTEM OPERATIONS. NOTE: Honeywell/Thales recommends the MCS LRUs be installed so their installation is level (zero degrees) to the horizontal plane of the aircraft. Compliance with RTCA/DO--160D has been demonstrated with this orientation. NOTE: Ambient temperature at the LRU location must be less than 104 °F (40 °C) during operation for best reliability. B. Installation Dependent Considerations (1) Refer to the SYSTEM DESCRIPTION section for the installation dependent considerations for the SDU. C. Owner Requirements Table (ORT) Uploading (1) When the SDU is changed, the ORT needs to be uploaded before normal operation can begin. Refer to the SYSTEM OPERATION section for the ORT upload procedures. D. Cable Loss Requirements (1) The attenuation and voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) of coaxial cable used in the MCS system must meet the requirements specified in Table 4-1 to make sure the system operates correctly. Figure 4-1 shows the specific cable attenuations for the SATCOM equipment. All specified cable attenuations include connector losses, which are assumed to be 0.1 dB each. Honeywell recommends each cable assembly be sweep tested for loss and VSWR.

UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 4--2 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Figure 4-1. Table 4-1.
Cable Assembly TX Cable RX Cable Location Between SDU, HSU and HPA Between Diplexer/LNA and SDU Between HPA and Diplexer/LNA Between Diplexer/LNA and Antenna

Cable Attenuations

Cable Loss Requirements
Minimum Loss 1 dB 6 dB Maximum Loss 20 dB 25 dB Maximum VSWR 2.0 2.0

TX Cable RF Cable

N/A N/A

1.4 dB (See Note) 0.3 dB

1.3 1.3

NOTE: In installations that use a high power relay (HPR), the HPR loss must be included. The maximum Tx cable loss between the HGA and the antenna must not exceed 2.5 dB.

E.

Cooling Requirements (1) The cooling requirements for the MCS avionics are specified in Table 4-2 as follows: • Power dissipation is in Watts. • Mass airflow is in pounds per hour. • CF/M is cubic feet per minute at sea level and 104 °F (40 °C). • Pressure drop is in inches of water. (2) In most cases, a cooling system that meets the sea level requirements also meets the cooling requirements at --67 °F (--55 °C) and 70,000 feet.

UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 4--3 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Table 4-2.
Power Dissipation LRU SDU HPA (60W) HSU Max. 150 425 100 Nom. 105 250 55

Cooling Requirements
CF/M Max. 23 42 15 Min. 18 29 11 Pressure Drop Max. 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) Min. 0.15 (3.81 mm) 0.2 (5.0 mm) 0.15 (3.81 mm)

Mass Airflow Max. 96 (44 kg/hr) Min. 73 (33 kg/hr)

176 (80 kg/hr) 121 (55 kg/hr) 63 (29 kg/hr) 49 (22 kg/hr)

NOTE: The SDU draws an additional 20 W during the first 10 minutes (maximum) of operation at 25 _C because of the oven controlled crystal oscillator (OCXO). The OCXO continuously dissipates this additional 20 W at --55 _C.

F.

Vendor Supplied Equipment (1) Installation equipment like mounting trays, connectors, and cables can be obtained from various vendors. Refer to Appendix A for additional information about vendor manufactured equipment. For vendor supplied avionics, refer to the vendor documentation.

UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 4--4 15 Jul 2006

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Figure 4-2.
UP7527

SD-700 and SD-720 (7516119) Outline and Installation Diagram

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 4--5/4--6 15 Jul 2006

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System NOTES: 1. This assembly includes components which are subject to damage by electrostatic charges: Therefore all components shall be handled in accordance with guidelines for electrostatic discharge control. Unit Weight: Nominal: 28.0 pounds (12.70 kilograms). Maximum: 32.0 pounds (14.50 kilograms). Denotes approximate center of gravity. Darkened portion indicates raised part of polarizing keyway. This installation is in accordance with ARINC 600--12 Number 8 MCU. Dimensions are in inches. See the Metric Conversion Table for corresponding dimensions in millimeters. Cooling airflow requirements: Minimum: 0.25 ± 0.05 inches of water (6.35 ± 1.27 millimeters of water) at a flow rate of 176.4 ± 2.0 pounds per hour (80.00 ± 0.91 kilograms per hour). Unit finish: gold chemical film. This unit defines 7520000--XXYYY. XX = Hardware dash number 1 thru 99 YYY = Software Part No. 001 through 999. METRIC CONVERSION TABLE INCHES .010 .015 .020 .025 .030 .040 .060 .080 .100 6. 7. .120 .145 .160 .184 .188 .200 9. .380 .750 1.400 1.810 1.970 2.500 3.590 4.500 5.310 5.750 6.890 7.640 7.800 10.070 10.110 10.790 MILLIMETERS 0.254 0.381 0.508 0.635 0.762 1.016 1.524 2.032 2.240 3.048 3.683 4.064 4.674 4.775 5.080 9.652 19.050 35.560 45.974 50.038 63.500 91.186 114.300 134.874 146.050 175.006 194.056 198.120 255.778 256.794 274.066 287.020 318.008

6

2.

3. 4. 5.

8.

10. 0.10 maximum rear panel thickness is required in connector mounting area defined as zone A. No other projections except connector mounting hardware are permitted in area defined as zone A. 11. Applies 0.750 from datum B. 12. Electrostatic dust covers shown partially removed for clarity. 13. ARINC 600 connector, receptacle, size 2 Unit Part No.: Radiall NSXFR221Y0908. Tray mating plug Part No. Radiall NSX2P221X0008. ARINC 600 connector contact Radiall Part Nos.: Size 22: Unit Part No. 620--361, tray mating Part No. 620--200. Size 20: Unit Part No. 620--210, tray mating Part No. 620--310. Size 12: Unit Part No. 620--240, tray mating Part No. 620--340. Size 1 coax: Unit Part No. 620--044, see SDIM for tray mating contact Part No. Size 5 coax: Unit Part No. 620--134, see SDIM for tray mating contact Part No. 14. ARINC 615 connector (PDL): Unit connector Honeywell Part No. 4008114--160 or MS27508E18B53S, mating connectors Honeywell Part No. 4004295--160 or ITT Part No. KJ6F18A53P.

11.300 12.520

Figure 4-3 (Sheet 1).

HP-720 (7520006) Outline and Installation Diagram

UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 4--7/4--8 15 Jul 2006

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Figure 4-3 (Sheet 2).
UP7527

HP-720 (7520006) Outline and Installation Diagram

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 4--9/4--10 15 Jul 2006

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Figure 4-3 (Sheet 3).
UP7527

HP-720 (7520006) Outline and Installation Diagram

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 4--11/4--12 15 Jul 2006

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Figure 4-4 (Sheet 1).
UP7527

RFUIA Outline and Installation Diagram

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 4--13/4--14 15 Jul 2006

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 4--15/4--16 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 4-4 (Sheet 2). UP7527 RFUIA Outline and Installation Diagram 23.

Dimensions are in inches.674 4.508 0. tray mating Part No.35 ± 1.: Radiall NSXFR221Y0903.00 ± 0.390 6. see SDIM for tray mating contact Part No. This assembly includes components which are subject to damage by electrostatic charges: Therefore all components shall be handled in accordance with guidelines for electrostatic discharge control.254 0.381 0.27 millimeters of water) at a flow rate of 63. mating connectors Honeywell Part No.98 kilograms).200 . 620--240.790 MILLIMETERS 0.080 . see SDIM for tray mating contact Part No.4 pounds (6.240 3. 620--361. 4004295--160 or ITT Part No.91 kilograms per hour).064 4.05 inches of water (13.27 millimeters of water) at a flow rate of 49. tray mating Part No. Unit finish: gold chemical film.970 10.: Size 22: Unit Part No.145 . Denotes approximate center of gravity. Size 20: Unit Part No. 14. ARINC 600 connector contact Radiall Part Nos.91 kilograms per hour).890 7.060 . size 2 Unit Part No. 620--340.006 194.0 pounds per hour (22. 001 through 999.300 123.15 ± 0.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.62 ± 0.460 136.81 ± 1. 13. 11.652 19.016 1.520 Figure 4-5 (Sheet 1). See the Metric Conversion Table for corresponding dimensions in millimeters.600 114. No other projections except connector mounting hardware are permitted in area defined as zone A.810 1. 0.600 4.050 45. Size 12: Unit Part No. ARINC 600 connector.056 274. Applies 0. 620--210.775 5.500 66. 12.974 50. 8.860 4. 9.000 4.300 12. receptacle. Page 4--17/4--18 15 Jul 2006 .020 318. 620--044.1 ± 2. 4008114--160 or MS27508E188535.683 4. For added reliability the following may be used: 0. METRIC CONVERSION TABLE INCHES .750 1. 6. Electrostatic dust covers shown partially removed for clarity. This installation is in accordance with ARINC 600--12 Number 4 MCU.032 2.635 0.025 .184 .048 3. Unit Weight: Nominal: 15.26 kilograms). Darkened portion indicates raised part of polarizing keyway. This unit defines 7520061--XXYYY. HS-720 (7520063) Outline and Installation Diagram UP7527 23.066 287. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System NOTES: 1. 620--310. Cooling airflow requirements: Minimum: 0.030 .900 5. XX = Hardware dash number 1 thru 99 YYY = Software Part No.040 . 5.500 4. 7.160 . Size 5 coax: Unit Part No.05 inches of water (6.524 2. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. KJ6F18A53P.010 .120 .444 124.0 pounds (7.080 9.762 1.906 175. ARINC 615 connector (PDL): Unit connector Honeywell Part No.640 10.100 .040 101. 620--134. Size 1 coax: Unit Part No.008 6 2. tray mating Part No.020 . 11.380 . INSTALLATION. 620--200.015 .25 ± 0.750 from datum B.5 ± 2. Radiall NSX2P221X0003.10 maximum rear panel thickness is required in connector mounting area defined as zone A.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Maximum: 16. Tray mating plug Part No.188 . 2. 4.038 63. 3.500 2.0 pounds per hour (28.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 4--19/4--20 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 4-5 (Sheet 2).-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. UP7527 HS-720 (7520063) Outline and Installation Diagram 23.

Electrical Installation Procedure A. HSU. Pin callouts are specified in Table 5-1. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System SECTION 5 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 1. and HPA complies with ARINC characteristic 615. Page 5--1 15 Jul 2006 . the rear connectors are disconnected so only the Ethernet Port 1 communications are available from this interface. (3) The rear connectors of the SDU. and HSU comply with ARINC characteristic 600 as specified in Table 5-3. Overview A. When a user terminal is connected to this jack. General (1) None. 2. RFUIA. Equipment and Materials A. Table 5-6 lists the ICAO Block Strapping.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (2) Table 5-2 lists the pin arrangements for the RJ--45 jack for the Ethernet Port 1. 3. INSTALLATION. See the MECHANICAL INSTALLATION section for specifics regarding connector part numbers for the ARINC 615 connector for each LRU and the corresponding mating connector. and interconnect diagrams for each component of the MCS system. Connector Layout and Contact Arrangement (1) Each front panel connector of the SDU.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (4) Table 5-4 and Table 5-5 list the contact arrangements for the top and middle inserts for the SDU ARINC 600 connector. UP7527 23. General (1) This section supplies electrical installation procedures. HPA. power distribution. and is used to interface the LRU with an ARINC 615 portable data loader for software uploads. The ARINC 600 connector layouts and contact arrangement for the various connector plugs for each LRU of the MCS system are shown in Figure 5-1 thru Figure 5-11.

INSTALLATION.--.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 5-1. RJ-45 Connector Pin 1 2 3 6 HSU Front Panel RJ-45 Pin Arrangements Pin Name TX + TX -RX + RX -Signal Name RJ--45 from User (+) RJ--45 from User (--) RJ--45 to User (+) RJ--45 to User (--) UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Pin 1 2 5 8 9 16 18 19 20 21 22 37 38 40 41 42 43 48 49 ARINC 615 Connector Pin Callouts HSU Signal Name PDL 429 A IN PDL 429 B IN SHIELD GND PDL 429 A OUT PDL 429 B OUT SHIELD GND PDL LINK A GND (PDL LINK B) 115 VAC HOT CHASSIS GND 115 VAC GND 28 V DC OUTPUT 28 V DC RETURN ------RS232 TO HSU RS232 TO DEBUG LOGIC COMMON GND LOGIC COMMON GND HPA Signal Name PDL TO HPA 429 A PDL TO HPA 429 B SHIELD GND HPA TO PDL 429 A HPA TO PDL 429 B SHIELD GND PDL LINK A GND (PDL LINK B) 115 VAC HOT CHASSIS GND 115 VAC GND 28 V DC OUTPUT 28 V DC RETURN -. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 5--2 15 Jul 2006 .-RS232 TO HPA RS232 TO DEBUG LOGIC COMMON GND LOGIC COMMON GND SDU Signal Name PDL 429 A IN PDL 429 B IN SHIELD GND PDL 429 A OUT PDL 429 B OUT SHIELD GND PDL LINK A GND (PDL LINK B) 115 VAC HOT CHASSIS GND 115 VAC GND ------RS232 A RX--DLT RS232 A TX--DLT RS232 B RX--CMT RS232 B TX--CMT LOGIC COMMON GND LOGIC COMMON GND Table 5-2.

Table 5-4. Figure 5-2. Figure 5-1.Size 6 MCU No. 2 Shell • Type 08 Top Insert • Type 05 Middle Insert • Type 04 Bottom Insert • Index Pin Code 03 NSXNR221X0103 NSXNP221S0103 (Radiall) (Radiall) Figure 4--4 Figure 5-11 HSU ARINC 600-. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.Size 8 MCU No. and Table 5-5 HPA (60 W) ARINC 600 -. 2 Shell • Type 08 Top Insert • Type 05 Middle Insert • Type 04 Bottom Insert • Index Pin Code 08 620--600--076 (Radiall) NSXN2P221X0008 (Radiall) Figure 4-3 Figure 5-3 thru Figure 5-6 RFUIA ARINC 600 -. 2 Shell • Type 02 Top Insert • Type 02 Middle Insert • Type 04 Bottom Insert • Index Pin Code 04 Outline Diagram Figure 4-2.Size 4 MCU No.Size 4 MCU No. INSTALLATION. NSXN2P201X0004 (Radiall) LRU SDU Connector Description ARINC 600 -. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 5-3. 620--600--022 (Radiall) Rack Mounting Connector Part No. 2 shell • Type 08 Top Insert • Type 05 Middle Insert • Type 04 Bottom Insert • Index Pin Code 03 620--600--075 (Radiall) NSXN2P221X0003 (Radiall) Figure 4--5 Figure 5--7 thru Figure 5--10 UP7527 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. ARINC 600 Connector Requirements LRU Rear Connector Part No. Page 5--3 15 Jul 2006 .

UP7527 SDU ARINC 600 Connector Layout 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 5--4 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-1. INSTALLATION.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. 2 CONFIG COCKPIT SIGNALING METHOD CEPT-E1 FROM BRIDGED CTU (CM-250)1B 11 CCS PRESENCE IRS CONFIG IRS CONFIG HPR/HPA/ BSU/LGA CONFIG HPR/HPA/ BSU/LGA CONFIG HPR/HPA/ BSU/LGA CONFIG CMU NO. 2 CONFIG 13 PRIORITY 4 CALLS MCDU/ BUS SPEED LIGHT/ CHIME CODE LIGHT/ CHIME CODE WSC/ MCDU/ NO. 1 CONFIG SDU CODEC 2 WIRING CEPT-E1 FROM BRIDGED CTU (CM-250)1A CALL LIGHT ACTIVATOR CONFIGURATION HPR/HPA/ BSU/LGA CONFIG WSC/ MCDU/ NO. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 5-4. Page 5--5 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 1 CONFIG 12 CFDS/CMC TYPE CFDS/CMC TYPE CFDS/CMC TYPE RESERVED CONFIG SDU CONFIG SDU NUMBER CMU NO. SDU ARINC 600 Connector C D E F G AVIONICS SUBSYSTEM SATCOM FAIL WARNING (NON MCS FAIL) ANALOG PBX CHANNEL 2 OUTPUT HI CEPT-E1 to BRIDGED CTU (CM-250) 1A H J K 1 WH-10 CABIN VOICE CHANNEL 1 HOOKSWITCH WH-10 CABIN VOICE CHANNEL 2 HOOKSWITCH WH10-1 STATUS A (RINGER) WH10-1 STATUS B (RINGER) WH10-2 STATUS A (RINGER) WH10-2 STATUS B (RINGER) WH-10 CABIN VOICE CHANNEL 1 IN-USE SATELLITE LINK NOT READY WH-10 CABIN VOICE CHANNEL 2 IN-USE 2 ANALOG PBX CHANNEL 1 INPUT HI ANALOG PBX CHANNEL 1 INPUT LO ANALOG PBX CHANNEL 1 OUTPUT HI ANALOG PBX CHANNEL 1 OUTPUT LO PACKET DATA LOW SPEED ONLY AVAILABLE (CD2-2) RESERVED RESERVED SPARE 429 OUTPUT B RESERVED RESERVED ANALOG PBX CHANNEL 2 INPUT HI ANALOG PBX CHANNEL 2 INPUT LO ANALOG PBX CHANNEL 2 OUTPUT LO O O 3 COCKPIT VOICE UNAVAILABLE CABIN VOICE UNAVAILABLE PACKET DATA UNAVAILABLE SATCOM INOPERABLE (MCS FAIL) CEPT-E1 0V SHIELD (GND) CEPT-E1 to BRIDGED CTU (CM-250) 1B CEPT-E1 to BRIDGED CTU (CM-250) 2A CEPT-E1 to BRIDGED CTU (CM-250) 2B CEPT-E1 0V RESERVED SPARE RESERVED SPARE 4 5 6 7 8 RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED SPARE DISCRETE INPUT CONFIG STRAP TYPE AVAIL OF 429 SSR MODE S ADDRESS STRAP PARITY (ODD) RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED SPARE DISCRETE INPUT CONFIG STRAP TYPE RESERVED FOR FMC CONFIG RESERVED RESERVED SPARE 429 OUTPUT A SPARE RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED SPARE 9 SPARE RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED SPARE 10 RESERVED FOR FMC CONFIG CMU BUS SPEED CPDF CONFIG AES ID BUS SPEED HSU #1 PRESENCE SDU CONTROLLER TYPE HPR/HPA/ BSU/LGA CONFIG RESERVED FOR STRAP OPTION HPR/HPA/ BSU/LGA CONFIG WSC/ MCDU/ NO. A B Contact Arrangements for Top Insert. 3 CONFIG SDU CODEC 1 WIRING SDU CODEC 1 WIRING SDU CODEC 2 WIRING 14 5V POS_MON 9V POS_MON RESERVED ATE RESETMON_N PEIT_SEL_N RESERVED ATE RS-232 INPUT FROM HSU RS-232 OUTPUT TO HSU 15 15 V POS_MON 15 V NEG_MON GND (ATE COMMON) CEPT-E1 FROM BRIDGED CTU (CM-250) 2A CEPT-E1 FROM BRIDGED CTU (CM-250) 2B DLT_RX (RS232 RX-SDU) DLT_TX (RS232 TX-SDU) CMT_RX (RS232 RX-SDU) CMT_TX (RS232 TX-SDU) CMT_DLT_ RTN UP7527 23.

1 PROGRAM SELECT CROSSTALK FROM OTHERSDU B SPARE FROM HSU #1 429B RESERVED (GND) COCKPIT CALL DISCRETE SIGNALLING MODE SPARE TO HSU 429B 10 RESERVED (GND) 11 CGU CONNECTION CONFIG RESERVED UNSPEC PROGRAM RESERVED UNSPEC PROGRAM RESERVED UNSPEC PROGRAM STRAP PARITY EVEN 12 CROSSTALK FROM OTHERSDU A HSU #1 DISABLE DISCRETE OUT CP VOICE GO-AHEAD CHIME RESET ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 12 ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 3 B WH10 CABIN NO. 1 (MSB) CP VOICE CONTACT 2 PROGRAM SELECT DATA FROM SECONDARY IRS B DATA BUS TO AIRBORNE LOADER B RESERVED FOR DATA BUS FROM RMP B RESERVED FOR DATA TO RMP B RESERVED CALL PLACE/END DISCRETE INPUT NO. 3 A WH10 CABIN NO. 1. 10 ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 14 ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 1 (CD1-1) FROM HSU #1 429A RESERVED (GND) CP VOICE MIC ON INPUT NO. 7 RESERVED FOR DATA FROM FMC 2 B ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. Page 5--6 15 Jul 2006 . NO. 20 ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 1 CROSSTALK TO OTHERSDU A ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 2 429 A CEPT-E1 FROM CTU INPUT A DATA TO SCDU/WSC NO. A WH10 CABIN NO. 3 A CEPT-E1 FROM 0BE1 A SPARE DATA FROM MCDU/WSC NO. 2 DATA FROM SECONDARY IRS A DATA BUS TO AIRBORNE LOADER A RESERVED FOR DATA BUS FROM RMP A RESERVED FOR DATA TO RMP A RESERVED CALL PLACE/END DISCRETE INPUT NO. 18 ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 13 ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. SDU ARINC 600 Connector C WH10 CABIN No. 2 CROSSTALK TO OTHERSDU B 6 BITE INPUT FROM HGA/HPA A SPARE 429 INPUT A BITE INPUT FROM ACU OR TOP-PORT BSU A CP VOICE CALL LGT OUTPUT NO. 15 15 ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 22 ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. AND NO. 21 ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 24 (LSB) ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 1. 2 AUDIO IN LO DUAL SYSTEM SELECT DISCRETE INHIBIT BITE INPUT FROM LGA/HPA B BITE INPUT FROM STBD BSU B 1 WH10 CABIN No. 2 429 B CEPT-E1 FROM CTU INPUT B DATA TO SCDU/WSC NO. 8 13 O CP VOICE CHIME CONTACT 1 (CD2-8) ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 4 RESERVED FOR DATA FROM FMC 1 A ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 2. AND NO. 2 A DATA FROM MCDU/WSC NO. 1 DATA FROM MCDU/WSC NO. 1 AUDIO IN HI COCKPIT AUDIO CH 1 INPUT HI B Contact Arrangements for Middle Insert. 2 B DATA FROM CMU NO. 2 A DATA FROM CMU NO. 1 DATA BUS TO SNU OR CPDF B CEPT-E1 TO 0BE1 B MOTION SENSOR NO. 1 B DATA FROM MCDU/WSC NO. 2 AUDIO OUT HI TO CFDS B WH10 CABIN NO. 17 ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 2 AUDIO OUT LO BITE INPUT FROM HGA/HPA B MULTICONTROL OUTPUT A BITE INPUT FROM LGA LNA MULTICONTROL OUTPUT B CHIME/ LIGHT INHIBIT 5 LGA LNA ON/OFF CONTROL DATA FROM PRIMARY IRS A DATA BUS FROM AIRBORNE LOADER A INPUT NO. 1 AUDIO IN LO COCKPIT AUDIO CH 1 INPUT LO 2 3 CEPT-E1 TO CTU OUTPUT A CEPT-E1 TO CTU OUTPUT B DATA FROM MCDU/WSC NO. 1 AUDIO OUT LO COCKPIT AUDIO CH 1 OUTPUT LO E DATA BUS FROM CABIN PACKET DATA A COCKPIT AUDIO CH 2 INPUT HI F DATA BUS FROM CABIN PACKET DATA B COCKPIT AUDIO CH 2 INPUT LO G FROM CMU NO. 1 A DATA FROM MCDU/WSC NO. 1 AND NO. 16 SPARE O ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 5-5. 23 ICAO ADDRESS COMMON UP7527 23. 3 B CEPT-E1 FROM 0BE1 B SPARE 9 DATA BUS TO SNU OR CPDF A CEPT-E1 TO 0BE1 A FROM MOTION SENSOR NO. 1 429 A COCKPIT AUDIO CH 2 OUTPUT HI H FROM CMU NO. 5 RESERVED FOR DATA FROM FMC 1 B ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 3 O ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 2. 2 (CD2-2) TO HSU #1 429A RESERVED (GND) SPARE 429 INPUT B BITE INPUT FROM ACU OR TOP-PORT BSU B CP VOICE MIC ON INPUT NO. 2 B 4 AES ID INPUT A AES ID INPUT B FROM CFDS A WEIGHT-ON-WHEELS FROM CFDS B TO CFDS A WH10 CABIN NO. 1 AUDIO OUT HI COCKPIT AUDIO CH 1 OUTPUT HI D WH10 CABIN No.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 11 ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 9 ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 2 14 ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 1 429 B COCKPIT AUDIO CH 2 OUTPUT LO J TO CMU NO. 2 7 RESERVED RESERVED 8 DATA LOADER LINK A DATA LOADER LINK B CP VOICE CALL LGT OUTPUT NO. 6 RESERVED FOR DATA FROM FMC 2 A ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. 1 AND NO. 1 DATA FROM PRIMARY IRS B DATA BUS FROM AIRBORNE LOADER B INPUT NO. 2 AUDIO IN HI DUAL SYSTEM SELECT DISCRETE I/O BITE INPUT FROM LGA/HPA A BITE INPUT FROM STBD BSU A K TO CMU NO. 19 ICAO ADDRESS BIT NO. NO.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

SDU ARINC 600 Connector UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Contact Arrangements for Bottom Insert. Page 5--7 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-2. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. UP7527 HPA ARINC 600 Connector Layout 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-3. Page 5--8 15 Jul 2006 .

Page 5--9/5--10 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-4. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 Contact Arrangements for the Top Insert 60 Watt HPA ARINC 600 Connector 23.

UP7527 Contact Arrangements for Middle Insert. Page 5--11/5--12 15 Jul 2006 .SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. HPA (60 Watt) ARINC 600 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-5.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. HPA (60 Watt) ARINC 600 Connector UP7527 23. Contact Arrangements for Bottom Insert.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 5--13 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-6.

UP7527 HS-720 ARINC 600 Connector Layout 23. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-7.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 5--14 15 Jul 2006 .

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. HSU ARINC 600 Connector 23. Page 5--15/5--16 15 Jul 2006 . UP7527 Contact Arrangements for Top Insert. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-8.

INSTALLATION.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Page 5--17/5--18 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 Contact Arrangements for the Middle Insert. HSU ARINC 600 Connector 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-9.

Page 5--19 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-10.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Contact Arrangements for the Bottom Insert. HSU ARINC 600 Connector UP7527 23.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. UP7527 RFUIA ARINC 600 Connector Layout 23. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 5--20 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-11.

UP7527 23. INSTALLATION. Ball Conformal High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram • Figure 5-25. HF--SAT Transfer Panel Interface Diagram • Figure 5-16. Low Gain Antenna Interface Diagram • Figure 5-26. to identify the configuration pins). Mechanically Steered High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram • Figure 5-22. Maintenance Panel Assembly Interface Diagram • Figure 5-18. (3) The SDU receives a 24-bit ICAO address that identifies the aircraft in which the SDU is installed (Figure 5-12). The SDU receives and sends 30 system configuration discrete inputs through the configuration pins to properly match the avionics equipment installed on the aircraft (see Figure 5-12 and Paragraph 4. Toyocom Top--Mounted High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram. Continuity is broken when the resistance between a configuration pin or address pin and common measures 100k ohms or greater. Satellite Data Unit & HSU Interface Diagram • Figure 5-13. AMT--50 Mechanically Steered High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram • Figure 5-23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. HS--720 Interface Diagram • Figure 5-19. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System B. Interconnect diagrams are as follows: • Figure 5-12. Continuity is defined as a resistance of 10 ohms or less between a configuration pin or address pin and the common. Electrical Installation (1) The information necessary to supply the electrical interconnects is shown in Figure 5-12 thru Figure 5-26. Page 5--21 15 Jul 2006 . WH--10 Handset Interface Diagram • Figure 5-15. Tecom Top--Mounted High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram • Figure 5-21. (4) Table 5-6 lists ICAO Block Strapping.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (2) The applicable configuration pins in the aircraft wiring must be connected to make the MCS system functional. Dassault Conformal High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram • Figure 5-24. Signal Conditioning Unit Interface Diagram • Figure 5-17. HS--720 Forward ID and Configuration Pins • Figure 5-20.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. CMC Top--mounted High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram • Figure 5-14.

INSTALLATION. Page 5--22 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Page 5--23/5--24 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-12 (Sheet 1).SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. UP7527 Satellite Data Unit & HSU Interface Diagram 23.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-12 (Sheet 2). UP7527 Satellite Data Unit & HSU Interface Diagram 23.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 5--25/5--26 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION.

Page 5--27/5--28 15 Jul 2006 .SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-12 (Sheet 3). UP7527 Satellite Data Unit & HSU Interface Diagram 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

2. ICAO Block Strapping Example: AES ID 53375006 (Octal) Octal Binary 1 5 0 1 0 3 1 1 0 3 1 1 1 7 1 1 1 5 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 6 1 0 Common NOTES: 1. 3. SDU Connector Pin (MP) C13 D13 E13 F13 G13 H13 J13 K13 D14 E14 F14 G14 H14 J14 K14 A15 B15 C15 D15 E15 F15 G15 H15 J15 K15 UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 5-6.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. 53375006 (Octal) = 101011011111101000000110 (Binary). Binary 0 = Ground. Page 5--29 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION. Pins assigned a zero (0) are wired to SDU connector pin MP--K15 (common). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Binary 1 = Open.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 5--30 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-13. Page 5--31/5--32 15 Jul 2006 . UP7527 CMC Top-mounted High Gain Antenna (HGA) Interface Diagram 23.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-14. WH-10 Handset Interface Diagram UP7527 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. Page 5--33 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Page 5--34 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 HF-SAT Transfer Panel Interface Diagram 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-15.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. UP7527 Signal Conditioning Unit Interface Diagram 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-16. Page 5--35 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. Page 5--36 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. UP7527 Maintenance Panel Assembly Interface Diagram 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-17. Page 5--37/5--38 15 Jul 2006 .SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

UP7527 HS-720 Interface Diagram 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-18. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 5--39/5--40 15 Jul 2006 .

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-19. Page 5--41/5--42 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. HS-720 Forward ID & Configuration Pins UP7527 23.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-20.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. Page 5--43/5--44 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. UP7527 Tecom Top-Mount High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram 23.

UP7527 Thales Mechanically Steered High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram 23. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-21. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 5--45/5--46 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

Page 5--47/5--48 15 Jul 2006 .SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-22. UP7527 EMS AMT-50 Mechanically Steered High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram 23. INSTALLATION.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 Dassault Conformal High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram 23. Page 5--49/5--50 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-24.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. UP7527 Ball Conformal High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram 23. Page 5--51/5--52 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

INSTALLATION. Page 5--53/5--54 15 Jul 2006 .SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-25. UP7527 Low Gain Antenna Interface Diagram 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

INSTALLATION. Page 5--55/5--56 15 Jul 2006 . UP7527 Toyocom Top-mounted High Gain Antenna Interface Diagram 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 5-26.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

Configuration Pins A.Configuration Pins -7. General (1) The following paragraphs supply system configuration pin definitions and interpretation information. 2 TP10E CPDF CONFIGURATION TP10F 429 BUS SPEED OF AES ID INPUT TP10 G HSU INSTALLED TP10H SCDU CONTROLLER TYPE TP10J RESERVED FOR STRAP OPTION TP10K CALL LIGHT ACTIVATION TP11A STRAP PARITY (ODD: COVERING THE OTHER 39 STRAP PINS) TP11B CCS PRESENCE TP11C IRS CONFIGURATION TP11D IRS CONFIGURATION TP11E HPA ANTENNA SUBSYSTEM CONFIGURATION AND GNSS FREQUENCY CHECK ALGORITHM TP11F HPA ANTENNA SUBSYSTEM CONFIGURATION AND GNSS FREQUENCY CHECK ALGORITHM TP11G HPA ANTENNA SUBSYSTEM CONFIGURATION AND GNSS FREQUENCY CHECK ALGORITHM TP11H HPA ANTENNA SUBSYSTEM CONFIGURATION AND GNSS FREQUENCY CHECK ALGORITHM TP11J HPA ANTENNA SUBSYSTEM CONFIGURATION AND GNSS FREQUENCY CHECK ALGORITHM UP7527 23. Pins assigned to take on the binary one state in a given code should be left as an open circuit. 1 AND CMU NO. INSTALLATION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Pin Definition TP10A AVAILABILITY OF ARINC 429 ICAO 24--BIT AIRCRAFT ADDRESS (AES ID) FROM 429 PORTS TP10B FMC CONNECTION TO SDU TP10C FMC CONNECTION TO SDU TP10D ARINC 429 BUS SPEED TO/FROM CMU NO. Page 5--57 12 Oct 2010 . Pins assigned to take on the binary zero state in the code should be wired to SDU connector pin MP15K (address common) on the airframe side of the connection. Table 5. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 4. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The configuration pins are listed in Table 5--7.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

Page 5--57.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 5.1 12 Oct 2010 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.Configuration Pins (cont) -7. Pin Definition TP11K HPA ANTENNA SUBSYSTEM CONFIGURATION AND GNSS FREQUENCY CHECK ALGORITHM TP12A CFDS TYPE TP12B CFDS TYPE TP12C CFDS TYPE UP7527 23.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.2 12 Oct 2010 . INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 5--57.

INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 5-7. NO. Availability of ARINC 429 ICAO ADDRESS (AES ID) from 429 Ports (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-8. Pin TP12D TP12E TP12F TP12G TP12H TP12J TP12K TP13A TP13B TP13C TP13D TP13E TP13F TP13G TP13H TP13J TP13K MP11E MP11F MP11G MP11H MP11J MP11K Configuration Pins (cont) Definition PAD FOR CFDS/SDU CONFIGURATION SDU CONFIGURATION SDU NUMBER CMU NO.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. UP7527 23. 1. AND NO. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 5--58 15 Jul 2006 . 2. 1 CONFIGURATION MCDU/WSC NO. 1 CONFIGURATION CMU NO. 2 CONFIGURATION PRIORITY 4 CALLS TO/FROM COCKPIT ARINC 429 BUS SPEED TO MCDU NO. 2 CONFIGURATION MCDU/WSC NO. 3 CONFIGURATION SDU CODEC 1 WIRING SDU CODEC 1 WIRING SDU CODEC 2 WIRING SDU CODEC 2 WIRING COCKPIT HOOKSWITCH SIGNALING METHOD CM--250 CGU CONNECTION CONFIGURATION COCKPIT CALL DISCRETE SIGNALING MODE SPARE SPARE SPARE PARITY B. 3 COCKPIT VOICE CALL LIGHT/CHIME OPTIONS COCKPIT VOICE CALL LIGHT/CHIME OPTIONS MCDU/WSC NO.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

CMU 2. label 214/275 from CMU 1 can not be combined with label 216/276 from CMU 2 or label 216 from the AES ID input). 2 OR AES ID INPUT (2) When wired to the zero state. 1 OR CMU NO. (4) If address words containing either all zeros or ones are received. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 5-8. TP10 Pin A 1 0 Availability of ARINC 429 ICAO ADDRESS (AES ID) from 429 Ports Interpretation ICAO ADDRESS (AES ID) NOT AVAILABLE FROM CMU NO. CMU 2. Page 5--59 15 Jul 2006 . even if the ARINC 429 sources fail or remain inactive. Bits 1 thru 16 of the AES ID are obtained from the label 214/275 word and bits 17 thru 24 are obtained from the label 216/276 word. the discrete inputs on SDU pins MP13C thru MP13K and MP14D thru MP14J are not assumed to be wired and the SDU does not use the discretes. UP7527 23. the SDU verifies the receipt of both labels 214/275 and 216/276 at least twice with the same address bits content in each respective word before declaring the address valid.e. The root problem is that the 24 correlated address bits are transmitted in two separate asynchronous words that are not inherently correlated/paired. the SDU monitors the CMU 1. and AES ID input buses until a valid ICAO address is received. The SDU only constructs a full 24-bit address from labels 214/275 and 216/276 words received from the same input port (e..RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 1 OR CMU NO.g. the TP10A configuration pin indicates the ICAO 24--bit aircraft address (AES ID) is available in the ARINC 429 label 275/276 format from one or both of the SDU CMU input ports or ARINC 429 label 214/216 format from the AES ID input port. but the most previously received copy of the other label has not yet been updated to its intended code. not all zeros or ones). followed by address words with a valid address (i. and has been received in ARINC 429 words with their sign--status matrix (SSM) indicating normal operation. and that one of those ARINC 429 sources of the address is used with no specific preference for CMU 1. (3) In the zero state. The address is only considered valid if it does not consist of all zeros or ones.. This requirement is intended to effectively pair the label 214/275 and 216/276 transmissions. 2 OR AES ID INPUT ICAO ADDRESS (AES ID) IS AVAILABLE FROM CMU NO. In this state. This is to preclude the SDU from inadvertently and prematurely assuming the address is valid after only one of the two labels has yielded a valid segment of the overall address. or the AES ID input. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION.

the SDU ignores further data received on any of the buses until the next POST/PAST. If the configuration pin indicates the ARINC 429 source is available. 1 CONNECTED. (6) If configuration pin TP10A is wired to the one state. 2 CONNECTED NEITHER FMC CONNECTED FMC Connection to SDU NOTE: SATCOM does not support the FMC interface. Page 5--60 15 Jul 2006 . FMC NO. 1 and CMU No. the discretes are not wired. Table 5-9. TP10 Pins B 0 0 1 1 C 0 1 0 1 Interpretation FMC NO. an AES ID of all zeros or all ones (binary) is invalid (typically indicative of an unprogrammed address) which constitutes a failure. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (5) Once a valid ICAO address is received on any bus. 1 and CMU No. then neither CMU input port nor the AES ID input port is capable of supplying the AES ID in the ARINC 429 format and the SDU reads the AES ID from the discrete inputs. 2 NOT CONNECTED FMC NO. (7) With either the ARINC 429 or discrete inputs source. 1 NOT CONNECTED. since it cannot proceed as an AES without the address. D. 2 (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-10. FMC NO.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 1 CONNECTED. The SDU does not log-on until it has a valid AES ID. FMC NO. The SDU waits indefinitely to receive a valid address from an available ARINC 429 source rather than giving up at the end of POST/PAST. Table 5-10. 2 Interpretation LOW SPEED ARINC 429 DATA BUS HIGH SPEED ARINC 429 DATA BUS 23. TP10 Pin D 1 0 UP7527 ARINC 429 Speed to/from CMU No. The SDU does not attempt to log-on to a GES with an invalid AES ID. C. 2 CONNECTED FMC NO. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. ARINC 429 Speed to/from CMU No. FMC Connection to SDU (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-9. The SDU will not revert to the discretes at the end of POST/PAST as the CMU may not yet be operational. The AES ID (ICAO address) is determined at startup and cannot change until the next POST/PAST. This requirement relieves the SDU of having to deal with the possibility that the ICAO technical address might change while the SDU is logged-on.

HSU Presence (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-13. Page 5--61 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. 1 and No. TP10 Pin E 0 1 CPDF CONNECTED CPDF NOT CONNECTED Cabin Packet Data Function (CPDF) Interpretation (2) When wired to the zero state. F. When wired to the one state. UP7527 23. the SDU operates these buses at the low speed. this configuration indicates that SDU pins MP9E/F and MP9G/H are connected to the high speed data unit (HSDU). The SDU assumes. The SDU only logs/reports/ indicates CPDF failures and bus inactivity on the CPDF input bus if this configuration pin indicates the bus is supposed to be connected to an ARINC source. The SDU can assume (for functional purposes) the presence of the CPDF connections from the state of this pin. this configuration pin indicates the input designated for the CPDF (MP1E and MP1F) is connected to an ARINC 429 source of data--3 packet data and that the SDU output (pins MP9A and MP9B) is wired to the CPDF. for functional purposes. Cabin Packet Data Function (CPDF) (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-11. The SDU only logs/reports/indicates inactivity on its HSU input bus when this strap is in the zero state. the SDU operates its input and output ARINC 429 buses for the CMUs No. TP10 Pin G 0 1 HSU INSTALLED HSU NOT INSTALLED HSU Presence Interpretation (2) When wired to the zero state. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Table 5-11. 2 at high speed. TP10 Pin F 0 1 HIGH SPEED ARINC 429 BUS LOW SPEED ARINC 429 BUS ARINC 429 Bus Speed of AES ID Input Interpretation G. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) When this configuration pin is wired to the zero state. E. ARINC 429 BUS Speed of AES ID Input (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-12. Table 5-12. INSTALLATION. Table 5-13. the presence of the HSU from the state of this strap.

Page 5--62 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. the parity pin is programmed to the zero or one state to yield an odd number of configuration pins wired to the one state. (3) When the WSC SDU controller type is selected. TP10 Pin K 0 1 Call Light On (Air/Ground Calls) Interpretation CALL LIGHT ON AT CALL INITIATION (FOR AIR/GROUND CALLS) CALL LIGHT ON AT CALL CONNECTION (FOR AIR/GROUND CALLS) J. Strap Parity (ODD) Interpretation SUM OF ALL OTHER STRAPS SET TO 1 IS ODD SUM OF ALL OTHER STRAPS SET TO 1 IS EVEN TP11 Pin A 0 1 (2) The coverage of the parity pin is SDU connector pins TP10A thru TP10K and TP11B thru TP13K (39 pins other than itself). An invalid state of the parity pin is logged/reported/indicated. including the parity pin itself. Strap Parity (ODD) (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-16.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. UP7527 23. the SDU interfaces to the Williamsburg SDU controller (WSC) interface. TP10 Pin H 0 1 WSC SDU CONTROLLER TYPE MCDU/SDU CONTROLLER TYPE SDU Controller Type Interpretation (2) When wired to the zero state. SDU Controller Type (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-14. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. TP13B (Table 5--29) must also be wired to the zero state since the WSC interface only operates at low speed. Table 5-16. Table 5-15. The parity pin is programmed to a zero or one to yield an odd number of strap bits set to the one state. (3) The parity pin is wired to yield odd parity over all 40 configuration pins (i. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System H. I. The SDU chooses the appropriate interface protocols and BITE failures based on the state of TP10H.e. Call Light On (Air/Ground Calls) (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-15. The SDU verifies the state of the parity pin is correct when the configuration pins are read (typically once per power cycle just after power-up). including itself. the SDU interfaces to the Multi--Controller Display Unit (MCDU).. When wired to the one state. Table 5-14. the states of the other configuration pins are used as read despite the parity error.

SECONDARY IRS NOT INSTALLED PRIMARY IRS NOT INSTALLED. 1. configuration pins TP11C and TP11D indicate. Table 5-18. 324. reports. respectively. The SDU only logs/reports/indicates bus inactivity on either bus if the respective configuration pin indicates that the bus is supposed to be connected to an ARINC 429 source. The SDU assumes. TP11 Pins C 0 0 1 1 D 0 1 0 1 Interpretation PRIMARY IRS INSTALLED.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. is not required for SATCOM).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. for functional purposes. The actual IRS (i. the presence of the CCS from the state of this strap. respectively) are connected to an ARINC 429 source of IRS label 310. TP11 Pin B 0 1 CCS INSTALLED CCS NOT INSTALLED Cabin Communications System (CCS) Interpretation (2) When wired to the zero state. Inertial Altitude. or IRS No. The SDU can assume (for functional purposes) the presence of the IRS connections from the state of these pins. that the inputs designated for the primary and secondary IRSs (MP6A/MP6B and MP6C/MP6D.. 325. 311. L. and/or indicates inactivity on its CCS input bus when this strap is in the zero state. UP7527 23. IRS No. SECONDARY IRS INSTALLED PRIMARY IRS INSTALLED. and 361 information (although label 361. IRS No.e. Cabin Communications System (CCS) (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-17. Table 5-17. 312. INSTALLATION. SECONDARY IRS NOT INSTALLED Inertial Reference System (IRS) (2) When individually wired to the zero state. this configuration indicates that SDU pins MP2J/K and MP3A/B (CEPT--E1 input and output respectively) are connected to the CCS CTU. 2. 314. Page 5--63 15 Jul 2006 . (3) The SDU only logs. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Inertial Reference System (IRS) (1) The interpretation of these configuration pins is given in Table 5-18. SECONDARY IRS INSTALLED PRIMARY IRS NOT INSTALLED. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System K. 3) driving either SDU input is determined from the source destination identifier (SDI) bits of the received ARINC words.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System M. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. HPA/Antenna Subsystem Configuration (1) The interpretation of these configuration pins is given in Table 5--19. INSTALLATION. Page 5--64 12 Oct 2010 . UP7527 23.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 5-19. INSTALLATION. Any changes to this table should be coordinated with ARINC Characteristic 761. UP7527 23.1 regarding the frequency check for GNSS interference prevention. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.HPA/Antenna Subsystem Configuration and GNSS Frequency Check Algorithm1 -K) [10] Decimal Code E 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 48--53 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 8--37 0--7 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 F 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 LGA HPA TOP/PORT BSU + HGA STARBOARD BSU + HGA HGA HPA GNSS FREQ CHK REQD GNSS FREQ CHK NOT REQD ARINC 781 HGA RESERVED FOR FUTURE RESERVED FOR MFR Pins TP11 G 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 H 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 J 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 LGA HPR NOTES * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * to * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * to to * * * * * * * * * * NOTE: Other configurations are possible and may be added at a later date.5.2 12 Oct 2010 © Honeywell International Inc.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.1/5--64. (TP11E. Note that ARINC Characteristic 761 Attachment 1-4B Table 1-3K (which is an extension of ARINC Characteristic 741 Table 1-4K) defines configurations which include intermediate-gain antennas (IGAs). Note that the configuration codes for ’GNSS Frequency Check Required’ and ’GNSS Frequency Check Not Required’ are identical except for TP11J.-35 -20- Page 5--64. Those IGA configurations may also apply to ARINC Characteristic 741-compatible equipment. . therefore. Refer to ARINC 741 Part 2 Section 3. the IGA codes defined in ARINC Characteristic 761 should be considered as reserved for those definitions in this table as well.4.1.

UP7527 23. However. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Page 5--65 15 Jul 2006 . TP12 Pins A 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 C 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 UNDEFINED CFDS/CMC Interpretation McDONNELL--DOUGLAS TYPE CFDS AIRBUS TYPE CFDS HONEYWELL CAIMS BOEING TYPE CMC (ALL EPIC PLATFORMS) UNDEFINED UNDEFINED CFDS NOT INSTALLED (2) For functional purposes. the MCS system does not accommodate these configurations. Inactivity on the SDU input buses from the HPA(s) and ACU/BSU(s) and failures against the diplexer/LNA and HPR are logged/reported/indicated if the respective LRU is specified to be connected according to these pins. or reserved for Mfr state. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) For functional purposes. The CMC/CFDS interface operates according to the determined type. (3) The SDU commands the system. the SDU can assume the type of central fault/maintenance system (if any) that is connected from the state of these configuration pins. No control or BITE signal interfaces are specified for the HPR. reserved for future. configurations 100111 and 000111 are not supported.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. the SDU logs/reports/indicates the appropriate strap failure(s) and does not attempt any satellite communication functions. Table 5-20. by using a high power relay (HPR). The appropriate strap failure(s) is(are) logged/indicated if an undefined code is present. N. Both of the nonsupported configurations involve the sharing of a single HPA between an LGA and HGA. the SDU assumes the HPA and antenna subsystem configuration of its particular installation from states of these configuration pins. The SDU only logs/reports/indicates bus inactivity for the MP4C/MP4D CFDS interface input bus if the configuration pins indicate the CMC/CFDS is supposed to be installed. If these configuration pins are set to a nonsupported. uses its resources. and logs/reports/indicates failures in the HPAs and antenna subsystem based on the determined HPA and antenna subsystem configuration. CFDS/CMC (1) The interpretation of these configuration pins is given in Table 5-20.

2 SDU NO. The SDU can assume (for functional purposes) the presence of a second SDU from the state of this configuration pin. 1 in a dual installation. (2) When wired to the zero state. INSTALLATION. the state of SDU number pin TP12F) to determine the state of its output word SDI fields. The zero state also indicates pins MP12C/MP12D and MP12A/MP12B (cross talk to and from the other SDU.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. When this pin is in the zero state. the status of this configuration pin is ignored. The SDU only logs/reports/indicates inactivity on its input cross--talk bus from the second SDU when this pin is in the zero state. it also indicates these signals are used to determine dual SATCOM operation as specified in SYSTEM OPERATION. TP12 Pin F 0 1 SDU NO. this configuration pin indicates this SDU is No. 2 in a dual MCS system installation. In a single MCS system installation. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System O. SDU Configuration (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-21. Table 5-21. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. P. respectively) are connected to the second SDU. The SDU also uses the state of this pin (and for dual SATCOM installations. Page 5--66 15 Jul 2006 . this configuration pin indicates a second SDU is present as part of the MCS system installation. respectively) and MP5J/MP5K (dual system select and dual system disable discretes. 1 SDU Number Interpretation NOTE: The state of this strap is Don’t Care for a single SDU configuration.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Table 5-22. The SDU uses the state of this pin and the SDU configuration pin TP12E to determine the state of its output word SDI fields. The one state indicates this SDU is No. UP7527 23. SDU Number (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-22. TP12 Pin E 0 1 SECOND SDU INSTALLED SECOND SDU NOT INSTALLED SDU Configuration Interpretation (2) When wired to the zero state.

2 Configuration (1) The interpretation of these configuration pins is given in Table 5-23 and Table 5-24. The SDU only logs/reports/indicates bus inactivity on either CMU input bus if the respective configuration pin indicates the bus is supposed to be connected to an ARINC source. Page 5--67 15 Jul 2006 . respectively. 1 and No. Table 5-25. MCDU/WSC No. TP12 Pin K 0 1 UP7527 MCDU/WSC No. TP12 Pin H 0 1 CMU NO. 2 INSTALLED MCDU/WSC NO.. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. that the inputs designated for CMU No.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 1 Interpretation Table 5-26. 2 NOT INSTALLED CMU No. and also the single SDU output (pins MP1J/MP1K) is wired to the appropriate CMU(s). AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Q.g. INSTALLATION. Table 5-23. 2 NOT INSTALLED 23. R. 2 Interpretation (2) When individually wired to the zero state. 1 NOT INSTALLED MCDU/WSC No. 2 INSTALLED CMU NO. respectively) are connected to an ARINC 429 source of CMU information (e. 1 INSTALLED MCDU/WSC NO. 1 NOT INSTALLED CMU No. 2 (pins MP1G/MP1H and MP3G/MP3H. 2 Interpretation MCDU/WSC NO. TP12 Pin G 0 1 CMU NO. 1 thru No. CMU label 270 and SAL 304). 1 and CMU No. 1 Interpretation Table 5-24. The SDU can assume (for functional purposes) the presence of the CMU connections from the state of these configuration pins. TP12 Pin J 0 1 MCDU/WSC NO. 3 Configuration (1) The interpretation of these configuration pins is given in Table 5-25 thru Table 5-27.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. CMU No. 1 INSTALLED CMU NO. configuration pins TP12G and TP12H indicate.

TP13 Pin A 0 1 DISALLOW PRIORITY 4 CALLS ALLOWS PRIORITY 4 CALLS Priority 4 Calls to/from Cockpit Interpretation (2) When this configuration pin is wired to the zero state. TP13 Pin E 0 1 MCDU/WSC NO. 2. respectively. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. that the inputs designated for MCDU/WSC No. and TP13E indicate. Page 5--68 15 Jul 2006 . No. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 5-27. INSTALLATION. TP12K. the SDU disallows priority 4 calls from being routed to or initiated from the cockpit.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. When this configuration is wired to the one state. 3 NOT INSTALLED (2) When individually wired to the zero state. This state prevents ORT item xiii (Appendix C) from being set to allow routing of ground-to-air priority 4 calls to the cockpit headset. the SDU lets priority 4 calls be initiated from the cockpit and lets ground-to-air calls be routed to the cockpit based upon ORT item xiii. configuration pins TP12J. 3 (pins MP3C/MP3D. The SDU only logs/reports/indicates bus inactivity on any of the three buses if the respective configuration pin indicates the bus is supposed to be connected to an ARINC source. UP7527 23. The SDU can assume (for functional purposes) the presence of the MCDU/WSC connections from the state of these configuration pins. 3 Interpretation MCDU/WSC NO. and No. respectively) are connected to an ARINC 429 source of line select/keypad control information. 1. MP3E/MP3F. and MP8J/MP8K. S. and also the single SDU output (MP3J/MP3K) is wired to all appropriate MCDU/WSC(s). Priority 4 Calls to/from Cockpit (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-28. Table 5-28. 3 INSTALLED MCDU/WSC No.

a multistroke chime is silenced and the call lamp remains on steady). and MP14B and MP14C for the chime) operate according to the configuration pin connections selected. 2. and No. The selected state of pins TP13C and TP13D applies to both air. multistroke vs single stroke chime) from the states of these configuration pins. The appropriate strap failure(s) is logged/indicated if an undefined code is present. it only applies to the call annunciation phase (i. The SDU defaults to the steady lights and single stroke chime state if an undefined code is present. U. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 1/MCDU No. following connection acknowledgement by receipt of the off-hook state as specified by the state of TP13K. 1/MCDU No. When wired to the one state.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Cockpit Voice Call Light/Chime Option (1) The interpretation of these configuration pins is given in Table 5-30. TP13 Pins C 0 0 1 1 D 0 1 0 1 SPARE STEADY LIGHTS AND MULTISTROKE CHIME FLASHING LIGHTS AND SINGLE STROKE CHIME STEADY LIGHTS AND SINGLE STROKE CHIME Interpretation Cockpit Voice Call Light/Chime Option (2) The SDU determines the mode of cockpit call annunciation (flashing vs. ARINC 429 Bus Speed to MCDU No. 2/MCDU No. 3 (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-29. The functionality of the cockpit call annunciation interface (pins MP8E and MP8G for the call lights.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.e. The light remains on (steady) for the duration of the call after the acknowledgement of the annunciation for either the steady or flashing light option. the SDU operates its ARINC 429 output bus for MCDU No.2/MCDU No. steady voice call lamp. Table 5-29. 3 Interpretation LOW SPEED ARINC 429 BUS HIGH SPEED ARINC 429 BUS TP13 Pin B 0 1 (2) When this configuration pin is wired to the zero state. Page 5--69 15 Jul 2006 . Table 5-30. INSTALLATION. ARINC 429 BUS Speed to MCDU No..and ground-initiated calls. UP7527 23. (3) The steady versus flashing light option applies to the call annunciation phase only. 3 at the low speed. No. 1. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System T. the SDU operates this bus at the high speed.

MP4J/MP4K. 1 Wiring Table 5-32. Page 5--70 15 Jul 2006 . CABIN AUDIO WIRED AMS NOT WIRED. MP1C/MP1D. 2 Wiring Interpretation AMS WIRED. CABIN AUDIO WIRED AMS WIRED. MP2C/MP2D. Table 5-33. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System V. CABIN AUDIO NOT WIRED SDU Analog Interface No. TP13 Pin K 1 0 UP7527 Cockpit Hookswitch Signaling Method Interpretation SWITCHED PTT AND/OR SCDU LINE SWITCH(ES) LATCHED AUDIO CONTROL PANEL SATCOM MICROPHONE SWITCH 23. INSTALLATION. TP13 Pins F 0 0 1 1 G 0 1 0 1 Interpretation AMS WIRED. W. MP2A/MP2B.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. TP13 Pins H 0 0 1 1 J 0 1 0 1 SDU Analog Interface No. The functionality of the analog cockpit and cabin voice interface (pins MP1A/MP1B. CABIN AUDIO NOT WIRED (2) The SDU determines the extent and nature of the analog cockpit and cabin voice connections from the states of these configuration pins. and MP5E/MP5F) operate according to the connections selected. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Table 5-31. CABIN AUDIO NOT WIRED AMS NOT WIRED. CABIN AUDIO WIRED AMS WIRED. MP2G/MP2H. CABIN AUDIO WIRED AMS NOT WIRED. Cockpit Hookswitch Signaling Method (1) General (a) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-33. MP2E/MP2F. SDU CODEC 1 and CODEC 2 Wiring (1) The interpretation of these configuration pins is given in Table 5-31 and Table 5-32. CABIN AUDIO NOT WIRED AMS NOT WIRED. ORT item vi for codec dedication (Appendix C) is related to the SDU codec configuration pins. dedication or automatic sharing of a codec to or with a particular interface is only possible if the SDU codec wiring straps indicate the codec is wired to that interface.

UP7527 23. When TP13K is wired to the one state. they are dynamically active [on/off] throughout the duration of the call). The SDU considers the air.e. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) This configuration pin specifies the functionality of the SDU Cockpit Voice Mic-On Input No.or ground-initiated call annunciation to have been acknowledged (i.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.or ground-initiated call annunciation to have been acknowledged (i. The SDU assumes the air. The on-hook state is entered following activation of the End Call line select switch on the MCDU/SCDU that results in call clearing. When TP13K is wired to the zero state. the SDU utilizes the latched audio control panel SATCOM microphone switch (referred to as the latched ACP) method..RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.. Page 5--71 15 Jul 2006 . as well as to terminate existing calls. (b) With the latched ACP method. all hookswitch signaling for answering and terminating all air. The call is cleared and the channel is considered to be in the on-hook state when the mic-on input is in the open-circuit state. the MCDU/SCDU Answer Call and End Call options are blanked (the MCDU/SCDU is only necessary for specifying the called-party number and initiating the call process for air-to-ground calls).and ground-initiated calls is handled by the mic-on inputs. the call to be in the off-hook state) when the appropriate mic-on input is activated (connected to ground) for the first time after the call annunciation for a particular channel. the SDU utilizes the switched PTT and/or MCDU/SCDU line switch(es) (referred to as switched PTT) method for cockpit hookswitch signaling on the mic-on inputs. the SDU assumes the mic-on inputs are wired to conventional microphone momentary push-to-talk switches (i. These two methods are described below. Successive activations of that mic-on input for the duration of that call have no effect on the status of that call until the call has been cleared. the call to be in the off-hook state) when the appropriate mic-on input is active (connected to ground) for a particular channel.e. the SDU assumes the mic-on inputs are wired to SATCOM microphone select switches on the ACP that are latched on (connected to ground) for the entire duration of a call. (c) This method also allows usage of the place/end call discrete input and associated switch to initiate calls to preselected numbers. (c) This method also allows usage of the mic--on discrete input and switch to initiate calls to preselected numbers. (2) Switched PTT Method (a) With the switched PTT method. INSTALLATION. 1 (and No. the off-hook state is also entered following activation of the Answer Call line select switch on the MCDU/SCDU.. (3) Latched ACP Method (a) With the latched ACP method. 2) discrete inputs (referred to as the mic-on inputs). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. (b) With the switched PTT method.e.

Assume In--Line configuration (MP11E set to the 1 state). CM-250 CGU Connection Configuration (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-34. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. CM-250 CGU Connection Configuration Interpretation CM--250 LOOPED CONFIGURATION CM--250 IN--LINE CONFIGURATION MP11 Pin E 0 1 (2) Looped configuration is not implemented. Table 5-34. (4) When MP11F is wired to the zero state. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Table 5-36. Page 5--72 15 Jul 2006 . MP11 Pin F 0 1 Cockpit Call Discrete Signaling Mode Interpretation EPIC COCKPIT CALL DISCRETE SIGNALING MODE COCKPIT CALL LIGHT/CHIME SIGNALING MODE (2) Table 5-36 gives the call signaling definitions and SDU output pins with MP11F in a logic 0 and logic 1 state. Table 5-35. the SDU output pins identified in Table 5-36 function as combinational logic to indicate one of the four states shown in Table 5-37. SDU Output Pin MP8E MP14B MP8G TP3D Call Signaling Definitions Enhanced Call Signaling Definition (MP11F=0) CHANNEL 1 CD 1 (CD1--1) CHANNEL 1 CD 2 (CD2--1) CHANNEL 2 CD 1 (CD1--2) CHANNEL 2 CD 2 (CD2--2) Legacy Call Signaling Definition (MP11F=1) CHANNEL 1 CALL LIGHT CHIME CHANNEL 2 CALL LIGHT PACKET DATA LOW SPEED ONLY (3) Selecting the EPIC cockpit call discrete signaling mode (MP11F=0) is only required when the SDU is connected to the Honeywell AV--900 audio control panel (ACP).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. This ACP is typically installed on EPIC equipped aircraft. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System X. Cockpit Call Discrete Signaling Mode (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-35. Y. UP7527 23.

Strap Parity Interpretation SUM OF ALL STRAPS IS SET TO EVEN SUM OF ALL STRAPS IS SET TO ODD MP11 Pin E 0 1 (2) This pin is set to the zero or one state to yield an even number of strapped pins (MP11E to MP11K). Z. UP7527 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. the state will transition on either call initiation or call connection. Strap Parity (1) The interpretation of this configuration pin is given in Table 5-38. CD1 High1 Low1 High Low Per Channel State Definition (MP11F=0) CD2 High High Low Low On Hook Call Initiated/Connected2 Call Answered Incoming Call Channel State NOTES: 1. Page 5--73 15 Jul 2006 .open--collector--type output) are as defined in ARINC 741 Part 1 Attachment 1--4 Note 10. INSTALLATION. Depending on the state of SDU system configuration pin TP10K. Table 5-38. “High” and “Low” (impedance ---. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 2.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 5-37.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Page 5--74 15 Jul 2006 .

Figure 6-1. and system level testing. General (1) This section defines the built-in test equipment (BITE) requirements for the MCS system (i. Information supplied in this section describes how MCS system failures are detected. Page 6--1 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Overview A. INSTALLATION. UP7527 System BITE Communication 23. performance verification. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System SECTION 6 TESTING/FAULT ISOLATION 1. recorded. SDU and HPA). and reported.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. See Figure 6-1 for an overview of the BITE system communications. (2) System BITE contributes to a number of maintenance functions: • • • • Detection of internal and external failures Storage of in-flight failure data Reporting failure status in the air and on the ground Ground test capability for isolating faulty LRUs.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.e..

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. those manufactured by Honeywell/Thales): • SDU • HPA • HSU.. Definitions (1) Degraded Operation (a) Degraded operation is defined as the condition when the MCS system is operating with a failure that results in diminished capability (e. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System B.5 second.e. A failure occurrence counter is maintained for each entry in the LRU and system failure logs to identify intermittent failures. (2) Failure (a) A failure is defined as a fault that persists for a predetermined amount of time or for a predetermined number of samples. and can result in degraded system capability. and then is declared to have failed again. Page 6--2 15 Jul 2006 . (4) Fault (a) A fault is defined as the result of a measurement or comparison that does not satisfy the test or monitoring result requirements. or less than nominal HPA power available). (3) Intermittent Failure (a) An intermittent failure is defined as a fault that had been declared a failure.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. (5) Reversion (a) Reversion is defined as the system response to a failure condition that results in continued system operation in the presence of the failure. The tolerance on all failure timing criteria is ± 0. UP7527 23. The test or monitoring result requirements can require a time element..-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.g. (6) MCS LRU (a) The following are defined as the MCS LRUs (i. recovered to its normal valid state. some. but not all channel units available.

divided by the total of the component failure rates within that LRU. INSTALLATION. where possible • All MCS inter-LRU interfaces • All power supply voltages • All battery voltages • All microprocessors/microcontrollers • All memory devices (RAM. Three enumerated levels of failure diagnosis are defined in Table 6-1. ROM. The LRU probability of false detection is defined as the sum of all component failure rates of the BITE circuitry within an LRU divided by the total of the component failure rates within that LRU. Level Level I Level II Level III Levels of Failure Description Diagnosis to the LRU level or its equivalent (e. The LRU coverage includes the following: • All SDU to avionic interfaces. LRU Coverage (1) The LRU coverage is defined as the sum of all component failure rates covered by the BITE circuitry within an LRU. on a specific SRU. Level I diagnosis primarily supports line maintenance. UP7527 23. and can be displayed on the commissioning and maintenance terminal (CMT) pages. or warning) Diagnosis to the SRU (module or circuit card) level Diagnosis to the component or functional circuit group level or equivalent (e. Level II failure detection. or only to a suspect LRU.g. some detected failures may only be able to be diagnosed to a suspect SRU. The immediate result of failure detection is usually diagnosis of the failure to a specific component or functional circuit group. a specific inactive bus. D. in a specific LRU. (2) All discrete drivers between the SDU and the avionics LRUs have over current protection and open-circuit detection. etc).95 as defined. Front panel displays and automatic reports to central fault/maintenance systems are only performed to Level I resolution because they are primarily used to support line maintenance.g...-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. This coverage is greater than 0. a very specific error condition) (2) All MCS LRUs implement Level I and. Page 6--3 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Level II and Level III failure detection information is stored in the LRU and system failure logs. which is typically limited to LRU replacement. or only to a pair or group of LRUs and the physical or logical interface(s) between them. Level II and Level III diagnosis primarily support shop and factory maintenance. error. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.01 as defined. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System C. Table 6-1. where possible. Failure Detection and Reporting Levels (1) Failures are detected in the MCS system by a wide variety of tests. This coverage is greater than or equal to 0. However.

g. The failure and recovery criteria is set to make sure individual data word failures are not declared when the bus is inactive. A cold start is defined as the response of an LRU where no retention of any previously stored information in any volatile memory is assumed. processor instruction traps. and occurrences of the failure warning state in the sign/status matrix (SSM) field. two seconds) to be longer than word update rate recovery criteria (e. Primary power interrupts of less than 5 milliseconds duration have no effect on system operation. (d) The purpose of continuous monitoring is to test the equipment in a nondisruptive manner while it is performing its normal operations.g. a fault is declared against that LRU when the ARINC 429 data is faulty. input data failures. Page 6--4 15 Jul 2006 . uses of undefined or reserved values.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The power supply provides signals to help an orderly power-down and power-up process for the LRU during power interrupts of any length. (c) Two basic types of failure detection testing performed are: functional tests and continuous monitoring (CM). INSTALLATION.. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System E. each MCS LRU performs its own internal POST upon a cold start. The purpose of functional testing in the form of power-on self test and person-activated self test is to exercise the equipment in a manner as closely as possible to its normal operation. and inactive bus recovery criteria (e. (2) Power-On Self-Test (a) General 1 The power-on self-test (POST) is a series of functional tests for individual LRUs. For primary power interrupts longer than 5 milliseconds and up to 200 milliseconds duration. data loader problems.. one second). UP7527 23. This is typically done by setting inactive bus failure criteria (e. This is determined by checking (as appropriate for each word) for data inconsistencies.. etc. the LRU performs a cold start following restoration of primary power. such as protocol failures. input bus activity. if the bus is inactive. For primary power interrupts greater than 200 milliseconds duration that causes normal operation to cease. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. (b) Unless an LRU providing ARINC 429 data declares itself to have failed. etc.. except the RF transmit and receive processes do not need to be supported in any LRU during this interval. bias currents. additional logging and reporting of low-rate failures of individual data words on that bus are precluded). Monitoring and Testing Functions (1) General (a) The declaration of an inactive input bus takes precedence over declaration of one or more data word failures against the LRU driving that bus (i. the LRU maintains normal operation.g. Failures detected during functional testing are declared to be current failures until a subsequent functional test shows the failure condition has recovered. data out-of-range.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Such testing usually includes monitoring the power supply voltages. buffer overflow. five seconds). This testing can also include abnormal failures that cannot be tested as part of the functional testing.g. three seconds) to be faster than word update rate failure criteria (e. temperature sensors..e.

INSTALLATION. The SDU then processes the results of the functional tests from these LRUs. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.g. If the SDU is powered on after having stabilized at a cold external temperature (e. except the HSU. the SDU commands a system-wide functional test of the HPA(s). If an LRU fails to report its functional test results within this time period. The SDU allows up to 30 ± 1 seconds for other system LRUs.. HSU and ACU/BSU(s) (including the HGAs. Instead. and HPR are reported by the ACU/BSU(s). it is inappropriate to perform BITE tests until this clock frequency has achieved gross stability. and HPR) as applicable for the installed equipment in accordance with the system configuration pins (see MECHANICAL INSTALLATION).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The SDU commands the functional test as follows through: • BIT request in the HSU command word • SSM field of the HPA command word(s) for the HPA • SSM field(s) for the ACU/BSU control word(s) for the ACU/BSU(s). --55° C). An individual LRU that successfully passes POST is declared to be fully functional. POST must take into account failures detected by continuous monitoring (i. UP7527 23. Test results from the HGA(s). with no functional test command necessary or possible.e. Therefore. Page 6--5 15 Jul 2006 . the SDU considers that LRU to have failed. it can take several tens of seconds for the frequency drift rate to be low enough before the phase locked oscillators (PLO) that derive the dependent clocks can lock onto the OCXO frequency reference.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. the SDU considers that bus to be inactive. After executing its own POST. but otherwise meets the ARINC 429 bus communication rate requirements.. If no ARINC 429 bus communication is received on a particular bus. 3 4 The BITE status from the LGA diplexer/LNA is continuously sent to the SDU. HGA diplexer/LNA. which is allowed 60 ± 1 seconds to report their POST results following initiation of a system-wide functional test. then the POST result is logged as a failure). but testing unique to continuous monitoring has detected and logged a current failure. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 2 The POST sequence of tests does not terminate when an out-of-tolerance condition is encountered. if POST passes. the sequence continues to complete as many tests as possible to record all available information regarding existing failures. HGA diplexer/LNA. 5 (b) Test Initiation 1 The correct operation of much of the internal circuitry of the SDU depends on clocks derived from the high-stability frequency reference generated by the oven-controlled crystal oscillator (OCXO).

Consequently. The SDU delays initiating the RF loop back test until it receives an indication the RF loop back has been activated. the SDU tests its alphanumeric display by incorporating one or more occurrences of the word TESTING into its display sequence to make sure all display elements are tested.5 seconds.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. At a minimum. this is made up of flashing the LEDs on and off. the SDU implements a RF loop back test. • Power supply unit (PSU) temperature sensor indicates a reading above 25 °C. the SDU suspends POST until the SDU detects the first of the following conditions: • OCXO heater monitor indicates it has achieved operating temperature. 2 (3) Person-Activated Self-Test (a) The person-activated self-test (PAST) performs the same functions as POST. Page 6--6 15 Jul 2006 . • Channel filter module transmit and receive PLO lock detectors both indicate that lock has been achieved. (d) RF Loop Back Tests 1 As part of the system-wide POST. (c) LRU Front Panel LED and Alphanumeric Display Tests 1 A test of the HPA and HSU front panel LEDs is performed as a part of each POST. or if the 30 second timer expires while waiting for verification of an active RF loop back. PAST is initiated in the HPA and the HSU by pushing the PUSH-TO-TEST (PTT) switch on the respective LRU front panel.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. and CMT) and all automatic calibration processing. then the SDU completes its POST without executing the RF loop back test. UP7527 23. • More than 4 minutes have elapsed since primary power was applied. CFDS. The LED flashing continues until POST is completed or for 3 ± 0. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The RF loop back occurs in the radio frequency module (RFM) installed in the SDU. During the test. The SDU cancels the RF loop back request when the loop back test is completed. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 2 The SDU defers testing of sensitive equipment until a positive indication of settling is detected. or sufficient time passes so the lack of settling itself can be classified as a failure. INSTALLATION. Deferral of these sections of POST also result in normal operation being deferred. PAST can also be initiated any time through: • Respective CMT interface to the LRU • SSM field of the HPA command word sent to the HPA from the SDU • BIT request in HSU command word sent to the HSU from the SDU. If the SDU fails to receive a valid indication within 30 seconds following the RF loop back request. including access to the user interfaces (SCDU.

(2) The HPA records internal failures at all times. which is permitted at any time. 01 for the SDU. PAST is only permitted while the aircraft is on the ground. The SDU only records CFDS external failures while receiving a valid All Call DC1 Command if a Douglas or Airbus CFDS is installed. External failures are defined as those failures not having the same level 1 code as the LRU recording the failure. airborne). F. then the air/ground status is used to generate pseudo DC states of DC0 (aircraft on-ground) and DC1 (aircraft airborne). Instead any failure condition is recorded and reported. Continuous monitoring operates as a background task at all times. Any switch activity is ignored while PAST (or POST) is executing. except when PAST is initiated through the CMT. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. or when the airborne/on-ground status is unknown. and 07 for the LGA HPA). Under these conditions. even during functional testing.. based on the status of the weight-on-wheels discrete (on-ground vs. If a Boeing CMC (or no CFDS) is installed or if valid DC commands are not available. UP7527 23. Internal failures are defined as those that have the same Level I code as the LRU recording the failure (i. Failure Recording (1) The SDU records CFDS internal failures at all times. Page 6--7 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) A stuck switch on the CMT or LRU front panel does not cause PAST to remain active. Functional test failure codes that are identical to the continuous monitoring codes (except for the MSB of the level 3 code) indicate cases where the functional test differs in some way from the companion CM test. (e) A stuck switch on the SDU front panel does not cause PAST to remain active. 04 for the HGA HPA.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. External failures are defined as those external to the SATCOM subsystem. (d) A system-wide PAST is initiated in the SDU when commanded by: • Entry through the SATCOM control and display unit (SCDU) • Entry through the central maintenance computer (CMC) • Entry through the central fault display system (CFDS) • Command from the CMT • Activating the PTT switch (SDU TEST) on the front panel. The HPA only records external failures while the aircraft is airborne. not functional failures. the HPA and HSU are not usable by the SDU..e. Internal failures are defined as those internal to the SATCOM subsystem. the HPA and HSU permit PAST as though the aircraft is on the ground. The HPA and HSU cannot properly function if not receiving valid command words from the SDU containing the air/ground status and command information. Any switch activity is ignored while PAST (or POST) is executing.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.g. maintenance and status word failures) are logged as CM failures. (c) The HPA and HSU inhibit PAST while the aircraft is airborne. In lieu of the airborne/on-ground status information from the SDU. (4) Continuous Monitoring (a) Continuous monitoring (CM) of the BITE circuitry does not interfere with the normal operation of the system. Those CM failures detected during functional testing (e. INSTALLATION.

• Class 2 failures are not automatically indicated in flight to the crew by the CFDS because they have no operational consequences for the current or next flight(s). the SDU records the flight leg counter. (5) Class -. Unlike failure recording that excludes recording external failures while on the ground. Each LRU failure memory log and the system failure memory log is capable of recording at least 1000 failures. and through communication to the SDU. failure reporting has its own set of criteria as specified in the following paragraphs. The SDU obtains the aircraft identification from the CMC or CFDS through ARINC labels 301. The SDU contains a nonvolatile memory that serves as a system failure memory log. the tail number) is made up of nine alphanumeric characters. INSTALLATION.. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (3) The HPA and HSU store their functional test and CM failure records in nonvolatile memory designated as the LRU failure memory log. The system failure memory log is capable of being interrogated and cleared for each LRU individually.The SDU declares and stores the classification (Airbus/Douglas CFDS) of failure (one. HPA(s). flight number. date. • Class 3 failures are not indicated to the flight crew because they can be left uncorrected until a routine scheduled maintenance check. Functional test results supplied by the HSU.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. and 303 (if available). HSU and other system LRUs supply failure information to the SDU for storage in the system failure memory log. 23. Failure Reporting (1) General (a) Active failures include those internal and external failures deemed to be currently failing while the aircraft is on the ground or airborne. (2) HPA Failure Reporting (a) General 1 The HPA reports its functional test/CM failure status by lighting its front panel LEDs. ACU/BSU(s). G.e. 302. In the absence of any detected failures during a flight leg. Each LRU failure memory log is capable of being interrogated and cleared. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. three) for each entry in this field. and the SDU itself are recorded in this system failure memory log. (4) The HPA. ICAO address. LGA diplexer/LNA. An accumulation of Class 3 failures can lead to a Class 2 or Class 1 failure. and Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) at the flight leg transition. two. (b) HPA Front Panel Indicators and Controls 1 UP7527 The HPA indicators and controls are given in Table 6-2.The aircraft identification (i. The SDU also records the aircraft identification for display on the SCDU and CFDS maintenance pages. • Aircraft Identification -. • Class 1 failures are indicated in flight to the crew by the CFDS because they have operational consequences for the current or next flight(s).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. but are indicated to the crew on the ground because they cannot be left uncorrected until the next routine scheduled maintenance check. Page 6--8 15 Jul 2006 .

Indicator/Control PASS LED FAIL LED PUSH--TO--TEST (PTT) HPA Indicators/Controls Description Shows green after a test.. as applicable) • No functional test failures have been detected with its own Level I code. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-2. if the HPA detects any CM failure that has its own Level I code while continuous monitoring is controlling the LEDs. through execution of the functional test sequences (including LED testing). no CM failures are currently active). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. and active discrete failure bits in its maintenance word. 3 4 There must be no known failures in order to light the green LED as the functional test indication. The HPA only indicates a FW SSM state in its maintenance and status words. The presence or absence of functional test failures does not affect the CM indication. Otherwise. and up to and including the indication of the test results on the LEDs.e. 04 or 07. if the HPA detects at least one currently active CM failure with its own Level I code. The red LED (FAIL) lights continuously during the functional test indication phase and through the transition to the CM indication phase. Since no failures unique to functional testing activate the SSM FW state or the discrete failure bits in the maintenance word. UP7527 23. Page 6--9 15 Jul 2006 . Continuous monitoring itself never causes the green LED to light. if failures are detected in the HPA Push this button to start a test of the HPA (c) HPA Front Panel LEDs 1 Functional testing effectively controls the on/off state of the front panel LEDs during the period beginning with initiation of the functional testing (POST/PAST). The green LED (PASS) lights for 30 ± 5 seconds at the conclusion of the functional test sequences if both of the following are true: • The HPA determines there are no currently active CM failures having its own Level I code (i. both LEDs are turned off. the red LED lights for 30 ± 5 seconds and is then turned off.e.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. no functional test failures need to be latched until the next functional testing sequence. INSTALLATION. if no failures are detected in the HPA Shows red after a test. Continuous monitoring exclusively controls the LEDs at all other times..RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The red LED also lights as long as the failure persists. 2 5 (d) HPA-SDU Communication 1 The HPA communicates its functional testing/CM failure status to the SDU through the HPA maintenance and status words. If the HPA detects only functional test failures (i.

2 UP7527 23. and up to and including the indication of the test results on the LEDs. 3 4 There must be no known failures in order to light the green LED as the functional test indication. (3) HSU Failure Reporting (a) General 1 The HSU reports its functional test/CM failure status by lighting its front panel LEDs.e. Continuous monitoring exclusively controls the LEDs at all other times. Page 6--10 15 Jul 2006 . the appropriate discrete failure bits and the SSM FW state are set within the maintenance and status words as long as the failure persists.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.. The green LED (PASS) lights for 30 ± 5 seconds at the conclusion of the functional test sequences if both of the following are true: • The HSU determines there are no currently active CM failures having its own Level I code (i. no CM failures are currently active). (b) HSU Front Panel Indicators and Controls 1 The HSU indicators and controls are given in Table 6-3.e. if the HSU detects at least one currently active CM failure with its own Level I code. Table 6-3. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 2 For certain failures detected during continuous monitoring. The red LED (FAIL) lights continuously during the functional test indication phase and through the transition to the CM indication phase.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. If the HSU detects only functional test failures (i. and through communication to the SDU. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 03) • No functional test failures have been detected with its own Level I code. INSTALLATION. if failures are detected in the HSU Push this button to start a test of the HSU (c) HSU Front Panel LEDs 1 Functional testing effectively controls the on/off state of the front panel LEDs during the period beginning with initiation of the functional testing (POST/PAST). the red LED lights for 30 ± 5 seconds and is then turned off.. if no failures are detected in the HSU Shows red after a test. Indicator/Control PASS LED FAIL LED PUSH--TO--TEST (PTT) HSU Indicators/Controls Description Shows green after a test. through execution of the functional test sequences (including LED testing).

This gives continuous monitoring the opportunity to perform its unique tests during the delay period. Otherwise. The SDU takes a snapshot at the end of the functional test delay period to include all currently active CM failures in addition to all failures detected during functional testing.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. and include any current CM failures in the test report. The HSU indicates a FW SSM state in its status word. both LEDs are turned off. and CMT interfaces. (d) HSU-SDU Communication 1 The HSU communicates its functional testing/CM failure status to the SDU through the HSU status word. 3 The SDU delays reporting the results of the functional test sequence for a period of 5 seconds.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 5 The red LED also lights as long as the failure persists. Continuous monitoring itself never causes the green LED to light. but not to the CMT. if the HSU detects any CM failure that has its own Level I code while continuous monitoring is controlling the LEDs. CFDS. INSTALLATION. the CFDS pages. Page 6--11 15 Jul 2006 . the SCDU maintenance pages. 2 The alphanumeric display indicates all applicable failure conditions with no regard to: • Any type of internal/external failure differentiation • Any CFDS failure class distinctions • Which LRU detected a failure (either the SDU itself or one of the reporting LRUs in the SATCOM subsystem). 23. CMC. For certain failures detected during continuous monitoring. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The presence or absence of functional test failures does not affect the CM indication. The functional test delay period applies to the SDU alphanumeric display. and the CAIMS and CMC fault summary words. when failures are present that prevent it from offering HSD service. 2 (4) SDU Failure Reporting (a) General 1 The SDU reports its functional testing/CM failure status and all other system LRUs by: • Activating its alphanumeric display • Communicating to the SCDU. (b) SDU Front Panel Indicators and Controls 1 UP7527 The SDU indicators and controls are given in Table 6-4. the appropriate discrete failure bits and the SSM FW state are set within the maintenance and status words as long as the failure persists.

INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-4. The operator can scroll the alphanumeric display through the entire applicable message sequence by repeatedly pushing the MANUAL SCROLL button within 30  5 seconds after the display is started. Page 6--12 15 Jul 2006 . At the same time. enabling the operator to scroll through the sequence again. The alphanumeric display is blank unless specifically activated for temporary display of failure messages and other status information. The alphanumeric display is started during the LED test portion of the functional test sequence. or greater than +30 °C. one or both of the front panel LEDs (as appropriate) are turned off if they were exclusively indicating functional test failures with no current CM failures. The alphanumeric display is also kept blank under conditions of extreme temperatures. Indicator/Control SDU TEST SYSTEM STATUS DISPLAY MANUAL SCROLL SDU Indicators/Controls Description Push this button to initiate a system--wide SATCOM test Shows data defining the SATCOM system configuration and the identification of all SATCOM components that are not operating as required Push this button to scroll through the messages on the system status display (c) Front Panel Alphanumeric Display and MANUAL SCROLL Button 1 General a The alphanumeric display makes it easy for the maintenance personnel to identify which system LRU has failed.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. the alphanumeric display can be started by pushing the MANUAL SCROLL button.e.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Message scrolling is performed according to the following sequence: • One of four possible system/SDU pass/fail messages • All applicable Level I failure messages • LRU part number messages (up to four lines) • ORT identification message • END OF LIST message. The display is not intended to be started when its temperature is less than --5 °C. c If the MANUAL SCROLL button is inactivate for 30 ± 5 seconds at any point during the display sequence. After the functional test delay period. the next actuation of the MANUAL SCROLL button returns the alphanumeric display to the top of the display sequence. b UP7527 23. One left-justified 20-character (or less) message is displayed each time the MANUAL SCROLL button is pushed. When the end of the display sequence is reached (i. the alphanumeric display is blanked and any display sequence in progress is aborted. and any time during continuous monitoring. END OF LIST). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell..

even if it had appeared earlier. Table 6-5.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. This occurs either during the current scroll sequence if that Level I code has not yet been reached. the message list includes all the active failures in the snapshot and the list is static. or during the next scroll sequence if the failure is still active. the message list includes all currently active CM failures. If a CM failure recovers during a scroll sequence. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 2 SYSTEM/SDU PASS/FAIL Message a This one-line message. For continuous monitoring. the message continues to be displayed until the MANUAL SCROLL button is activated or until the time-out period expires. which summarizes the overall functional test or CM status. its message does not appear in any subsequent scroll sequence. The presence or absence of functional test failures does not affect the CM message list. takes on one of four possible states: • SDU PASS • SDU PASS • SDU FAIL • SDU FAIL SYS PASS SYS FAIL SYS PASS SYS FAIL. These messages are listed in failure code order in Table 6-5.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. if a new CM failure becomes active during the scroll sequence. Page 6--13 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION. 3 Level I Failure Messages a This section lists all the applicable Level I failure messages that can be displayed on the alphanumeric display. During continuous monitoring. along with the appropriate LRU or control bus input. Level 1 Failure Messages Description b c Level 1 Code Failure Message AES LRU Failures: 00 01 02 03 04 UP7527 (not applicable) SDU OTHER SDU HSU HPA--HI GAIN Unknown Level I failure SDU failed Other SDU (of a dual system) failed HSU failed High Gain Antenna HPA failed 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. If a CM failure recovers while its particular message is currently being displayed. The failure message list for the CM display is potentially dynamic. the respective message appears at its proper location in the sequence according to its Level I code. For the functional test display.

2 AFIS/ACARS unit failed Primary IRS failed Secondary IRS failed CFDS/CMC failed No. 1 AFIS/ACARS unit failed No. 1 FMC failed No. 1 SCDU or WSC failed No.Level 1 Failure Messages (cont) -5.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. 3 SCDU or WSC failed Inactive BITE Bus Input to SDU from other LRU: 50 52 HSU/SDU (CFS/CPDF)/SDU HSU bus Cabin file server/cabin packet data function bus UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 2 FMC failed 429 ICAO address source failed Discrete cockpit indicators failed Cabin telecommunications unit failed Cabin file server/cabin packet data function failed Description Low Gain Antenna HPA failed HPR (antenna system) failed HSU (HSDU) Data Module Top/Port Diplexer/Low Noise Amplifier failed Starboard Diplexer/Low Noise Amplifier failed LGA Diplexer/Low Noise Amplifier failed Top/Port BSU or ACU failed Starboard BSU failed Top/Port HGA failed Starboard HGA failed LGA failed No. 2 SCDU or WSC failed No. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6. Page 6--14 12 Oct 2010 . INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Level 1 Code 07 0A 0B 0D 0F 10 13 15 1A 1C 1F 21 22 23 Failure Message HPA--LO GAIN HI POWER RELAY HDM DLNA--(TOP/L) DLNA--R DLNA--LO GAIN BSU--(TOP/L) BSU--R HI GAIN ANT--(TOP/L) HI GAIN ANTENNA--R LO GAIN ANTENNA SCDU1 or WSC1 SCDU2 or WSC2 SCDU3 or WSC3 Non-AES LRU Failures: 33 34 35 36 39 3D 3E 40 41 42 43 (ACARS MU/CMU)1 (ACARS MU/CMU)2 IRS--PRI IRS--SEC (CFDIU/CMC) FMC1 FMC2 ARINC 429 ICAO ADDR (not applicable) CTU (CFS/CPDF) No.

1 SCDU or WSC bus No. 1 FMC bus No. Level 1 Code 53 54 55 56 57 59 5A 5B 5C 5F 62 64 65 66 71 73 74 Failure Message (ACARS MU/CMU)1/SDU CTU/SDU SCDU1/SDU or WSC1/SDU SCDU2/SDU or WSC2/SDU (ACARS MU/CMU)2/SDU (CFDIU/CMC)/SDU IRS--PRI/SDU IRS--SEC/SDU HPA--HI GAIN/SDU HPA--LO GAIN/SDU BSU--(TOP/L)/SDU BSU--R/SDU (not applicable SCDU3/SDU or WSC3/SDU OTHER SDU/THIS SDU FMC1/SDU FMC2/SDU Description No. 1 AFIS/ACARS unit bus CEPT--E1 bus from the CCS No. 2 AFIS/ACARS unit bus CFDS bus Primary IRS bus Secondary IRS bus High Gain Antenna HPA bus Low Gain Antenna HPA bus Top/port BSU bus Starboard BSU bus Radio Management Panel bus No.Level 1 Failure Messages (cont) -5. 3 SCDU or WSC bus Bus from other SDU in a dual system No. 2 SCDU or WSC bus No.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--15 12 Oct 2010 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6. 2 FMC bus Inactive Bus Inputs to other LRU: 90 96 98 9A 9C 9D 9E A1 A2 A3 SDU M--CTRL/HPA--HI SDU M--CTRL/HPA--LO SDU M--CTRL/BSU--(T/L) BSU--R XTALK/BSU--L SDU M--CTRL/BSU--R BSU--L XTALK/BSU--R SDU/HSU SDU/WSC1 SDU/WSC2 SDU/WSC3 Miscellaneous Failures: Multicontrol bus to HGA HPA from SDU Multicontrol bus to LGA HPA from SDU Multicontrol bus to top/port BSU from SDU Crosstalk bus to port BSU from starboard BSU Multicontrol bus to starboard BSU from SDU Crosstalk bus to starboard BSU from port BSU Control bus to HSU from SDU Bus to WSC1 from SDU Bus to WSC2 from SDU Bus to WSC3 from SDU UP7527 23.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--16 12 Oct 2010 .Level 1 Failure Messages (cont) -5. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6. INSTALLATION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Level 1 Code A6 A7 C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 CA CB CC CD CF D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D8 Failure Message HSU ETHERNET PORT 1 HSU ETHERNET PORT 2 WRG:STRAPS/SDU WOW1/WOW2/SDU SDU DUAL SEL/DISABLE WRG:ICAO ADDR/SDU TX PATH VSWR--HI GAIN WRG:STRAPS/SDU ORT TX PATH VSWR--LO GAIN HPA--HI GAIN OVERTEMP BAD GROUND STATION HPA--LO GAIN OVERTEMP SDU/DLNA--LO GAIN WRG:SDI/HPA--HI GAIN (see NOTE) WRG:SDI/HPA--LO GAIN (see NOTE SDU (POC/TOTC) HPA--HI (POC/TOTC) HPA--LO (POC/TOTC WRG:SDI/HPA--HI GAIN (see NOTE) WRG:SDI/HPA--LO GAIN (see NOTE WRG:SDI/BSU--(T/L) WRG:SDI/BSU--R HPA--HI GAIN COAX HPA--LO GAIN COAX DLNA/(SDU)--(T/L) Description No activity on HSU Ethernet port 1 No activity on HSU Ethernet port 2 System configuration pins error Weight on wheels discrete inputs disagree Dual system discrete inputs disagree ICAO address straps error Excessive VSWR load at HGA HPA output Configuration pins and ORT settings disagree Excessive VSWR load at LGA HPA output Over temperature in HGA HPA Invalid GES frequency command Over temperature in LGA HPA LGA LNA control driver SDU HGA HPA identification strapped incorrectly LGA HPA identification strapped incorrectly SDU power--on counter or total--on--time counter has been reset HGA HPA power--on counter or total--on--time counter has been reset LGA HPA power--on counter or total--on--time counter has been reset HGA HPA identification strapped incorrectly LGA HPA identification strapped incorrectly Top/Port BSU identification strapped incorrectly Starboard BSU identification strapped incorrectly HGA HPA input coax cable LGA HPA input coax cable Top/Port HGA LNA coax cable output to HSU or SDU UP7527 23.

but none have declared themselves active Error in the secured ORT partition Error in the user ORT partition Slave HGA log--on functional test failure or could not initiate test HSU disable discrete from SDU not functioning Incompatible interface between HSU and SDU HSU to HPA coax cable DLNA to HSU coax cable HSU configuration pins error HSU configuration pins and SDU ORT settings disagree HSU forward ID straps error SBB PIM Test failure HPA RF output power for HSU is >= 4 dB more than expected SDU RF output power for HSU is >= 4 dB more than expected ARINC 781 antenna performed a reset CAIMS--specific.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6. Page 6--17 12 Oct 2010 .Level 1 Failure Messages (cont) -5. pilot pressed the PEM switch to take a system snapshot External power supply interrupt to SDU UP7527 23. Level 1 Code D9 DA DB DC DD DE DF E1 E4 E6 E8 EC ED EE F0 FA FB FC FD FE Failure Message DLNA/(SDU)--R DLNA/(SDU)--LO GN LO GAIN SUBSYSTEM NO ACTIVE MU/CMU SDU OWNER REQS--SECD SDU OWNER REQS--USER HI GAIN SUBSYSTEM BAD HSU DISABLE DISC BAD HSU/SDU I/F VER HSU/HPA TX RF PATH DLNA/HSU RX RF PATH WRG:STRAPS/HSU WRG:STRAPS/HSU ORT WRG:FWD ID/HSU LEVEL 1 FAULT F0 HSU RF OVER POWER SDU RF OVER POWER ANTENNA AUTO RESET PILOT EVENT MARKER LEVEL 1 FAULT FE Description Starboard HGA LNA coax cable output to HSU or SDU LGA LNA coax cable output to HSU or SDU LGA log--on functional test failure or could not initiate test At least one (C)MU is communicating.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. it is possible (in this specific case) for an operator to receive two consecutive front panel display messages that are the same. respectively. INSTALLATION. Because of this approach. respectively) are identical to the messages raised for failure codes D1x and D2x.1 12 Oct 2010 . Page 6--17. Level 1 Code Failure Message Undefined: Others LEVEL 1 FAULT XX XX is the Level 1 failure code (undefined) NOTES: The front panel display messages associated with failure codes CBx and CCx (WRG:SDI/HPA HI--GAIN and WRG:SDI/HPA LO--GAIN. Description UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.Level 1 Failure Messages (cont) -5. and results from alignment of the front panel display messages with their CFDS/CMC counterparts. This use of a single front panel display message for multiple failure codes (where the CB/CCx codes reflect detection by the HGA/LGA HPA of an invalid HPA SDI strap condition. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. while the D1/D2x codes are generated by the SDU in response to a report from the HGA/LGA HPA of having detected an unexpected SDI code) is deliberate. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6.

2 12 Oct 2010 . INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--17.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

UP7527 23. the octal and hexadecimal values are replaced with dashes. All numbers are communicated to the SDU by Honeywell/Thales HSU and HPA(s) through the part number block transfer. All other numbers reside within the LRU software. a list of the available LRU end-item part numbers is displayed. 3. HPL _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _). 2. therefore. dashes are displayed for the HPA end-item part number. 4. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. no such data is available to the SDU. as determined by the state of configuration pin TP10A. dash characters. and a valid ICAO has not been received. hh represents the two-digit LRU end-item hardware configuration number. INSTALLATION. For an installed LRU whose end-item part number is not available. SDU bbbbbbb--hhsss--nn HPH bbbbbbb--hhsss--nn HPL bbbbbbb--hhsss--nn HSU bbbbbbb--hhsss--nn LRU SDU HGA HPA LGA HPA HSU NOTES: 1. This list only includes part numbers for those LRUs present in the given installation as defined by the system configuration pins (see MECHANICAL INSTALLATION). 5 ICAO Aircraft Address a Following the display of the LRU End Item part numbers. The list of part numbers are displayed in the order given in Table 6-6. b For the SDU. the two-digit LRU hardware configuration number must be entered manually through the CMT interface for valid data to be available for display. the ICAO aircraft address is displayed in octal and hexadecimal formats as shown below: ICAO--XXXXXXXX YYYYYY Where “XXXXXXXX” represents the octal format and “YYYYYY” represents the hexadecimal format. For non-Honeywell/Thales interfacing HPAs.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. dashes are displayed in place of the part number (e. This data is stored during LRU end-item testing. and alpha characters). Table 6-6. nn represents the two-character LRU end-item software modification level (possibly including space.. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 4 LRU Identification (Part Numbers) Electronically a Following the display of all Level I failure messages. List of Part Numbers Part No. bbbbbbb represents the seven-digit LRU end-item base part number. Page 6--18 15 Jul 2006 .g.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. If the ICAO is provided from an ARINC 429 source. sss represents the three-digit LRU end-item software configuration number.

777 ASIAN ROUTE). the MODIFIED flag is not displayed. If the state of the user ORT modified flag is unmodified. The MODIFIED flag is only displayed if the state of the user ORT modified flag indicates any item in the user ORT has been modified since the user ORT was created. if one or more HSD channels are installed. When any user ORT item is modified by the SDU software. INSTALLATION. SOUTH ATLANTIC ROUTE... the user ORT identification is displayed as specified: • ORT ID--XXXXXXXXXXXXX (first line) • XXXXXXXXXXX--MODIFIED (second line. Page 6--19 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. if no HSD channels are installed. the user ORT modified flag is set to MODIFIED. The next two pushes of the MANUAL SCROLL button present the same information for the Secured ORT partition. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 6 HSD Channel ISN a Following the display of the ICAO aircraft address. b Where XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX represents the 24-character description contained in the user ORT description field. NORTH PACIFIC ROUTE. dashes are displayed in place of the Type Approval ID and the Forward ID. The user ORT description field is used to annotate a particular set of ORT items to identify one from another (e.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The ISNs for each installed HSD channel are displayed on a separate line. 747--400 ASIAN ROUTE. the Inmarsat Serial Number (ISN) for each installed HSD channel is displayed as shown below: ISNX: YYYYYY ZZZZZZ Where “X” is a decimal number from 1 to 4 used to distinguish multiple ISNs. Alternatively. this item could contain a software identification (e. after another activation of the MANUAL SCROLL button). or after the ICAO. 7 ORT Identification a Following the display of the ISNs. If the ISN for an installed HSD channel is not available. The state of the user ORT modified flag is never set to unmodified by the SDU software. the SDU temperature is displayed as shown below: SDU TEMP (--)XXXC UP7527 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. either directly or indirectly. a software part number for the user ORT as a released entity). c d 8 SDU Temperature a Following the display of the ORT Identification. and where “YYYYYY” represents the Type Approval ID and “ZZZZZZ” the Forward ID.g.g.

and is capable of accumulating and recording a count of at least 200. Any manual TOTC reset. or any automatic TOTC reset (e. 9 End Of List Message a The END OF LIST message is displayed at the end of the display list after the ORT identification. The TOTC hours are capable of being automatically entered into the LRUs maintenance activity log. H. 0--9 yy 00--99 mm 01--12 dd 01--31 16 ASCII Characters 6 ASCII Numerics Location Phone Number Total On-Time Clock (Hours) UP7527 32 ASCII Characters 18 ASCII Numerics 6 ASCII Numerics a--z. The maintenance activity log is made up of the six most recent maintenance activity records (MAR). Information is stored in the MAR as shown in Table 6-7 and in the order listed.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. If batteries are used to supply backup power for the BITE memory. The worst case lifetime is at least two years at 50 °C. The “XXX” field will have leading zeros replaced by spaces. Miscellaneous BITE Requirements (1) The typical retention period for the BITE memory is at least five years at 25 °C.000 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Where “XXX” represents the numeric display of the actual SDU temperature in degrees Celsius.000 hours. the typical battery lifetime should be at least 10 years at 25 °C. (2) Each system LRU has a total on-time clock (TOTC) to accumulate and record the amount of time the LRU has been powered up. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. A--Z. Table 6-7. The worst case retention period is at least one year at 50 °C. The TOTC has a 10 minute resolution. results in an automatic entry of the event into the LRU failure memory log and the SDU system failure memory log.g. upon detection of corruption of its value).. A--Z. 0--9 0--9 0--200. Page 6--20 15 Jul 2006 . and of being reset to 0:00 through the CMT. INSTALLATION. Maintenance Activity Log (1) A maintenance activity log is stored in each system LRU. with a (--) sign or space as appropriate for negative and positive values.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. I. Field Document Number Date (yymmdd) MAR Information Size Range a--z. Each MAR can be entered through the CMT. (3) The TOTC value is capable of being examined.

The TOTC field is made up of six numeric characters representing hours. The top line (line 1) is referred to as the title line and the bottom line (line 14) is referred to as the scratchpad. Lines 2 thru 13 are arranged into six pairs having a label line and data line. This field is entered automatically by the LRU as determined by the internal TOTC. The intent of this field is to indicate the place where the LRU maintenance service was performed. mm represents the month.The date field is made up of six numeric characters in the format of yymmdd. The intent of this field is to record the date the maintenance activity was performed. UP7527 23. it is entered manually for the HPA.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. where yy represents the year. and update rates. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) The fields are defined as follows: • Document number -. and local phone number. • Phone number field -. General (1) The SATCOM Control and Display Unit (SCDU) menu formats obey the accepted industry standards for multifunction (multipurpose) control and display units (MCDU). The color displayed on the MCDU depends on how the MCDU responds to this communication. SCDU Display Terminology and Basic Operation (1) General (a) The SCDU display is made up of 14 lines of 24 characters. scratchpad usage. • Location field -. The LS key/line pair relations are given in Table 6-8. keyboard usage. This phone number should include the combination of country code. The intent of this field is to supply maintenance activity traceability. Page 6--21 15 Jul 2006 . format. The intent of this field is to supply a phone number of who performed the LRU maintenance.The document number has up to 16 alphanumeric characters. SATCOM Control and Display Unit A. The LS keys are associated with a pair of display lines where the upper line of a pair is the label line and the lower line is the data line. • Total on-time clock field -. The SDU communicates to the SCDU for all data to be displayed in green. 2. • Date field -. The following paragraphs describe the SCDU display layout and terminology used to describe the display. font size conventions. (b) There are six line select (LS) keys on each side of the SCDU display designated left (L) and right (R) and numbered 1 to 6 from top to bottom.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.The phone number field is made up of 18 numeric characters.The location field has up to 32 alphanumeric characters. B. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. This field is entered automatically by the SDU as determined by its internal real-time clock (RTC). and dd represents the day. area code. INSTALLATION. display symbols.

+/-. The use of large font is indicated by the presence of uppercase letters in the SCDU page figures. Data entered into the scratchpad is displayed in large font. (2) Scratchpad (a) General 1 The scratchpad is used for data entry and displaying SDU generated messages. LS Keys 1L -.6R 2 and 3 4 and 5 6 and 7 8 and 9 10 and 11 12 and 13 LS Key/Line Pair Relations Display Lines (d) Labels on the left side of the SCDU display are displayed beginning in column 2 of the label line.4R 5L -. The mechanism used for data entry is described below. Data in the label lines is displayed in small font. Data on the left side is left-justified in the data line. UP7527 23. page names displayed in the title line are in large font. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (c) The SCDU can display a large and small font size. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.[plus or minus]. Table 6-8. while data in the data lines is displayed in large font. / [slash. INSTALLATION. A through Z.1R 2L -.2R 3L -. Labels and data on the right side of the SCDU display is right-justified. For pages where p/t is specified to be displayed in the title line. Pushing an alphanumeric key on the keypad (0 through 9. space]) enters that character into the scratchpad.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. the p/t is in small font. while the use of small fonts are demonstrated by lowercase letters. In general. Page 6--22 15 Jul 2006 . Numerical character font sizes cannot be shown in the figures.3R 4L -. This is the case unless specified otherwise. The scratchpad is not used for fixed format display purposes. Different character fonts are not shown in the example SCDU page figures given in this section. but their font sizes follow the same conventions.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.5R 6L -.

e..g. the entry is accepted if the correct LS key is subsequently pushed..-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. For MCDUs that have both CLR and DEL keys (e. the SDU clears the entire scratchpad when the CLR command is received with the repeat bit set. For compatibility with the Boeing 777 AIMS/CDU. (c) Scratchpad Message 1 If the SDU determines a data entry does not conform to format or acceptability requirements after an entry is attempted. the field is cleared or reverts back to its default value. for MCDUs that have only a CLR key (e. When the scratchpad contains user-entered characters. The SDU then checks the data for format and acceptability (out-of-range. When the scratchpad is empty. Generally. If the entry was rejected because an incorrect LS key was pushed.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.g.. After data entry. If an LS key is pushed and the field adjacent to the LS key is specified to be either erasable (e. as applicable. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) Data Entry 1 When the user types the appropriate characters using the SCDU keypad. or by entering data into the scratchpad over the message.. an unprotected number) or a default maintained value (e. the scratchpad is cleared using the CLR key. momentary actuation of the CLR key clears the last entered character. 2 CLR Key a Pushing the CLR key clears the scratchpad message. b c UP7527 23. (d) CLR and DEL Keys 1 General a The CLR and delete (DEL) keys are used to clear the scratchpad and alter the data fields. Boeing). If any LS key is pushed adjacent to a blank or nonselectable field. entry not permitted into the field. Airbus and Douglas) the scratchpad is cleared and the data fields are altered by using this key. the SDU leaves the previous data in the field and displays the appropriate error message in the scratchpad. The user can clear a scratchpad message by using the clear (CLR) key. the scratchpad message 1 (i. protected number priorities). the user must push the appropriate LS key adjacent to the data field where the data is to be displayed.g. pushing the CLR key causes CLR to be displayed in the scratchpad indented five spaces. the SDU issues a scratchpad message prompting the user for the correct data.. NOT ALLOWED) is issued. while continual actuation of the CLR key clears the entire contents of the scratchpad.g. while the data fields are altered using the DEL key. If the data is incorrect. INSTALLATION. etc). Page 6--23 15 Jul 2006 . the characters are echoed on the scratchpad.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.. an unprotected number) or a default maintained value (e. the last page is displayed. Instead.g. c If an LS key is pushed and the field adjacent to the LS key is specified to be either erasable (e.. or if a p/t display is the value 1/1. the first page is displayed. Page 6--24 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.g. or previous page of the display sequence where appropriate (i. special symbols are defined as given in Table 6-9. The SDU ignores this key if the key is pushed when p/t is not displayed. If the last page in a multiple page sequence is displayed and the NEXT PAGE key is pushed.e. (f) Special Symbols 1 When displayed. as applicable. pushing the CLR key when DELETE is displayed in the scratchpad clears DELETE. UP7527 23. The SDU ignores this key if the key is pushed when p/t is not displayed. 3 PREV PAGE Key a Pushing this key causes the previous page in the sequence to be displayed. pushing the DEL key causes DELETE to be displayed in the scratchpad. protected number priorities). the field is cleared or reverts back to its default value. When the scratchpad contains CLR indented five spaces as the result of the CLR key being pushed with an empty scratchpad and the DEL key is subsequently pushed. when p/t is displayed in the title line). the SDU replaces CLR with DELETE in the scratchpad. or if a p/t display is the value 1/1. When the scratchpad is empty. INSTALLATION. except for either an SDU issued error message or pilot-entered characters. NOTE: Pushing the DEL key again does not clear DELETE from the scratchpad. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 3 DEL Key a The DEL key (if available) can be used to clear or revert the data fields.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. b d (e) NEXT PAGE and PREV PAGE Keys 1 General a Pushing the NEXT PAGE and PREV PAGE (if available) function keys on the SCDU keypad causes the SDU to display the next page.. 2 NEXT PAGE Key a Pushing this key causes the next page in the sequence to be displayed. If the first page in a multiple page sequence is displayed and the PREV PAGE key is pushed. Pushing the DEL key causes no response when the scratchpad is not empty.

(g) Updates 1 Dynamically generated display fields. the selected GES or antenna). allowing each user to perform independent actions. data entry is not mandatory. The new page is either the one indicated next to the caret or. protected phone numbers do not have brackets. See Figure 6-3 for example pages. The SDU responds to LS key actuations from all SCDUs in a serial fashion and updates the display page(s). the SDU only maintains one version of each page for display.. Highlighted blocks in Figure 6-2 represent maintenance pages that are discussed in detail in paragraph D. Empty brackets prompt the user for data entry into the field. or initiating log-off). [ ] (Brackets) < . When brackets are used to enclose existing data. in case of RETURN>. INSTALLATION.. SCDU Page Hierarchy (1) The SCDU page hierarchy is shown in Figure 6-2. SCDU Pages (1) SATCOM MAIN MENU Page (a) Access to this page is from the MCDU MAIN MENU page. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-9. answer. sorting a phone list. and terminate calls. and upon completion of an LS key action that could have caused the display or the display field to change. Brackets surrounding data indicate the data is unprotected and can be modified or deleted.g. the higher level page. With multiple SCDU configurations. UP7527 23. as opposed to prompting entry of data into an empty field. D. and to supply access to lower level pages. Conversely..g. whose contents have changed. The SATCOM MAIN MENU page is accessed by pushing the LS key adjacent to <SAT for single SDU installations. an unprotected phone number). Refer to the appropriate MCS SATCOM System Guide for additional non highlighted SATCOM displays. making a phone call. Not all fields modifiable are surrounded by brackets. they are intended as an indication the data is unprotected (i. A caret adjacent to an LS key indicates if the key is pushed the display changes to a new page.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. to optionally make. > (Carets) <SEL> C.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.e. indicating the phone number cannot be modified or deleted. However. Each SCDU scratchpad and the channel selection fields are independent from all others. The purpose of this page is to display call status information. Symbol * (Asterisk) Special Symbols Description Pushing the LS key adjacent to this symbol (when it appears) causes an action of some kind to occur (e. are updated by the SDU both periodically (at a rate of at least 1 Hz). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Indicates the data in the field is currently selected (e. Page 6--25 15 Jul 2006 .

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23. Page 6--26 15 Jul 2006 .

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. UP7527 23.(Sheet 1). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--27/6--28 12 Oct 2010 . SATCOM SCDU Page Hierarchy -2. INSTALLATION.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-3 (Sheet 1.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Boeing/Corporate). Page 6--29 15 Jul 2006 . UP7527 SATCOM SCDU Main Menu Page 23.

Airbus). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. UP7527 SATCOM SCDU Main Menu Page 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. Page 6--30 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-3 (Sheet 2.

See Figure 6--4 for example pages. LAST LEG CLASS 3 FAULTS. and to supply access to the SATCOM LOG--ON. The purpose of this page is to display the current log--on state. Page 6--31 12 Oct 2010 . In Airbus and Douglas configurations. TROUBLESHOOT DATA. maintenance information access is exclusively via the CAIMS system itself. INSTALLATION.. GROUND REPORT. these pages are accessed through the CFDS. if applicable. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) SUBMENU or SATCOM STATUS Page (a) Access to this page is from the SATCOM MAIN MENU page. is accessible from the SATCOM SUBMENU page only on non--Airbus/Douglas CFDS equipped aircraft. access to the DUAL SYSTEM STATUS menu page is supplied. When in a dual system. and SATCOM MAINTENANCE (or.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. TEST. PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT. SATCOM CHANNEL STATUS.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. to supply a way of entering and displaying flight identifier. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The display format and functionality for the SATCOM maintenance pages [i. the maintenance data pertains to the system from which the display pages are being supplied (SAT 1 or SAT 2).e. In CAIMS configurations. The purpose of these pages are to display SATCOM maintenance data. and CONFIGURATION DATA pages] is the same as defined for the CFDS interactive mode maintenance pages with the exception of the following: 3 4 UP7527 23. subject to ORT item iv (refer to SYSTEM OPERATION). GROUND TROUBLESHOOT DATA. LRU IDENTIFICATION. DATA LOADER MENU) pages. The SATCOM MAINTENANCE pages menu selection.0 and subsequent only). SBB PIM TEST (package 8. for the SAT----N. (3) SATCOM MAINTENANCE Pages (a) General 1 2 An example SATCOM MAINTENANCE page for non--Airbus/Douglas CFDS equipped aircraft is shown Figure 6--5. In a dual system. LAST LEG REPORT.

and since the PRINT* prompt display is dependent on the CFDIU setting a bit to the SDU. • Multi--color display fields are supported. as specified for LS key 6L for the McDonnell--Douglas CFDS maintenance pages. as opposed to the left. • Since there is no Airbus/Douglas CFDIU interface with the SDU when the SATCOM maintenance pages are accessed through the SCDU. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. NOT ALLOWED) if any LS key is pushed adjacent to a blank or display--only field. • The PRINT* prompt will never be displayed. Pressing LS key 6R will cause the page to revert to the next higher level page.. adjacent to LS key 6R. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System • The RETURN> prompt displays on the right. The SDU will communicate via the SCDU interface for all fields to be displayed in the color specified. Page 6--31. • The actual color displayed on the SCDU will be dependent on how the SCDU responds to this communication. except for the SAT--N page (see exception below).e. this prompt will never be displayed on any SCDU accessed maintenance page • The SDU issues scratchpad message 1 (i. UP7527 23.1 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION.

2 12 Oct 2010 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Page 6--31. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.

SATCOM SUBMENU Page UP7527 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-4 (Sheet 1. Boeing/Corporate). INSTALLATION. Page 6--32 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-4 (Sheet 2. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Airbus).-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. SATCOM STATUS Page UP7527 23. Page 6--33 15 Jul 2006 .

INSTALLATION.(Sheet 2). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. SATCOM MAINTENANCE Page (with MP11F=1) -5 Figure 6.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6.(Sheet 3). Page 6--34 12 Oct 2010 . SATCOM MAINTENANCE Page (with MP11F=0) -5 UP7527 23.

as shown in Figure 6--5 sheets 2 and 3.5. If the SATCOM subsystem is not accessed within 5 minutes of completion of an SCDU initiated PAST. INSTALLATION. the first access of the SATCOM subsystem from an SCDU MAIN MENU page after the ”POST/PAST Results Delay” period (specified in Section 4. or to show the PRIMUS/EPIC TEST page (see Figure 6--42. as shown in Figure 6--5.1). When (MP11F=1)..4). then the page hierachy will be reset to its original structure as shown in Figure 6--2.7.2. as LS key--4R is used for PRIMUS/EPIC TEST.0 and subsequent.e..RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. a Lines 8 and 9 (1) (LS key--4L) -. push LS ley 4R (or 4L) to show the SBB PIM Test page (see Figure 6--42. PAST) is initiated from the SCDU interface (i.4. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.For packages 8. UP7527 23. (d) TEST page 1 If a system wide functional test (i.e.5.When (MP11F=0). the TEST page will be displayed with the ”TEST IN PROGRESS 60S” message as specified in Section 4. Page 6--34. b Line 9 (1) (LS key 4R) -. depending on the strapping state of system configuration pin MP11F. with the status of the current failures being displayed. this line will be blank. the SBB PIM TEST selection is moved to LS--key 4L instead of 4R. and LS keys 4L and 4R. when MP11F = 0. SAT--N] page).3. this line displays ”PRIMUS/EPIC TEST >” right justified in the color WHITE. this first access is during the POST/PAST Results Delay period. If.8) will result in the TEST page.e.1 12 Oct 2010 .3. however. (c) Access to SATCOM maintenance displays are as follows: • Push LS key 1L to show the Last Leg Report page (see Figure 6--10) • Push LS key 2L to show the Previous Leg Report page (see Figure 6--11) • Push LS key 3Lto show the LRU Identification page (see Figure 6--12) • Push LS key 5L to show the Trouble Shooting Data page (see Figure 6--13) • Push LS key 6L to show the Configuration Data page (see Figure 6--8) • Push LS key1R to show the Last Leg Class 3 Faults page (see Figure 6--14) • Push LS key 2R to show the Test page (see Figure 6--6) • Push LS key 3R to show the Data Loader Menu page (see Figure 6--9) • Push LS key 5R to show the Ground Report page (see Figure 6--15) • Depending on the state of MP11F.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. is variable..7. by pressing LS key 2R on the SATCOM MAINTENANCE [i. Pressing LS key 4R will cause the display to go to the PRIMUS/EPIC TEST page. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) SATCOM MAINTENANCE page 1 The appearance and functionality of lines 8 and 9. subparagraph 3d. as described below.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Blank Page

UP7527

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 6--34.2 12 Oct 2010

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

2

When the 2R key is pushed on the SATCOM MAINTENANCE (i.e., SAT--N) page, the SDU initiates a PAST and the page display temporarily goes to the TEST page where TEST IN PROGRESS 60S is displayed. However, the SCDU eventually times out the SATCOM subsystem and takes back control of the display. This is due to the fact that for SCDU-accessed maintenance pages, the SDU interfaces directly with the SCDU (as opposed to going through the CFDIU) and is unable to maintain proper bus activity (which the CFDIU normally does) during initial execution of the PAST. To display the test results, the user must reselect the SATCOM system by pushing the LS key adjacent to the <SAT prompt on the SCDU MAIN MENU page, where the initial page shown is the TEST page. If the user does not reselect the SATCOM system on the SCDU MAIN MENU page after 5 minutes of completion of PAST, the page hierarchy resets to its original structure as shown in Figure 6-2. The TEST IN PROGRESS 60S message during the POST/PAST Results Delay period is required to prevent the display of premature test results, i.e., to permit continuous monitoring sufficient time to add its contribution to the POST/PAST results.

3

4

(4) TEST Menu Page (a) General 1 Access to this page is from the SAT--N (i.e., SATCOM MAINTENANCE) page by pushing LS key 2R. The purpose of this page is to initiate a PAST, to enable/disable a voice loopback on a selected (physical) channel, to enable/disable a test of the cockpit voice call light for a selected (logical) channel, and activation of the cockpit voice go-ahead chime test. See Figure 6-6 for example pages.

(b) Data Fields 1 Line 3 a This line displays SELF-TEST beginning in column 1. The asterisk prompt is not displayed if the aircraft is airborne. If the LS key 1L is pushed when the SELF-TEST asterisk prompt is shown, the system activates a PAST.

b

2

Line 4 a This line displays MP2ABCD VOICE LOOPBACK beginning in column 2. Pushing LS key 2l configures the SATCOM system to perform an audio loopback test of flight deck channel 1.

UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 6--35 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Figure 6-6 (Sheet 1).

TEST Page

UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 6--36 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Figure 6-6 (Sheet 2).
UP7527

TEST Page

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 6--37 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

3

Line 5 a This line displays the message ENABLE beginning in column 1 when the test is not active. The asterisk prompt is displayed and the test allowed only if the log--on state is Standby. This line displays *DISABLE <ACTIVE> beginning in column 1 when the test is active. If the log--on state changes from Standby to any other state while the test is active, the test is terminated. The commands on lines 4 and 5 are shown only if the configuration straps indicate this channel is wired for headset use. Pushing LS key 2L when the ENABLE asterisk prompt is shown causes the voice channel selected to be activated into an analog loopback test state. Pushing LS key 2L when the DISABLE prompt is shown causes the voice loopback test state to be terminated.

b

4

Line 6 a This line displays MP8E CALL LIGHT TEST beginning in column 2. Pushing LS key 3L initiates a lamp test of the flight deck channel 1 call lamp.

5

Line 7 a This line displays *ENABLE beginning in column 1 when the test is not active. The asterisk prompt is shown and the test allowed only if the log----on state is Standby. This line displays *DISABLE <ACTIVE> beginning in column 1 when the test is active. If the log----on state changes from Standby to any other state while the test is active, the test is terminated. The commands on lines 6 and 7 are shown only if the configuration straps indicate this channel is wired for headset use. Pushing LS key 3L when the ENABLE asterisk prompt is shown causes the cockpit voice call light to be activated for a steady indication (regardless of the state of configuration pin TP13C). Pushing LS key 3L when the DISABLE prompt is displayed causes the cockpit voice call light test to be terminated.

b

6

Line 8 a This line displays MP2EFGH VOICE LOOPBACK beginning in column 2. Pushing LS key 4L configures the SATCOM system to perform an audio loopback test of flight deck channel 2.

7

Line 9 a This line displays ENABLE beginning in column 1 when the test is not active. The asterisk prompt is shown and the test allowed only if the log----on state is Standby. This line displays *DISABLE <ACTIVE> beginning in column 1 when the test is active. If the log--on state changes from Standby to any other state while the test is active, the test is terminated. The commands on lines 8 and 9 are displayed only if the configuration straps indicate this channel is wired for headset use.

UP7527

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 6--38 30 Sep 2010

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

b

Pushing LS key 4L when the ENABLE asterisk prompt is displayed causes the voice channel selected to be activated into an analog loopback test state. Pushing LS key 4L when the DISABLE prompt is displayed causes the voice loopback test state to be terminated.

8

Line 10 a This line displays MP8G CALL LIGHT TEST beginning in column 2. Pushing LS key 5L initiates a lamp test of the flight deck channel 2 call lamp.

9

Line 11 a This line displays *ENABLE beginning in column 1 when the test is not active. The asterisk prompt is displayed and the test allowed only if the log--on state is Standby. This line displays *DISABLE <ACTIVE> beginning in column 1 when the test is active. If the log--on state changes from Standby to any other state while the test is active, the test is terminated. The commands on lines 10 and 11 are displayed only if the configuration straps indicate this channel is wired for headset use. Pushing LS key 5L when the ENABLE asterisk prompt is displayed causes the cockpit voice call light to be activated for a steady indication (regardless of the state of configuration pin TP13C). Pushing LS key 5L when the DISABLE prompt is displayed causes the cockpit voice call light test to be terminated.

b

10 Line 12 a This line displays MP14BC CHIME beginning in column 2. Pushing LS key 6L initiates the channel test.

11 Line 13 a b This line displays TEST beginning in column 1. The asterisk prompt is displayed and the test allowed only if the log--on state is Standby. Pushing LS key 6L when the asterisk prompt is displayed causes the cockpit voice go-ahead chime to be activated for a single stroke.

UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 6--39 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

(5) SATCOM SELF--TEST (PAST) Page (a) General 1 The purpose of this page is to initiate a PAST, to enable/disable a voice loopback on a selected (physical) channel, to enable/disable a test of the cockpit voice call light for a selected (logical) channel, and activation of the cockpit voice go-ahead chime test. See Figure 6-7 for example pages.

(b) Data Fields 1 Line 1 a This line displays the title of the page, SAT--N, beginning in column 10, where N represents 1 or 2 to indicate a single SDU (N = 1), SDU No. 1 (N = 1), or SDU No. 2 (N = 2) as determined by the settings of configuration pins TP12E and TP12F. If there are current failures to report after the execution of a PAST, columns 20 thru 24 display p/t in small font, where p represents the current displayed page, and t represents the total number of pages needed to show the current failures. The display of the slash is always in column 22, with p right-justified to the slash and t left-justified to the slash.

b

2

Line 3 a This line displays headers ATA beginning in column 1 and CLASS beginning in column 20 if there are current failures to report after execution of a PAST. This line is blank if there are no failures to report. In addition to the above, for CFDS type none, the header ATA is not displayed (CLASS is still displayed as specified).

b 3

Line 5 a This line displays the message TEST IN PROGRESS 60S beginning in column 3 within one second of a PAST being initiated on the SAT--N (i.e., SATCOM MAINTENANCE) page, and then throughout the duration of PAST. If there are no current failures to report at the conclusion of the PAST (including the POST/PAST results delay period), the message TEST OK is displayed. If there are current failures to report at the conclusion of the PAST (including the POST/PAST results delay period), refer to paragraph 4 for line requirements.

UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 6--40 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Figure 6-7 (Sheet 1).
UP7527

SATCOM SELF-TEST Page

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 6--41 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Figure 6-7 (Sheet 2).
UP7527

SATCOM SELF-TEST Page

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 6--42 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

Figure 6- (Sheet 3) SATCOM SELF-7. -TEST Page

UP7527

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page 6--42.1 12 Oct 2010

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6. INSTALLATION.(Sheet 4) SATCOM SELF-7. Page 6--42.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. -TEST Page UP7527 23.2 30 Sep 2010 .

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.(Sheet 6) SATCOM SELF-7.3 30 Sep 2010 . INSTALLATION.(Sheet 5) SATCOM SELF-7. Page 6--42.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. -TEST Page Figure 6. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. -TEST Page UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6.

4 30 Sep 2010 .(Sheet 7) SATCOM SELF-7. Page 6--42. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. -TEST Page UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION.

2. as specified in paragraph 3. line 9 display the ATA number beginning in column 1 and the class number beginning in column 23. (b) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 1 (Figure 6-8.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. When there is an odd number of current failures to report. and 7. 6. 10. as determined by discrete inputs from the ICAO address straps. and 11) display Level 1 diagnosed current failures. no ATA number is displayed. lines 5. and 11 are blank except as noted in paragraph 3. The ATA number is displayed as aaaaaa. if applicable. These two sets of lines (lines 5. 7.e. INSTALLATION. lines 10 and 11 display a text message. The number of TEST pages depends on the number of current failures to report (up to a maximum of 99 pages). If there are no failures to report. 10. the odd failure is displayed on a separate page in lines 5.E. Line 5 and. Failures are shown in chronological order (i. UP7527 23. 10.. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 4 Other Information a The SELF--TEST page lists two failures per page if failures are detected during the PAST(self--test). For CFDS type none. The class number is displayed as c. b Line 5 (1) This line displays CONFIG as determined by the setting of the system configuration pins. where c represents the class (1. digits 0 thru 9 correlate to hexadecimal digits 0 thru 9 in the table. and lines 9. followed by (HEX). if applicable. or 3) of the failure. In the figure. The configuration pin settings are mapped into hexadecimal digits as shown in Table 6-10. for the reported failure beginning in column 1. the most recent detected failure last) with no more than two failures displayed per page. b c d (6) CONFIGURATION DATA Pages (a) General 1 Access to these pages is from the SAT--N (i.e. SATCOM MAINTENANCE) page. The purpose of these pages is to display the status of SATCOM configuration input parameters. See Figure 6-8 for example pages. for each type of CFDS. 9. 6. for each CFDS type. 6. sheet 1): 1 Data Fields a Line 3 (1) This line displays the ICAO address of eight octal characters. This display is not derived from any ARINC 429 version of the ICAO address. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Lines 6 and 7 and.. and 11 are blank.E. Page 6--43 15 Jul 2006 . and 7 and lines 9. where aaaaaa represents the ATA reference number of the reported failure as specified in paragraph 3.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-8 (Sheet 1). e Line 10 (1) This line displays the MIC--1 status of the SDU cockpit voice microphone On discrete input No. 1 as ACTIVE or INACTIVE. Page 6--44 15 Jul 2006 . Configuration Data System Configuration Pin Mapping Configuration Pins TP10 ABCD EFGH JK TP11 AB CDEF GHJK ABCD TP12 EFGH JK TP13 AB CDEF GHJK Hex Digits 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 c Line 7 (1) This line displays the WOW--1 status of SDU weight-on-wheels discrete input No. d Line 8 (1) This line displays the WOW--2 status of the SDU weight-on-wheels discrete input No.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. 2 as IN-AIR/NOT WIRED or ON-GROUND. Table 6-10. 1 as IN-AIR/NOT WIRED or ON-GROUND.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION.

sheet 2): 1 Data Fields a Line 3 (1) This line displays the CHIME RESET status of the SDU cockpit voice go-ahead chime signal reset discrete input as ACTIVE or INACTIVE. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System f Line 11 (1) This line displays the MIC--2 status of the SDU cockpit voice microphone On discrete input No. c Line 6 (1) This line displays the DUAL SYS DISABLE status of the SDU dual system disable discrete input as ACTIVE or INACT.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. UP7527 23. A dash is displayed for the IRS source if a 429 source of IRS is not connected to the SDU. 2 as ACTIVE or INACTIVE. d Line 8 (1) This line displays IRS SOURCE as determined by which IRS input bus the SDU is using. (c) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 2 (Figure 6-8. Page 6--45 15 Jul 2006 . e Line 10 (1) This line displays the PLACE/END CALL 1 status of the SDU cockpit voice place/end call 1 discrete input as ACTIVE or INACT.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. b Line 5 (1) This line displays the DUAL SYS SELECT status of the SDU dual system select discrete input as ACTIVE or INACT. INSTALLATION. f Line 11 (1) This line displays the PLACE/END CALL 2 status of the SDU cockpit voice place/end call 2 discrete input as ACTIVE or INACT.

Page 6--46 15 Jul 2006 . and 0 = tied to common. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-8 (Sheet 2). c Line 8 (1) This line displays C(0) FMC2 CONNECTED or C(1) FMC2 NOT CONNECTED left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP10C. the strap setting value 0 or 1 in parentheses is as follows: 1= open circuit. sheet 3): 1 General a For CONFIGURATION DATA pages 3 thru 10. Configuration Data (d) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 3 (Figure 6-8.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. b Line 6 (1) This line displays B(0) FMC1 CONNECTED or B(1) FMC1 NOT CONNECTED left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP10B. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 2 Data Fields a Line 4 (1) This line displays A(0) ICAO ADRS AVAIL or A(1) ICAO ADRS NOT AVAIL left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP10A. UP7527 23.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 6--47 15 Jul 2006 . e Line 12 (1) This line displays E(0) CPDF CONNECTED or E(1) CPDF NOT CONNECTED left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP10E. UP7527 23. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System d Line 10 (1) This line displays D(0) HS 429 TO/FROM CMUS or D(1) LS 429 TO/FROM CMUS left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP10D. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Configuration Data (e) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 4 (Figure 6-8. Figure 6-8 (Sheet 3). sheet 4): 1 Data Fields a Line 4 (1) This line displays F(0) HS 429 ICAO ADRS or F(1) LS 429 ICAO ADRS left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP10F.

Figure 6-8 (Sheet 4). e Line 12 (1) This line displays K(0) LAMP ON CALL INIT or K(1) LAMP ON CALL CONNCT left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP10K. Page 6--48 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 Configuration Data 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. d Line 10 (1) This line displays J(0) SPARE or J(1) SPARE left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP10J. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System b Line 6 (1) This line displays G(0) HSU CONNECTED or G(1) HSU NOT CONNECTED left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP10G. c Line 8 (1) This line displays H(0) SDU CONTROLLER=WSC or H(1) SDU CONTROLLER=SCDU left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP10H.

or A(1) PARITY: BAD left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP11A and the result of the parity validation test. c Line 8 (1) This line displays C(0) PRI IRS INSTALLED or C(1) PRI IRS NOT INSTLLD left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP11C. A(0) PARITY: BAD. sheet 5): 1 Data Fields a Line 4 (1) This line displays A(0) PARITY: GOOD. d Line 10 (1) This line displays D(0) SEC IRS INSTALLED or D(1) SEC IRS NOT INSTLLD left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP11D.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--49 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. UP7527 23. b Line 6 (1) This line displays B(0) CCS INSTALLED or B(1) CCS NOT INSTALLED left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP11B. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (f) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 5 (Figure 6-8. A(1) PARITY: GOOD.

Configuration Data -8 (g) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 6 (Figure 6--8. TP11J. and TP11K. sheet 6): 1 Data Fields a Line 3 (1) This line displays ”TP11 PINS” left justified.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. F. G. TP11G. INSTALLATION. UP7527 23. TP11G. and TP11K. J. Page 6--50 30 Sep 2010 . TP11F. TP11F.(Sheet 5). X(0)* or X(1)* is determined by the states of system configuration pins TP11E. where X represents E.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Asterisks are displayed in column 5 to indicate these pins are a coded group. TP11H. H. b Lines 4 thru 9 (1) These lines display X(0)* or X(1)* left--justified as shown in the figure. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. textual messages are displayed (refer to Table 6--11) in lines 4 thru 9 (as needed). AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6. where an x indicates the message(s) to be displayed based on the state of system configuration pins TP11E. and K. respectively. (2) Beginning in column 6. TP11J. TP11H.

Page 6--51 12 Oct 2010 . For these seven cases that are now extended to 14. TEXTUAL MESSAGE DISPLAY (Page 6 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-11. For the first seven columns shown for the possible codes for pins TP11E. the table) or to 0 (not able to be shown in the table due to size constraints).-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.0 and subsequent. those with TP11J set to ”1” shall additionally include the textual message ”GNSS CHK REQ’D”.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.Lines 4 through 9). This distinction (for TP11J = 0) is used to indicate whether or not the GNSS interference prevention check algorithm is required to be executed for configurations other than those involving the CMC IGA (with or without pseudo-dual LGA) or a generic ARINC 761 IGA (with or without a pseudo-dual LGA). the following additional requirement shall also apply. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.pin TP11J can be set to 1 (as shown in -K. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION PIN TP11E TP11F TP11G TP11H TP11J TP11K 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION PIN SETTINGS (1=open circuit/0=tied to common) 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 all other pin combinations TEXTUAL MESSAGE TEXTUAL MESSAGE TO DISPLAY BASED ON SYSTEM CONFIGURATION PIN SETTINGS ”LO GAIN ANT+DLNA” ”HPA--LO GAIN” ”HI GAIN ANT+BSU--T/L” ”HI GAIN ANT+BSU--R” ”HPA--HI GAIN” ”HPA--IN GAIN” ”HI POWER RELAY” ”IN GAIN ANT+BSU--TOP” ”IN GAIN ANT--TOP” ”A781 HI GAIN ANT--T” 1 ”A781 HI GAIN ANT--T” 1 ”ERROR/ UNDEFINED” X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X NOTES: For packages 8. INSTALLATION. those with TP11J set to ”0” shall additionally include the textual message ”GNSS CHK NOT REQ’D”. UP7527 23.

respectively. (3) Beginning in column 6. B and C. where an x indicates the message to be displayed.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (2) CFDS/CMC TYPE = is displayed in line 4 beginning in column 6. TP12B. Page 6--52 12 Oct 2010 .(Sheet 6). c Line 12 (1) This line displays E(0) OTHER SDU INSTALLED or E(1) OTHER SDU NOT INSTD left--justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP12E. a textual message is displayed according to Table 6--12. UP7527 23. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Asterisks are displayed in column 5 to indicate these pins are a coded group. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6. sheet 7): 1 Data Fields a Lines 4 thru 6 (1) These lines display X(0)* or X(1)* left--justified as shown in the figure. b Line 10 (1) This line displays D(0) RESERVED or D(1) RESERVED left--justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP12D. Configuration Data -8 (h) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 7 (Figure 6--8. based on the state of system configuration pins TP12A. X(0)* or X(1)* are determined by the state of system configuration pins TP12A. TP12B and TP12C. where X represents A. and TP12C.

Page 6--53 15 Jul 2006 . and 6) System Configuration Pin Settings System Configuration Pin TP12A TP12B TP12C Textual Message MCDONNELL--DOUGLAS AIRBUS BOEING NOT INSTALLED ERROR/UNDEFINED CAIMS UP7527 (1 = open circuit / 0 = tied to common) 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 All Other Pin Combinations Textual Messages To Display Based On System Configuration Pin Settings X X X X X X 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Configuration Data Textual Message Display (Page 7 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.Lines 4. INSTALLATION. Table 6-12. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-8 (Sheet 7).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 5.

sheet 8): 1 Data Fields a Line 4 (1) This line displays F(0) THIS IS SDU2 or F(1) THIS IS SDU1 left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP12F.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (i) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 8 (Figure 6-8. d Line 10 (1) This line displays J(0) SCDU1 INSTALLED or J(1) SCDU1 NOT INSTALLED left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP12J. e Line 12 (1) This line displays K(0) SCDU2 INSTALLED or K(1) SCDU2 NOT INSTALLED left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP12K. c Line 8 (1) This line displays H(0) CMU2 INSTALLED or H(1) CMU2 NOT INSTALLED left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP12H. UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--54 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. b Line 6 -(1) This line displays G(0) CMU1 INSTALLED or G(1) CMU1 NOT INSTALLED left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP12G.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. UP7527 23. Page 6--55 15 Jul 2006 . sheet 9): 1 Data Fields a Line 4 (1) This line displays A(0) NO HSET PRI 4 CALLS or A(1) HSET PRI 4 CALLS OK left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP13A.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. b Line 6 (1) This line displays B(0) LS 429 TO SCDUS or B(1) HS 429 TO SCDUS left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP13B.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (j) Configuration Data CONFIGURATION DATA Page 9 (Figure 6-8. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-8 (Sheet 8).

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-8 (Sheet 9). Asterisks are displayed in column 5 to indicate these pins are a coded group. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. (2) Beginning in column 6. X(0)* or X(1)* are determined by the state of system configuration pins TP13C and TP13D. Page 6--56 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. based on the state of system configuration pins TP13C and TP13D. UP7527 23. c Lines 8 and 9 Configuration Data (1) These lines display X(0)* or X(1)* left-justified as shown in the figure. d Line 12 (1) This line displays E(0) SCDU3 INSTALLED or E(1) SCDU3 NOT INSTALLED left-justified as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP13E. a textual message is shown in line 8 and according to Table 6-13. where X represents C and D. respectively. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. where an x indicates the message to be displayed.

INSTALLATION. Textual Message Display (Page 9 . where X represents F and G. (2) Beginning in column 6. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Asterisks are displayed in column 5 to indicate these pins are a coded group. respectively. b Lines 8 and 9 (1) These lines display X(0)* or X(1)* left-justified. a textual message is displayed in lines 4 and 5 according to Table 6-14. respectively. where an x indicates the message to be displayed based on the state of system configuration pins TP13F and TP13G.Lines 8 and 9) System Configuration Pin Settings System Configuration Pin TP13C TP13D Textual Message LIGHTS AND CHIME UNDEFINED STEADY LIGHTS AND MULTISTROKE CHIME FLASHING LIGHTS AND SINGLE STROKE CHIME STEADY LIGHTS AND SINGLE STROKE CHIME (Line 8) (Line 9) (Line 8) (Line 9) (Line 8) (Line 9) (Line 8) (Line 9) 0 0 (1 = open circuit / 0 = tied to common) 0 1 1 0 1 1 Textual Messages to Display Based on System Configuration Pin Settings X X X X (k) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 10 (Figure 6-8. (2) Beginning in column 6. X(0)* or X(1)* are determined by the state of system configuration pins TP13F and TP13G. sheet 10): 1 Data Fields a Lines 4 and 5 (1) These lines display X(0)* or X(1)* left-justified as shown in the figure. X(0)* or X(1)* are determined by the state of system configuration pins TP13H and TP13J. a textual message is displayed in lines 8 and 9 according to Table 6-15. where X represents H and J. where an x indicates the message to be displayed based on the state of system configuration pins TP13H and TP13J. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-13.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 6--57 15 Jul 2006 .

INSTALLATION. UP7527 23. c Lines 11 and 12 Configuration Data (1) Line 11 displays K(0) HOOK SWITCH IS left-justified and line 12 displays LATCHED ACP MIC SW beginning in column 6. as determined by the state of system configuration pin TP13K. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-8 (Sheet 10). or line 11 displays K(1) HOOK SWITCH IS left-justified and line 12 displays SWITCHED PTT/SCDU beginning in column 6.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Page 6--58 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.Lines 4 and 5) System Configuration Pin Settings System Configuration Pin TP13F TP13G Textual Message AMS 1 WIRED CABIN 1 WIRED AMS 1 WIRED CABIN 1 NOT WIRED AMS 1 NOT WIRED CABIN 1 WIRED AMS 1 NOT WIRED CABIN 1 NOT WIRED (Line 4) (Line 5) (Line 4) (Line 5) (Line 4) (Line 5) (Line 4) (Line 5) 0 0 (1 = open circuit / 0 = tied to common) 0 1 1 0 1 1 Textual Messages to Display Based on System Configuration Pin Settings X X X X Table 6-15. Textual Message Display (Page 10 . Page 6--59 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-14.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.Lines 8 and 9) System Configuration Pin Settings System Configuration Pin TP13H TP13J Textual Message AMS 2 WIRED CABIN 2 WIRED AMS 2 WIRED CABIN 2 NOT WIRED AMS 2 NOT WIRED CABIN 2 WIRED AMS 2 NOT WIRED CABIN 2 NOT WIRED (Line 8) (Line 9) (Line 8) (Line 9) (Line 8) (Line 9) (Line 8) (Line 9) 0 0 (1 = open circuit / 0 = tied to common) 0 1 1 0 1 1 Textual Messages to Display Based on System Configuration Pin Settings X X X X UP7527 23. Textual Message Display (Page 10 . INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Sheet 11): 1 General a Page 11 of the CONFIGURATION DATA page is shown below. UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (l) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 11 (Figure 6-8. Sheet 12): 1 General a Page 12 of the CONFIGURATION DATA page is shown below.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 6--60 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. Configuration Data (m) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 12 (Figure 6-8.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Figure 6-8 (Sheet 11).

as appropriate. Page 6--61 12 Oct 2010 . Configuration Data -8 NOTE: Pages 13 through 15 for package 6.0 and subsequent if an HSU is installed or pages 13 through 16 for package 8. as appropriate.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. c Line 6 (1) This line displays ”DUAL SYS SELECT” left justified and beginning in column 17 status of the SDU Dual System Select Discrete Output as ”ACTIVE” or ”INACT”. Sheet 13): 1 Data Fields a Line 3 (1) This line displays ”CALL LAMP 1” left justified and beginning in column 13 the status of the SDU Cockpit Voice--Call Lamp Discrete Output as ”ACTIVE” or ”INACT”. as appropriate. and subsequent if a SwiftBroadband capable HSU is installed are defined in the following subparagraphs.0. (n) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 13 (Figure 6--8. UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6. INSTALLATION. b Line 4 (1) This line displays ”CALL LAMP 2” left justified and beginning in column 13 the status of the SDU Cockpit Voice--Call Lamp Discrete Output as ”ACTIVE” or ”INACT”.(Sheet 12).

c Line 6 (1) This line displays ”CHANNEL 2 CD 1” left justified and beginning in column 16 the status of the SDU Channel 2 Cockpit Call Discrete #1 Output as ”HIGH” or ”LOW”. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. as appropriate. as appropriate. b Line 4 (1) This line displays ”CHANNEL 1 CD 2” left justified and beginning in column 16 the status of the SDU Channel 1 Cockpit Call Discrete #2 Output as ”HIGH” or ”LOW”. Page 6--62 12 Oct 2010 . e Line 9 (1) This line displays ”DUAL SYS SELECT” left justified and beginning in column 17 status of the SDU Dual System Select Discrete Output as ”ACTIVE” or ”INACT”. as appropriate. as appropriate. UP7527 23. d Line 7 (1) This line displays ”CHANNEL 2 CD 2” left justified and beginning in column 16 the status of the SDU Channel 2 Cockpit Call Discrete #2 Output as ”HIGH” or ”LOW”. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. as appropriate.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Sheet 13): a Line 3 (1) This line displays displays ”CHANNEL 1 CD 1” left justified and beginning in column 16 the status of the SDU Channel 1 Cockpit Call Discrete #1 Output as ”HIGH” or ”LOW”. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 2 Data Fields (Figure 6--8.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 6.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.(Sheet 13). Configuration Data -8 UP7527 23. INSTALLATION. Page 6--63 12 Oct 2010 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

The LGA HPA commanded backoff power level (in dB Watts) is displayed (if configured) right--justified in column 23 (as determined from the LGA HPA Status word Label 144.5 to 19. b Line 4 (1) This line displays ”BACKOFF(DB)” beginning in column 1. in increments of 1 dB. ”HGA” or ”IGA” beginning in column 15 and ”LGA” beginning in column 22.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. c Line 5 (1) This line displays ”ACTUAL(DBW)” beginning in column 1. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (o) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 14 (Figure 6--8.0 dBW.) The state of the Actual Power Out (APOS) status bit is indicated as either ”A” for actual or ”H” for held. The HGA/IGA HPA reported power level (in dB Watts) is displayed (if configured) right--justified in column 16 (as determined from the HGA/IGA HPA Status word Label 144. Page 6--64 12 Oct 2010 . d Line 6 (1) This line displays ”POWER(WATTS)” beginning in column 1.) The state of the APOS status bit is displayed in column 24 as previouly specified.) The LGA HPA commanded backoff power level (in dB) is displayed (if configured) right--justified in column 24 (as determined from the LGA HPA Command word Label 143. then dashes is displayed to indicate the unkown data. IGA and LGA label designations are dependent on the configuration straps and the appropriate labels displayed if the equipment is indicated as part of the configuration. The allowable range for display of the actual power will be --11. The HGA/IGA HPA commanded backoff power level (in dB) is displayed (if configured) right--justified in column 17 (as determined from the HGA/IGA HPA Command word Label 143. INSTALLATION. then dashes are displayed for the actual power value. as displayed in column 17. in increments of 0. If the actual power value is outside of the measurable range. The allowable range for display of the backoff range will be 0 to 31 dB. If valid data is not available from the HPA status label. The HGA. UP7527 23.5 dBW. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Sheet 14): 1 Data Fields a Line 3 (1) This line displays ”HPA CMND/STAT” beginning in column 1.

The HGA/IGA HPA reflected power level (in Watts) is displayed (if configured) right--justified in column 17 (as determined from the HGA/IGA HPA Solo words ID 05 and 06. The HGA/IGA HPA reflected power to forward power ratio is displayed (if configured) right--justified incolumn 17 (as determined from the HGA/IGA HPA Solo word ID 07). NOTE: The over--range condition occurs when the forward power exceeds 50 Watts while the reflected power is at the maximum of 25.000 to 80.000. then dashes is displayed in place of the power number. The LGA HPA reflected power to forward power ratio is displayed (if configured) right--justified in column 24 (as determined from the LGA HPA Solo word ID07). If the reported ratio is over--range.) The LGA HPA reflected power level (in Watts) is displayed (if configured) right--justified in column 24 (as determined from the LGA HPA Solo words ID 05 and 06. h Line 10 (1) This line displays ”CARRIER” beginning in column 1. then dashes is displayed in place of the power number.000 Watts.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. The allowable range for display of the forward power value will be 0.000 to 25. then dashes are displayed in place of the ratio number. f Line 8 (1) This line displays ”FORWARD” beginning in column 1. g Line 9 (1) This line displays ”RATIO(R/F)” beginning in column 1.056 Watts. If the forward power level is unavailable. INSTALLATION.) The allowable range for display of the reflected power value will be 0. Page 6--65 12 Oct 2010 . If the ratio number is unavailable.000 to 1. If the reflected power level is unavailable.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The HPA indicates the over--range condition via the solo word ratio value of FFh. UP7527 23. then the text ”OVER” is displayed in place of the ratio number. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System e Line 7 (1) This line displays ”REFLECTED” beginning in column 1.056 Watts. The allowable range for display of the reflected power to forward power ratio will be 0. The HGA/IGA HPA reflected power level (in Watts) is displayed (if configured) right--justified in column 17 (as determined from the HGA/IGA HPA Solo words ID 03 and 04). The LGA HPA forward power level (in Watts) is displayed (if configured) right--justified in column 24 (as determined from the LGA HPA Solo words ID 03 and 04).

j Line 12 (1) This line displays ”ACTUAL” beginning in column 1. The HGA/IGA HPA commanded carrier state is displayed (if configured) right--justified in column 17 (as determined from the HGA/IGA HPA Command word Label 143.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System i Line 11 (1) This line displays ”COMMANDED” beginning in column 1.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. the LGA HPA commanded carrier state is displayed (if configured) right--justified in column 24 (as determined from the LGA HPA Command word Label 143). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The actual carrier state is displayed as either ”ON” or ”OFF”. Page 6--66 12 Oct 2010 . The commanded carrier state is displayed as either ”ON” or ”OFF”. The HGA/IGA HPA actual carrier state is displayed (if configured) right--justified in column 17 (as determined from the HGA/IGA HPA Status word Label 144. the LGA HPA actual carrier state is displayed (if configured) right--justified in column 24 (as determined from the LGA HPA Status word Label 144). UP7527 23.

1 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.(Sheet 14).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Configuration Data -8 UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6. Page 6--66.

and beginning in column 13 the Inmarsat forward id for HSU channel 2 of six hexadecimal digits. as determined from the HSU Configuration Data message. digits 0 through 3 correlate to hex digits 0 through 3 in the table. INSTALLATION. If valid data is not available from the HSU. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. b Line 4 (1) This line displays ”CHANNEL 1” left justified. c Line 5 (1) This line displays ”CHANNEL 2” left justified. and beginning in column 13 the Inmarsat forward id for HSU channel 1 of six hexadecimal digits. d Line 6 (1) This line displays ”CHANNEL 3” left justified. e Line 7 (1) This line displays ”CHANNEL 4” left justified. then dashes are displayed in place of the configuration pin settings. then dashes are displayed in place of the forward id. as determined from the HSU Configuration Data message. If valid data is not available from the HSU. f Line 9 (1) This line displays ”HSU CONFIG” left justified. followed by ”(HEX)” beginning in column 18. and beginning in column 13 the Inmarsat forward id for HSU channel 4 of six hexadecimal digits.2 12 Oct 2010 . and beginning in column 13 the Inmarsat forward id for HSU channel 3 of six hexadecimal digits. and beginning in column 13 the setting of the HSU configuration pins in four hexadecimal digits. as determined from the HSU Configuration Straps label 351 message. as determined from the HSU Configuration Data message. then dashes are displayed in place of the forward id. then dashes are displayed in place of the forward id. a Line 3 (1) This line displays ”HSU FWD IDS (HEX)” left justified. If valid data is not available from the HSU. Sheet 15) 1 Data Fields NOTE: This page is only displayed if an HSU is installed. In the figure. then dashes are displayed in place of the forward id. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (p) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 15: (Figure 6--8.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. If valid data is not available from the HSU.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. If valid data is not available from the HSU. as determined from the HSU Configuration Data message. The HSU configuration pin settings is mapped into hexadecimal digits as shown in Table 6--16. UP7527 23. Page 6--66.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-16. Configuration Data -8 UP7527 23. INSTALLATION. HSU CONFIGURATION PIN MAPPING HSU CONFIGURATION PINS MP 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2A 2B HEX DIGITS 0 1 2 3 2C 2D 2E 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E Figue 6.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.(Sheet 15).-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.3 12 Oct 2010 . Page 6--66.

as determined from the HDM Build/Mobile Identity message. The fifteen digit International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) for HSU channel card 1 is displayed beginning in column 8. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (q) CONFIGURATION DATA Page 16: (Figure 6--8. If valid data is not available from the HSU. which includes an explanation of the format of the IMSI number). then dashes are displayed in place of the IMEI. Sheet 16) NOTE: This page will only display if a SwiftBroadband--capable HSU is installed. The fifteen digit International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) for HSU USIM 1 is displayed beginning in column 8. as determined from the HDM Build/Mobile Identity message. The fifteen digit International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) for HSU channel card 2 is displayed beginning in column 8. INSTALLATION. If valid data is not available from the HSU.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. g Line 9 (1) This line displays ”IMEI” left justified. b Line 4 (1) This line displays ”SVN” left justified. UP7527 23. Page 6--66. If valid data is not available from the HSU. d Line 6 (1) This line displays ”IMEI” left justified.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. c Line 5 (1) This line displays ”SBB #1” left justified. 1 Data Fields a Line 3 (1) This line displays ”HSU MOBILE IDS” left justified. then dashes are displayed in place of the IMSI. then dashes are displayed in place of the SVN. which includes an explanation of the format of the IMEI number). f Line 8 (1) This line displays ”SBB #2” left justified. If valid data is not available from the HSU. which includes an explanation of the format of the IMEI number). then dashes are displayed in place of the IMEI. as determined from the HDM Build/Mobile Identity message. The two digit HSU Software Version Number (SVN) is displayed beginning in column 5. as determined from the HDM Build/Mobile Identity message. e Line 7 (1) This line displays ”IMSI” left justified. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.4 12 Oct 2010 .

Figue 6. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System h Line 10 (1) This line displays ”IMSI” left justified. The access page depends on the configuration of the aircraft as defined in Figure 6--2.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. as determined from the HDM Build/Mobile Identity message. Configuration Data -8 (7) DATA LOADER MENU Page (a) General 1 Access to this page is from SATCOM SUBMENU page (or the SATCOM MAINTENANCE page).e. Pressing LS key 6L causes the page display to revert to the SAT--N (i.5 12 Oct 2010 . UP7527 23. If valid data is not available from the HSU.(Sheet 16). INSTALLATION. i Line 13 (1) (LS keys 6L) -. Page 6--66..This line displays ”RETURN>” right justified in the color CYAN. The purpose of this page is to supply a means of commanding data loader actions. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. See Figure 6--9 for example pages. which includes an explanation of the format of the IMSI number). then dashes are displayed in place of the IMSI. SATCOM MAINTENANCE) page.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. The fifteen digit International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) for HSU USIM 3 is displayed beginning in column 8. NOTE: The second SwiftBroadband channel is physically mapped to HSU channel card 2 and USIM 3 within the HDM.

INSTALLATION.Displayed when at least one data loader status is CONNECTED. or ERROR. BUSY. Possible status displays depend on the data loader status as follows: • NOT CONNECTED -. • BUSY -.6 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) Data Fields 1 Field 1L a This field displays DATA LOADER in the label line and the data loader status in the data line. • READY -.Displayed when a data loader status is READY.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Page 6--66.Displayed when the status of both data loader is absent. UP7527 23. and the status of neither data loaders is READY. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.Displayed when a data loader status is BUSY. • CONNECTED -.

Asterisks are only displayed adjacent to the left LS keys when the data loader status is READY.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--67 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System b c READY must be displayed before data uploading or downloading can be performed. DATA LOADER MENU UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Figure 6-9 (Sheet 1).

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-9 (Sheet 2).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. UP7527 DATA LOADER MENU 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. DATA LOADER MENU Figure 6-9 (Sheet 3).-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Page 6--68 15 Jul 2006 .

e The TRANSFER FAILURE error message indicates an ARINC 615 protocol transfer failure (e. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-9 (Sheet 4). d DATA LOADER MENU Several messages are displayed when the status of a data loader is ERROR . Possible error messages are displayed as follows: • DISK FULL • TRANSFER FAILURE • FILE NOT FOUND • CRC FAILURE • BAD FILE HEADER • BAD OWNER REQS VER • OPEN DISK • CLOSE DISK • WRITE PROTECT • COMP ORT NOT ALLOW. an appropriate error message is appended to ERROR. Page 6--69 15 Jul 2006 . loss of communications). The OPEN DISK and CLOSE DISK error messages are displayed when an undefined disk command completion code is received.g. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. separated by a dash. INSTALLATION. COMP ORT NOT ALLOW is indicated when a composite ORT version upload is attempted and the setting for ORT item liv does not allow it. UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION..-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. If the status becomes ERROR.

No asterisk is displayed beside the 5L key when the data loader status is either NOT CONNECTED. When the data transfer is completed. or after an error has been acknowledged. There is only one data loader command selected at a time. The prompts that can be displayed for the indicated DATA LOADER MENU page (1 or 2) are as given in Table 6--17. UP7527 23. or ERROR. Once a left LS key is pushed. Uploads are allowed regardless of the log--on state (composite uploads are inhibited only by ORT item liv and not the log--on state). In the data line. CONNECTED.upload owner requirements table • DNLD OWNER REQS -. right--justified. INSTALLATION. When asterisks are displayed. the <SEL> message is displayed to the right of the selected data loader action. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. The data loader status changes to BUSY and data transfers occur.download all event/fail/config/ORT logs c Asterisks are only displayed beside the adjacent left LS key when the data loader status is READY (except as stated below). Table 6-17. Page 6--70 12 Oct 2010 . pushing the left LS key adjacent to the desired action commands the data loader to initiate that action. BUSY.download owner requirements table • DNLD SYSTEM DATA -. the <SEL> message is removed and the data loader status changes appropriately. The <SEL> message remains displayed until the 6L key is pushed if the data loader status becomes ERROR after a left LS key is pushed. d e 3 Fields 5L and 5R a PERIODIC DATA LOGGING is displayed in the label line beginning in column 2. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 2 Fields 2L thru 5L a These fields display prompts in the data line for commanding data loader actions. DATA LOADER MENU Page Prompts LS Key 2L 3L 4L 5L UPLD OWNER REQS DNLD OWNER REQS DNLD SYSTEM DATA START Display Prompt b The display prompts given in Table 6--17 command the following actions: • UPLD OWNER REQS -. START is displayed adjacent to the 5L key.

The SDU completes the upload/download data transfer by commanding the data loader transfer complete function.... To return the data loader to the READY state.. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. SATCOM MAINTENANCE) page.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. c Periodic data logging continues until the 5R key is pushed. failures reported during the last leg.This data line displays the RETURN> prompt. UP7527 23. (8) LAST LEG REPORT Page (a) Access to this page is from the SAT--N (i. the user must cause the data loader to read the configuration file on the diskette (i. See Figure 6--10 for example pages.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. This condition remains until the error is acknowledged by pushing the 6L key and/or the data loader status changes. The <SEL> message remains displayed and the STOP prompt is blanked if the data loader status changes to ERROR after periodic data logging has started.e. cycle data loader power or remove/insert the diskette).e. d 4 Field 6L a 6L -.e. INSTALLATION. only the START prompt with or without an asterisk as appropriate). Pushing the 6L key causes the SDU to remove the ERROR status and display the current data loader status (i. This prompt is displayed when the data loader status is ERROR.This data line displays the *ACK ERROR prompt. The purpose of this page is to display Class 1 and 2. The data loader responds with a TRANSFER COMPLETE indication and enters a no loop. NOT CONNECTED or CONNECTED) in the 1L data line.e. at that time the data line display reverts to its original state (i. Pushing the 6R key causes the display to revert to the SATCOM SUBMENU page (or SATCOM MAINTENANCE page) as appropriate. Page 6--71 12 Oct 2010 . at that time the data line display changes as appropriate. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System b When the START prompt is selected by pushing the 5L key when the data loader status is READY: • Periodic data logging starts • The asterisk next to START is removed • The <SEL> message is displayed beginning in column 8 • STOP is displayed adjacent to the 5R key. Level 1 diagnosed. b 5 Field 6R a 6R -.

the odd failure is displayed on a page of its own in lines 5.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) The Last Leg Report lists two failures per page if a failure is present during the last leg.. 6.e. When there is an odd number of failures to report. The number of LAST LEG REPORT pages depends on the number of failures to report (up to a maximum of 99 pages). the most recent detected failure last) with no more than two failures displayed per page. If there are no failures to report. Line 5 displays NO FAULT DETECTED beginning in column 4 if there are no failures to report. 10. These two sets of lines display Class 1 and 2. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. and 11 are blank. and 7. 9. 7. and 11 are blank. INSTALLATION. 10. Page 6--72 15 Jul 2006 . Level 1 diagnosed. Failures are displayed in chronological order (i. lines 6. last leg failures. and lines 9.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-10. INSTALLATION. Page 6--73 15 Jul 2006 . UP7527 LAST LEG REPORT Page 23.

and 7. (b) The Previous Leg Report lists two failures per page if a failure was present during the previous leg. Dashes are displayed if no valid UTC data is available. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. line 9 display the universal time coordinated (UTC) beginning in column 1. (c) The number of PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT pages depends on the number of failures to report (up to a maximum of 99 pages). the failure display begins in lines 5.. failures from the previous flight leg are displayed on the same page in lines 9. These two sets of lines display Class 1 and 2. (d) Failures from different flight legs with the same aircraft identification are mixed on the same page. 6. Page 6--74 12 Oct 2010 . 6.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. no ATA number is displayed. if applicable. (d) The UTC is displayed as hhmm..e. and 11 are blank. When there are no failures to report for a given flight leg. for each type of CFDS. and 11.e. nothing is reported for that flight leg (i. where hh represents the UTC hours from 00 to 23. If there are no failures to report. 10. last leg failures.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. flights go back in time while failures for each individual flight go forward in time). 9. SATCOM MAINTENANCE) page. Failures within each flight leg are displayed in chronological order (i. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (c) Line 5 and. (9) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT Page (a) Access to this page is from the SAT----N (i.. where c represents the class (1 or 2) of the failure. and 7 on the next page of the multiple page sequence. the flight leg display is in reverse chronological order (i..e. When the last leg falls in lines 5. See Figure 6--11 for example pages. The UTC is the time of the failure reporting as stored in the SDU system failure memory log. lines 6.e. (f) The class number is displayed as c. 10. However. Level 1 diagnosed. For CFDS type none. Level 1 diagnosed. failures reported during previous legs. (e) The ATA number is displayed as aaaaaa. the flight leg is skipped).E. (e) When the given flight leg has a different aircraft identification recorded than the flight leg before it. where aaaaaa represents the ATA reference number of the reported failure as specified in paragraph 3. and mm represents the UTC minutes from 00 to 59. UP7527 23. The purpose of this page is to display Class 1 and 2. and ATA beginning in column 6. 7. and the class number in column 23. Line 5 displays NO FAULT DETECTED beginning in column 4 if there are no failures to report. the most recent detected failure last) with no more than two failures displayed per page. INSTALLATION.

INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-11 (Sheet 1). Page 6--75 15 Jul 2006 . UP7527 PREVIOUS LEG REPORT Page 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--76 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-11 (Sheet 2). UP7527 PREVIOUS LEG REPORT Page 23.

the product specification (PS) number for the SDU (only) is also displayed as a ”software number” (SW/N). HPA and HSDU [Airbus refers to mods as ”amendments”. for which waivers have been granted. Dashes are displayed if no valid UTC data is available. The UTC is the time of the failure reporting as stored in the SDU system failure memory log. The purpose is to display a list of all installed LRUs with their associated part numbers. where mmm represents the month of the year as JAN. Deviations include. inclusion of the ORT modified flag. APR. The date is the date of the flight leg number as stored in the SDU system failure memory log. and the ATA number beginning in column 15. (i) The UTC time is displayed as hhmm. (10) LRU IDENTIFICATION Page NOTE: The requirements in this section include some deviations from the Airbus requirements. Dashes are displayed if no valid UTC data is available. AUG. JUL. software modification levels. JUN. FEB. the UTC beginning in column 10. (g) The flight leg is displayed as fl. OCT. where hh represents the UTC hours from 00 to 23. INSTALLATION.0. serial numbers and to display the ORT identification. together with the optional HSDU and ARINC 781 antenna software part numbers (non--ARINC 665 compliant) are also displayed as ”software numbers” (SW/N). (h) The date is displayed as mmmdd. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. UP7527 23. Future developments may need to strictly comply with the Airbus requirements.0 and beyond.E. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (f) Line 5 and line 9 (if applicable) display the flight leg number beginning in column 1.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. for each type of CFDS. For CFDS type none. (j) (k) The class number is displayed as c. For Airbus package 6. For Airbus package 8. where c represents the class (1 or 2) of the failure. and mm represents the UTC minutes from 00 to 59. MAY. exclusion of the HPA software part number and inclusion of the Honeywell software mod letter(s) for the SDU. and dd represents the day of the month from 01 to 31. Page 6--77 12 Oct 2010 . and they refer to part (dash) number changes as ”mods”]. SEP. but are not limited to. no ATA number is displayed. MAR. the ARINC 665 compliant loadable software part numbers for the SDU and User ORT. (a) Access LRU IDENTIFICATION pages (see figure 6--12 sheets) from the SATCOM MAINTENANCE page. The ATA number is displayed as aaaaaa. how the ORT identification data is labeled and displayed. or DEC. where aaaaaa represents the ATA reference number of the reported failure as specified in paragraph 3. NOV. where fl represents the flight leg number from 01 to either: • The number of flight legs recorded in the SDU system failure memory log • 63 flight legs • From 01 to the maximum number of flight legs that can be displayed given the PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT page limit of 99.

. Sheets 5--11 for Airbus for package 8. and Figures 6--12. otherwise the HPA display entry is removed. The software does not become aware that the ORT is partitioned until a non--composite ORT is uploaded. even for the case of Airbus. if applicable. or SDU #2 (N=2) as determined by the settings of Configuration Pins TP12E and TP12F. 1 Data Fields a Line 1 (1) The title of the page is displayed here as ”SDU N” for Airbus or ”SAT--N” for other aircraft beginning in column 10 in the color WHITE. (c) For the LRUs. Page 6--78 12 Oct 2010 . where p represents the current displayed page and t represents the total number of LRU IDENTIFICATION pages needed to display all installed LRUs with their associated part/serial number data and the ORT data.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. ”/”) will always be in column 22. The possible LRU acronyms are as follows: UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. where N represents 1 or 2 to indicate a sole SDU (N=1). the associated part/serial number is displayed. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) If a Honeywell/Thales HPA is installed. who consider the ORT to be partitioned. with p right justified to the slash and t left justified to the slash.24 displays ”p/t”. Line 4 and. Line 9 display in the color WHITE a three or four (package 6. INSTALLATION. representing the installed LRU for Airbus prior to package 8.0.0 and beyond. Sheets 1--4 for other aircraft). b Line 2 (1) This line displays ”LRU IDENTIFICATION” beginning in column 4 in the color WHITE. The number of LRU IDENTIFICATION pages depends on the number of LRUs to list. left justified. NOTE: The format of a factory--settings default ORT is Composite. (2) Columns 20 -. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.0 and subsequent) letter acronym. The requirement above to always display User and Secured partition information ensures that all necessary information is reported and displayed even in the case of an unmodified Airbus default ORT or similar cases. in small font in the color WHITE. The display of the slash (i. (see Figures 6--12.e. SDU #1 (N=1).

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.0 and subsequent) HSDU Data Module (Package 8.0 and subsequent) ARINC 781 Intermediate Gain Antenna (Package 8.0) High--Speed Data Unit 2 (prior to Package 6. LRU Acronyms for Airbus For Airbus SDU N (5RVN) SDU N (105RVN) HPA N (7RVN) HPA N (110RVN) HPA N (9RVN) HPA N (9RV) HSDU N (63RVN) HDM N (79RVN) HGA N (16RVN) IGA N (116RVN) HGA SDU. Page 6--79 12 Oct 2010 .0 and subsequent. INSTALLATION. the system number UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-18.0 and subsequent) Table 6-19.0 and subsequent) NOTES: Where N represents 1 or 2. i.. if SwiftBroadband capable HSDU installed) ARINC 781 HGA (Package 8. LRU Acronyms for Other Aircraft For Other aircraft SDU HPH HPI HPL HS1 HS2 HSU HDM HGA IGA Satellite Data Unit High Power Amplifier -.0) LGA HPA (Package 6. with or without an LGA IGA SDU.0 and subsequent) ARINC 781 IGA (Package 8.0) High--Speed Data Unit (for Package 6. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.0 and subsequent) HSDU (Package 6. if SwiftBroadband capable HSU installed) ARINC 781 High Gain Antenna (Package 8.Low Gain Antenna High--Speed Data Unit 1 (prior to Package 6.High Gain Antenna High Power Amplifier -. with or without an LGA HGA HPA IGA HPA LGA HPA (prior to Package 6.e.Intermediate Gain Antenna High Power Amplifier -.0 and subsequent.0 and subsequent) HDM (Package 8.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

and either (1) a two--digit hardware configuration number (i. Dashes shall be displayed where no valid data is available.e.e.. and a three--digit software configuration number (i. Line 6 or Line 11 shall display ”S/N:” beginning in column 1 in the color WHITE and the LRU serial number beginning in column 6 in the color WHITE.. Line 10 displays ”P/N:” beginning in column 1 in the color WHITE. Line 5 and. for the SDU only (i.0 and subsequent.e. or (2) a three--digit assembly dash number (i.e. and the third--party manufacturer’s software part number beginning in column 6 up to a maximum of 15 characters in the color WHITE.0 and beyond for the HGA/IGA LRU. on the first LRU Identification page only). For the SDU only (i. and the HSDU’s 11 character product specification (PS) part number beginning in column 8 in the color WHITE. bbbbbbb). up to a maximum of 15 characters.0 and subsequent for the HGA/IGA LRU. Line 6 and.. (g) For package 8. (j) (k) For Airbus package 8. Dashes are displayed if no valid data is available.. Dashes shall be displayed if no valid data is available.. is displayed as ”software numbers”. The SDU’s actual 11--character product specification (PS) number beginning in column 8 in the color WHITE. UP7527 23. The serial number is displayed as ssssssss. Line 7 displays ”SW/N:” beginning in column 1 in the color WHITE. if applicable. the software modification level in columns 23 and 24 in the color WHITE. where ”sssssssssssssss” represents the LRU serial number for the ARINC 781 antenna.e. if available. Line 7 or Line 12 displays ”SW/N:PS” beginning in column 1 in the color WHITE. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (d) For all LRUs excluding the HGA/IGA. (f) Where ”nn” represents up to a two--character LRU software modification level. For the optional HSDU. if applicable.e. (e) Where ”bbbbbbb--hhsss” or ”bbbbbbb--aaa” represents the LRU End Item part number consisting of a sevendigit LRU base part number (i. The serial number is displayed as sssssssssssssss. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. hh).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. and the SDU’s actual 15--character ARINC 665 compliant software part number beginning in column 6 in the color WHITE. the LRU End Item part number beginning in column 6 and.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. sss). INSTALLATION. Line 7 displays ”SW/N:PS” beginning in column 1 in the color WHITE. Line 7 or Line 12 displays ”SW/N:” beginning in column 1 in the color WHITE. on the first LRU Identification page only).. where ”ssssssss” represents the LRU serial number. (i) For package 8. the ARINC 665 compliant loadable software part number for the SDU. aaa).0. For Airbus and package 6. Page 6--80 12 Oct 2010 . together with the optional HSU and ARINC 781 antenna software part numbers (non--ARINC 665 compliant). Line 11 shall display ”S/N:” beginning in column 1 in the color WHITE and the LRU serial number beginning in column 6 in the color WHITE. (h) For all LRUs excluding the HGA/IGA. For the optional ARINC 781 antenna. Line 5 or Line 10 shall display ”P/N:” beginning in column 1 in the color WHITE and the third--party manufacturer’s LRU part number beginning in column 6 up to a maximum of 15 characters in the color WHITE.

Sheet 5 and 6 for Airbus prior to package 8. as appropriate. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Line 4 or Line 9. as appropriate. displays ”MODIFIED” left justified in the color WHITE if the state of the ORT Secured partition Modified flag is ’Modified’ per appendix C ORT item lv). and 6 or in Lines 9. (m) For Airbus for package 8. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (l) The ORT identification is displayed in two parts in Lines 4. Line 4 or Line 9. displays ”MOD” right justified in the color WHITE if the state of the User ORT partition is ’Modified’ (per ORT item xxxvii). Sheet 10 and 11 for Airbus for package 8.0 and beyond.0. Line 5 or Line 10. as appropriate. as appropriate. INSTALLATION. Sheet 10 and 11 for Airbus for package 8. i. the system number) left justified in the color WHITE. If the state of the ORT Secured partition Modified flag is ’Unmodified’.0. For all non--Airbus aircraft and for Airbus prior to package 8. If the state of the User ORT is ’Unmodified’. If the state of the User ORT is ’Unmodified’. as appropriate.. Sheet 6 for other aircraft. displays ”SW/N:” beginning in column 1 in the color WHITE. as appropriate. and 11. Refer to Figures 6--12. (n) The Secured ORT identification is displayed following the User ORT in either Lines 4. Line 6 or Line 11. Line 5 or Line 10. 10. Page 6--80.1 12 Oct 2010 . as appropriate.0. and Figure 6--12. displays in the color WHITE the ORT 24 character description as contained in appendix C ORT item liii for the Secured ORT partition.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. and 6. as appropriate. displays the header ”SDU N USER ORT” (where N represents 1 or 2. Line 4 or Line 9. this ”MODIFIED” flag will not be displayed. 5. starting after the end of the LRU part number information list. Refer to Figures 6--12. either on the same or separate pages.0 and beyond. Sheet 6 for other aircraft. displays in the color WHITE the User ORT 24 character description as contained in ORT item xxxiii.e. displays the header ”ORT IDENTIFICATION--SECD” left justified in the color WHITE. this ”MOD” flag will not be displayed. and 11 depending on where the User ORT ident is displayed. as appropriate. and Figure 6--12. Figures 6--12. Line 4 or Line 9. displays in the color WHITE the User ORT 24 character description as contained in ORT item xxxiii. Line 6 or Line 11. and the SDU’s actual 15--character ARINC 665 compliant software part number beginning in column 6 in the color WHITE. and in Lines 9. displays ”MODIFIED” left justified in the color WHITE if the state of the User ORT is ’Modified’ (per ORT item xxxvii). as appropriate. with the User partition information being displayed first. displays the header ”ORT IDENTIFICATION--USER” left justified in the color WHITE. 5. this ”MODIFIED” flag will not be displayed. UP7527 23. For all non--Airbus aircraft and for Airbus prior to package 8. Line 6 or Line 11. Line 5 or Line 10.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Figures 6--12. 10. Sheet 5 and 6 for Airbus prior to package 8.0.0 and beyond.

displays ”MOD” right justified in the color WHITE if the state of the Secured ORT partition is ’Modified’ (per appendix C ORT item lv).2. Pressing LS key 6L will cause the page display to revert to the SATCOM MAINTENANCE page. Line 4 or Line 9. If the state of the Secured ORT is ’Unmodified’. otherwise this prompt will not be displayed. as appropriate.5--27 UP7527 23. displays in the color WHITE the Secured ORT 24 character description as contained in appendix C ORT item liii. Line 5 or Line 10.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.e.0 and beyond.3. LRU IDENTIFICATION Page (o) For Airbus for package 8. (p) Line 13 1 (LS keys 6L) -. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-12 (Sheet 1). The print function is handled by the CMC/CFDIU. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. if applicable.2 12 Oct 2010 .. as appropriate. Page 6--80. NOTE: The SDU is not responsible for performing the print function as a result of LS key 6R being pressed. as appropriate. INSTALLATION.7. displays the header ”SDU N SECURED ORT” (where N represents 1 or 2. 4. Line 6 or Line 11. Line 4 or Line 9.4. i.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. right justified in the color CYAN. The ”PRINT*” prompt is displayed if Label 155 bit 11 is set to 1. displays ”SW/N:” beginning in column 1 in the color WHITE and the SDU’s actual 15--character ARINC 665 compliant software part number beginning in column 6 in the color WHITE. this ”MOD” flag will not be displayed.This line displays ”<RETURN” left justified in the color CYAN and ”PRINT*”. the system number) left justified in the color WHITE. as appropriate.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-12 (Sheet 2). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 6--80.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION.3 12 Oct 2010 . LRU IDENTIFICATION Page UP7527 23.

4 12 Oct 2010 . LRU IDENTIFICATION Page UP7527 23. Page 6--80. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-12 (Sheet 3). INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

Page 6--80.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.5 12 Oct 2010 . INSTALLATION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. LRU IDENTIFICATION Page Figure 6-12 (Sheet 5). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. LRU IDENTIFICATION Page UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-12 (Sheet 4).

LRU IDENTIFICATION Page UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. LRU IDENTIFICATION Page Figure 6-12 (Sheet 7). Page 6--80.6 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-12 (Sheet 6). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.7 12 Oct 2010 . Page 6--80. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-12 (Sheet 8). LRU IDENTIFICATION Page Figure 6-12 (Sheet 9).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. LRU IDENTIFICATION Page UP7527 23.

8 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. LRU IDENTIFICATION Page Figure 6-12 (Sheet 11). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-12 (Sheet 10). LRU IDENTIFICATION Page UP7527 23. Page 6--80.

INSTALLATION. Page 6--80.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-12 (Sheet 12).9 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. LRU IDENTIFICATION Page UP7527 23.

Page 6--80.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.10 12 Oct 2010 .

OCT. If the SRU designation in the failure code is 0. The month is displayed as mmm. LEG. or DEC.. The UTC is the time the failure was stored in the failure memory log on this flight leg. diagnosed failures reported during the last leg and previous legs.e. JUL.. INSTALLATION. The number of pages depends on the number of failures to report (up to 64 flight legs or 99 pages). beginning in column 15 and the flight leg count right--justified from column 23. where hh represents the UTC hours from 00 to 23 and mmm represents the UTC minutes from 00 to 59. The SRU failure code is displayed as one hexadecimal digit beginning in column 20. APR. MAY JUN. flights go back in time while failures for each individual flight go forward in time). The Trouble Shooting Data pages display the class 1 and 2 last leg and previous legs failure details. no SRU abbreviation is displayed. 2 (b) Data Fields 1 Line 4 a b Line 4 displays the date beginning in column 2 and the UTC beginning in column 8. The day is displayed as dd.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The date and time are displayed as follows. Level 1. SEP. Dashes are displayed if no valid UTC data is available. The LRU failure code is displayed as two hexadecimal digits beginning in column 17. UP7527 23. Line 4 displays the header. c d e 2 Line 5 a Line 5 displays beginning in column 2 the LRU abbreviated name of up to five characters that corresponds to the level 1 failure code.e. FEB. The failure code is displayed as two hexadecimal digits beginning in column 22. NOV. SATCOM MAINTENANCE) page. the most recent detected failure last) with one failure displayed per page.e.. MAR. Page 6--81 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Failures are displayed in chronological order (i. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (11) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA Page (a) General 1 Access to this page is from the SAT----N (i. where dd represents the day of the month from 01 to 31. The SRU abbreviated name of up to five characters is displayed beginning in column 8. where mmm represents the month of the year as JAN. The UTC is displayed as hh:mm. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AUG. See Figure 6--13 for example pages. The purpose of this page is to display Class 1 and 2. Flight leg display order is reverse chronological (i.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. UP7527 TROUBLESHOOTING DATA Page 23. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-13. Page 6--82 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

The aircraft tail number is displayed right--justified from column 23. CLASS. Line 6 displays the power--on count value from 0 to 65535 right--justified from column 23. 5 Line 8 a Line 8 displays the headers. and groundspeed (GSPD). beginning in column 15. or DC2 right--justified from column 23. and DC. UP7527 23. TEMP. If a numbered flight phase is not available. DC0’. PHASE. then an a or g is shown in column 12. The intermittent failure count is displayed in column 23. beginning in column 2. where hhh represents the hours of the elapsed time since the unit powered up from 0 to 999. and IFC. beginning in column 15. The GSPD is displayed right--justified from column 23. The flight number is displayed right--justified from column 12. 8 Line 11 a Line 11 displays the failure parameter as eight hexadecimal digits beginning in column 5. The DC state is displayed as DC0. 7 Line 10 a Line 10 displays the header FLTNO beginning in column 2. and the LRU power----on counter (POC) header beginning in column 15. Dashes are displayed if no valid temperature data is available. beginning in column 2. 6 Line 9 a Line 9 displays the headers. The flight phase is displayed right--justified from column 12.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 6--83 12 Oct 2010 . DC1’. and mm represents the minutes portion of the elapsed time from 0 to 59. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. DC1. The LRU time since power--on is displayed right--justified from column 12.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. beginning in column 2. beginning in column 15. as appropriate. The LRU--failed SRU (or PSU) temperature is displayed right--justified from column 12. b c 4 Line 7 a Line 7 displays the headers. Dashes are displayed if no valid flight number or tail number data is available. The failure class is displayed in column 12. The associated parameter is displayed as eight hexadecimal digits beginning in column 16. The TSPO is displayed as hhh:mm. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 3 Line 6 a Line 6 displays the time since power----on (TSPO) header beginning in column 2.

failures reported during the last leg.1 12 Oct 2010 . Level 1 diagnosed.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. The purpose of this page is to display Class 3. UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (12) LAST LEG CLASS 3 FAULTS Page (a) Access to this page is from the SAT--N (CFDS SATCOM Maintenance Menu) page. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. Page 6--83. See Figure 6--14 for example pages.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.2 12 Oct 2010 . Page 6--83.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Page 6--84 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-14. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 LAST LEG CLASS 3 FAULTS Page 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

for each type of CFDS. 10. and 11 are blank. Line 5 displays NO FAULT DETECTED beginning in column 4 if there are no failures to report. lines 6. and mm represents the UTC minutes from 00 to 59. and 7. When there is an odd number of failures to report. and 3. where aaaaaa represents the ATA reference number of the reported failure as specified in paragraph 3. 7. last leg failures. the most recent detected failure last) with no more than two failures displayed per page. no ATA number is displayed.e. Page 6--85 12 Oct 2010 . lines 6. (b) The Ground Report lists two failures per page if failures are detected during the last leg. (e) The UTC number is displayed as hh:mm. Failures are displayed in chronological order (i. Dashes are displayed if no valid UTC data is available.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. 6. (c) The number of LAST LEG CLASS 3 FAULTS pages depends on the number of failures to report (up to a maximum of 99 pages).. SATCOM MAINTENANCE) page. and lines 9. 9. and 11 are blank. These two sets of lines display Class 1. UP7527 23. 2. where hh represents the UTC hours from 00 to 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. if applicable.E. 10. 2. and lines 9.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (d) Line 5 and. the odd failure is displayed on a separate page in lines 5. Level 1 diagnosed. (f) The ATA number is displayed as aaaaaa. The UTC is the time of the failure reporting as stored in the SDU system failure memory log. 10. For CFDS type none. If there are no failures to report. Failures are displayed in chronological order (i. 6. Line 5 displays NO FAULT DETECTED beginning in column 4 if there are no failures to report. 10. See Figure 6--15 for example pages. (c) The number of GROUND REPORT pages depends on the number of failures to report (up to 99 pages). The purpose of this page is to display Class 1. Level 1 diagnosed ground failures that occurred during the last leg. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) The Last Leg Class 3 Faults lists two Class 3 faults per page if Class 3 faults are present during the last leg. 9. last leg failures. line 9 display the UTC beginning in column 1 and the ATA number beginning in column 6. or 3.e. the odd failure is displayed on a separate page in lines 5. If there are no failures to report. and 11 are blank.. INSTALLATION. Level 1 diagnosed.e. These two sets of lines display Class 3.. and 11 are blank. When there is an odd number of failures to report. the most recent detected failure last) with no more than two failures displayed per page. 7. (13) GROUND REPORT Page (a) Access to this page is from the SAT----N (i. and 7.

UP7527 GROUND REPORT Page 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--86 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-15.

Level 1 diagnosed. The month is displayed as mmm.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. OCT. See Figure 6--16 for example pages. no SRU abbreviation is displayed.. UP7527 23. MAR. The failure code is displayed as two hexadecimal digits beginning in column 22. The purpose of this page is to display Class 1. The SRU abbreviated name of up to five characters is displayed beginning in column 8. The SRU failure code is displayed as one hexadecimal digit beginning in column 20. 2. FEB. MAY. where hh represents the UTC hours from 00 to 23 and mm represents the UTC minutes from 00 to 59. Level 1 diagnosed ground failures that occurred during the last leg ground report. 2. APR. These lines display Class 1. One failure is listed per page if a failure is present. Page 6--87 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (14) GROUND REPORT (TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA) Page (a) General 1 Access to this page is from the GROUND REPORT page. AUG. where mmm represents the month of the year as JAN. JUN. last leg ground report failure details corresponding to the Level 1 failures from which the troubleshooting data was initiated.e. NOV.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. SEP. If the SRU designation in the failure code is 0. Dashes are displayed if no valid UTC data is available. The day is displayed as dd. the most recent detected failure last) with one failure displayed per page. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. or 3. Failures are displayed in chronological order (i. The UTC is displayed as hh:mm. 2 (b) Line 4 1 2 Line 4 displays the date beginning in column 2 and the UTC beginning in column 8. The UTC is the time the failure was stored in the failure memory log on this flight leg. The date and time are displayed as follows. 3 4 (c) Line 5 1 Line 5 displays the LRU abbreviated name of up to five characters that corresponds to the Level 1 failure code. JUL. INSTALLATION. and 3. or DEC. The LRU failure code is displayed as two hexadecimal digits beginning in column 17. where dd represents the day of the month from 01 to 31.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-16. UP7527 GROUND REPORT TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA Page 23. Page 6--88 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

in progress. beginning in column 15. test ok. 9. POC. (f) Line 8 1 Line 8 displays the headers. in--air inhibition. beginning in column 2 and. of a SBB PIM TEST requested from the SATCOM MAINTENANCE page. where hh represents the UTC hours from 00 to 23 and mm represents the UTC minutes from 00 to 59. or DC2 right--justified from column 23. Sheet 3 thru 6.0. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. DC0’. The LRU time since power--on is displayed right--justified from column 12. beginning in column 15. for SBB PIM Test initiation confirmation.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. (15) SBB PIM TEST Pages (a) General 1 The requirements in this paragraph and subparagraphs will pertain to packages 8. 2 3 (e) Line 7 1 Line 7 displays the headers. and DC. Page 6--89 12 Oct 2010 . The UTC is the time the failure was stored in the failure memory log on this flight leg. The flight phase is displayed right--justified from column 12. Example SBB PIM TEST pages are shown in Figures 6--7.0. and fail and test result data. The LRU--failed SRU (or PSU) temperature is displayed right--justified from column 12.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. TEMP. as appropriate. For numeric data. beginning in column 2. The purpose is to confirm initiation. and GSPD. DC1. If a numbered flight phase is not available. Access the SATCOM MAINTENANCE page after a SwiftBroadband (SBB) passive intermodulation (PIM) test has been initiated by pressing LS key 4R on the SATCOM MAINTENANCE page. beginning in column 15. Dashes are displayed if no valid UTC data is available. 2 3 UP7527 23. PHASE. 10. INSTALLATION. Line 6 displays the power--on count value from 0 to 65535 right--justified from column 23.0 and subsequent. The DC state is displayed as DC0. DC1’. The groundspeed is displayed right--justified from column 23. TSPO. and display the progress and results. beginning in column 2. Dashes are displayed if no valid temperature data is available. The UTC is displayed as hh:mm. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (d) Line 6 1 Line 6 displays the headers. then an a or g is shown in column 12. small font will be used unless specified otherwise.

) ”FEB24 1725” for February 24th. 3 Line 3 a After execution of the test. 4 Line 4 a During the SBB PIM Test confirmation phase of the page. followed by the aircraft’s 24--bit ICAO address in the form of eight octal digits beginning in column 17. Line 3 displays the date and time (UTC) beginning in column 1.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. in the color WHITE. in the color WHITE.) b c d UP7527 23. all in the color WHITE. Line 4 will display ”TEST NOT POSSIBLE” beginning in column 4. using all 24 columns. or SDU #2 (N=2) as determined by the settings of Configuration Pins TP12E and TP12F. in the color WHITE. followed by ”ICAO:” starting in column 12. Line 4 displays ”TEST OK” beginning in column 9. the page then displays the detailed results of the test. or from the ”TEST OK” page. After ”TEST DATA>” is selected through LSK 4R.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.1 12 Oct 2010 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) Data Fields 1 Line 1 a The title of the page displays on Line 1 as ”SDU N” for Airbus or ”SAT--N” for other aircraft beginning in column 10 in the color WHITE. Line 4 displays ”ELEVATION/AZIMUTH/RESULT”. in the color WHITE. Page 6--89. SDU #1 (N=1). Line 4 displays ”INITIAL CONDITION:ENSURE ” beginning in column 1. where N represents 1 or 2 to indicate a sole SDU (N=1). 5:25 PM (the year is not included). In the case of the SBB PIM Test execution being completed and no criteria for failing the test are met. Line 3 displays ”ATA” starting in column 1. (Note that the angle displayed under the ”Azimuth” column is not an aircraft--relative azimuth angle. During display of the SBB PIM Test detailed results. all in the color WHITE. but rather the antenna beam steering angle used for the test measurements relative to true north in the northern hemisphere or true south in the southern hemisphere. If it is not possible to permit execution of the SBB PIM Test for any reason. 2 Line 2 a Line 2 displays ”SBB PIM TEST” beginning in column 7 in the color WHITE. and ”CLASS” starting in column 20.g. while this page displays the condition of PIM degradation. in the format (e.

For this display purpose. and ”3” in column 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. For the case of the SBB PIM Test execution being completed and any criteria for failing the test are met. ”232500” for Boeing and others) beginning in column 1. Line 5 displays ”232800” for Airbus (”232600” for Douglas. During the SBB PIM Test execution phase of the page (within one second of a SBB PIM TEST initiation being started from the ”START TEST>” LSK 5R from the test confirmation phase of the page). Line 5 displays ”TEST IN PROGRESS 500S” beginning in column 3. Line 6 will display ”ANTENNA SUBSYSTEM” beginning in column 1. in the color WHITE. in the color WHITE. b c d 6 Line 6 a During the SBB PIM Test confirmation phase of the page. the SQI test result will be converted to dBs of channel degradation. in large font. and in the color AMBER if the value equals or exceeds that threshold value.5 degree elevation angle and --15 degree azimuth angle. Line 6 displays ”FROM NEAREST BUILDING” beginning in column 1. in columns 20--23. For the case of the SBB PIM Test execution being completed and any criteria for failing the test are met.2 12 Oct 2010 . as a two--digit--plus--decimal dB value. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.5 DEG /--15 DEG/” (or other angles as specified by ORT item cvi) beginning in column 1. with any leading zeros suppressed and the decimal point in column 22. Page 6--89. in the color WHITE. in the color WHITE if the value is less than the threshold value specified in ORT item ciii. and then the channel degradation test result for the 12. in the color WHITE. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. in the color WHITE b UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 5 Line 5 a During the SBB PIM Test confirmation phase of the page. Line 5 displays ”12. During display of the SBB PIM Test detailed results. Line 5 displays ”A/C IS 200 METERS AWAY” beginning in column 1.

Line 8 displays ”27. • ”IRS NOT ALIGNED” (beginning in column 5). as otherwise specified for Line 5. the SDU displays the one that is detected first.5 degree elevation angle and --15 degree azimuth angle. and then the channel degradation test results for the 12. • ”OCXO NOT WARMED UP” (beginning in column 4). in the color WHITE. The text possibilities will include the following. b 8 Line 8 a During display of the SBB PIM Test detailed results. Line 6 displays ”12. During display of the SBB PIM Test detailed results.15 DEG/” (or other angles as specified by ORT item cvi) beginning in column 1.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. • ”AIRCRAFT MAY BE AIRBORNE” (beginning in column 1). Line 7 displays ”12. it should not really matter which condition is indicated first when more than one of the following conditions exist. • ”AIRCRAFT ICAO ADDRESS” (beginning in column 3). and then the channel degradation test results for the 27. in the color WHITE. • ”ANTENNA/BSU/ACU DATA” (beginning in column 3). UP7527 23. d During display of the SBB PIM Test detailed results.3 12 Oct 2010 .5 DEG /-. INSTALLATION. correct the condition. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System c When it is not possible to permit execution of the SBB PIM Test.5 DEG /+15 DEG/” (or other angles as specified by ORT item cvi) beginning in column 1. as otherwise specified for Line 5. • ”ANTENNA SUBSYSTEM FAIL” (beginning in column 2). • ”PIM TEST FREQS NOT AVAIL” (beginning in column 1). Page 6--89. 7 Line 7 a In the case of the SBB PIM Test execution being completed and any criteria for failing the test are met.5 DEG / 0 DEG/” (or other angles as specified by ORT item cvi) beginning in column 1.5 degree elevation angle and 0 degree azimuth angle. Line 7 displays ”DEGRADATION” beginning in column 1. If more than one condition exists at any given time. (As the PIM test maintenance person will exit the test. the reason for ”TEST NOT POSSIBLE” will display on Line 6. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.) • ”SDU NOT IN MIN--OP STATE” (beginning in column 1).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. and then re--try the PIM test. • ”RF CALIBRATION NOT OK” (beginning in column 2). and then the channel degradation test results for the 12.5 degree elevation angle and +15 degree azimuth angle. as otherwise specified for Line 5.

Line 11 displays ”START TEST>” beginning in column 14. • ”CHECK ANTENNA SUBSYSTEM” (beginning in column 1).4 12 Oct 2010 . Line 9 displays ”TEST DATA>” beginning in column 15. • ”ENSURE A/C IS ON GROUND” (beginning in column 1). The corresponding text for Line 11 (case--by--case. • ”VERIFY IRS ALIGNMENT” (beginning in column 3). respectively. Pressing LSK 5R during this state will cause the SDU to attempt to initiate the SBB PIM Test.5 DEG / 0 DEG/” (or other angles as specified by ORT item cvi) beginning in column 1. in the color WHITE. • ”CHECK ICAO ADDRESS DATA” (beginning in column 1). and then transition to either the ”TEST IN PROGRESS 500S” page or the ”TEST NOT POSSIBLE” page. as otherwise specified for Line 5. Line 9 displays ”27. UP7527 b 23. When it is not possible to permit execution of the SBB PIM Test. additional information will display on Line 11. in the color WHITE. Line 10 displays ”27. and then the channel degradation test results for the 27. For the case of the SBB PIM Test execution being completed. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Line 9 displays ”TEST WILL LAST 500S” beginning in column 1. corresponding to the text displayed on Line 6. During display of the SBB PIM Test detailed results. When it is not possible to permit execution of the SBB PIM Test.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 9 Line 9 a During the SBB PIM Test confirmation phase of the page.5 degree elevation angle and 0 degree azimuth angle. INSTALLATION. Page 6--89. • ”TRY AGAIN IN 10 MINUTES” (beginning in column 1). b c d 10 Line 10 a During the display of the PIM Test results. ”PLEASE RETURN AND” will display beginning in column 5. as otherwise specified for Line 5.5 degree elevation angle and --15 degree azimuth angle.5 DEG /--15 DEG/” (or other angles as specified by ORT item cvi) beginning in column 1. • ”CHECK ANT SUBSYS AND HPA” (beginning in column 1). 11 Line 11 a During the SBB PIM Test confirmation phase of the page. whether the test passed or failed. • ”CHECK ANTENNA/BSU/ACU” (beginning in column 3).-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. • ”LOG ON VIA I4 SATELLITE” (beginning in column 1). and then the channel degradation test result for the 27. to that specified for Line 6) will be as follows: • ”CHECK SDU” (beginning in column 1). in the color WHITE.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Access the SATCOM MAINTENANCE page by pressing LS key 4R only when configuration pin MP11F = 0. The print function is handled by the CMC/CFDIU. The SDU is not responsible for performing the print function as a result of LS key 6R being pressed. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Sheet 7. in the color CYAN. unlike the case of the TEST page. b c (16) PRIMUS/EPIC TEST Menu Page (a) General 1 2 3 Example PRIMUS/EPIC TEST menu pages are shown in Figure 6--7. right justified. otherwise this prompt will not be displayed. but with the decimal point in column 19). The ”PRINT*” prompt will only be displayed if Label 155 bit 11 is set to 1. Line 11 displays ”AVERAGE DEGRAD:” beginning in column 1. Line 12 displays ”ORT THRESHOLD :”. in the color WHITE. the <RETURN and PRINT* prompts are displayed and functional (as applicable for the PRINT prompt as specified above) for all display phases of the PIM TEST page and for all phases of the PIM test itself. The SQI value from ORT item ciii that was used for the SBB PIM Test (based on the deduced IM product order) will be converted to dBs of channel degradation for this display purpose. followed by the numeric average of all six individual antenna beam pointing angle test results (using the same format specified for Line 5. Pressing LS key 6L when the <RETURN prompt is displayed will cause the SDU to terminate the PIM test (leaving the system in the standby mode) and cause the page display to revert to the SDU N or SAT--N (i. Also note that. Page 6--89.For all phases of the PIM TEST page. beginning in column 1. (b) Data Fields UP7527 23.5 12 Oct 2010 .. 13 Line 13 a (LS keys 6L and 6R) -.e. followed by the value from ORT item ciii with the decimal point in column 19. and then ”dB” in columns 22 and 23 in the color WHITE. in the color WHITE. SATCOM MAINTENANCE) page. 12 Line 12 a During the display of the SBB PIM Test detailed results. The purpose is to enable/disable a test of the cockpit call discrete #1 (CD1) and the cockpit call discrete #2 (CD2) for a selected (logical) channel. followed by ”dB” in columns 22 and 23. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System c During the display of the SBB PIM Test detailed results. Line 13 displays ”<RETURN” left justified in the color CYAN and ”PRINT*”.

Pressing LS key 2L when the ”ENABLE” asterisk prompt is displayed will cause the channel 1 cockpit call discrete #1 to be activated (driven low). if the logon state is Standby. 6 Line 7 a This line displays ”*ENABLE” beginning in column 1 in the color CYAN when the test is not active. 4 Line 5 a This line displays ”*ENABLE” beginning in column 1 in the color CYAN when the test is not active. SDU #1 (N=1). This line will display ”*DISABLE <ACTIVE>” beginning in column 1 in the color CYAN when the test is active. the test will be terminated. Pressing LS key 3L when the ”DISABLE” prompt is displayed will cause the discrete to be de--activated.6 12 Oct 2010 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. where N represents 1 or 2 to indicate a sole SDU (N=1). 3 Line 4 a This line displays ”MP8E CHANNEL 1 CD 1” beginning in column 2 in the color CYAN. The asterisk prompt will only be displayed and the test allowed. Pressing LS key 2L when the ”DISABLE” prompt is displayed will cause the discrete to be de--activated. 2 Line 2 a This line displays ”PRIMUS/EPIC TEST” beginning in column 5 in the color WHITE. INSTALLATION. If the logon state changes from Standby to any other state while the test is active. b 5 Line 6 a This line displays ”MP14B CHANNEL 1 CD 2” beginning in column 2 in the color CYAN. or SDU #2 (N=2) as determined by the settings of configuration pins TP12E and TP12F. The command on lines 4 and 5 will only be displayed if the configuration straps indicate that channel 1 is wired. The command on lines 6 and 7 is displayed if the configuration straps indicate that channel 1 is wired. The asterisk prompt will only be displayed and the test allowed if the logon state is Standby. b UP7527 23. the test will be terminated. This line displays ”*DISABLE <ACTIVE>” beginning in column 1 in the color CYAN when the test is active. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 1 Line 1 a The title of the page displays here as ”SAT--N” beginning in column 10 in the color WHITE.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Pressing LS key 3L when the ”ENABLE” asterisk prompt is displayed will cause the channel 1 cockpit call discrete #2 to be activated (driven low). Page 6--89. If the logon state changes from Standby to any other state while the test is active.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Pressing LS key 6R when the RETURN> prompt is displayed will cause the page display to revert to the SAT--N (i. UP7527 23. 8 Line 9 a This line displays ”*ENABLE” beginning in column 1 in the color CYAN when the test is not active. SATCOM MAINTENANCE) page.. The asterisk prompt will only be displayed and the test allowed if the logon state is Standby. the test will be terminated. b 9 Line 10 a This line displays ”TP3D CHANNEL 2 CD 2” beginning in column 2 in the color CYAN. Page 6--89. Pressing LS key 4L when the ”ENABLE” asterisk prompt is displayed will cause the channel 2 cockpit call discrete #1 to be activated (driven low). This line displays ”*DISABLE <ACTIVE>” beginning in column 1 in the color CYAN when the test is active. If the logon state changes from Standby to any other state while the test is active. Pressing LS key 5L when the ”ENABLE” asterisk prompt is displayed will cause the channel 2 cockpit call discrete #2 to be activated (driven low). 10 Line 11 a This line displays ”*ENABLE” beginning in column 1 in the color CYAN when the test is not active. Pressing LS key 4L when the ”DISABLE” prompt is displayed will cause the discrete to be deactivated. If the logon state changes from Standby to any other state while the test is active.e. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. b 11 Line 13 a This line displays ”RETURN>” right justified in the color CYAN. The command on lines 8 and 9 will only be displayed if the configuration straps indicate that channel 2 is wired.7 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. The asterisk prompt will only be displayed and the test allowed if the logon state is Standby. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 7 Line 8 a This line displays ”MP8G CHANNEL 2 CD 1” beginning in column 2 in the color CYAN. The command on lines 10 and 11 will only be displayed if the configuration straps indicate that channel 2 is wired. This line displays ”*DISABLE <ACTIVE>” beginning in column 1 in the color CYAN when the test is active. Pressing LS key 5L when the ”DISABLE” prompt is displayed will cause the discrete to be deactivated. the test will be terminated.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.8 12 Oct 2010 . Page 6--89.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.

As soon as possible during the execution of the functional test. Boeing 747-400 CMC/777 OMS (1) General (a) The CMC and SDU communicate with each other through an ARINC 429 data bus using ARINC 429 words.Automatic Fault Reporting (a) The CMC and SDU communicate with each other through an ARINC 429 data bus using ARINC 429 words. and then supports only the functionality required by that particular system. the SDU builds the fault summary words using ARINC labels 350 thru 354 by mapping currently active failures to the appropriate bits in the words. with the SSM bits set to normal operation during reporting of the test results. are presented together. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. (c) At the conclusion of the functional test. As soon as possible during the execution of the functional test. are presented together. B. The SDU then initiates a system-wide functional test. INSTALLATION. the SDU sets the SSM for ARINC label 350 to functional test.e. then the SDU returns to automatic fault reporting. Once the words are built they are latched for 30 seconds. The SDU determines the aircraft type on which the SDU is installed. The operations to support these two systems are very similar and. 747--400 CMC and 777 OMS) are virtually indistinguishable to the SDU. Maintenance Computer Interface A. The SDU continuously transmits the fault summary words to the CMC at a rate of 1 to 2 Hz. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 3. therefore. all of which supersede ARINC 604 for their respective applications. and the McDonnell Douglas CFDS in accordance with guidelines outlined in Boeing documents D220U050 (747--400 CMC -. the Airbus Central Fault Display System (CFDS). (b) When the SDU receives the standard ground test command containing its equipment ID and source destination identifier (SDI).release date 3 June 1991) and D243W201--1 (777 OMS -.release date 30 October 1992) and Airbus document ABD0048 issue C. therefore. the SDU responds by setting the command word (ARINC label 350) acknowledge bit to ACK for 4 seconds.. The SDU initiates a system-wide functional test. General (1) The SDU is designed to interface with the Boeing 747--400 Central Maintenance Computer (CMC) or the Boeing 777 On--board Maintenance System (OMS). The operations to support the Airbus and McDonnell Douglas maintenance computers are very similar and. the SDU sets the SSM for ARINC label 350 to functional test. (2) CMC to SDU Communication -.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (b) When the SDU receives the standard ground test command containing its equipment ID and source destination identifier (SDI). the SDU responds by setting the command word (ARINC label 350) acknowledge bit to ACK for four seconds. UP7527 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Page 6--90 15 Jul 2006 . (2) The Boeing maintenance computers (i.

2 (b) USER ORT STATUS 1 This displays MODIFIED if the state of the ORT user partition is modified.5. (b) The SDU does not support ground test and shop faults in CMC interactive mode. Figure 6-17 supplies an example of the configuration data page. otherwise no status or header is displayed. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (3) CMC Interactive Mode (a) The SDU supports configuration data in CMC interactive mode for a Boeing 777 installation. The configuration data command is used to display configuration information for the SATCOM LRUs (SDU and HPAs). These lines also display the ORT identification along with modification status. If the CMC transmits a ground test or shop faults interactive mode command addressed to the SDU on label 227. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (d) SECURED ORT STATUS 1 This displays MODIFIED if the state of the ORT secured partition is modified. (4) Configuration Data Messages (a) General 1 When configuration data is commanded. the SDU ignores the command. otherwise. If the CMC transmits a configuration data interactive mode command addressed to the SDU on ARINC label 227. Page 6--91 15 Jul 2006 . the text is limited to 20 characters per line. UP7527 23. For non-777 installations. The SDU responds to the configuration data command from the automatic mode. The ORT 24-character description as contained in ORT item xxxiii is displayed. the ORT is not partitioned so only a single ORT IDENTIFICATION is supplied for the ORT display lines. (c) SECD ORT IDENTIFICATION 1 This is the 24-character description as contained in ORT item liii. For software package C3. For non-777 installations. the MCS configuration data page(s) is(are) displayed. no status or header is displayed. the text is limited to 20 characters per line. These data pages display installed LRUs as determined by the SDU system configuration pin settings with their associated part/serial number data. the SDU processes the command by supplying the first page of configuration information and then resumes automatic mode processing.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION.

Configuration Data Pages for Boeing 777 Installation (e) LRU PART NUMBER 1 The part numbers for the LRUs installed are displayed as follows. a two-digit hardware configuration number (hh). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The word LRU is displayed. Page 6--92 15 Jul 2006 . which is substituted with the appropriate LRU acronym.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. which is substituted with the appropriate LRU acronym. where ssssssss represents the LRU serial number. The LRU part number is displayed as bbbbbbb-hhsss.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. where bbbbbbb-hhsss represents the LRU end item part number consisting of a seven-digit LRU base part number (bbbbbbb). Dashes are displayed if no valid data is available. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure 6-17. (f) LRU SERIAL NUMBER 1 The serial numbers of the LRUs installed are displayed as follows. Dashes are displayed if no valid data is available. UP7527 23. The LRU serial number is displayed as ssssssss. The word LRU is displayed. and a three-digit software configuration number (sss).

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The SDU continuously transmits these fault summary words to the CMC at a rate of 1 to 2 Hz. and serial number. (b) At the end of the CMC-commanded PAST. (5) Standard Ground Test (Non--interactive) (a) When a standard test on a CMC ground test menu is selected. INSTALLATION. as required by the CFDS. the ORT 24 character description. UP7527 23. (b) The LRU/ORT identification data records make up the LRU/ORT identification data blocks. (4) Normal Mode Failure Messages (a) As specified. (2) CFDIU to SDU Communication (a) The CFDIU communicates with the SDU through an ARINC 429 data bus using ARINC 429 words. and the state of the modified flag. Page 6--93 15 Jul 2006 . with the SSM set to Normal Operation. The configuration data page includes the header SDU CONFIG STRAPS and the raw strap setting for the current installation. C. part number.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. The following paragraphs defined the contents of these reports. the SDU transmits failure messages and LRU/ORT identification information while operating in the normal mode. the SDU builds labels 350 thru 354 fault summary words by mapping PAST-detected SATCOM subsystem failures to the appropriate bits. The SDU prevents the CMC commanded standard ground test while the aircraft is airborne. Each LRU data record contains the LRU acronym. The SDU starts a system-wide PAST after it has responded to the receipt of a standard ground test command from the CMC. Airbus/Douglas CFDS (1) General (a) The CFDS uses a centralized fault display interface unit (CFDIU) as an interface between the SDU and the SCDU. the CMC commands the SDU to start a standard ground test. it supports the normal mode and interactive mode as required by the CFDS. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (g) SDU S/W PART NUMBER 1 This displays the software part number that corresponds to the software load. The SDU also transmits the LRU part number and serial number and ORT identification data blocks to the CFDIU. (3) SDU to CFDIU Communication (a) The SDU supports both the normal mode and the interactive mode.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. during reporting of the test results. Throughout these paragraphs the acronym CFDIU is used to include both the A320 CFDS and the A340 CMC. Each ORT identification data record contains the ORT IDENTIFICATION header. (b) When the SDU is installed on an Airbus or McDonnell Douglas aircraft with a CFDS.

along with their associated part/serial numbers.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. However. (d) The McDonnell Douglas CFDIU does not decode the normal mode report until the CFDIU detects an increase in the block word count. (5) Interactive Mode (a) The CFDIU supplies for two-way communication between the SCDU and the SDU. The SDU enters the interactive mode upon receiving an ENQ command from the CFDIU when the aircraft is on the ground. the McDonnell Douglas CFDIU decodes the entire report. (c) In addition to latching the failures. as determined by the system configuration pin settings. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--94 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION. with exception of the scratchpad. Central Aircraft Information and Maintenance System (1) The central aircraft information and maintenance system (CAIMS) is a distributive maintenance system where each member system performs its own built--in test (BIT) and stores its own faults. they are added to the beginning of the report (i. When the SDU operates in the interactive mode. which is referred to as the interactive mode. the SDU transmits the ORT identification with a modification status. the report is in reverse chronological order. the contents of the normal mode report depend on the failure class and when it occurs in relationship to other failures against the same LRU. each system supplies real--time status information on the health of each of its LRUs and their interfaces. Once a report is sent to the CFDIU during the normal mode for the current flight. Transmission of an HPA LRU part/serial number uses the same criteria as the display of HPA data. it is responsible for all information displayed on the CFDS maintenance pages.. the SDU does not change the content or order except to add new failure messages. After sending an All Call DC2 command for a new flight leg. D. unlike the Airbus CFDIU. bearing in mind the CFDS considers the time of the failure to be the time it is first reported on this flight leg rather than when it first occurs).e. as appropriate to the beginning of the report. At the end of this LRU transmission. The member systems support CAIMS during normal operation and during on--ground maintenance. Level I failures against the same LRU reported in the normal mode are not to be transmitted more than once unless they are an upper class and the upper class failure occurs after the lower class failure(s).-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (e) The SDU transmits the names of the installed LRUs. the Airbus CFDIU delays processing the normal mode report for about 30 seconds before regarding the report as pertaining to the new flight leg. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) Once a failure is reported in the normal mode. regardless of whether the failure is cleared. The LRU names can be transmitted in any order. Also. As new failures are reported. the failure remains in the report for that entire flight. UP7527 23.

fault zone. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The ATA number listed is for the first suspect LRU. the Level I failure messages displayed on the SCDU accessed maintenance pages are the same as those specified for Boeing (refer to Table 6--20). no ATA reference numbers are displayed. such as: flight leg. E. bus inactivity. For member systems. and the CFDS interactive mode pages displayed when the installed CFDS type is a McDonnell Douglas. • Table 6--21 and Table 6--22 describe the Level I failure messages and ATA reference numbers to use for transmittal in the CFDS normal mode. (3) In the maintenance mode. The CAIMS OMS is the ground maintenance function and is accessible through communication link to a portable maintenance access terminal (PMAT). 2 (dual configuration) as determined by the settings of configuration pins TP12E and TP12F. • For CFDS type none. Therefore. with identified faults stored in the member systems non--volatile memory (NVM). or miscellaneous interface signal where a failure. and commands the download of NVM fault data. date. This is typically performed by continuous BIT and power--up BIT. and displays real--time data for status displays. INSTALLATION. the CAIMS OMS displays fault information. and aircraft serial number information that is stored with the fault in the member systems NVM. Also shown is the CMC message ID which is displayed by the CMC in response to the Level I failure messages (refer to the OEM’s maintenance manual and fault isolation manual). (2) The Level 1 failure codes are two--digit hexadecimal numbers that define the LRU. and for display on SCDU accessed maintenance pages are specified in the following paragraphs for each CFDS type installed. UP7527 23. but the fault warning processor (FWP) supplies fault event data. member systems gather and store fault data when equipment failure occurs during normal operation. When multiple LRUs are suspect. • Table 6--23 describes the Level I failure messages and ATA reference numbers to use for transmittal in the CFDS normal mode. • Table 6--20 describes the Level I failure messages and ATA reference numbers to use for display on the SCDU accessed maintenance pages when the installed CFDS type is a Boeing CMC. However. for display in the CFDS interactive mode. Page 6--95 12 Oct 2010 . or signal error has been determined to have occurred. Table 6--21 is for the SDU (single configuration) or SDU No. the most likely LRU is listed first followed by the next most likely LRU. and Table 6--22 is for SDU No. the aircraft maintenance crew can retrieve stored fault data from a member system. the failure messages are designed to be LRU--based and only supply LRU--level identification. time. Level I Failure Messages and ATA Reference Numbers (1) The Level I failure messages and ATA reference numbers that are available for transmittal in the CFDS normal mode. and the CFDS interactive mode pages displayed when the installed CFDS type is an Airbus. Level I failure messages are intended for use by line maintenance crews. With the PMAT. separated by a slash.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Additional text can be supplied at the end to help clarify the failure message. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) In the normal operation mode. commands BITE test. 1 (dual configuration). The CAIMS does not store fault information for member systems. data communication bus. the CAIMS is active and is called the on--board maintenance system (CAIMS OMS).

CFDS normal and interactive modes or SCDU accessed maintenance pages as appropriate). AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (3) For Level I codes identified as not applicable in the tables. Page 6--96 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.. the SDU does not report the failure on that particular interface.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.e. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. the SDU does not report the failure on that particular interface (i. Where TBD is used in the Level I failure message column. For failures that occur that are undefined in the tables. Table 6-20. Boeing Level I Failure Messages and ATA Reference Numbers Failure Code 01 02 03 04 07 0A 0B 0D 0F 10 13 15 1A 1C 1D SDU OTHER SDU INCOMPATIBILITY HSU HPA--HI GAIN HPA--HI GAIN HPA--LO GAIN HI POWER RELAY HSU DATA MODULE LNA/DIP--(TOP/PORT) LNA/DIP--STBD LNA/DIP--LO GAIN BSU--(TOP/PORT) BSU--STBD IN GAIN ANTENNA--TOP HI GAIN ANTENNA--(TOP/PORT) HI GAIN ANTENNA--STBD IN GAIN ANTENNA--TOP HI GAIN ANTENNA-(TOP/PORT) 1F 21 22 23 33 34 35 LO GAIN ANTENNA MCDU1 MCDU2 MCDU3 (ACARS MU/CMU)1 (ACARS MU/CMU)2 IRS--PRI [IGA] SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages ATA Number 232500 232500 232500 [IGA] 232500 [HGA] 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 [IGA] 232500 [HGA] 232500 232500 [HGA] 232500 232500 346100 346100 346100 232700 232700 342100 23219 23219 34224 23225 23210 23211 23212 23213 23214 23215 23216 23207 23209 23218 CMC Message ID 23205 23205 UP7527 23. INSTALLATION. it is coded as literally read.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-20. INSTALLATION. Boeing Level I Failure Messages and ATA Reference Numbers (cont) Failure Code 36 37 38 39 3D 3E 40 42 43 50 52 53 54 55 56 57 59 5A 5B 5C 5F 62 63 64 66 67 68 6A SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages IRS--SEC RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED FMC1 FMC2 ARINC 429 ICAO ADDRESS CTU (CFS/CPDF) HSU/SDU (CFS/CPDF)/SDU (ACARS MU/CMU)1/SDU CTU/SDU MCDU1/SDU MCDU2/SDU (ACARS MU/CMU)2/SDU CMC/SDU IRS--PRI/SDU IRS--SEC/SDU HPA--IN GAIN/SDU HPA--HI GAIN/SDU HPA--LO GAIN/SDU BSU--(TOP/PORT)/SDU IN GAIN ANTENNA/SDU HI GAIN ANTENNA/SDU BSU--STBD/SDU MCDU3/SDU RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED 346100 346100 None 231900 233200 232500 233200 232700 231900 346100 346100 232700 454500 342100 342100 [IGA] 232500 [HGA] 232500 232500 [IGA] 232500 [HGA] 232500 346100 23214 23235 23201 23222 23224 23226 23225 23213 23219 23235 23251 23235 ATA Number 342100 CMC Message ID 34224 UP7527 23. Page 6--97 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-20. Page 6--98 12 Oct 2010 . Boeing Level I Failure Messages and ATA Reference Numbers (cont) Failure Code 6C 6D 6E 6F 71 73 74 80 82 88 90 96 98 99 9A 9C 9D 9E A6 A7 A8 A9 C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED OTHER SDU/THIS SDU FMC1/SDU FMC2/SDU RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED SDU M--CTRL/HPA--IN GAIN SDU M--CTRL/HPA--HI GAIN SDU M--CTRL/HPA--LO GAIN SDU M--CTRL/BSU-(TOP/PORT) SDU M--CTRL/IN GAIN ANT SDU M--CTRL/HI GAIN ANT BSU--STBD XTALK/BSU--PORT SDU M--CTRL/BSU--STBD BSU--PORT XTALK/BSU--STBD SDU/HSU HSU ETHERNET PORT 1 HSU ETHERNET PORT 2 HSU ISDN PORT 1 HSU ISDN PORT 2 WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/SDU SDU WOW MISCOMPARE SDU/OTHER SDU SELECT--DISABLE DISCRETE WRG:ICAO ADDRESS PIN PROG/SDU TX PATH VSWR--IN GAIN TX PATH VSWR--HI GAIN 232500 [IGA] 232500 [HGA] 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 N/A 232500 232500 [IGA] 232500 [HGA] 23251 23257 232500 23236 23249 232500 23252 23250 23253 [IGA] 232500 [HGA] 23246 232500 346100 346100 ATA Number CMC Message ID UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

Page 6--99 12 Oct 2010 . Boeing Level I Failure Messages and ATA Reference Numbers (cont) Failure Code C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 CA CB CC CD CE CF D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 DA DB DC DD DE SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/SDU OWNER REQS TX PATH VSWR--LO GAIN HPA--HI GAIN/OVER TEMPERATURE HPA--HI GAIN/OVER TEMPERATURE BAD DATA FROM GROUND EARTH STATION HPA--LO GAIN/OVER TEMPERATURE SDU/LNA/DIP--LO GAIN WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--IN GAIN WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--HI GAIN WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--HI GAIN SDU (POC/TOTC) DATA RESET RESERVED HPA--IN GAIN (POC/TOTC) DATA RESET HPA--HI GAIN (POC/TOTC)DATA RESET HPA--LO GAIN (POC/TOTC) DATA RESET WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--IN GAIN WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--HI GAIN WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--LO GAIN WRG:SDI PIN PROG/BSU--(TOP/PORT) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/BSU--STBD SDU COAX/HPA--IN GAIN SDU COAX/HPA--HI GAIN SDU COAX/HPA--LO GAIN RESERVED LNA/DIP/ (SDU)--(TOP/PORT) LNA/DIP/ (SDU)--STBD LNA/DIP/ (SDU)--LO GAIN LO GAIN SUBSYSTEM NO ACTIVE ACARS MU/CMU SDU OWNER REQS -.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION.SECURED SDU OWNER REQS -.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-20.USER 232500 232500 232500 232500 232700 None None 23236 23236 23236 [IGA] 232500 [HGA] 232500 232500 232500 [IGA] 232500 [HGA] 232500 23237 23237 [IGA] [HGA] ATA Number 232500 232500 [IGA] 232500 [HGA] None 232500 232500 [IGA] 232500 [HGA] 232500 23216 23247 CMC Message ID UP7527 23.

Page 6--100 12 Oct 2010 . 1) Failure Messages and ATA No. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Airbus Level I (SDU No.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Failure Code 01 02 03 04 07 0A UP7527 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages SDU1(105RV1) SDU1(5RV1) SDU2(105RV2) SDU2(5RV2) INCOMPATIBILITY HSDU1 (63RV1) HPA1(110RV1) HPA--HI GAIN(7RV1) HPA--LO GAIN(9RV) HI POWER RELAY(21RV) ATA Number [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 232839 [IGA] 232831 [HGA] 232831 232835 232842 23. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-20. Boeing Level I Failure Messages and ATA Reference Numbers (cont) Failure Code DF E0 E1 E4 E6 E8 EC ED EE F0 FA FB FC FE SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages IN GAIN SUBSYSTEM HI GAIN SUBSYSTEM RESERVED BAD HSU DISABLE DISCRETE HSU/SDU INTERFACE VER INCOMPATIBILITY HSU/HPA TX RF PATH DLNA/HSU RX RF PATH WRG: CONFIG PIN PROG/HSU WRG: CONFIG PIN PROG/HSU SDU OWNER REQS WRG: FWD ID PIN PROG/HSU PIMBIT FAILURE HSU RF OVER POWER CONDITION SDU RF OVER POWER CONDITION IN GAIN ANTENNA RESET HI GAIN ANTENNA RESET POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPT 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 232500 [IGA] None [HGA] None ATA Number [IGA] 232500 [HGA] CMC Message ID Table 6-21.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-21. Failure Code 0B 0D HDM1 (79RV1) DLNA1(119RV1) DLNA--TOP(19RV1) DLNA--L(20RV1) 0F 10 13 15 1A DLNA--R(20RV2) DLNA--LO GAIN(14RV) BSU(8RV1) BSU--L(15RV1) BSU--R(15RV2) ANTENNA1(116RV1) HI GAIN ANTENNA--TOP(16RV1) HI GAIN ANTENNA--L(17RV) 1D 1C 1F 21 22 23 33 ANTENNA(116RV1) HI GAIN ANTENNA--TOP (16RV1) HI GAIN ANTENNA--R(18RV) LO GAIN ANTENNA(13RV) MCDU1(2CA1) MCDU1(3CA1) MCDU2(2CA2) MCDU2(3CA2) MCDU3(2CA3) MCDU3(3CA3) ATSU1(1TX1) ACARS MU(1RB) ACARS MU1(1RB1) 34 ATSU2 (1TX2) ACARS MU2 ACARS MU2(1RB2) 35 36 37 ADIRU1(1FP1) ADIRU2(1FP2) RESERVED SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages ATA Number 232832 [IGA] 232838 [Top Mount] 232838 [Conformal] 232837 [Conformal] 232837 232836 [Top Mount] 232846 [Conformal] 232844 [Conformal] 232844 [IGA 232813 [Top Mount] 232813 [Conformal] 232813 [IGA] 232813 [Top Mount] 232813 [Conformal] 232812 232811 [A330/A340] 228212 [A320] 228212 [A330/A340] 228212 [A320] 228212 [A330/A340] 228212 [A320] 228212 [ATSU] 462134 [A320 ACARS] 232434 [A330/A340 ACARS] 232434 [ATSU] 462134 [A320 ACARS] 232434 [A330/A340 ACARS] 232434 341234 341234 N/A UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--101 12 Oct 2010 . Airbus Level I (SDU No.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 1) Failure Messages and ATA No. INSTALLATION.

INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-21. Airbus Level I (SDU No. Page 6--102 12 Oct 2010 . Failure Code 38 39 3D 3E 40 42 RESERVED RESERVED FMGC1(1CA1) FMGEC1(1CA1) FMGC2(1CA2) FMGEC2(1CA2) ARINC 429 ICAO CTU--CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU1 (105RV1) CTU--CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU1 (105RV1) CTU--CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU1 (5RV1) CTU--CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU1 (5RV1) 43 IFE 429 BUS/SDU1 (5RV1) IFE 429 BUS/SDU1 (105RV1) IFE 429 BUS/SDU1 (105RV1) IFE 429 BUS/SDU1 (5RV1) 50 52 HSDU1 (63RV1)/SDU1 (5RV1) IFE 429 BUS/SDU1 (5RV1) IFE 429 BUS/SDU1 (105RV1) IFE 429 BUS/SDU1 (105RV1) IFE 429 BUS/SDU1 (5RV1) 53 ATSU1 (1TX1)/SDU1(105RV1) ATSU1 (1TX1)/SDU1(5RV1) ACARS MU (1RB)/SDU1(105RV1) ACARS MU1 (1RB1)/SDU1(105RV1) ACARS MU (1RB)/SDU1(5RV1) ACARS MU1 (1RB1)/SDU1(5RV1) 54 CTU--CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU1(105RV1) CTU--CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU1(105RV1) CTU--CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU1(5RV1) CTU--CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU1(5RV1) [A330/A340 HGA] 233000 [A330/A340 HGA] [A320 IGA] 233000 [A320 HGA] [IGA ATSU 462134 [HGA ATSU] 462134 [IGA A320 ACARS] 232434 [IGA A330/A340 ACARS] 232434 [HGA A320 ACARS] 232434 [HGA A330/A340 ACARS] 232434 [IGA A320] 233500 [IGA A330/A340] 239200 [HGA A320] 233500 [HGA A330/A340] 239200 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages ATA Number N/A N/A [A320] 228334 [A330/A340] 228334 [A320] 228334 [A330/A340] 228334 N/A [IGA A320] 233500 [IGA A330/A340] 239200 [HGA A320] 233500 [HGA A330/A340] 239200 [A330/A340 HGA] 233000 [A330/A340 HGA] [A320 IGA] 233000 [A320 HGA] UP7527 23. 1) Failure Messages and ATA No.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Airbus Level I (SDU No. INSTALLATION. Page 6--103 12 Oct 2010 . Failure Code 55 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages MCDU1(2CA1)/SDU1(105RV1) MCDU1(2CA1)/SDU1(5RV1) MCDU1(3CA1)/SDU1(105RV1) MCDU(3CA1)/SDU1(5RV1) 56 MCDU2(2CA2)/SDU1(105RV1) MCDU2(2CA2)/SDU1(5RV1) MCDU2(3CA2)/SDU1(105RV1) MCDU2(3CA2)/SDU1(5RV1) 57 ATSU2 (1TX2)/SDU1(105RV1) ATSU2 (1TX2)/SDU1(5RV1) ACARS MU2/SDU1(105RV1) ACARS MU2 (1RB2)/SDU1(105RV1) ACARS MU2/SDU1(5RV1) ACARS MU2 (1RB2)/SDU1(5RV1) 59 CFDIU(1TW)/SDU1(105RV1) CMC1(1TM1)/SDU1(105RV1) CFDIU(1TW)/SDU1(5RV1) CMC1(1TM1)/SDU1(5RV1) 5A 5B 5C 5F 62 63 64 ADIRU1(1FP1)/SDU1(105RV1) ADIRU1(1FP1)/SDU1(5RV1) ADIRU2(1FP2)/SDU1(105RV1) ADIRU2(1FP2)/SDU1(5RV1) HPA1 (110RV1)/SDU1(105RV1) HPA--HI GAIN(7RV1)/SDU1(5RV1) HPA--LO GAIN(9RV)/SDU1(5RV1) HPA--LO GAIN(9RV)/SDU1(105RV1) BSU(8RV1)/SDU1(5RV1) BSU--L(15RV1)/SDU1(5RV1) ANTENNA1 (116RV1)/SDU1 (105RV1) HI GAIN ANTENNA--TOP (16RV1)/SDU1(5RV1) BSU--R(15RV2)/SDU1(5RV1) ATA Number [IGA A330/A340] 228212 [HGA A330/A340] 228212 [IGA A320] 228212 [HGA A320] 228212 [IGA A330/A340] 228212 [HGA A330/A340] 228212 IGA A320 228212 HGA A320 228212 [IGA ATSU] 462134 [HGA ATSU] 462134 [IGA A320 ACARS] 232434 [IGA A330/A340 ACARS] 232434 [HGA A320 ACARS] 232434 [HGA A330/A340 ACARS] 232434 [IGA A320] 313234 [IGA A330/A340] 451334 [HGA A320] 313234 [HGA A330/A340] 451334 [IGA] 341234 [HGA] 341234 [IGA] 341234 [HGA] 341234 [IGA] 232831 [HGA] 232831 [HGA + LGA] 232835 [IGA + LGA] 232835 [Top Mount] 232846 [Conformal] 232844 [IRA] 232813 [HGA] 232813 [Conformal] 232844 UP7527 23. 1) Failure Messages and ATA No. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-21.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-21. 1) Failure Messages and ATA No. Failure Code 66 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages MCDU3(2CA3)/SDU1(105RV1) MCDU3(2CA3)/SDU1(5RV1) MCDU3(3CA3)/SDU1(105RV1) MCDU3(CA3)/SDU1(5RV1) 67 68 6A 6C 6D 6E 6F 71 RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED SDU2(105RV2)CROSSTALK BUS/SDU1 (105RV1) SDU2(5RV2)CROSSTALK BUS/SDU1 5RV1) 73 FMGC1(1CA1)/SDU1(105RV1 FMGEC1(1CA1)/SDU1(105RV1) FMGC1(1CA1)/SDU1(5RV1) FMGEC1(1CA1)/SDU1(5RV1) 74 FMGC2(1CA2)/SDU1(105RV1) FMGEC2(1CA2)/SDU1(105RV1) FMGC2(1CA2)/SDU1(5RV1) FMGEC2(1CA2)/SDU1(5RV1) 80 82 88 90 RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED SDU1(105RV1) BUS M--CTRL/HPA1(110RV1) SDU1(5RV1) BUS M--CTRL/HPA--HI GAIN(7RV1) 96 SDU1(5RV1) BUS M--CTRL/HPA--LO GAIN(9RV) SDU1(105RV1) BUS M--CTRL/HPA--LO GAIN(9RV) [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [HGA+LGA] 232834 [IGA+LGA] 232834 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [IGA A320] 228334 [IGA A330/A340] 228334 [HGA A320] 228334 [HGA A330/A340] 228334 [IGA A320] 228334 [IGA A330/A340] 228334 [HGA A320] 228334 [HGA A330/A340] 228334 ATA Number [IGA A330/A340] 228212 [HGA A330/A340] 228212 [IGA A320] 228212 [HGA A320] 228212 UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. Airbus Level I (SDU No.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--104 12 Oct 2010 .

Failure Code 98 99 9A 9C 9D 9E 9F A1 A2 A3 A6 A7 A8 A9 C0 C1 C2 SDU1 (105RV1)/ANTENNA2 (116RV2) SDU1 (5RV1)/ANTENNA--TOP (16RV1) SDU1(5RV1) BUS M--CTRL/BSU(8RV1) SDU1(5RV1) BUS M--CTRL/BSU--R(15RV2) BSU--L (15RV1) XTALK BUS/BSU--R(15RV2) SDU1 (5RV1) /HSDU1 (63RV1) Not applicable for package 6. Page 6--105 12 Oct 2010 .MCDU2(2CA2) SDU1(5RV1)/MCDU2(2CA2) SDU1(105RV1)/MCDU3(2CA3) SDU1(5RV1)/MCDU3(2CA3) ESU(101RF) ETHERNET 1/HSDU1(63RV1) ESU(101RF) ETHERNET 2/HSDU1(63RV1) ESU(101RF) ISDN 1/HSDU1(63RV1) ESU(101RF) ISDN 2/HSDU1(63RV1) WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/SDU1(105RV1) WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/SDU1(5RV1) LGCIU1(5GA1)/LGCIU2(5GA2)/SDU1(105RV1) LGCIU1(5GA1)/LGCIU2(5GA2)/SDU1(5RV1) SDU1(105RV1) SEL--DISABLE DISCRETE/SDU2(105RV2) SDU1(5RV1) SEL--DISABLE DISCRETE/SDU2(5RV2) C3 WRG:ICAO ADDRESS PIN PROG/SDU1(105RV1) WRG:ICAO ADDRESS PIN PROG/SDU1(5RV1) C4 HPA1 (110RV1)/VSWR HPA--HI GAIN(7RV1)/VSWR [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [Conformal] 232844 [Conformal] 232834 [Conformal] 232844 232834 N/A [IGA] 228212 [HGA] 228212 [IGA] 228212 [HGA] 228212 [IGA] 228212 [HGA] 228212 464131 464131 464131 464131 [IGA] 232800 [HGA] 232800 [IGA] 323171 [HGA] 323171 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [IGA] 232800 [HGA] 232800 [IGA] 232831 [HGA] 232831 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages ATA Number UP7527 23. Airbus Level I (SDU No.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 1) Failure Messages and ATA No. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-21.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION.0 and beyond SDU1(105RV1)/MCDU1(2CA1) SDU1(5RV1)/MCDU1(2CA1) SDU1(105RV1).

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--106 12 Oct 2010 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 1) Failure Messages and ATA No.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-21. Airbus Level I (SDU No. Failure Code C5 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/SDU1(105RV1) OWNER REQS DB WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/SDU1(5RV1) OWNER REQS DB C6 C7 C8 HPA--LO GAIN(9RV)/VSWR HPA(110RV1)/OVER TEMPERATURE HPA--HI GAIN(7RV1)/OVER TEMPERATURE SDU1(105RV1)/BAD DATA FROM GROUND STATION SDU1(5RV1)/BAD DATA FROM GROUND EARTH STATION C9 CA HPA--LO GAIN(9RV)/OVER TEMPERATURE SDU1(5RV1)CTRL DISCRETE/DLNA--LO GAIN(14RV) SDU1(105RV1)CTRL DISCRETE/DLNA--LO GAIN(14RV) CB CC CD CE CF D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA1(110RV1) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--HI GAIN(7RV1) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--LO GAIN(9RV) N/A RESERVED N/A N/A WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA1(110RV1) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA----HI GAIN(7RV1) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA----LO GAIN(9RV) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/BSU(8RV1) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/BSU--L(15RV1) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/BSU--R(15RV2) SDU1(105RV1)/TXCOAX SDU1(5RV1)/TXCOAX SDU1 (105RV1)/TXCOAX SDU1(5RV1)/TXCOAX UP7527 ATA Number [IGA] 232800 [HGA] 232800 232835 [IGA] 232831 [HGA] 232831 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 232835 [HGA+LGA] 232834 [IGA+LGA] 232834 [IGA] 232800 [HGA] 232800 232800 N/A N/A N/A 232800 232800 232800 [Top Mount] 232800 [Conformal] 232800 [Conformal] 232800 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [IGA+LGA] 232834 [HGA+LGA] 232834 23.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Airbus Level I (SDU No. Failure Code D7 D8 D9 DA DB DC DD RESERVED SDU1(105RV1)/RXCOAX SDU1(5RV1)/RXCOAX SDU2(5RV1)/RXCOAX SDU1(105RV1)/RXCOAX SDU1(5RV1)/RXCOAX LO GAIN ANTENNA(13RV) LOG ON FAILURE N/A SDU1(105RV1) OWNER REQS DB SECURED PARTITION SDU1(5RV1) OWNER REQS DB SECURED PARTITION DE SDU1(105RV1) OWNER REQS DB USER PARTITION SDU1(5RV1) OWNER REQS DB USER PARTITION DF SDU1(105RV1) LOG ON FAILURE SDU1(5RV1) LOG ON FAILURE E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 EA RESERVED SDU1(5RV1) DISCRETE/HSDU1(63RV1) N/A N/A SDU1(5RV1)/HSDU1(63RV1) N/A HSDU1(63RV1)/TXCOAX N/A HSDU1(63RV1)/RXCOAX N/A N/A 232834 N/A N/A to Airbus 232834 N/A to Airbus 232839 N/A 232839 N/A N/A to Airbus [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 232834 [IGA+LGA] 232834 [HGA+LGA] 232834 232811 N/A to Airbus [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages ATA Number UP7527 23. Page 6--107 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-21. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. 1) Failure Messages and ATA No.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-21. INSTALLATION. 2) Failure Messages and ATA No. 1) Failure Messages and ATA No. Airbus Level I (SDU No. Failure Code 01 02 03 04 07 0A 0B 0D SDU2(105RV2) SDU2(5RV2) SDU1(105RV1) INCOMPATIBILITY SDU1(5RV1) INCOMPATIBILITY HSDU2(63RV2) HPA2(110RV2 HPA--HI GAIN(7RV2) HPA--LO GAIN(9RV) HI POWER RELAY(21RV) HDM DLNA2 (119RV2) DLNA--TOP(19RV2) DLNA--L(20RV3) 0F 10 UP7527 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages ATA Number [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 232839 [IGA] 232831 232831 [HGA] 232835 232842 232832 [IGA] 232838 [Top Mount] 232838 [Conformal] 232837 [Conformal] 232837 232836 DLNA--R(20RV4) DLNA--LO GAIN(14RV) 23. Failure Code EB EC ED EE F0 FA FB FC FE SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages MCDU1(2CA1)+MCDU2(2CA2)+MCDU3(2CA3) INACTIVE WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/HSDU1(63RV1) WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/HSDU1(63RV1) SDU ORT WRG:FWD ID1 ADDRESS PIN PROG/HSDU1(63RV1 Not applicable to Airbus HSDU1 OVER POWER CONDITION SDU1 OVER POWER CONDITION ANTENNA1 AUTO RESET HI GAIN ANTENNA--TOP AUTO RESET POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPT ATA Number [RMP only] 228212 232800 232800 232800 N/A 232834 232834 [IGA] 232813 [HGA] 232813 240000 Table 6-22. Airbus Level I (SDU No. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--108 12 Oct 2010 .

Failure Code 13 15 1A BSU(8RV2) BSU--L(15RV3) BSU--R(15RV4) ANTENNA2(116RV2) HI GAIN ANTENNA--TOP (16RV1) HI GAIN ANTENNA--TOP (16RV2) HI GAIN ANTENNA--L(17RV) 1C 1D 1F 21 22 23 33 HI GAIN ANTENNA--R(18RV) ANTENNA2 (116RV2) HI GAIN ANTENNA--TOP (16RV2) LO GAIN ANTENNA(13RV) MCDU1(2CA1 MCDU1(3CA1) MCDU2(2CA2) MCDU2(3CA2) MCDU3(2CA3) MCDU3(3CA3) ATSU1(1TX1) ACARS MU(1RB) ACARS MU1(1RB1) 34 ATSU2 (1TX2) ACARS MU2 ACARS MU2(1RB2) 35 36 37 38 39 3D ADIRU1(1FP1) ADIRU2(1FP2) RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED FMGC1(1CA1) FMGEC1(1CA1) SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages ATA Number [Top Mount] 232846 [Conformal] 232844 [Conformal] 232844 [IGA] 232813 [Top Mount] 232813 [Top Mount] 232813 [Conformal] 232812 [Conformal] 232812 [IGA] 232813 [Top Mount] 232813 232812 [A330/A340] 228212 [A320] 228212 [A330/A340] 228212 [A320] 228212 [A330/A340] 228212 [A320] 228212 [ATSU] 462134 [A320 ACARS] 232434 [A330/A340 ACARS] 232434 [ATSU] 462134 [A320 ACARS] 232434 [A330/A340] 232434 341234 341234 N/A N/A N/A [A320] 228334 [A330/A340] 228334 UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Airbus Level I (SDU No. INSTALLATION. 2) Failure Messages and ATA No. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-22. Page 6--109 12 Oct 2010 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Airbus Level I (SDU No. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-22.CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU2(105RV2) CTU -.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Failure Code 3E 40 42 FMGC2(1CA2) FMGEC2(1CA2) ARINC 429 ICAO CTU -. INSTALLATION.CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU2(5RV2) 43 IFE 429 BUS/SDU2(5RV2) IFE 429 BUS/SDU2(105RV2) IFE 429 BUS/SDU2(105RV2) IFE 429 BUS/SDU2(5RV2) 50 51 52 HSDU2(63RV2)/SDU2(5RV2) RESERVED IFE 429 BUS/SDU2(5RV2) IFE 429 BUS/SDU2(105RV2) IFE 429 BUS/SDU2(105RV2) IFE 429 BUS/SDU2(5RV2) 53 ATSU1 (1TX1)/SDU2(105RV2) ATSU1 (1TX1)/SDU2(5RV2) ACARS MU(1RB1)/SDU2(105RV2) ACARS MU1(1RB1)/SDU2(5RV2) ACARS MU(1RB)/SDU2(105RV2) ACARS MU1(1RB)/SDU2(5RV2) 54 CTU -. 2) Failure Messages and ATA No.CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU2(105RV2) CTU -.CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU2(5RV2) 55 MCDU1(2CA1)/SDU2(105RV2) MCDU1(2CA1)/SDU2(5RV2) MCDU1(3CA1)/SDU2(105RV2) MCDU1(3CA1)/SDU2(5RV2) [A330/A340 HGA] 233000 [A330/A340 IGA] [A320 IGA] 233000 [A320 HGA] [IGA ATSU] 462134 [HGA ATSU] 462134 [IGA ACARS A330/A340] 232434 [HGA ACARS A330/A340] 232434 [IGA ACARS A320] 232434 [HGA ACARS A320] 232434 [IGA A320] 233500 [IGA A330/A340] 239200 [HGA A320] 233500 [HGA A330/A340] 239200 [IGA A330/A340] 228212 [HGA A330/A340] 228212 [IGA A320] 228212 [HGA A320] 228212 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages ATA Number [A320] 228334 [A330/A340] 228334 232800 [IGA A320] 233500 [IGA A330/A340] 239200 [HGA A320] 233500 [HGA A330/A340] 239200 [A330/A340 HGA] 233000 [A330/A340 IGA] [A320 IGA] 233000 [A320 HGA] 232839 UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU2(105RV2) CTU -. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page 6--110 12 Oct 2010 .CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU2(5RV2) CTU -.CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU2(5RV2) CTU -.CU CEPT--E1 BUS/SDU2(105RV2) CTU -.

INSTALLATION. Failure Code 56 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages MCDU2(2CA2)/SDU2(105RV2) MCDU2(2CA2)/SDU2(5RV2) MCDU2(3CA2)/SDU2(105RV2) MCDU2(3CA2)/SDU2(5RV2) 57 ATSU2 (1TX2)/SDU2(105RV2) ATSU2 (1TX2)/SDU2(5RV2) ACARS MU2/SDU2(105RV2) ACARS MU2 (1RB2)/SDU2(105RV2) ACARS MU2/SDU2(5RV2) ACARS MU2(1RB2)/SDU2(5RV2) 59 CFDIU(1TW)/SDU2(105RV2) CMC1(1TM1)/SDU2(105RV2) CFDIU(1TW)/SDU2(5RV2) CMC1(1TM1)/SDU2(5RV2) 5A 5B 5C 5F 62 63 ANTENNA2(116RV2) SDU2 (105RV2) HI GAIN ANTENNA--TOP (16RV2) SDU2 (5RV2) 64 66 BSU--R(15RV4)/SDU2(5RV2) MCDU3(2CA3)/SDU2(105RV2) MCDU3(2CA3)/SDU2(5RV2) MCDU3(3CA3)/SDU2(105RV2) MCDU3(3CA3)/SDU2(5RV2) [IGA] 232813 [HGA] 232813 [Conformal] 232844 [IGA A330/A340] 228212 [HGA A330/A340] 228212 [IGA A320] 228212 [HGA A320] 228212 ADIRU1(1FP1)/SDU2(105RV2) ADIRU1(1FP1)/SDU2(5RV2) ADIRU2(1FP2)/SDU2(105RV2) ADIRU2(1FP2)/SDU2(5RV2) HPA2(110RV2)/SDU2(105RV2) HPA--HI GAIN(7RV2)/SDU2(5RV2) HPA--LO GAIN(9RV)/SDU2(5RV2) HPA--LO GAIN(9RV)/SDU2(105RV2) ATA Number [IGA] 228212 [HGA] 228212 [IGA A320] 228212 [HGA A320] 228212 [IGA ATSU] 462134 [HGA ATSU] 462134 [IGA A320 ACARS] 232434 [IGA A330/A340 ACARS] 232434 [HGA A320 ACARS] 232434 [HGA A330/A340 ACARS] 232434 [IGA A320] 313234 [IGA A330/A340] 451334 [HGA A320] 313234 [HGA A330/A340] 451334 [IGA] 341234 [HGA] 341234 [IGA] 341234 [HGA] 341234 [IGA] 232831 [HGA] 232831 HGA+LGA 232835 IGA+LGA 232835 UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 2) Failure Messages and ATA No. Airbus Level I (SDU No. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-22.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 6--111 12 Oct 2010 .

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-22. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. Airbus Level I (SDU No. 2) Failure Messages and ATA No. Page 6--112 12 Oct 2010 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Failure Code 67 68 6A 6C 6D 6E 6F 71 RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED SDU1(105RV1)CROSSTALK BUS/SDU2(105RV2) SDU1(5RV1)CROSSTALK BUS/SDU2(5RV2) 73 FMGC1(1CA1)/SDU2(105RV2) FMGEC1(1CA1)/SDU2(105RV2) FMGC1(1CA1)/SDU2(5RV2) FMGEC1(1CA1)/SDU2(5RV2) 74 FMGC2(1CA2)/SDU2(105RV2) FMGEC2(1CA2)/SDU2(105RV2) FMGC2(1CA2)/SDU2(5RV2) FMGEC2(1CA2)/SDU2(5RV2) 80 82 88 90 RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED SDU2(105RV2) BUS M--CTRL/HPA2(110RV2) SDU2(5RV2) BUS M--CTRL/HPA--HI GAIN(7RV2) 96 SDU2(5RV2) BUS M--CTRL/HPA--LO GAIN(9RV) SDU2(105RV2) BUS M--CTRL/HPA--LO GAIN(9RV) 98 SDU2(5RV2) BUS M--CTRL/BSU(8RV2) SDU2(5RV2) BUS M--CTRL/BSU--L(15RV3) [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 HGA+LGA 232834 IGA+LGA 232834 [Top Mount] 232834 [Conformal] 232834 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [IGA A320] 228334 [IGA A330/A340] 228334 [HGA A320] 228334 [HGA A330/A340] 228334 [IGA A320] 228334 [IGA A330/A340] 228334 [HGA A320] 228334 [HGA A330/A340] 228334 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages ATA Number UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

2) Failure Messages and ATA No.0 and beyond SDU2(105RV2)/MCDU1(2CA1) SDU2(5RV2)/MCDU1(2CA1) SDU2(105RV2)/MCDU2(2CA2) SDU2(RV2)/MCDU2(2CA2) SDU2(105RV2)/MCDU3(2CA3) SDU2(5RV2)/MCDU3(2CA3) ESU(101RF) ETHERNET 1/HSDU2(63RV2) ESU(101RF) ETHERNET 2/HSDU2(63RV2) ESU(101RF) ISDN 1/HSDU2(63RV2) ESU(101RF) ISDN 2/HSDU2(63RV2) WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/SDU2(105RV2) WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/SDU2(5RV2) LGCIU1(5GA1)/LGCIU2(5GA2)/SDU2(105RV2) LGCIU1(5GA1)/LGCIU2(5GA2)/SDU2(5RV2) C2 SDU2(105RV2) SEL--DISABLE DISCRETE/SDU1(105RV1) SDU2(5RV2) SELECT--DISABLE DISCRETE/SDU1(5RV1) C3 WRG:ICAO ADDRESS PIN PROG/ SDU2(105RV2) WRG:ICAO ADDRESS PIN PROG/ SDU2(5RV2) ATA Number [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [Conformal] 232844 [Conformal] 232834 [Conformal] 232844 232834 N/A [IGA] 228212 [HGA 228212 [IGA] 228212 [HGA] 228212 [IGA] 228212 [HGA] 228212 464131 464131 464131 464131 [IGA] 232800 [HGA] 232800 [IGA] 323171 [HGA] 323171 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [IGA] 232800 [HGA] 232800 UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. Page 6--113 12 Oct 2010 . Failure Code 99 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages SDU2(105RV2) ANTENNA 2 (116RV2) SDU2(5RV2) ANTENNA--TOP(16RV2) 9A 9C 9D 9E 9F A1 A2 A3 A6 A7 A8 A9 C0 C1 BSU--R(15RV4) XTALK/BSU--L(15RV3) SDU2(5RV2) BUS M--CTRL/BSU--R(15RV4) BSU--L(15RV3) XTALK BUS/BSU--R(15RV4) SDU2(5RV2)/HSDU2(63RV2) Not applicable for package 6. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-22.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Airbus Level I (SDU No.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-22. INSTALLATION. Airbus Level I (SDU No.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page 6--114 12 Oct 2010 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 2) Failure Messages and ATA No.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Failure Code C4 C5 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages HPA2(110RV2)/COAX HPA--HI GAIN(7RV1)/COAX WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/SDU2(105RV2) OWNER REQS DB WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/SDU2(5RV2) OWNER REQS DB C6 C7 C8 LPA--LO GAIN(9RV)/COAX HPA2(110RV2)/OVER TEMPERATURE HPA--HI GAIN(7RV2)/OVER TEMPERATURE SDU2(105RV2)/BAD DATA FROM GROUND STATION SDU2(5RV2)/BAD DATA FROM GROUND EARTH STATION C9 CA HPA--LO GAIN(9RV)/OVER TEMPERATURE SDU2(5RV2)CTRL DISCRETE/DLNA--LO GAIN(14RV) SDU2(105RV2)CTRL DISCRETE/DLNA--LO GAIN(14RV) CB CC CD CE CF D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA2(110RV1) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--HI GAIN(7RV2) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--LO GAIN(9RV) N/A RESERVED N/A N/A WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA2(110RV1 WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--HI GAIN(7RV2) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--LO GAIN(9RV) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/BSU(8RV2) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/BSU--L(15RV3) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/BSU--R(15RV4) SDU2(105RV2)/TXCOAX SDU2(5RV2)/TXCOAX UP7527 ATA Number [IGA] 232831 [HGA] 232831 [IGA] 232800 [HGA] 232800 232835 [IGA] 232831 [HGA] 232831 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 232835 [HGA+LGA] 232834 [IGA+LGA] 232834 [IGA] 232800 [HGA] 232800 232800 N/A N/A N/A ) [IGA] 232800 [HGA] 232800 232800 [Top Mount] 232800 [Conformal] 232800 [Conformal] 232800 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 23.

INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Airbus Level I (SDU No. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Failure Code D6 D7 D8 D9 DA DB DC DD SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages SDU2(105RV2)/TXCOAX SDU2(5RV2)/TXCOAX RESERVED SDU2(105RV2)/RXCOAX SDU2(5RV2)/RXCOAX SDU2(5RV2)/RXCOAX SDU2(105RV2)/RXCOAX SDU2(5RV2)/RXCOAX LO GAIN ANTENNA(13RV) LOG ON FAILURE N/A SDU2 (105RV2) OWNER REQS DB SECURED PARTITION SDU2 (5RV2) OWNER REQS DB SECURED PARTITION DE SDU2 (105RV2) OWNER REQS DB USER PARTITION SDU2 (5RV2) OWNER REQS DB USER PARTITION DF E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 EA SDU2 (105RV2) LOG ON FAILURE SDU2 (5RV2) LOG ON FAILURE RESERVED SDU2(5RV2) DISCRETE/HSDU2(63RV2) N/A N/A SDU2(5RV2)/HSDU2(63RV2) N/A HSDU2(63RV2)/TXCOAX N/A HSDU2(63RV2)/RXCOAX N/A N/A 232839 N/A 232839 N/A N/A 232834 N/A N/A 232834 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 LGA+(HGA or IGA 232834 LGA+(HGA or IGA 232834 232811 N/A [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 [IGA] 232834 [HGA] 232834 ATA Number [LGA] 232834 [HGA or IGA] 232834 UP7527 23. 2) Failure Messages and ATA No. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-22. Page 6--115 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

Airbus Level I (SDU No. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-22. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. McDonnell Douglas Level I Failures Messages and ATA Reference Numbers Failure Code 01 02 03 04 07 0A 0B 0D 0F 10 13 15 UP7527 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages SDU OTHER SDU INCOMPATIBILITY HSU HPA--IN GAIN HPA--HI GAIN HPA--LO GAIN HI POWER RELAY HSU DATA MODULE DLNA--(TOP/L) DLNA--R DLNA--LO GAIN BSU--(TOP/L) BSU--R ATA Number 232610 232611 232664 [IGA] 232600 [HGA] 232613 232614 232615 232664 232616 232618 232619 23261B 23261C 23. Page 6--116 12 Oct 2010 . 2) Failure Messages and ATA No. Failure Code EB EC ED EE F0 FA FB FC SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages MCDU1(2CA1)+MCDU2(2CA2)+MCDU3(2CA3) INACTIVE WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/HSDU2(63RV2) WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/HSDU2(63RV2) SDU ORT WRG:FWD ID1 ADDRESS PIN PROG/HSDU2(63RV2) Not applicable to Airbus HSDU2 OVER POWER CONDITION SDU2 OVER POWER CONDITION ANTENNA 2 AUTO RESET HI GAIN ANTENNA--TOP AUTO RESET FE POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPT 232800 232800 N/A 232839 232834 [IGA] 232813 [HGA] 232813 240000 ATA Number [RMP only] 228212 Table 6-23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Page 6--117 12 Oct 2010 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-23. McDonnell Douglas Level I Failures Messages and ATA Reference Numbers Failure Code 1A 1C 1D 1F 21 22 23 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3D 3E 40 42 43 50 52 53 54 55 56 57 59 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages IN GAIN ANTENNA--TOP HI GAIN ANTENNA--(TOP/L) HI GAIN ANTENNA--R IN GAIN ANTENNA--TOP HI GAIN ANTENNA--(TOP/L) LO GAIN ANTENNA MCDU1 MCDU2 MCDU3 (ACARS MU/CMU) (ACARS MU/CMU)2 (IRS/ADIRU)--PRI (IRS/ADIRU)--SEC RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED (FMC/VIA)1 (FMC/VIA)2 ARINC 429 ICAO ADDRESS CTU (CFS/CPDF) HSU/SDU (CFS/CPDF)/SDU (ACARS MU/CMU)/SDU CTU/SDU MCDU1/SDU MCDU2/SDU (ACARS MU/CMU)2/SDU CFDIU/SDU 232642 232643 N/A 232644 TBD 232664 TBD 23263C 232644 232635 232636 N/A 232641 ATA Number [IGA] 232600 [HGA] 23261D 23261F [IGA] 232600 [HGA] 23261D 232620 232635 232636 232637 23243C N/A 23263E 23263F UP7527 23. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-23. INSTALLATION. Page 6--118 12 Oct 2010 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. McDonnell Douglas Level I Failures Messages and ATA Reference Numbers Failure Code 5A 5B 5C 5F 62 63 64 66 67 68 6A 6C 6D 6E 6F 71 73 74 80 82 88 90 96 98 99 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages (IRS/ADIRU)--PRI/SDU (IRS/ADIRU)--SEC/SDU HPA--IN GAIN/SDU HPA--HI GAIN/SDU HPA--LO GAIN/SDU BSU--(TOP/L)/SDU IN GAIN ANT/SDU HI GAIN ANT/SDU BSU--R/SDU MCDU3/SDU RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED OTHER SDU/THIS SDU (FMC/VIA)1/SDU (FMC/VIA)2/SDU RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED SDU M--CTRL/HPA--IN GAIN SDU M--CTRL/HPA--HI GAIN SDU M--CTRL/HPA--LO GAIN SDU M--CTRL/BSU--(TOP/L) SDU M--CTRL/IN GAIN ANT SDU M--CTRL/HI GAIN ANT [IGA] 232600 [HGA] 232600 23262D 232600 [IGA] 232600 [HGA] 232600 232600 232642 232643 ATA Number 23263E 23263F [IGA] 232600 [HGA] 232600 232623 232626 [IGA] 232626 [HGA] 232626 232627 232637 UP7527 23.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-23. Page 6--119 12 Oct 2010 . McDonnell Douglas Level I Failures Messages and ATA Reference Numbers Failure Code 9A 9C 9D 9E 9F A6 A7 A8 A9 C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 CA CB CC CD CE CF SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages BSU--R XTALK/BSU--L SDU M--CTRL/BSU--R BSU--L XTALK/BSU--R SDU/HSU RESERVED HSU ETHERNET PORT 1 HSU ETHERNET PORT 2 HSU ISDN PORT 1 HSU ISDN PORT 2 WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/SDU SDU WOW MISCOMPARE SDU/OTHER SDU SELECT--DISABLE DISCRETE WRG:ICAO ADDRESS PIN PROG/SDU TX PATH VSWR--IN GAIN TX PATH VSWR--HI GAIN WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/SDU OWNER REQS TX PATH VSWR--LO GAIN HPA--IN GAIN/OVER TEMPERATURE HPA--HI GAIN/OVER TEMPERATURE BAD DATA FROM GROUND EARTH STATION HPA--LO GAIN/OVER TEMPERATURE SDU/DLNA--LO GAIN WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--IN GAIN WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--HI GAIN WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--LO GAIN SDU (POC/TOTC) DATA RESET RESERVED HPA--IN GAIN (POC/TOTC) DATA RESET HPA--HI GAIN (POC/TOTC) DATA RESET [IGA] None [HGA] None 232664 232664 232664 232664 232600 N/A 232600 232631 [IGA] 232600 [HGA] 232600 232600 232600 [IGA] 232600 [HGA] 23262C None 232634 232619 [IGA] 232600 [HGA] 232600 232600 None ATA Number 232600 232630 232600 232664 UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

USER IN GAIN SUBSYSTEM HI GAIN SUBSYSTEM RESERVED BAD HSU DISABLE DISCRETE RESERVED RESERVED HSU/SDU INTERFACE VER INCOMPATIBILITY RESERVED HSU/HPA TX RF PATH RESERVED DLNA/HSU RX RF PATH RESERVED 232664 232664 232664 232664 232600 232600 232600 232600 232400 None None [IGA] 232600 [HGA] 232600 ATA Number None [IGA] 232600 [HGA] 232600 232600 232600 232600 [IGA] 232600 [HGA] 232600 232600 UP7527 23. Page 6--120 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-23.SECURED SDU OWNER REQS -.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. McDonnell Douglas Level I Failures Messages and ATA Reference Numbers Failure Code D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 DA DB DC DD DE DF E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages HPA--LO GAIN (POC/TOTC) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--IN GAIN WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--HI GAIN WRG:SDI PIN PROG/HPA--LO GAIN WRG:SDI PIN PROG/BSU--(TOP/L) WRG:SDI PIN PROG/BSU--R SDU COAX/HPA--IN GAIN SDU COAX/HPA--HI GAIN SDU COAX/HPA--LO GAIN RESERVED DLNA/(SDU)--(TOP/L) DLNA/(SDU)--R DLNA/(SDU)--LO GAIN LO GAIN SUBSYSTEM NO ACTIVE ACARS MU/CMU SDU OWNER REQS -. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

1 12 Oct 2010 . INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-23. Page 6--120. McDonnell Douglas Level I Failures Messages and ATA Reference Numbers Failure Code EA EC ED EE F0 FA FB FC FE RESERVED WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/HSU WRG:CONFIG PIN PROG/HSU SDU OWNER REQS WRG:FWD ID PIN PROG/HSU TX COAX/DLNA--TOP/ HI GAIN ANTENNA--TOP HSU RF OVER POWER CONDITION SDU RF OVER POWER CONDITION IN GAIN ANTENNA RESET HI GAIN ANTENNA RESET POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPT None 232664 232664 232664 232600 232664 232610 [IGA] None [HGA] None None SCDU Accessed Maintenance Pages ATA Number UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23. INSTALLATION.2 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Page 6--120.

D. isolate software and/or hardware integration. The panel contains six lamps to indicate the availability of the telephone handsets. The CMT data connector supplies an access port for a commissioning and maintenance terminal that can be a personal computer. formal testing. and system access approval. and CATEGORY--n reflect the logical channel status. The display of channel status and selections as reported on menus MAIN. C. (SCDU pages) with the following exceptions. These combinations are determined by the configuration strap settings for cockpit wiring and ORT items regarding the use of SDU channel resources (items vi. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. as well as general performance analysis. These lamps are defined in Table 6--24. If full communication is not established.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. SATCOM Menus (1) The maintenance menus reflect the maintenance data for the SATCOM system that is providing the display page. The CTM panel is used for monitoring the cabin telecommunications equipment. E. The panel also contains lamps to indicate the status of the MCS system. the slave unit cannot receive the necessary data for the display pages. or a modem. Page 6--121 12 Oct 2010 . 5.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The SDU interface connector on the panel supplies a remote access port for testing the SDU. D. DIRECTORY. (2) The CMT panel is used primarily to debug. All pages are as specified in paragraph 2. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 4. SATCOM Logical Channels (1) The SATCOM channels for HEADSET calls in a dual system can be supplied by several combinations of physical channels within both SDUs. SATCOM (1) The channel status page reflects the physical channels within the SDU that is providing the display page. B. UP7527 23. SATCOM (Cross-Talk Bus Failed) (1) The SDU designated as the slave unit in a dual system must receive most of the system status information from the master over the SDU cross--talk bus. INSTALLATION. A keyed on/off switch arms the system when the key is turned to the ON position. The maintenance panel assembly is made up of two parts: the cabin telecommunications (CTM) panel and the Commissioning and Maintenance Terminal (CMT) panel. General (1) The SDU supports SCDU page displays for dual systems. LRU and system integration. The default SATCOM MAIN MENU display page THIS UNIT UNAVAILABLE is displayed in this case. General (1) The maintenance panel assembly interface diagram (Figure 5--17) supplies remote monitoring of MCS system operation. Maintenance Panel Assembly A. and xlviii). SCDU for Dual SATCOM A. detect. vii. a dumb terminal.

(SDU pin TP3A) This lamp lights to show no additional voice channels can be established. LOG OFF CABIN VCE NOT AVAIL MCS FAIL NON--MCS FAIL NO SAT LINK HGA FAIL UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. indicating failure in both the MCS system LRUs and nonsystem LRUs. INSTALLATION. This can be because no resources are available. Page 6--122 12 Oct 2010 . (SDU pin TPC3) This lamp lights to show no packet mode data service capability exists at any data rate. This can be because no resources are available. (SDU pin TPD3) This lamp lights to show packet--mode data service capability exists. indicating failure in both the MCS system LRUs and the nonsystem LRUs or interfaces. (SDU pin TPB3) This lamp lights to show no additional channels can be established for analog or digital cabin voice. the NO SAT LINK lamp will not light. HPA) is necessary to restore partial or complete service. Replacement of the appropriate LRU (SDU. If there is a MCS or non--MCS failure. This indicator is assumed to only be present in high gain antennas installations that have a low gain antenna backup system. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Replacement of the appropriate non MCS LRU(s). system not logged on. (SDU pin TPG1) This lamp lights to show a total loss of all SATCOM voice and data services. Commissioning and Maintenance Terminal Panel Lamps Lamp IN USE CH--1 IN USE CH--2 PILOT VCE NOT AVAIL Definition (SDU pin TPH1) This lamp lights to show channel 1 is in use. or interfaces to those LRUs. or all available resources being allocated to existing calls. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table 6-24.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. or correction of the interface failure is necessary to restore partial or complete service. (SDU pin TPE3) This lamp lights to show total loss of all SATCOM voice and data services. The lamp indicates an HGA failure due to the reduction from normal high speed capability. and at least one cause can be attributable to the MCS system LRUs themselves. or circuit--mode data. or all available resources being allocated to existing calls. and at least one cause is attributable to the non--MCS system LRUs. but only at the lowest channel rates (600 and 1200 bps). (SDU pin TPK1) This lamp lights to show channel 2 is in use. It is possible for this indicator and the MCS inoperable indicator (NON--MCS FAIL) to be active simultaneously. (SDU pin TPJ1) This lamp lights to show no SATCOM voice or data services are available because of the AES not being successfully logged--on. and the cause is definitely not due to reported failures (MCS or non--MCS). It is possible for this indicator and the SATCOM fail indicator (MCS FAIL) to be active simultaneously.

Table 7-1. The HMN codes in the list of materials identify the Honeywell Material Number (HMN) given to each material. and set screws are included. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System SECTION 7 MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 1. Where applicable. Type II--1/2 -. TURN AIRCRAFT POWER OFF WHEN REMOVING OR INSTALLING LRUS. and to adjust the system. corrosion inhibitive (MIL--S--81733. Glendale. reinstalling. Item HMN 97P5778 Materials Source Dow Corning Corp. 2. Group II. CAUTION: SHOULD ANY INSTALLATION CRITICAL CASES ARISE WITH THE REINSTALLATION OF ANY UNIT. Equivalent alternatives are permitted for materials in this list. 3145.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. MATERIALS NOT EQUIVALENT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT AND CAN MAKE THE WARRANTY NOT APPLICABLE. General (1) This section supplies instructions for removing. Page 7--1 15 Jul 2006 . Where torque values are not given. Sealant. (2) No additional special equipment or materials other than those commonly used in the shop are required to install the units in existing trays and clamps. Type I military designation M4614621XTN. (1) Maintenance materials identified with a Honeywell Material Number (HMN) are given in Table 7-1. instructions for replacing lamps. CA (83574) NOTES: NOTES: 1. 2. translucent. MI (05AJ8) Description RTV silicone. knobs. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 23. Do not over tighten mounting screws.for extrusion application in the time of 1/2 hour) — Pro--Seal 870B--1/2 HMN 98C0978 Courtaulds Aerospace. Overview A. General CAUTION: DO NOT USE MATERIALS THAT ARE NOT EQUIVALENT TO MATERIALS SPECIFIED BY HONEYWELL. Equipment and Materials A. it is acceptable to finger tighten the mounting screws.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. CAUTION: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT. Midland. and adjusting each LRU of the MCS that has been installed by the aircraft manufacturer or completion center. Adjustment information is called out as required. per MIL--A--46146. YOU MUST COMPLY 100 PERCENT WITH THE INSTRUCTION. INSTALLATION. No.

C.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. When reinstalling antennas. The sealant used should be nonadhering so the antenna can be removed at a later time. it should be applied after the antenna has been bolted down. it is highly recommended new gaskets or O--rings be used. INSTALLATION. the mounting screws are required to supply the electrical bonding between the antennas and the aircraft (typically 15 milliohms or less is required). General (1) The following paragraphs describe general information when removing or installing antennas. (3) To prevent water seepage on top mounted antennas. A mold releasing agent can be used on the fuselage prior to installation to prevent the leveling compound from adhering to the fuselage. The technician doing the reinstallation must be sure any hardware being reused is clean and free of corrosion. Page 7--2 15 Jul 2006 . (2) A weather sealant should be applied around the periphery of the antenna base to prevent seepage of water and condensation and preclude corrosion.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. B. Procedure for Antennas A. If a sealant or aerodynamic smoother is used around the periphery of the antenna base. Antenna Weather Protection (1) Some antennas require gaskets and others have O--rings. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. (3) Gaskets and O--rings deform during initial installation. Antenna Hardware (1) Clean the airframe at the antenna mounting area to remove any foreign material. If in doubt. new gaskets or O--rings should be used. Use of this compound. NOTE: When mounting antennas on a pressurized fuselage. in addition to the installation gasket. removal and installation should be done according to installation instructions from the manufacturer. compensates for surface irregularities and voids between the antenna and the fuselage. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 3. NOTE: For all antennas not supplied by Honeywell. if necessary. a leveling and sealing compound like Pro-Seal 870B--1/2 should be used between the entire mounting surface of the antenna and the fuselage. While it is possible to reuse gaskets and O--rings. (2) Because of the insulation qualities of gaskets and leveling compounds. Chromatic tape is recommended. UP7527 23. it can be necessary to apply Silastic sealant (RTV--3145 or equivalent) to the mounting screw heads. use new hardware.

CAUTION: LRU FAILURE RATES INCREASE WITH A RISE IN TEMPERATURE. PULL THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS THAT SUPPLY POWER TO THE LRU TO REMOVE POWER. Page 7--3 15 Jul 2006 . (c) Make sure the index pin coding on the rear connector is correct for the mating connector. do not apply pressure to the plastic housings or pry on plastic housings. (c) Loosen the clamp knobs and let them drop out of the way. LRU Installation (1) Install an LRU as follows: (a) Determine the location of each LRU in the aircraft. (b) Tag the circuit breakers with DO-NOT-OPERATE identifiers. cut the bond line of any installer--applied sealant between the antenna and the aircraft skin. INSTALL THE LRUs WITH CLEARANCE. To prevent damage to the antennas. A. Procedure for the LRUs CAUTION: BEFORE AN LRU IS INSTALLED OR REMOVED. B. (e) Lift the LRU free of the cooling air-duct gasket on the mounting rack. CAUTION: MOISTURE AND DIRT CAUSE DAMAGE TO LRUs. (1) Pull the appropriate circuit breakers.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (b) Check the LRU to be installed and make sure all connector pins are straight and ready for connection. (3) Pull the antenna away from the aircraft skin far enough to disconnect the cable connector(s). 4. (d) Pull the LRU forward a minimum of 1/2 inch to clear the rear connector pins. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System D. LET THE AIR FLOW ON TOP AND BOTTOM OF LRUS TO PREVENT OVERHEATING. (2) After removing and saving the hardware. UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. General Antenna Removal Instructions NOTE: These procedures apply to all antennas. INSTALLATION. LRU Removal (1) Remove an LRU as follows: (a) Disconnect the circuit breakers that supply power to the LRU. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

the ORT needs to be uploaded before normal operation can begin. Push the LRU into place and rock the LRU sideways slightly. 5. General (1) When the SDU is replaced. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (d) Place the LRU in the appropriate mounting rack and align the connectors. (e) Put the hold-down clamps in place and tighten the knobs finger-tight. INSTALLATION. Push the LRU back to make contact with the connector pins. EXCESSIVE TORQUE CAN CAUSE BRACKETS AND CONNECTORS TO WARP AND BEND. Owner Requirements Table Uploading A. Refer to SYSTEM OPERATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. CAUTION: DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN THE CLAMP. UP7527 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Page 7--4 15 Jul 2006 . for the ORT uploading procedure. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

3 UP7527 Recommended periodic scheduled preventative maintenance tests (Tests to determine system condition and/or latent failures): None required. collar applicable switches and circuit breakers.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (f) The MCS components can be repaired at a factory authorized repair center or an appropriately rated FAA Part 145 repair station. Do a Return to Service test of the system and approve it for return to service with a log book entry required by section 43. (c) Wiring diagram information contained in this manual should be placed into the aircraft operator’s appropriate aircraft Wiring Diagram Manuals.213 of the FAR or the aircraft’s minimum equipment list (MEL).1529 A. General (1) Maintenance requirements and instructions for continued airworthiness of the MCS components are contained in the paragraphs that follow. NOTE: The (applicable LRUs) used with this system have test and inspections that are required by FAR 91. (d) The MCS system components are considered on--condition units and no additional maintenance is required other than a check for security and operation at normal inspection intervals. testing. (g) Once repaired.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.9. (e) If a system component is inoperative. FAR 25. installation. remove unit. etc. Recommended periodic inspections: None required. Instructions for Continued Airworthiness. (b) LRU part numbers and other necessary part numbers contained in this manual should be placed into the aircraft operator’s appropriate aircraft illustrated parts catalog (IPC). (2) Installation of the MCS on an aircraft by supplemental type certificate or Form 337 obligates the aircraft operator to include the maintenance information supplied by this manual in the operator’s Aircraft Maintenance Manual and the operator’s Aircraft Scheduled Maintenance Program. Page 7--5 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. reinstall the LRU in the aircraft in accordance with the original Form 337 approved data or instructions in this manual. Revise equipment list and weight and balance as applicable prior to flight and make a log book entry that unit was removed (refer to section 91. (h) Scheduled maintenance program tasks to be added to the aircraft operator’s appropriate aircraft maintenance program are as follows: 1 2 Recommended periodic scheduled servicing tasks: None required.) is contained in this manual. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 6.413 to be completed every 24 calender months. 23. INSTALLATION. and placard them inoperative. secure cables and wiring. (a) Maintenance information for the MCS (system description. removal.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23. INSTALLATION. Page 7--6 15 Jul 2006 .

Installation of this equipment depends on the specific requirements of the operator. ECS designs and manufactures the installation provisions described here and can supply either individual components or complete installation kits. Cable Assembly Fabrication (1) ECS fabricates cable assemblies guaranteed to meet SATCOM system requirements and ARINC 741 specifications.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. which is printed on the part number label. The address for Electronic Cable Specialists is as follows: Electronic Cable Specialists 5300 W. Radio Frequency Components (1) All RF components (cable. Page A--1 15 Jul 2006 . Telephone: (414) 421--5300 FAX: (414) 421--5301 B. Serialization makes sure each cable assembly is traceable and repeatable. information in this section is supplied as a courtesy to the MCS equipment operators. and attenuators) supplied to interface the SATCOM Avionics and Antenna Subsystems have been designed to meet the strict usage and attenuation requirements of the Honeywell MCS--4200/7200 system and ARINC 741/761. WI 53132 U. C. 2. Electronic Cable Specialists A.A. Therefore. Franklin Drive Franklin. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System APPENDIX A VENDOR EQUIPMENT 1. General (1) This paragraph contains information on how to select installation provisions offered by ECS for the Honeywell MCS--4200/7200 system. which is permanently affixed to each end of the assembly. INSTALLATION.S. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Overview A. • Each cable assembly is fabricated with an individual part number. General (1) Appendix A contains information on vendor-manufactured equipment that can be installed on an aircraft configured for MCS system. A selected list of RF components offered by ECS for SATCOM installations is shown in Table A--1 and Table A--2. connectors. • Each set of cable assemblies is assigned a serial number. UP7527 23.

4 0. The SATCOM rack-side connectors (Figure A--1) are described in this paragraph.195 in. INSTALLATION.245 in. 15. UP7527 23. Cable Assembly Testing (1) Testing is done on Hewlett-Packard 8753 network analyzers to verify insertion loss and VSWR.7 0. 4. 5.0 CTS722 CTR722 CNS722 CNR722 FNS722 L7122 310801 4. Customers have the option of having cable assemblies tested with or without attenuators.5 0.45 in. Connector part numbers are: (2) ECS supplies ARINC 600 Size 1 coaxial connectors with the requisite termination kit and assembly instructions (Figure A--2).9 0.7 0.0 CTS922 CTR922 CNS922 CNR922 FNS922 L9122 A650922 311901 15.32 in. The results become part of a test database and are shipped with each cable assembly.23 in.7 0. 5.195 in. ECS Cable Part No.3 CTS722 CTR722 CNS722 CNR722 FNS722 L7122 3C142B* 18. 5.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. E. Received path cable assemblies are test swept from 1530 MHz to 1559 MHz.6 GHz (dB/100 ft) Overall Diameter Pounds/100 ft Male TNC 180° Male TNC 90° Male N 180° Male N 90° Female N 180° ARINC 600 Size 1 ARINC 600 Size 5 ECS Cables and Connectors 310201 6. Nominal Attenuation @ 1. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Attenuator (Transmit Path) Fixed or Variable ECS Attenuators Attenuator (Receive Path) Fixed or Variable D. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-1.0 CTS022 CTR022 CNS022 CNR022 FNS022 L0122 N/A 225791--2 225791--2 Table A-2. Each cable assembly is tested across the SATCOM system frequency bandwidth (1530 MHz to 1660. 8.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page A--2 15 Jul 2006 . ARINC 600 Connectors (1) ECS supplies ARINC 600 connectors for ARINC 741 style avionic electrical interfaces.6 CTS122 CTR122 CNS122 CNR122 FNS122 L1122 N/A 311501 8.5 MHz).2 CTS922 CTR922 CNS922 CNR922 FNS922 L9122 A650922 311601 10.

Page A--3 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. ARINC Connectors Figure A-2. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure A-1. ARINC Assembly UP7527 23. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

(3) The hardware component kits for the HPA. INSTALLATION. for LRU cooling requirements. and SDU are listed in Table A--3 thru Table A--8. (2) The tray assemblies have been specially designed to meet Honeywell and ARINC 600 LRU cooling requirements. For tray assembly dimensions refer to Figure A--3. SATCOM Avionics Unit Mounting Hardware (1) SATCOM avionics mounting hardware is made up of the HPA. ECS supplies several options for each kit to accommodate the variety of mounting requirements specific to each aircraft installation. Page A--4 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Tray assemblies are supplied with insertion/extraction front hold-downs as standard. SDU. SATCOM Hardware Component Kits (1) This paragraph contains information on how to select SATCOM hardware component kits offered by ECS for the Honeywell MCS--4200/7200 avionic units in Table A--3 thru Table A--8. Refer to MECHANICAL INSTALLATION. HSU. whereas the SCU can function properly with convection cooling alone. and SCU and will be mounted in ARINC 600 style tray assemblies. ECS tray assemblies come with and without independent cooling systems to ensure installation flexibility. but are available with other front hold-down options. The HPA and SDU each require forced air cooling during normal operation. respectively. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System F. UP7527 23. G. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page A--5/A--6 15 Jul 2006 . UP7527 Dimensions for ECS Tray Assemblies 23. INSTALLATION.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure A-3.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

LONG. INSTALLATION. CONTACTS ARE: 22 AWG PINS. Page A--7/A--8 15 Jul 2006 . RIGHT REAR AC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. 16 AWG SOCKETS. NIC66H21A00AA0. QTY OF 4. UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 4 4 1 1 ----------QTY REQ’D --111 4 4 1 -1 ---------QTY REQ’D --110 4 4 1 --1 --------QTY REQ’D --109 4 4 1 ---1 -------QTY REQ’D --108 4 4 1 ----1 ------QTY REQ’D --107 4 4 1 -----1 -----QTY REQ’D --106 4 4 1 ------1 ----- SD-720 (120-10141-1XX) Pressurized Hardware Kit 4 4 1 -------1 ---QTY REQ’D --104 4 4 1 --------1 --QTY REQ’D --103 4 4 1 ---------1 -QTY REQ’D --102 1 QTY REQ’D --101 4 4 1 ---------MS51957--29 NAS1149DN616J NSXN2P201S01 6028--101 6068--101 6413--101 6013--102 6218--101 6217--101 6080--101 6110--101 6216--101 6013--106 6035--101 COMPONENTS PART NO. QTY OF 4. LEFT REAR AC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. NO OR IDENTIFYING NO. NO FAN 6 MCU TRAY. SHORT. NO FAN NOMENCLATURE OR DESCRIPTION QTY REQ’D --105 ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N NOTES: 1. LONG. LEFT SIDE DC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. QTY OF 300.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. SHORT. BOTTOM DC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. SHORT. SHORT. QTY OF 3. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-3. RIGHT SIDE DC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. BOTTOM AC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. FLAT SD--720 ARINC CONNECTOR W/PINS AND SOCKETS (NOTE 1 AND 2) 6 MCU TRAY SHORT. ALTERNATE P/N: AD2--313--3AA00. LEFT SIDE AC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. SHORT.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. LONG. RIGHT SIDE AC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. REAR DC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. 12 AWG SOCKETS. PAN HEAD WASHER. 6--32 X 7/16 IN. SHORT. 2. 20 AWG SOCKETS. LONG.

BOTTOM AC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. SHORT. 200--10276--101 TRAY NOT CURRENTLY DESIGNED. LONG. OR IDENTIFYING NO. INSTALLATION. 6--32 X 7/16 IN. APPROVED FAN ASSEMBLIES ARE: S0085--125. PAN HEAD WASHER. QTY OF 3. 3. SHORT. --134. 16 AWG SOCKETS. RIGHT SIDE AC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. Page A--9/A--10 15 Jul 2006 . SHORT. REAR DC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. 2. SHORT. LONG. LONG. LEFT SIDE AC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. LEFT SIDE DC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-4. QTY OF 300. QTY OF 4. NIC66H21A00AA0. LEFT REAR AC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. RIGHT SIDE DC FAN (NOTE 3) 6 MCU TRAY. --135. CONTACTS ARE: 22 AWG PINS. NO FAN 6 MCU TRAY. AND --142. --138. NO FAN NOMENCLATURE OR DESCRIPTION QTY REQ’D --105 ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N NOTES: 1. RIGHT REAR AC FAN 6 MCU TRAY.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. SHORT. 20 AWG SOCKETS. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. ALTERNATE P/N: AD2--313--3AA00. BOTTOM DC FAN 6 MCU TRAY. QTY OF 4. LONG. 12 AWG SOCKETS. SHORT. FLAT SD--720 ARINC CONNECTOR W/PINS AND SOCKETS (NOTE 1 AND 2) 6 MCU TRAY SHORT. 4 4 1 1 ----------QTY REQ’D --111 4 4 1 -1 ---------QTY REQ’D --110 4 4 1 --1 --------QTY REQ’D --109 4 4 1 ---1 -------QTY REQ’D --108 4 4 1 ----1 ------QTY REQ’D --107 4 4 1 -----1 -----QTY REQ’D --106 SD-720 (120-10142-1XX) Unpressurized Hardware Kit 4 4 1 ------1 ----4 4 1 -------1 ---QTY REQ’D --104 4 4 1 --------1 --QTY REQ’D --103 4 4 1 ---------1 -QTY REQ’D --102 4 4 1 ----------1 QTY REQ’D --101 MS51957--29 NAS1149DN616J NSXN2P201S01 200--10276--101 200--85743--101 200--93955--101 200--93112--101 6281--101 6045--109 6080--101 6282--101 6232--101 6283--101 6035--101 COMPONENTS PART NO. UP7527 23.

Page A--11/A--12 15 Jul 2006 . LEFT SIDE DC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. CONTACTS ARE: 22 AWG PINS. AD2--155C--30000. QTY OF 4. BOTTOM DC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. INSTALLATION.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. SHORT. LEFT SIDE AC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. NO FAN NOMENCLATURE OR DESCRIPTION QTY REQ’D --105 ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N NOTES: 1. NO FAN 4 MCU TRAY. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-5. RIGHT SIDE AC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. OR IDENTIFYING NO. PAN HEAD WASHER. BOTTOM AC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. SHORT.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. QTY OF 140. QTY OF 3. SHORT. RIGHT SIDE DC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. NIC66H20A00A00. SHORT. ALTERNATE P/N: AD2--155C--3AA00. SHORT. UP7527 23. LONG. REAR DC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. REAR AC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. 2. 16 AWG SOCKETS. QTY OF 4. 12 AWG SOCKETS. LONG. FLAT HS--720 ARINC CONNECTOR W/PINS AND SOCKETS (NOTE 1 AND 2) 4 MCU TRAY SHORT. 20 AWG SOCKETS. SHORT. 4 4 1 1 ---------QTY REQ’D --111 4 4 1 -1 --------QTY REQ’D --110 4 4 1 --1 -------QTY REQ’D --109 4 4 1 ---1 ------QTY REQ’D --108 4 4 1 ----1 -----QTY REQ’D --107 4 4 1 ----1 -----QTY REQ’D --106 4 4 1 -----1 ----- HS-720 (120-10267-1XX) Pressurized Hardware Kit 4 4 1 ------1 ---QTY REQ’D --104 4 4 1 -------1 --QTY REQ’D --103 4 4 1 --------1 -QTY REQ’D --102 4 4 1 ---------1 QTY REQ’D --101 MS51957--29 NAS1149DN616J NSXN2P221S01 200--10510--101 200--92609--101 200--92893--101 200--84977--101 6083--102 6026--101 6049--102 6049--101 6050--101 6034--101 COMPONENTS PART NO. 6--32 X 7/16 IN. LONG.

6--32 X 7/16 IN. LONG. 4 4 1 1 ---------QTY REQ’D --111 4 4 1 -1 --------QTY REQ’D --110 4 4 1 --1 -------QTY REQ’D --109 4 4 1 ---1 ------QTY REQ’D --108 4 4 1 ----1 -----QTY REQ’D --107 4 4 1 ----1 -----QTY REQ’D --106 HS-720 (120-10268-1XX) Unpressurized Hardware Kit 4 4 1 -----1 ----4 4 1 ------1 ---QTY REQ’D --104 4 4 1 -------1 --QTY REQ’D --103 4 4 1 --------1 -QTY REQ’D --102 4 4 1 ---------1 QTY REQ’D --101 MS51957--29 NAS1149DN616J NSXN2P221S01 200--10684--101 200--10683--101 200--85588--101 200--10682--101 6137--101 6026--101 200--87190--101 200--84496--101 6376--101 6034--101 COMPONENTS PART NO. NO FAN NOMENCLATURE OR DESCRIPTION QTY REQ’D --105 ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N NOTES: 1. SHORT. QTY OF 4. 2. REAR AC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. CONTACTS ARE: 22 AWG PINS. 16 AWG SOCKETS. FLAT HS--720 ARINC CONNECTOR W/PINS AND SOCKETS (NOTE 1 AND 2) 4 MCU TRAY SHORT. ALTERNATE P/N: AD2--155C--3AA00. BOTTOM DC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. NIC66H20A00A00.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Page A--13/A--14 15 Jul 2006 . REAR DC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. QTY OF 3. LONG. QTY OF 4. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-6. BOTTOM AC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. LONG. SHORT. LEFT SIDE AC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. LEFT SIDE DC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. OR IDENTIFYING NO. SHORT. SHORT. RIGHT SIDE AC FAN 4 MCU TRAY.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 20 AWG SOCKETS. QTY OF 140. PAN HEAD WASHER. INSTALLATION. RIGHT SIDE DC FAN 4 MCU TRAY. AD2--155C--30000. SHORT. UP7527 23. 12 AWG SOCKETS. SHORT. NO FAN 4 MCU TRAY.

2. 6--32 X 7/16 IN. QTY OF 4. Page A--15/A--16 15 Jul 2006 . QTY OF 140. NO OR IDENTIFYING NO. 12 AWG SOCKETS. PAN HEAD WASHER. BKAD2--V155M--301. AD2--155C--30000. 16 AWG SOCKETS.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-7. UP7527 23. 20 AWG SOCKETS. 4 4 1 1 1 ----------QTY REQ’D --111 4 4 1 1 -1 ---------QTY REQ’D --110 4 4 1 1 --1 --------QTY REQ’D --109 4 4 1 1 ---1 -------QTY REQ’D --108 4 4 1 1 ----1 ------QTY REQ’D --107 4 4 1 1 -----1 -----QTY REQ’D --106 4 4 1 1 ------1 ----- HP-720 (120-99510-1XX) Pressurized Hardware Kit 4 4 1 1 -------1 ---QTY REQ’D --104 4 4 1 1 --------1 --QTY REQ’D --103 4 4 1 1 ---------1 -QTY REQ’D --102 1 QTY REQ’D --101 4 4 1 1 ---------MS51957--29 NAS1149DN616J NSXN2P221S01 MS25083--2BB8 200--96981--101 200--91171--101 200--90568--101 200--88654--101 6117--103 6117--101 6096--101 6101--101 6100--101 6093--103 6072--102 COMPONENTS PART NO. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. CONTACTS ARE: 22 AWG PINS. ALTERNATE P/N: 4D2--155C--3AA00. NIC66H20A00AA0. INSTALLATION. QTY OF 3. QTY OF 4. 4D2--155C--38900. FLAT HSD--128 ARINC CONNECTOR W/CONTACTS (NOTE 1 AND 2) 6 INCH GROUNDING STRAP 8 MCU S/S W/RIGHT MOUNTED DC FAN 8 MCU S/S TRAY W/LEFT MOUNTED DC FAN 8 MCU S/L W/REAR MOUNTED DC FAN 8 MCU S/S TRAY W/BOTTOM MOUNTED DC FAN 8 MCU S/L TRAY W/RIGHT REAR AC FAN 8 MCU S/L TRAY W/LEFT REAR AC FAN 8 MCU S/L STANDARD TRAY 8 MCU S/S TRAY W/RIGHT SIDE AC FAN 8 MCU S/S TRAY W/LEFT SIDE AC FAN 8 MCU S/S TRAY W/BOTTOM AC FAN 8 MCU S/S STANDARD TRAY NOMENCLATURE OR DESCRIPTION QTY REQ’D --105 ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N NOTES: 1.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

QTY OF 4. PAN HEAD WASHER HSD--128 ARINC CONNECTOR W/CONTACTS (NOTE 1 AND 2) 6 INCH GROUNDING STRAP 8 MCU S/L W REAR DC FAN 8 MCU S/S W LEFT DC FAN & FINGER GUARD 8 MCU S/S TRAY W/LEFT SIDE DC FAN 8 MCU S/S TRAY W/O COOLING AND #10 MOUNTING HOLES 8 MCU S/S TRAY W/BOTTOM DC FAN 8 MCU S/S TRAY W/LEFT SIDE AC FAN 8 MCU S/S TRAY W/BOTTOM AC MOUNTED 8 MCU S/L TRAY W/RIGHT AC REAR FAN 8 MCU S/L TRAY W/LEFT AC REAR FAN 8 MCU S/S TRAY W/RIGHT AC SIDE FAN 8 MCU S/S TRAY W/LEFT SIDE AC FAN/FILTER 8 MCU S/S TRAY W/BOTTOM FAN NOMENCLATURE OR DESCRIPTION QTY REQ’D --106 ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N NOTES: 1. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-8. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 2. 6--32 X 7/16 IN. UP7527 23. CONTACTS ARE: 22 AWG PINS. 16 AWG SOCKETS. QTY OF 3. BKAD2--V155M--301.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AD2--155C--30000. Page A--17/A--18 15 Jul 2006 . 4D2--155C--38900. OR IDENTIFYING NO.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. 12 AWG SOCKETS. 20 AWG SOCKETS. ALTERNATE P/N: 4D2--155C--3AA00. NIC66H20A00AA0. QTY OF 140. QTY OF 4. 4 4 1 1 1 -----------QTY REQ’D --112 4 4 1 1 -1 ----------QTY REQ’D --111 4 4 1 1 --1 ---------QTY REQ’D --110 4 4 1 1 ---1 --------QTY REQ’D --109 4 4 1 1 ----1 -------QTY REQ’D --108 4 4 1 1 -----1 ------QTY REQ’D --107 HP-720 (120-99509-1XX) Unpressurized Hardware Kit 4 4 1 1 ------1 -----4 4 1 1 -------1 ----QTY REQ’D --105 4 4 1 1 --------1 ---QTY REQ’D --104 4 4 1 1 ---------1 --QTY REQ’D --103 4 4 1 1 ----------1 -QTY REQ’D --102 1 QTY REQ’D --101 4 4 1 1 ----------MS51957--29 NAS1149DN616J NSXN2P221S01 MS25083--2BB8 200--90568--101 200--91171--102 200--91171--101 6--08S1C1C0 200--91165--101 6288--101 6269--101 6286--101 6284--101 6290--101 200--90202--101 6292--101 COMPONENTS PART NO.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Antenna System Provisions (1) SATCOM antenna systems are available in numerous configurations. I. placards. brackets. and both the SATCOM avionics and cabin communication units with other aircraft systems. M. Air Filtration Assemblies (1) ECS can supply air filtration assemblies for the HPA. such as dust and cigarette smoke. circuit breakers. cover plates. cover plates. and additional support structures. L. and BSU tray assemblies described in Table A--9. SDU. System mean--time--between--failures (MTBF) can be significantly increased. • Some high-gain top-mounted antenna systems require a 2-MCU tray assembly and an ARINC 600 connector for the BSU. These include RF splitters. UP7527 23. shelves.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. • ECS supplies other antenna mounting hardware. and control annunciator panels. racks. maintenance panels. and connector and mounting bracketry as required. ECS can supply components that are compatible with all types of air transport aircraft. SATCOM Shelf Assemblies (1) ECS supplies customized and standard turnkey plenum shelf assemblies to accommodate either single or dual SATCOM installations. combiners. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System H.and low-gain antenna doublers. Appendix B supplies installation procedures for air filtration hardware. ECS has designed a self-contained cooling system for the SATCOM shelf assembly that can be used in this type of installation. INSTALLATION. ECS supplies both BSU 2-MCU tray assembly. Wire Harnesses (1) ECS can supply wire harness provisions that interface the SATCOM avionics with the cabin communication units. • ECS supplies trays and ARINC connectors for various SCUs in the market place. J. These provisions include mounting hardware and connectors. Additional Avionics Installation Components (1) ECS supplies a variety of additional components to support a SATCOM installation. placards. connectors. such as mounting brackets for the diplexer/low noise amplifier (D/LNA) and high. Cabin Communications System Provisions (1) ECS supplies ARINC 746 compliant air-to-ground communication systems installation provisions. NOTE: Some SATCOM system installation locations render the aircraft cooling system inadequate. K. Page A--19 15 Jul 2006 . the cabin communications units with the cabin phones. Others require mounting bracketry for the BSU. high power relays. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. racking. A shelf assembly can incorporate equipment trays. These filter assemblies offer protection against airborne contaminants. such as disconnect panels. cable assemblies. and mounting brackets. and wire harness assemblies. RF cable. ECS supplies installation provisions for each of these configurations.

These integration packages can include any of the installation provisions discussed in this section. documentation. Telephone: (310) 921-3438 FAX: (310) 921-6313 Telex: 691-462 B. along with other customer-specified components. UP7527 23. Hollingsead International supplies any level of engineering support from minimal consultation to full turn-key. Hollingsead International is rapidly transforming into a world-class avionics and aircraft systems integration leader. and testing in support of FAA approval. • Complete on-site support of a full installation team for the entire MCS installation kit. Complete Integrated SATCOM Installation Kits (1) Complete system integration packages are available for ECS for virtually any given installation requirements. General (1) This information aids you in selecting the engineering services and installation provisions offered by Hollingsead International for the various MCS systems. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (2) ECS wire harness assemblies can be custom designed and fabricated to meet system installation requirements. N. CA 90670 U. (2) You can contact them at the following address regarding your specific MCS program requirements: Hollingsead International 13701 Excelsior Drive Santa Fe Springs. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. Engineering Services (1) As addressed in the previous paragraph. Hollingsead International A.A. 3.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.S. Page A--20 15 Jul 2006 . providing the capability to perform any or all of the following: • Design and manufacturing of the structural mounting for the MCS and all associated avionics. Full turn-key support is defined as Hollingsead International undertaking the entire systems integration from initial design through procurement and manufacture of parts to final installation and certification on behalf on the customer. • Design and manufacturing of all wire and cable harness assembly interface connections between the MCS and all associated avionics. • Development of all engineering design substantiation. ECS can also support Honeywell’s customers with systems installation design engineering and certification design data packaging.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

and BSU. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System C. (b) Testing of each cable assembly is performed to verify insertion loss and VSWR. These installation kits can include any of the installation provisions discussed herein along with other customer-specified components. appropriate N or TNC connectors.206 inch to 1.3 dB per 100 feet at 1.5 MHz and receive path cable assemblies are test swept from 1530 MHz to 1559 MHz. and attenuators have been designed to fulfill the MCS system and the ARINC 741 usage and attenuation requirements. The SATCOM rack-side connector blocks are appropriately mounted on each tray assembly. The results become part of a test database and are shipped with each cable assembly. Installation Kit Components (1) General (a) Complete system installation kits are available from Hollingsead International for virtually any given installation requirement. (2) Coaxial Cables (a) All coaxial cables. The BSU and CMU. D.5 MHz to 1660. Transmit path cable assemblies are test swept from 1626. and attenuators to make sure the specific attenuation profiles for each aircraft installation is achieved. Page A--21 15 Jul 2006 . Each cable assembly is fabricated with an individual part number and.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. LRU Mounting Requirements (1) MCS avionics are made up of the HPA. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.6 GHz. (3) Connectors (a) Hollingsead International supplies the appropriate ARINC connectors for ARINC Characteristic 741 style avionics electrical interfaces. SDU.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Hollingsead International supplies ARINC 600 Size 1 coaxial connectors with the necessary termination kit assembly instructions. These cables range in nominal attenuation from 1. INSTALLATION.55 inches. where necessary. is assigned a serial number. Customers have the option of having cable assemblies tested with or without attenuators. connectors. The cable outer diameter range is from 0. Serialization insures traceability and reproducibility. which are mounted in ARINC 600 style tray assemblies. The HPA and SDU each require forced air cooling during normal operation. Hollingsead International supplies immediate access to several types and manufacturers of coaxial cable. Each cable assembly is tested across the MCS system frequency bandwidth. function properly with convection cooling alone. UP7527 23. which is permanently affixed to each end. which are mounted in an ARINC 404 tray.27 to 16.

C--06B3--0708--0100 • BSU -. Standard Tray Ta Assembly Tray Assembly Part Numbers Assembly Fan Location Bottom Left Side Right Side Left Rear N/A Right Rear N/A Type 8 MCU S/S 8 MCU S/L 6 MCU S/S 6 MCU S/L 4 MCU S/S 4 MCU S/L 2 MCU S/S 2 MCU S/L 1708006--101 1708007--101 1708008--101 1708008--102 1708006--201 1708007--201 1708008--201 1708008--202 1708009--101 1708009--102 1706007--101 1706008--101 1706009--101 1706009--102 N/A N/A 1706007--201 1706008--201 1706009--201 1706009--202 1706010--101 1706010--102 1704008--101 1704009--101 1704010--101 1704010--102 N/A N/A 1704008--201 1704009--201 1704010--201 1704010--202 1704011--101 1704011--102 1702002--101 1702003--101 1702002--201 1702003--201 UP7527 23. (4) Tray Assemblies (a) Hollingsead International manufactures several tray assemblies for the MCS avionics. Table A--9 identifies the various tray options and Figure A--3 identifies the dimensions for each tray assembly.DPX2MA--A106PA106P--33B--0001.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.C--06B1--0101--0100 • CMU -. These tray assemblies come with or without independent cooling systems to ensure installation flexibility.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (b) The connector part numbers are as follows: • SDU -. Tray assemblies are supplied with insertion/extraction front hold-downs as standard. Where forced air cooling is required. Page A--22 15 Jul 2006 .C--06B3--0204--0100 • HPA -. but are available with other front hold-down options. these tray assemblies have been specially designed to meet the cooling requirements of each LRU using a single fan. INSTALLATION. Table A-9.C--06B3--0708--0100 • HSU -.

UP7527 Dimensions for Hollingsead Tray Assemblies 23. INSTALLATION.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page A--23/A--24 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure A-4. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

Hollingsead International supplies installation provisions for each of these configurations. including RF splitters. (6) Additional Components (a) Hollingsead International supplies a variety of additional components to support an MCS installation. A shelf assembly can incorporate equipment trays. and additional support structures such as disconnect panels. (8) Cabin Communications System Provisions (a) Hollingsead International supplies ARINC 746 compliant air-to-ground communications system installation provisions. Hollingsead International can supply components that are compatible with all types of air transport aircraft. and control enunciator panels. Some high-gain. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. brackets. racks. cable assemblies. Hollingsead International supplies both BSU 2-MCU tray assemblies and mounting bracket hardware as necessary. and wire harness assemblies. cover plates. (7) Antenna System Provisions (a) The antenna subsystems for the MCS system are available in numerous configurations.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. top-mounted antenna systems use a 2-MCU tray assembly and ARINC 600 connector for the BSU. combiners. Hollingsead International supplies wire harness assemblies for the following interfaces: • MCS avionics and cabin communication units • MCS avionics and flight deck data and voice communication sources • Cabin communications units and cabin telephones • Both the SATCOM avionics and cabin communication units with other aircraft systems. (9) Wire Harness Assemblies (a) Hollingsead International wire harness assemblies are custom designed and fabricated to meet each customer’s specific system installation requirements. high power relays. RF cable. UP7527 23. and mounting brackets. maintenance panels. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (5) Plenum Shelf Assemblies (a) Hollingsead International supplies customized and standard turnkey plenum shelf assemblies to accommodate either single or dual MCS system installations. placards. INSTALLATION. placards. connectors. circuit breakers. Page A--25 15 Jul 2006 . cover plates. Hollingsead International supplies other antenna mounting hardware such as mounting brackets for the diplexer/LNA and high-gain and low-gain antenna doublers. racking. shelves. These provisions include mounting hardware and connectors. Others use mounting bracket hardware for the BSU.

VA 20190 U. 11410 Isaac Newton Square Suite 210 Reston. 56047--010XX) is manufactured by ATS USA Inc.25 amperes at 115 V ac or 0. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. track angle.A. the SCU can be used to supply the data. 400 Hz single phase supply and/or from 28 V dc primary power.S.A. These requirements are defined in Table A--10.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.40 amperes at 28 V dc. and both power inputs can be connected to the aircraft power. These pins are interrogated at power on by the software to determine the required configuration. Program pins define the particular type of data being received. true heading. (3) The SCU is packaged as an ARINC 600 2 MCU and weighs a maximum of 5. but is typically 0.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The outer case of the SCU is constructed from two half-shells identical in dimensions.3 millimeters thick. (5) The SCU operates from a nominal 115 V ac. in the U. INSTALLATION. which are made of an aluminum alloy 1. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 4.6 millimeters thick. General (1) The SCU (Part No. (4) The SCU translates and consolidates various input data formats into a two-wire differential ARINC 429 high speed output for latitude and longitude position. Signal Conditioning Unit A.70 kilograms).S. Both panels attach to the outer half-shells with corner brackets. Page A--26 15 Jul 2006 . The front and rear panels are made of the same alloy 3. Two divider plates mount between the half-shells of the outer case to supply additional rigidity and electrical shielding. If the aircraft does not have an IRS that supplies this ARINC data. Contact the project manager at the following address for additional information not supplied in this section: ATS USA Inc. ground speed. Telephone: (800) 709--0172 FAX: (888) 325--5808 (2) The MCS system requires ARINC 429 data for antenna pointing. Current consumption depends on the input voltage and temperature. and pitch and roll attitude. UP7527 23.95 pounds (2. antenna stabilization. and Doppler frequency correction. Input pins are supplied for both power sources in the ARINC 600 connector.

Indicates selection of input channel 2 when lit. The functions of these discretes are defined in Table A--11. Discrete outputs representing the state of each LED indicator are also supplied for remote monitoring. Indicates correct operation of the SCU logic and processing circuits when lit. Amber Amber Amber Signal 1 Signal 2 Signal 3 Indicates selection of input channel 1 when lit. Label 310 311 312 313 314 324 325 ARINC 429 Data Requirements Minimum Rate (MS) 334 334 125 55 55 40 40 Maximum Rate (ms) 67 67 22 22 22 8 8 Definition Latitude of present position Longitude of present position Ground speed Track angle True heading Pitch Roll B. However. Indicates selection of input channel 3 when lit. Page A--27 15 Jul 2006 . BIT is interruptive and all normal operation ceases during the time when the SCU is in the BIT mode. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-10. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. (2) Three amber LED indicators supply an error code that is displayed when the SCU fails in the BIT mode. these indicators are intended for use during repair by maintenance personnel rather than by the operator during normal flight operation. • Indicates the SCU has failed BIT when steadily lit. Indicates the SCU has failed BIT when steadily lit. INSTALLATION. • Indicates normal operation when off. Operator Functions (1) The front panel contains six LED indicators to allow monitoring of the SCU status. Color Green Green Red Nomenclature Power SCU Valid BIT Fail SCU Discrete Functions Function Indicates SCU is on and all voltages are correct when lit.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. The red indicator lights and a three-bit code is continuously displayed on the amber LEDs as indicated in Table A--12. • Indicates BIT is running repetitively when flashing slowly. Table A-11. UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. UP7527 23. Page A--28 15 Jul 2006 . The BIT mode is an optional function that supplies a pre/post-flight confidence check and is intended for use by maintenance personnel as a diagnostic tool. These functions include: • Remote SCU on/off control • BIT initiate control • Signal select A • Signal select B • Program pin A • Program pin B • Program pin C. INSTALLATION. (2) The remote SCU on/off control line enables the operation of the SCU power supply. (4) Signal selection is normally an automatic function under control of the internal SCU program and is based on the validity of the received data. Manual selection is accomplished by applying a ground to the control lines as given in Table A--13. The SCU remains in the BIT mode as long as the BIT initiate control line is grounded. The signal select control lines supply an override of this automatic function to allow manual selection of one input from three available sources.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The control line is active low and must be connected to ground to enable operation of the SCU. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-12. Control Functions (1) Normal operation of the SCU is fully automatic and does not require operator intervention. The signal select control lines are active low and are internally pulled high. Failure ARINC 429 translator not programmed RAM read/write failed ARINC 561 translator failed PROM checksum failed ARINC 561 translator not programmed Discrete input failed ARINC 429 translator failed SCU Error Code LED 1 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON LED 2 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON LED 3 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C. An open circuit or 28 V dc on this line shuts down operation of the SCU. (3) The BIT initiate control line is an active low input used to enable BIT in the SCU. An open circuit or 28 V dc on this control causes the SCU to return to normal operation. Some control functions are supplied through the main ARINC 600 connector.

• The primary attitude warning input discrete must be in a valid state to indicate the synchro inputs for attitude are usable. 1 Select Input No. (2) Automatic Input Selection Mode (a) There are three available data input channels. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 3 A High Low High Low B High High Low Low D. INSTALLATION. the unit latches in the BIT mode and displays an error code with the amber LED indicators. UP7527 23.6 seconds from the initial channel selection. Unless a channel is manually selected. • The sign/status matrix (SSM) of all words for all required labels must be valid. System Functions (1) Initialization (a) Operation begins with BIT when the SCU is activated by applying aircraft power and grounding the on/off control line. If the SCU fails the initial BIT check.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (3) Valid Channel Condition (a) Conditions that must exist to let the SCU accept the current input channel include: • At least one new data word for each of the required labels is received within the specified time period. SCU Manual Signal Selection Signal Select Control Lines Function Automatic Selection Select Input No. the SCU cycles to the next input channel until a channel providing a complete frame of valid data is received. After initially selecting Channel 1.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-13. If all validity conditions are met within 1. Testing normally takes approximately 0. The appropriate amber LED indicator lights to indicate the selected channel to operator. the SCU locks on to the current channel and continues to operate from that data source. If any of the required data is invalid. Page A--29 15 Jul 2006 . the SCU checks for the presence of the required valid words in the input data stream and the status of the attitude warning discrete from the selected synchro channel.5 second and when BIT passes normal operation begins. 2 Select Input No. the input to be used by the SCU is selected automatically.

and ground speed is received through either the ARINC 561--6 wire inputs or the ARINC 571--2 wire inputs as defined by the program pin selections. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (4) Channel Switching Timing (a) The SCU allows 1. The words are selected from the data stream by their octal labels while other words are ignored. This prevents the SCU from continuously cycling when the inertial navigation units or other sources of navigation data have not been initialized.6 seconds for the selected input channel to receive a valid data frame. ARINC 561 Binary Data Program Pin Octal Label 310 311 212 213 214 Coded Binary Binary Binary Binary Binary A 0 0 0 0 0 B 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 Definition Latitude of present position Longitude of present position Ground speed Track angle True heading Table A-15. the SCU prevents further cycling of the input channel selection for 1 minute.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. the input channel cycles to the next sequential channel. true heading.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. After the 1-minute delay. However. the SCU again initiates the checking cycle. When used as a selector of ARINC 404 data inputs. ARINC 561 BCD Data Program Pin Octal Label 010 011 012 013 014 UP7527 Coded BCD BCD BCD BCD BCD A 1 1 1 1 1 B 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 Definition Latitude of present position Longitude of present position Ground speed Track angle True heading 23. Page A--30 15 Jul 2006 . Table A-14. INSTALLATION. Program pin selections and associated data formats and labels are defined in Table A--14 thru Table A--18.6 seconds has passed and the valid channel conditions have not been satisfied. If all three input channels have been checked and none are valid. pitch and roll labels are also included. (5) Data Input (a) A data subset made up of present latitude and longitude. track angle. if 1. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

ARINC 419 Format Definition Latitude of present position Longitude of present position Ground speed Track angle True heading Table A-18.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Invalid words are discarded. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-16.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Program Pin Octal Label 210 211 212 213 214 A 1 1 1 1 1 B 1 1 1 1 1 C 0 0 0 0 0 ARINC 571 Data. Program Pin Octal Label 310 311 212 213 214 A 0 0 0 0 0 B 1 1 1 1 1 C 0 0 0 0 0 ARINC 571 Data. ARINC 429 Format Definition Latitude of present position Longitude of present position Ground speed Track angle True heading Table A-17. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 23. Program Pin Octal Label 310 311 312 313 314 324 325 A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 B 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ARINC 404 Data. Page A--31 15 Jul 2006 . Valid words are converted to ARINC 429 data. ARINC 429 Format Definition Latitude of present position Longitude of present position Ground speed Track angle True heading Pitch Roll (b) The SSM of each received data word is checked.

The SSM data for the attitude words is derived from computations and from the primary warning flag. The attitude data is in the form of ARINC 407 pitch and roll synchro channels and an attitude warning flag. (b) The data output is in accordance with ARINC 429 high speed data (100 kHz clock speed). Data Roll Roll Roll Pitch Pitch Pitch Roll/Pitch Roll/Pitch Warning Flag Synchro X Synchro Y Synchro Z Synchro X Synchro Y Synchro Z Reference HI Reference LO HI Flag (HI = Good) SCU Attitude Data Inputs Line Function (d) The pitch and roll synchro inputs are read every 20 milliseconds. the SCU also receives attitude data from an associated attitude source. The attitude inputs used are given in Table A--19.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (6) Data Output (a) The SCU transmits ARINC 429 serial words at a rate of one complete seven-word message every 20 milliseconds. The SSMs in the navigation data words are based on those supplied by the digital input words. The attitude warning flag is sampled before each computation to check the validity of the input data before the data is accepted. Data from both ports is identical. Table A-19. INSTALLATION. but independent output buffers are used to supply redundancy. Page A--32 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (c) With exception of the ARINC 404 input. Attitude data is selected from a source associated with the source selected for digital data. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 23. The SCU outputs ARINC 429 data on two separate ports operating in parallel.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

C -. Pin Designation Example: Pin BC12 B -. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System E. 2 shell • Type 0X top insert • Type 0X middle insert • Type 0X bottom insert • Index pin code 0X. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. An example pin designation of BC12 for the table is given below. Page A--33 15 Jul 2006 . or D) Row Identifier (1 thru 15) UP7527 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. B.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (2) The contact arrangements for the connector are specified in Table A--20.12 Connector Cavity Identifier Top Cavity = A Middle Cavity = B Bottom Cavity = C Column Identifier (A. NIC66F11A00AA0) of the SCU complies with ARINC Characteristic 600 as specified in the following: • ARINC 600 -.Size MCU 2 no. INSTALLATION. ARINC 600 Connector Pin Assignments (1) The rear connector (ARINC Part No. C.

3 (HI) ARINC 561 Clock No. 3 (LO) Spare Spare ARINC 407 Pitch No. Note 1. 1 (LO) Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare ARINC 561 Data No. Reserved Reserved Reserved 23. 3 (HI) or ARINC 429/419 Data No. Pin AC1 AD1 AC2 AD2 AC3 AD3 AC4 AD4 AC5 AD5 AC6 AD6 AC7 AD7 AC8 AD8 AC9 AD9 AC10 AD10 AC11 AD11 AC12 AD12 AC13 AD13 AC14 AD14 AC15 AD15 UP7527 Contact Arrangements for SCU ARINC 600 Connector Function Remarks Note 1. 1 Z ARINC 407 Heading X ARINC 407 Heading Y ARINC 407 Heading Z Note 1. Note 2. 3 (LO) or ARINC 429/419 Data No. Note 1. Note 1. 3 (LO) ARINC 561 Clock No. 1 (HI) ARINC 561 Data No. Note 1. 3 (HI) ARINC 561 Strobe No. 1 (LO) ARINC 561 Clock No. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. 1 (LO) ARINC 561 Strobe No. 1 Y ARINC 407 Pitch No. 3 (LO) ARINC 561 Strobe No. 3 (HI) ARINC 561 Data No. Note 2. Note 1. 1 X ARINC 407 Pitch No. Page A--34 15 Jul 2006 . 1 (LO) or ARINC 429/419 Data No. Note 1. Note 1. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-20. Note 1. Note 2. Note 1. ARINC 561 Data No. Note 1.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. 1 (HI) ARINC 561 Clock No. 1 (HI) ARINC 561 Strobe No. 1 (HI) or ARINC 429/419 Data No.

Note 2. 3 Y ARINC 407 Pitch No. 1 X ARINC 407 Roll No. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-20. 1 Z Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare ARINC 407 Roll No. ARINC 407 Pitch No. Note 2. Page A--35 15 Jul 2006 . Note 2. Note 3. 3 Z Spare ARINC 404 Echo (HI) ARINC 404 Echo (LO) Spare Spare Spare Spare Reserved Reserved Note 2. Note 2. 3 X ARINC 407 Pitch No. 1 (From Attitude Source) ARINC 407 Reference No. Note 2. 3 (From Attitude Source) Spare ARINC 407 Roll No. 3 X ARINC 407 Roll No. Note 2. 1 (LO) ARINC 407 Heading Reference (HI) ARINC 407 Heading Reference (LO) ARINC 407 Reference No. 3 Z Attitude Warning No. 1 (HI) ARINC 407 Reference No. Note 2. 3 Y ARINC 407 Roll No. Note 2. Pin AA1 AB1 AA2 AB2 AA3 AB3 AA4 AB4 AA5 AB5 AA6 AB6 AA7 AB7 AA8 AB8 AA9 AB9 AA10 AB10 AA11 AB11 AA12 AB12 AA13 AB13 AA14 AB14 AA15 AB15 UP7527 Contact Arrangements for SCU ARINC 600 Connector (cont) Function Remarks Note 2. Note 3. Note 2. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 3 (LO) Attitude Warning No.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. 23. 1 Y ARINC 407 Roll No. 3 (HI) ARINC 407 Reference No.

2 (HI) ARINC 407 Reference No. Note 7. 2 Y Spare ARINC 407 Roll No. 7) Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare ARINC 429 Out No. Note 2. 2 X ARINC 407 Roll No. 2 Z Spare Attitude Warning No. Note 4. 3) Spare BIT Failed (Output No. Note 5. 2 (From Attitude Source) ARINC 407 Reference No.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 1 (HI) ARINC 429 Out No. 23. 1 (LO) Note 2. Pin BC1 BD1 BC2 BD2 BC3 BD3 BC4 BD4 BC5 BD5 BC6 BD6 BC7 BD7 BC8 BD8 BC9 BD9 BC10 BD10 BC11 BD11 BC12 BD12 BC13 BD13 BC14 BD14 BC15 BD15 UP7527 Contact Arrangements for SCU ARINC 600 Connector (cont) Function Remarks Note 2. ARINC 407 Pitch No. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Reserved Reserved Note 6. 2) SCU Valid Superflag (+28 V dc = Output Valid) /Superflag (<1 V dc = Output Valid) Program Pin A (Input No. 2 Y ARINC 407 Pitch No. Note 2. Note 2. Note 7. 5) Program Pin B (Input No. Note 2. 2) BIT initiate (Input No. Note 7. 2 (LO) Signal Source Select A (Input No. Page A--36 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. 1) Signal Source Select (Input No. Note 6. Note 4. 6) Program Pin C (Input No. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-20. Note 2. 2 Z Spare ARINC 407 Roll No. 2 X ARINC 407 Pitch No. INSTALLATION.

2 (HI) ARINC 561 Clock No. Aircraft Power (Note 8.) Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Note 1.) Note 9. 2 (HI) ARINC 561 Strobe No. 2 (LO) ARINC 561 Strobe No. Connected to Chassis Connected to Chassis Aircraft Power (Note 8. 2 (HI) or ARINC 429/419 Data No.) Aircraft Power (Note 8.) Aircraft Power (Note 8. 3 LED) Discrete Out No. INSTALLATION. Note 1. 2 (LO) +28 V dc Power +28 V dc Power 0 V dc Power Return 0 V dc Power Return Chassis Ground Remote SCU On/Off Control Shield return Shield Return 115 V ac Power 400 Hz (HI) Chassis Ground 115 V ac Power 400 Hz (LO) Aircraft Power (Note 8. 2 (LO) or ARINC 429/419 Data No. 2 (LO) ARINC 561 Clock No.) UP7527 23. 8 ARINC 561 Data No. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-20.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Note 1.) Aircraft Power (Note 8. 6 Discrete Out No. 1 LED) Discrete Out No. 2 (HI) ARINC 561 Data No.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. 2 LED) Discrete Out No. 3 (Select No. 2 (LO) Spare Spare Discrete Out No. 2 (HI) ARINC 429 Out No. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 4 (Select No. Note 1. 7 Discrete Out No. Note 1. Note 1. Pin BA1 BB1 BA2 BB2 BA3 BB3 BA4 BB4 BA5 BB5 BA6 BB6 BA7 BB7 BA8 BB8 BA9 BB9 BA10 BB10 BA11 BB11 BA12 BB12 BA13 BB13 BA14 BB14 BA15 Spare Spare Contact Arrangements for SCU ARINC 600 Connector (cont) Function Remarks ARINC 429 Out No. Page A--37 15 Jul 2006 . 5 (Select No.

In this configuration. 1 inputs as indicated. The synchro pitch and roll data can be routed from up to three sources. if a single input is supplied. An attitude warning flag for each source of attitude that is active must be supplied. The remote SCU on/off control can be used to power down the SCU from a remote location. 400 Hz power. the input as valid by the SCU is routed back out of the unit on these pins. sources of attitude data must be paired with sources of ARINC 561 or ARINC 571 data. Table A-21. If a portion of the input data is invalid or the SCU detects an internal fault. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-20. If only one source of ARINC 561/571 data and attitude data is available. 5. However. Pin BB15 Contact Arrangements for SCU ARINC 600 Connector (cont) Function Remarks Chassis Ground NOTES: 1. Since attitude data is embedded in the ARINC 404 data stream. 6. The combinations supported by the SCU are specified in Table A--22. Ground or open = invalid.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. The power source not used should remain unconnected. then only one source of attitude data can be used. must be indicated by selecting the proper program pins as specified in NOTE 7. no attitude inputs are used. Grounding the BIT initiate input forces the SCU to enter the interruptive BIT mode and repetitively do its BIT routines until ground is removed. if not used. the SCU should be connected to only one input and the signal source select lines should be linked as applicable for the selected input as given in Table A--21. If remote control is not required. The data format and characteristics accepted by the SCU are programmable through pins A. 3 Signal Source Select Lines A Open Ground Open Ground B Open Open Ground Ground UP7527 23. When multiple sources of data are available and routed to the SCU. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. the receiving equipment should be connected to the ARINC 404 echo outputs. for more information on selecting a specific input as the data source. then the superflag output is 0 V dc. The type of data being used. 7. it automatically searches for an input with valid attitude data and ARINC 561/571 data. Page A--38 15 Jul 2006 . The SCU operates from either +28 V dc or 115 V ac. The /superflag output is the inverse of the superflag output. it should be connected to the No. 9. +28 V dc = valid. 2 Input No. if only one source of ARINC 561 or ARINC 571 data is available. When the SCU is used as a selector/controller of multiple ARINC 404 compatible data sources. INSTALLATION. and C. 4. BIT is automatically done at each power-up cycle. 2 and 3 should be left open. either ARINC 561 or ARINC 571/404. 3.1 Input No. This input should be an open. A ground activates the unit and an open switches the unit off. B. Thus. refer to NOTE 4. 8. However. The 6-wire ARINC 561 or 2-wire ARINC 429/419 (ARINC 571/404) data can be routed from up to three sources. Inputs No. Signal Source Select Auto Input No. this pin should be permanently grounded at the connector. Also.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The superflag output is +28 V dc whenever the SCU is operating normally and the output data is valid. 2.

BCD labels. open = 0. synchro attitude ARINC 571 data with ARINC 419 format. Program Pins A 0 1 0 1 B 0 0 1 1 C 0 0 0 0 SCU Program Pin Combinations Input Description ARINC 561 data. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. synchro attitude ARINC 561 data.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table A-22. Page A--39 15 Jul 2006 . synchro attitude NOTE: Ground = 1. binary labels. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. UP7527 23. synchro attitude ARINC 571 data with ARINC 429 format.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. Page A--40 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.

• Impact of the filter media on the cooling air mass flow rate through the units. After you have determined the proper air filtration system for your needs. and where there is at least 1 inch of clearance above the LRUs to allow for the assembly itself. Procedures for installing these air filtration systems are also supplied. This leads to units operating at a higher temperature. which can result in decreasing the MTBF of the units. 2. The OEM installation design for the B747. are not acceptable for installation on the OEM-provisioned B767 aircraft. General (1) Appendix B contains information on the different air filtration systems available for the SATCOM installations. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System APPENDIX B INSTALLATION PROCEDURES FOR SATCOM AIR FILTRATION SYSTEMS 1. OR THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE AIR FILTRATION ASSEMBLY CAN BE DEGRADED. and B777 supply unfiltered cooling air (cabin air) to the SATCOM LRUs. Thus. but because of clearance problems. (1) The selection of the type of filter media cartridge is based on the following: • Effectiveness of the filter media in removing contaminants from the cooling air before entering the SATCOM LRUs. follow the appropriate procedures in paragraph 4. Introduction A. These filter assemblies contain filter media that filter out contaminants before entering the LRUs. Continued Airworthiness A. B767.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (3) Filter assemblies have been designed that attach to the SATCOM LRUs or to the LRU trays. INSTALLATION. As a result. Page B--1 15 Jul 2006 . Several installation designs do not supply cooling air in accordance with ARINC 600. ARINC 600 calls for the cooling air to contain no contamination particles in excess of 400 microns. General CAUTION: THE FILTER MEDIA MUST BE REPLACED (OR CLEANED) APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4000 FLIGHT HOURS OR EVERY C CHECK. This design is for installations where the cooling air is drawn through the LRU top to bottom. contaminants in the air tend to accumulate on and inside the LRUs sometimes blocking off the cooling air passages. (2) The SATCOM system (SDU and HPA) is designed to ARINC 600 standards including ARINC 600 cooling requirements.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. • Time between removals. the air filtration units included in this appendix are acceptable for installation on the B747 and B777 aircraft. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. WHICHEVER COMES FIRST. UP7527 23.

Page B--2 15 Jul 2006 . Equipment and Materials A. MATERIALS NOT EQUIVALENT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT AND CAN MAKE THE WARRANTY NOT APPLICABLE. General CAUTION: DO NOT USE MATERIALS THAT ARE NOT EQUIVALENT TO MATERIALS SPECIFIED BY HONEYWELL. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (1) Refer to Table B--1 for a list of materials. ready--to--use. Item HMN 9730178 Materials Source Description Retaining compound Loctite Corp. and Table B--4 supplies the necessary hardware to install air filtration systems on the aircraft. The HMN codes in the list of materials identify the Honeywell Material Number (HMN) given to each material. grade A) — Grade (05972) A Primer for retaining compound. Equivalent alternatives are permitted for equipment and materials in this list. 2.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. CT (MIL--S--22473. Table B--3. form R) — Locquic Grade T HMN 9731178 NOTES: NOTES: 1. Rocky Hill. Find the air filtration system and filter that best fits your needs and contact the company that manufacturers that particular equipment. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Equipment SATCOM Filter Assembly SATCOM Filter Assembly SATCOM Filter Assembly Filter Cartridge Assembly Filter Cartridge Assembly Filter Cartridge Assembly Air Filtration Systems from ECS for a Top Mount Assembly Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 SDU HPA (20W) HPA (40W) SDU HPA (20W) HPA (40W) LRU Part No. quick (MIL--S--22473. Table B-1. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 3. Table B-2. grade T. (2) The equipment listed in Table B--2. 10919--101 10968--101 10923--101 10907--105 10907--104 10907--106 SATCOM System 6--MCU assembly 4--MCU assembly 8--MCU assembly 6--MCU assembly 4--MCU assembly 8--MCU assembly UP7527 23.

INSTALLATION. Page B--3 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table B-3.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. 20005--103 20005--102 20005--104 20008--05 20008--04 20008--06 SATCOM System 6--MCU assembly 4--MCU assembly 8--MCU assembly 6--MCU assembly 4--MCU assembly 8--MCU assembly SATCOM Filter Assembly SATCOM Filter Assembly SATCOM Filter Assembly Filter Cartridge Assembly Filter Cartridge Assembly Filter Cartridge Assembly UP7527 23. Equipment Air Filtration Systems from ECS for a Tray-Mounted Design Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 SDU HPA (20W) HPA (40W) SDU HPA (20W) HPA (40W) LRU Part No.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Equipment Air Filtration Systems from ECS for a Body-Mounted Design Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 SDU HPA (20W) HPA (40W) SDU HPA (20W) HPA (40W) LRU Part No. P0329--106 P0329--104 P0329--108 20008--05 20008--04 20008--06 SATCOM System 6--MCU assembly 4--MCU assembly 8--MCU assembly 6--MCU assembly 4--MCU assembly 8--MCU assembly SATCOM Filter Assembly SATCOM Filter Assembly SATCOM Filter Assembly Filter Cartridge Assembly Filter Cartridge Assembly Filter Cartridge Assembly Table B-4.

The sides of the air filtration assembly may need to be spread open slightly prior to sliding over the sides of the LRU. (a) Make sure the correct size assembly is selected for the given LRU (refer to Table B--2). UP7527 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (e) Push down on the air filtration unit until it fits over the top of the SATCOM LRU. Page B--4 15 Jul 2006 .) (c) Install the air filtration media inside the air filtration assembly in the rectangular filter frame.(2)(b). (i) OPTIONAL -. (g) Make sure the air filtration assembly remains seated firmly against the top of the LRU to maintain the air seal. (d) Place the filter assembly over the top of the LRU with the clamps in the up (thumb lever over the top of the filter assembly) position and pointing toward you. Figure B--1 shows the location of the components for the following procedures. Top Mount Assembly (1) The ECS top mount air filtration assembly is designed to clamp to the top of the SATCOM LRUs so it does not come off the LRU. Once attached to the top of the LRU. The thumb levers pass through approximately 180 degrees of rotation for the clamping process. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 4. it forms a seal letting only filtered air enter the LRU. (f) Once the air filtration unit is firmly seated to the top of the LRU. Installation Instructions A. The assembly is held to the top of the LRU by friction from the sides of the assembly and by the clamps that supply friction to the front and rear panels of the unit. (2) Install the filter assembly to an SDU or HPA using the following steps.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.Install the SATCOM LRU back into its tray if removed in step 4. making sure the assembly does not pull off of the LRU. (h) Make sure the air filtration assembly is held tightly to the unit by gently lifting up on the assembly.A. (The assembly can be installed while the unit is in the rack. (b) OPTIONAL — Remove the SATCOM LRU from its tray and set it on a secure surface. clamp the assembly to the unit by pushing down on the two thumb levers until they lock into position.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 ECS Top Mount Air Filtration Assembly 23. INSTALLATION. Page B--5/B--6 15 Jul 2006 .SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure B-1.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (3) Replace the filter media according to the following steps. (i) OPTIONAL — Remove the SATCOM LRU from its tray and set on a secure surface.Install the SATCOM LRU back into its tray if removed in step 4.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (e) Once the assembly is removed. The sides of the air filtration assembly may need to be spread open slightly prior to sliding over the sides of the LRU.A. (n) Make sure the air filtration assembly remains seated firmly against the top of the LRU to maintain the air seal. (a) Gain access to the SATCOM LRUs. (h) Install the new filter media into the filter assembly retaining fixture.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (f) Obtain a new filter. (b) Lift up on the two thumb levers (approximately 180 degrees). (j) (k) Place the filter assembly over the top of the LRU with the clamps in the up (thumb lever over the top of the filter assembly) position and pointing toward you. The sides of the air filtration assembly may need to be spread open slightly prior to sliding up the sides of the LRU. (p) OPTIONAL -.(3)(i).) Install the air filtration media inside the air filtration assembly in the rectangular filter frame. (The assembly can be installed while the unit is in the rack. clamp the assembly to the unit by pushing down on the two thumb levers until they lock into position. Page B--7 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 23. INSTALLATION. The thumb levers will pass through approximately 180 degrees of rotation for the clamping process. (c) Pull up on the air filtration unit until it lifts off the top of the SATCOM LRU. (o) Make sure the air filtration assembly is held tightly to the unit by gently lifting up on the assembly to verify the assembly does not pull off the LRU. (m) Once the air filtration unit is firmly seated to the top of the LRU. (g) Make sure the correct size filter assembly is selected for the given LRU (refer to Table B--2). (l) Push down on the air filtration unit until it fits over the top of the SATCOM LRU. pull the filter assembly out of its retaining fixture and discard the filter appropriately. (d) Remove the air filtration media from the air filtration assembly in the rectangular filter frame.

With the LRU facing you. latch the strap together by inserting the lips of the strap ends together so they latch together. it forms a seal allowing only filtered air to enter the LRU. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System B. (d) Lift the filter retaining tray up. Body-Mounted Assembly (1) The ECS body-mounted air filtration assembly is designed to strap around the body of the SATCOM LRUs in a way that it will not come off the LRU. UP7527 23. (f) With the strap in place. (b) Locate the filter retaining clips located on the forward end of the filter assembly mechanism. (c) Slide the retainer clips (one on the left and one on the right) out to disengage the clips from the latching pins. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. underneath.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (a) Make sure the correct size assembly is selected for the given LRU (refer to Table B--3). Figure B--2 shows the location of the components used. The filtration unit sits on top of the SATCOM LRU. which firmly secures the filter assembly to the top of the unit. and up the other side of the LRU. (d) Place the filter assembly on top of the LRU so the back lip of the assembly unit fits over the back of the LRU. The strap should come over the top of the filter assembly on the front end of the assembly (dog-house end of the LRU). (c) Slide the filter strap around the front of the LRU so the strap is underneath and coming up each side of the LRU. Page B--8 15 Jul 2006 . make sure the lip on the rear of the filter assembly is seated firmly just over the rear of the LRU. (hinged on the rear side) remove the filter media cartridge and discard the filter appropriately. (g) Once the strap is latched. The assembly is held to the top of the LRU with a strap that fits securely around the body of the unit. the strap is pulled tight. By way of a clamping system on top of the LRU. Once attached to the LRU. the strap on the left-hand side should latch over the top of the strap on the right-hand side. The strap runs down the side. (e) Pull the strap around the top of the filter assembly unit so the two ends of the strap overlap. (2) Install the filter assembly to an SDU or HPA according to the following steps. (b) Remove the SATCOM LRU from its tray and set it on a secure surface. (a) Gain access to the SATCOM LRUs. (3) Replace the filter media according to the following steps. A channel is built into the filter assembly for the strap. (h) Make sure the filter retainer mechanism is latched closed.

a modified equipment tray must be purchased for each LRU. Since the air filtration assembly is an integral part of the equipment tray. (b) Locate the filter retaining clips located on the forward end of the filter assembly mechanism. INSTALLATION. C. (2) Replace the filter media according to the following steps. (h) Slide the retaining clips (left and right) in until they latch around the latching pins. and the air filtration assembly above. (g) Slide the retaining clips (left and right) in until they latch around the latching pins. (g) Lower the filter retaining tray until the locating pins protrude through the clearance holes on the filter retaining tray. Discard the filter media cartridge appropriately. (c) Slide the retainer clips (one on the left and one on the right) out to disengage the clips from the latching pins. Page B--9 15 Jul 2006 . The SATCOM LRU slides into the tray. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (e) Install the new filter media by placing a new filter media cartridge in the filter retaining tray chamber. (f) Lower the filter retaining tray down until the locating pins protrude through the clearance holes on the filter retaining tray.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The direction of airflow through the filter is not important. UP7527 23. Figure B--2 shows the location of the components used. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. sandwiched between the tray and plenum below.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (d) Lift the filter retaining tray up (hinged on the rear side) and remove the filter media cartridge. (f) Make sure the filter cartridge is supported on the air plenum seals. in order to install this type of assembly. (a) Gain access to the SATCOM LRUs. (e) Install the new filter media by placing a new filter media cartridge in the filter retaining tray chamber. Tray-Mounted Assembly (1) The ECS tray-mounted air filtration assembly is designed as an integral part of the equipment tray and does not attach to the LRU itself.

INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Figure B-2.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page B--10 15 Jul 2006 . Front and Side Views Showing Filter Removal UP7527 23.

The ORT contains all pilot and aircraft operator entered information preserved when the SDU is powered-down. where 9 corresponds to the most preferred GES. The ORT contains information relating to different areas of functionality. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System APPENDIX C OWNER REQUIREMENTS TABLE 1. e. When all GESs on a particular satellite have a preference level of 0 and this satellite becomes the candidate for logon.g. 0 is either the least preferred GES or it is not used for automatic log-on.. common iv Maintenance Page Access User. This item defines associated names for the satellites and GESs.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. even if the SDU is entirely failure free. Satellite names are up to five characters long. decimal digits.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. NOTE: Honeywell supplies Windows--based software (ORT editor) that is used to generate the ORT files for upload. and spaces are allowed. GES names are up to 14 characters long. the logon processing considers all of these GESs to have a preference level of 1 to facilitate continued SATCOM operation. ii Satellite/GES Names User. The ORT does not lose its contents because of the loss of SDU primary power or as a result of PAST. Overview A. b) always. When the SDU has power applied. General (1) Appendix C contains information on the ORT and is stored in non--volatile memory in the SDU. the SDU either starts the automatic log-on procedure at the earliest opportunity (automatic). All ORT contents are set to default values by a factory settings restart. common iii GES Preference Values User. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. GOON A--E SKY takes 12 characters and identifies Goonhilly. common ORT Characteristics Description This item defines the log-on procedure. such as log-on and telephony. where the SDU then waits for user stimulus to start logging-on (commanded). INSTALLATION. common UP7527 23. Names made up of upper case letters. Contact your Honeywell representative for a copy of this software. hyphens. The characteristics of the ORT are specified in Table C--1. the United Kingdom GES servicing the Skyphone consortium and using the Atlantic ocean region east satellite. A GES name can include satellite and service identifying strings. This item defines whether the SCDU maintenance pages are accessible as: a) never. This item defines the automatic log-on preference values for GESs from 0 to 9. or c) only when the aircraft is on the ground. Page C--1 15 Jul 2006 . GESs with preference level 0 can still be used for a constrained log-on. Table C-1. ORT Item i Characteristic Log-On Policy Attributes Secured. The interpretation of preference value 0 is determined by item lvi. or the SDU goes to an inert standby state.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. If configuration pin TP13A is set to the zero state. since the AES always supports log-on interrogation.e. This item defines the allowing/disallowing of analog interconnect circuit-mode data on ground-to-air calls. INSTALLATION. vi vii Deleted Resources Reserved for Headset User. This item is not considered part of the MCS ORT since the value is dynamic and is obtained from the CFDS/CMC/OMS or SCDU (along with item xxxiv).e. ORT Item v Characteristic Cockpit Telephone Numbers Attributes User. In a dual system. common xi xii Deleted Deleted UP7527 23. common When enabled. It lets the AES identify itself to the GES as being data capable and the owner/operator anticipates receiving ground-to-air calls that need circuit-mode data service. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C-1. protected or unprotected). common ORT Characteristics (cont) Description This item defines up to 100 telephone numbers as follows: • Each made up of up to 18 numeric characters (including optional spaces and/or trailing network ID preceded by a slash) • Each number having an associated priority value (i.. This item includes manually entered telephones from the SCDU CATEGORY NUMBERS pages. protection (i.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. There is always one SDU modem dedicated to P--channel reception and capable of R--channel and T--channel transmission. In a dual system. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. and a mnemonic of up to 14 characters • All are located in four user-definable categories of no more than 25 telephone numbers each. channel refers to logical channel.. this item reserves the following resources for cockpit headset use at all times: one codec. and sufficient HPA power to support an extra C--channel in all prevailing circumstances. this modification takes place only if strap TP13A is in the zero state on both SDU systems. every entry with a priority 4 is modified to a priority 3 following an ORT upload or following a POST/PAST where priority 4 numbers existed prior to TP13A being set to the zero state. 1 thru 4). thereby directing the GES to assign data capable channels to all ground-to-air calls. one modem. viii Response Capability to Log-On Interrogation Use and Value of Flight Identification Ground-to-Air Circuit-Mode Data N/A ix N/A x User. These resources are capable of being reserved for either of the cockpit audio channels. Page C--2 15 Jul 2006 . This item is not considered part of the MCS ORT.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. This item does not affect which channel should be preempted if both channels are not available.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C-1. common ORT Characteristics (cont) Description This item defines the allowing/disallowing and routing of ground-to-air priority 4 calls. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. this item specifies which destination (digital phone. analog handset. with each telephone number made up of up to 18 digits. ground-to-air priority 4 calls can be routed to an interface that is installed on at least one of the SDU systems. ORT Item xiii Characteristic Ground-to-Air Calls Attributes User. If calls are allowed and if two or more of the AES voice user interfaces (i. However. Routing to HEADSET is only possible if at least one SDU system has a codec wired to AMS with TP13A strap in the one state (on this same SDU system). digital phones. the ORT setting is modified to Disallowed following a factory setting restart. This item defines whether the camp-on time-out action is to (a) preempt (if a candidate call exists) or to cancel camp-on (if no candidate call exists).. These two sets of stored telephone numbers can be separate (distinct) or shared as specified in ORT item xxvi. common xx Preferred Cockpit User. This item defines the routing of ground-initiated cockpit voice calls to a particular channel when two channels are available. In a dual system. Priority 1 ground-to-air calls unconditionally preempt other calls of lower priority as necessary. an ORT upload with headset selected. Call Routing common UP7527 23. this item also defines the level. or a time--out period of zero minutes (immediate time--out). or headset) are fitted. If TP13A is set to the zero state. This item defines whether to enable or disable noise insertion on ground-to-air circuit-mode telephone calls. analog handset. xiv Call Camp-On Duration Camp-On Time-out Action Stored APHONE (WH--10) Telephone Numbers User. or a POST/PAST if headset was selected prior to TP13A being set to the zero state. This item defines whether or not incoming calls of priority 2 and/or 3 automatically preempt (as necessary) a candidate call as specified in SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page C--3 15 Jul 2006 . for each of the two analog (APHONE) WH--10 channels. or a specified time-out period in the range of 1 to 15 minutes. common User. routing to the headset is only possible if configuration pin TP13A is set to the one state. or headset) incoming priority 4 calls are routed. All such telephone numbers are priority 4 and the priority is not modifiable. common User. Noise insertion minimizes annoying noise modulation when the GES drops the carrier in the forward (to--aircraft) direction during speech pauses. This item defines up to 10 stored telephone numbers (9 numbers plus last number redial). or (b) to cancel camp-on. When noise insertion is enabled. as selected. common xix Ground-to-Air Preemption User. channel refers to logical channel. duplicated xv xvi xvii xviii Deleted Noise Insertion Level Secured. In a dual system. This item defines the camp-on duration be either indefinite. INSTALLATION.e.

duplicated ORT Characteristics (cont) Description When allowed by item xiii. allows call barring commands (SYSTEM DESCRIPTION) to be accepted.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. a passenger). or None when there is no channel wired to APHONE on that system. common xxiii Analog telephone Secured. NOTE: The six-digit numbers between 42XXXX and 47XXXX have been designated air traffic control (ATC) destinations. This item specifies the threshold on the reported HGA Tx gain for stimulating log-on renewal at Class 1 or automatic handover. and long dialed numbers from the APBX accompanied with credit card data to initiate outgoing calls.. and the Store Phone Number Memory command. In a dual system. directly dialed short-code phone numbers. duplicated UP7527 23. xxii HGA Tx Gain Threshold Secured. six-digit numbers between 42XXXX and 47XXXX if accompanied by credit card data. both manual and stored numbers.e. (APHONE) duplicated Outgoing Call Barring Level xxiv This item defines one of three levels for analog phone call barring. this item specifies the preferred physical channel on each SDU system. These numbers may be dialed at any priority and are assigned a network ID of 1. when allowed in accordance with item xiii. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C-1. to a particular channel when two APHONE channels are available. but disallows six-digit numbers between 42XXXX and 47XXXX if accompanied by credit card data. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page C--4 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. This item defines the allowing/disallowing of system management commands from the analog phone (APHONE) interface (WH--10 or APBX). The filtering specified prohibits these numbers from being dialed with credit card data present based on the assumption anyone making a call to one of these numbers using a credit card is not an authorized user (i. ORT Item xxi Characteristic Preferred APHONE Call Routing Attributes User. (APHONE) duplicated System Management Commands Analog telephone User. and the Store Phone Number Memory command. In order to prevent unauthorized use of these numbers once they become publicly available. This item defines a four-digit password that. the AES filters these numbers appropriately. Level 1 disallows manually dialed full-length phone numbers not accompanied with credit card data. Level 2 disallows all outgoing calls. xxv Call Barring Security Code User. this item defines the routing of ground-to-air priority 4 calls. INSTALLATION. Level 0 allows all outgoing calls and the Store Phone Number Memory command specified in SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Level 1 allows only stored phone numbers. if entered through the analog phone (APHONE).

Number common Preselect xxxi UP7527 23. duplicated xxx Default Assumed Secured. INSTALLATION.. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C-1.. xxvii xxviii This item defines the maximum backoff values for the linear and class C HPAs. This item defines the minimum values of actual power output capable of being reported through the HPA status words by the linear and class C HPAs. calibration is inhibited.e.e. If this item is enabled. the selection of a phone number on one of the CATEGORY NUMBERS pages or manual entry of a phone number on the DIRECTORY page retrieves the selected number to the SATCOM MAIN MENU page (TESTING/FAULT ISOLATION). Global Beam common Initial C--Channel EIRP SCDU Telephone Secured. Page C--5 15 Jul 2006 . ORT Item xxvi Characteristic Shared Analog Telephone (WH--10) (APHONE) Number Storage Deleted Default HPA Backoff Limits Secured.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. This item defines whether selection of a phone number on one of the CATEGORY NUMBERS pages preselects the phone number or initiates a call using the phone number. duplicated Attributes User. The working (volatile) values are automatically updated by non zero values (i. This value is used to assess the power availability for a C--channel call in the absence of any existing C--channels. This item defines the default assumed global beam initial C--channel EIRP. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. where the number can then be dialed by selecting the MAKE CALL prompt or by any of the call initiation methods triggered by activation of an input discrete. other than 16 dB) received in the HPA backoff range fields of valid HPA status words. The nonvolatile entries are not modified with the received values.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. whether a phone number stored on a channel is accessible by the dial stored phone number command on the other channel). duplicated ORT Characteristics (cont) Description This item defines whether the 10 stored numbers (9 numbers plus the last number redial) maintained for each of the analog phone (APHONE) channels are separate or shared (i. xxix HPA Minimum Reportable Actual Power Output Secured. When this value or a lower value is reported in the HPA status word.

common ORT Characteristics (cont) Description This item enables/disables ACP call initiation. For Level 1 call barring..-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. or 5L label line for channel 2) is used for call initiation. ORT Item xxxii Characteristic ACP Call Initiation Attributes Secured. all cockpit stored numbers are treated as protected (i. In a dual system. The ORT description is a 24-character field that annotates a particular set of options. INSTALLATION. If enabled. common xxxv Headset Outgoing Call Barring Level User.g. this item specifies whether the number dialed should come from the ATC phone number register rather than the SCDU MAIN menu.. they cannot be modified from the SCDU). based on the state of program pin TP13K: • Cockpit voice mic on inputs — if the latched ACP hookswitch signaling method is strapped. NORTH PACIFIC ROUTE. a software part number for the ORT as a released entity). 777 ASIAN ROUTE). This item defines an airline code made up of up to four ISO--5 characters to be used with a four-digit BCD flight number received from a McDonnell Douglas CFDIU (SYSTEM DESCRIPTION) in constructing a flight identifier for log-on.. If the ATC menu is selected.g. this item is enabled if the straps of both SDU systems are identical. See item liii also. If the MAIN menu is selected. the description field is for the entire ORT and item liii is not used. This item either enables or disables transit calls from the headset for line select key 4L. manually dialed short-code numbers. the phone number displayed on the ATC menu is used for call initiation on either cockpit channel. This item can only be enabled when item xxxi is enabled. Level 0 allows all outgoing calls. This is only used if the CFDS/CMC/OMS does not supply the airline code. xxxiii User (or Composite) Partition ORT Description User. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Alternatively. one of the following two pairs of SDU discretes are capable of being used for call initiation (when the associated cockpit voice call light outputs are open). common xxxvi Headset Transit Call User. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C-1. and manually dialed numbers with a network ID other than 1. SOUTH ATLANTIC ROUTE. the phone number displayed on the SATCOM MAIN MENU (3L label line for channel 1. • Place/End call discrete inputs — if the switched PTT hookswitch signaling method is strapped. In either case. Level 1 allows only stored phone numbers.e. Page C--6 15 Jul 2006 . in order to distinguish one set from another (e. common This item defines the 24-character field to describe the ORT.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 747--400 ASIAN ROUTE. common UP7527 23. This item defines one of two levels for headset call barring. If the ORT version is for a composite file. this item could contain a software identification (e. xxxiv Airline Code User.

such as reconfiguring redundant resources).. User ORT User. SRU code. and 4 (i. Unused entries in this table are represented by the Level I code. for the global beam and spot beam log-on requests.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.e. and failure code all set to zero. Page C--7 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C-1. on the CFDS. and failure code) whose operation is masked or suppressed. Its value is displayed on the SCDU. is used in combination with calculated elevation of the highest satellite to determine at what elevation to initiate a handover from the current satellite. and on the CMT. ranging in integer degrees between 0° and 90°. not take any other action in response to the failure.500 bps R-. recorded and reported as specified in TESTING/FAULT ISOLATION) when declared. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.e. This item is made up of a list of up to 50 failures (Level I code. 3. SRU code. either directly or indirectly. this flag is set to modified. or whether the failure should be annunciated normally (i. INSTALLATION. Transmit Support common UP7527 23. common xl High Rate Data User. A switch is stored with each specified failure to indicate whether that failure should never be raised (i.e.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Partition Modified common Flag xxxviii Failure Masking Data Secured. This item is also used to determine when a satellite is not high enough in elevation to be considered in view for acquisition purposes by the automatic log-on process. This item.. This item made up of two flags that specify (by being set to enabled or disabled) whether the SDU indicates support for 10. ORT Item xxxvii Characteristic Attributes ORT Characteristics (cont) Description This item indicates whether any item in the nonvolatile copy of the user partition of the ORT partition has been modified since the ORT was created in a configured state by the PC-based off-line ORT editing tool. but not indict the appropriate functional resource specified for the failure (i. the failure annunciation and reversion should be suppressed completely). when using a high gain antenna). common xxxix Elevation Handover Threshold Secured.and T--channels in its log-on request of class 2.. on the front panel display of the SDU. When any user-partition ORT item is modified in nonvolatile memory by the SDU software.e. respectively.. This value is never set to unmodified by the SDU software.

1. with network ID 1.e. The third option is to never chime and never set the bits. North America) • Any PSTN long number call with a country code beginning with 2 (i.. 2. South America) • Any PSTN long number call with a country code beginning with a 6 (i..e.e.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. beginning with 00) with country code beginning with 1 (i. North and East Europe) • Any PSTN long number call with a country code beginning with a 5 (i.e.e. then the log-on GES is used in the call setup request.e.... Automatic Transit Secured.e. with between 7 and 18 digits. the table stores a GES ID to be used with the following types of calls: • Any PSTN long number call (i. These options only affect air-to-ground chime activation for call annunciation and the setting of SDU-to-ACARS MU/CMU status word bits.. Call GES Table common xlii Air-to-Ground Chime Secured. refer to Figure 1--3 for details of individual country codes. and 3.e.e. India and Middle East) • Any PSTN short number call (i. DPHONE). Far East) • Any PSTN long number call with a country code beginning with a 9 (i.. For each satellite ID of 0.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The geographical region associated with each zone is approximate. If the GES ID in the table is 377 octal (indicating null). Africa) • Any PSTN long number call with a country code beginning with 3 (i. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.e. South East Asia and Australia) • Any PSTN long number call with a country code beginning with a 7 (i. network ID of 1. The second option is to chime and set the appropriate bits only if the call was camped-on.. INSTALLATION.e. Headset.e. with between 2 and 6 digits not beginning with 00) • Any non-PSTN call (i. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C-1.. Page C--8 15 Jul 2006 . UP7527 23.. South and West Europe) • Any PSTN long number call with a country code beginning with a 4 (i.. common This item defines one of three chime options. The first option is to always chime and always set the appropriate bits. with network ID other than 1). ORT Item xli Characteristic Attributes ORT Characteristics (cont) Description This item indicates the transit GES ID to be specified in an air-to-ground call setup request (SYSTEM DESCRIPTION) if no transit GES ID has been explicitly specified through the initiating user interface (APHONE.. Soviet Union) • Any PSTN long number call with a country code beginning with an 8 (i.

common ORT Characteristics (cont) Description This item defines one of three levels of SCDU call prompt display. common Secured. an assignment type of exclusive inhibits all incoming calls from being routed to the associated channel unless the call announcement contains a CTid that matches the assigned value. INSTALLATION. This item defines the time interval for ground and airborne cases after which SATCOM (when logged on through the LGA) is to make attempts to logon through the HGA. and END CALL prompts to not be displayed. Level 2 is selectable only if ORT item xxxii is enabled. sidetone. The CTid assigned can be any decimal value between --1 and 999. Level 0 causes all SCDU call prompts to be displayed. ORT Item xliii Characteristic SCDU Call Prompts Attributes Secured. xliv EIRP Overdraft Checking Priority Analog Telephone (APHONE) Called Terminal ID Assignment Secured. with the APHONE channels in the other SDU. The assignment type defaults to nonexclusive if no CTid is assigned. This item defines the call priority level where at least one call must be in progress when considering if an EIRP overdraft is allowed. A CTid value of --1 represents no specific routing. in a dual system. Level 2 causes the MAKE CALL prompt and the Level 1 prompts to not be displayed.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Page C--9 15 Jul 2006 . REJECT. An assignment type of exclusive with no CTid assigned is undefined and is not selectable. based on the called terminal field in the call announcement signal unit. common User. With a CTid assigned. common UP7527 23. A value of 0 disables the periodic retry for each case. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C-1.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Regardless of the assignment type. Level 1 causes the ANSWER CALL. This item provides for the assignment of a three-digit called terminal identification (CTid) code to each APHONE channel routing ground-to-air priority 4 calls to the APHONE interface. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Modifications of this item through the APHONE or CMT are checked for duplication with the other APHONE channel in the SDU and. The time interval is in integer minutes ranging from 0 to 255. The primary use of this ORT item is to let incoming facsimile calls be routed to the channel connected to the facsimile machine. an incoming call with a matching CTid is rejected if the associated channel is unavailable. This item also specifies a CTid assignment type of exclusive or nonexclusive for each channel. This item defines the level settings for the cockpit microphone. and receive audio. duplicated xlv xlvi xlvii Cockpit Audio Level Settings HGA Retry Period (ground and air) Secured. An assignment type of nonexclusive allows all incoming calls to be routed to the associated channel unless the call announcement contains a CTid that matches the assigned value of the other channel.

the interwiring can be independent but the interface can be effectively shared by virtue of splitting/combining/paralleling within the AMS (as in the Boeing 777). Interface Type for common Dual UP7527 23. INSTALLATION. it is assumed the single value for this item applies to both channels (i.e.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. both fixed or both shared).. and not necessarily to the physical interwiring. This item is capable of taking on the states of fixed and shared. Page C--10 15 Jul 2006 . The state of this item is checked for compatibility with the state of pins TP13F and TP13J of both SDUs and the state of ORT item vi of both SDUs. Shared interfacing is interfacing each ACP/SCDU logical channel to one physical channel on each of the two SDUs. it is assumed each logical channel shares the same numbered physical channel on each SDU. The fixed or shared interfacing declaration refers to the functional channel mapping. It is used in combination with ORT item vi and system configuration pins TP13F and TP13J to determine the number of logical channels and which physical channel(s) is/are potentially available for each logical channel. or the interwiring can be literally paralleled. Fixed interfacing is interfacing each ACP/SCDU (logical) channel to one physical channel on one SDU only. ORT Item xlviii Characteristic Attributes ORT Characteristics (cont) Description This item defines the functional mapping of the one to four potentially available physical SDU cockpit voice channels in a dual system to the one or two logical cockpit voice channels (as viewed from the perspective of the ACP and SCDU). forcing the interface type to shared. For the case of shared (for one or two logical channels). e. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C-1..-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. In the case of two logical channels.g. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Cockpit Channel Secured.

• CoL -. regardless of the weighting factors assigned.Cabin packet-mode data (through CPDF or CTU) at (potentially) high-rate. l Disable/Reenable Secured.Cockpit packet-mode data (through [C]MU) at (potentially) high-rate. • CoH -. The owner/operator is able to select any ISO--5 characters and any length up to six characters. Each of the six weighting factors is a non-negative integer ranging from 0 to 99.Cockpit voice (for any number of channels). only the relative values of the factors is significant. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Higher factors indicate more important criteria. or is a don’t care.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. li SCDU SATCOM Subsystem Prompts Secured. Page C--11 15 Jul 2006 . any cabin interface). • CaL -. or <SDU--1 and <SDU--2. CoL and CoH are mutually exclusive.. INSTALLATION. This item defines up to six ISO--5 characters used for the SCDU main menu SATCOM subsystem selection LSK prompts. The primary practical use of this ORT item is for determining which SDU in a dual system should be the master when the choice is down to one system which only has voice capability vs one which only has data capability. duplicated UP7527 23. no more than one of the cockpit data (or cabin data) capabilities can be true at a time. not used.Cockpit packet-mode data (through [C]MU) at low-rate only. • CaV -. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C-1.Cabin circuit-mode voice/fax/data (any number of channels. The SCDU prompts are usually suppressed if the optional external manual switch (that controls the dual system select and disable discretes) is supplied so there is only one means of performing any function at a time and the possibility of inadvertently disabling both systems is avoided. The functional capability items are as follows: • CoV -. Other SATCOM common SCDU Prompts This item determines if the disable other SATCOM and re--enable other SATCOM toggling SCDU prompts are presented or suppressed. Example character strings would be SAT L and SAT R. • CaH -. however.e. as are CaL and CaH — i.Cabin packet-mode data (through CPDF or CTU) at low rate only. ORT Item il Characteristic Mastery Handover Algorithm Weighting Attributes User. or one with only cockpit services capabilities vs one with only cabin services capabilities. common ORT Characteristics (cont) Description This item stores the relative weighting factors for each of the six functional capability items that form the criteria for determining which system should automatically become the master in a dual system.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Zero is used to indicate a capability factor not installed.

the front panel display. the CFDS. common lix UP7527 23. These thresholds are used to determine whether to adjust the L--Band reference offsets. The description field is used to write a particular set of secured ORT items to distinguish one from another (e. a software part number for the ORT as a released entity). When any secured ORT item is modified in nonvolatile memory by the SDU software. This is intended to be set to allowed in Essential certified systems so at least two GESs are selectable for automatic log-on on each satellite. directly or indirectly. common lvii L--Band Reference Offset Calibration Thresholds Suppress AES Position Reporting APHONE Audio Level Setting Secured. This item defines the output level setting for the receive audio. This item defines (in Hz) the thresholds of the L--Band reference offset calibration for both the with IRS and without IRS cases. B747--400 DUAL 951001. common lv Secured ORT Modified Flag Secured. This option is required to prevent the unintentional overwriting of the secured partition with a composite ORT file that contains both user and secured ORT items. common ORT Characteristics (cont) Description This item defines the one-character suffix for each cockpit voice channel label on the SCDU displays.g. If the ORT version is for a composite file.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. this item can contain a software identification (e. Alternatively. This value is never set to Unmodified by SDU software. These suffixes are used for the channel identifiers on the SATCOM Main Menu. This item enables or disables the AES position reporting sent across each active C--channel. common lviii User. this flag is set to Modified. so item liii is not used in that case. those with the AES owner/operator have no contractual arrangements.. liii Secured ORT Description Secured. common lvi Access to Zero-Preference GESs Secured. B777 DUAL 950901. This items defines a 24-character (ISO--5) field to describe the secured ORT partition. and the CMT. B747--300 STC 951225). Page C--12 15 Jul 2006 . description field xxxiii is for the entire ORT. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C-1. or L and R for channels 1 and 2. These values are displayed on the CMT. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. common Secured. It can be set to disallowed in nonessential certified systems to intentionally preclude automatic log-on to particular GESs.g.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. This item indicates whether any item in the nonvolatile copy of the secured ORT partition has been modified since the ORT was created in a configured state by the PC-based off-line ORT editing tool. e. The choices are 1 and 2. Its value is displayed on the SCDU. respectively.. and Category Numbers pages. Directory. ORT Item lii Characteristic SCDU Channel Label Suffixes Attributes Secured. See ORT item iii for additional information. INSTALLATION.. This item defines whether or not the uploading of a composite ORT file version is to be allowed. This item defines whether automatic log-on is allowed or disallowed to GESs with preference values set to zero by ORT item iii. common liv Composite ORT File Upload Capability Secured.g.

This ORT item defines the preferences to be used in determining which channel(s)/call(s) will be preempted when one or more HSD channels are among the preemption candidates. This item defines the minimum permissible level of power that the SDU deems adequate for an ongoing Swift64 M--ISDN HSD call.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C-1. If the HSU requested EIRP falls below this level. for the WSC’s own optional usage. INSTALLATION. It shall be capable of taking on the values “Disabled” and “Enabled”. otherwise Swift64 if in Swift64 coverage) b) Swift64 only c) BGAN only. then the SDU terminates the call. then power reserved for the HSU will freeze at this level even though the actual power will track the EIRP requested by the HSU. The defined range of this item is 0.0 dBW. This item specifies the type of HSD service (Swift64 or BGAN) which the HSU shall provide by way of the chosen satellite when in a region of both Swift64 and BGAN service coverage. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. common user. common Ixv HSD Registration user. It has no other direct functionality within the SDU.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Page C--13 15 Jul 2006 . common ORT Characteristics (cont) Description This item defines the service mode when an HGA is installed. it specifies the priority level (1 through 4. Ixii Ongoing HSD Call EIRP user. and for the latter case. The item defines the registration preference to be either a) automatic (i.e.0 to 30. This item defines parameter options to be passed to any connected and active Williamsburg SDU controller(s) (WSCs). ORT Item lx lxi Characteristic AERO H Only Operation HSD Preemption Preferences Attributes Secured. Preference common UP7527 23. The defined range of this item is 0. [for Manual Dial Enable and Priority for Manual Dial] ) to be used for such calls. common Ixiii WSC Manual Dialing user. The following preference sets are selectable: Level Retention Preferences 0 C--P4 > MPDS/BGAN > ISDN 1 C--P4 > ISDN > MPDS/BGAN 2 MPDS/BGAN > C--P4 > ISDN 3 MPDS/BGAN > ISDN > C--P4 4 ISDN > C--P4 > MPDS/BGAN 5 ISDN > MPDS/BGAN > C--P4 This item defines the minimum level of power that the SDU reserves for an ongoing Swift64 M--ISDN HSD call. BGAN when in BGAN coverage. common Ixiv Minimum HSD Call EIRP user.0 to 25. If the HSU requested EIRP falls below this reserved EIRP level.0 dBW.

3.255.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. decimal digits. Names consisting of upper case letters. This item defines whether access to the HSU Telnet client. this item specifies the AC name for each SDU system.0 to 255. If an ORT upload attempts to set the MAC addresses for both HSU ports to the same non--zero value. the User ORT Modified Flag is set and the associated range check failure is declared. This item defines the Access Concentrator (AC) name. then both addresses are set to their default values (as specified in Section 3. duplicated lxx Telnet Server Access DHCP Server Access user..00--00--00 (i. the User ORT Modified Flag is set and the associated range check failure is declared. The defined range for each of the two addresses is 00--00--00-. The defined range for this item is 0.0. common ORT Characteristics (cont) Description This item defines automatic log--on preference values for Swift64 M--ISDN LESs in the range of 0 to 9 for use by the HSU. is Disallowed or Allowed.4.0. In a dual system. common Ixxi Ixxii Telnet IP Address user. by way of the HSU’s ethernet port 1. This item defines automatic log--on preference values for Swift64 MPDS LESs in the range of 0 to 9 for use by the HSU. INSTALLATION. Assignment duplicated UP7527 23.2). IEEE--allocated addresses associated with the Ethernet chipsets for HSU port 1 and 2.e. by way of the HSU’s Ethernet port 1. This item defines the MAC addresses that will be used to overwrite the globally unique. retain chipset value) to FF--FF--FF--FF--FF--FF. Page C--14 15 Jul 2006 . This item defines the base IP address to be used for the HSU Telnet server on Ethernet port 1. common Ixviii user. where 0 disallows use for automatic log--on and 9 corresponds to most preferred. The AC name is up to 15 characters long. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. is Disallowed or Allowed.255.3.3. common Ixix PPPoE Access-Concentrator Name user. then both names are set to their default values. hyphens and spaces shall be allowed. Ixvii user. This item defines whether access to the HSU Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. for use in the HSU’s PADO response to a PADI received during PPPoE communications. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C-1.255.1. where 0 disallows use for automatic log on and 9 corresponds to most preferred. If an ORT upload attempts to set identical AC names for both SDU #1 and SDU #2. ORT Item Ixvi Characteristic Swift64 M--ISDN LES Preference Values Swift64 MPDS LES Preference Values Ethernet MAC Address Assignment Attributes user. common user.

duplicated Description This item defines the subnet mask address to be used for the HSU Telnet server on Ethernet port 1. The defined range for this item is 0.0. The frequencies are specified as Inmarsat channel numbers. lxxviii Psid Supplementary Frequencies user. INSTALLATION. Guaranteed Downlink and Uplink Bit Rates.0. Page C--15 12 Oct 2010 .0 to 255.255.255.0. with 0000x indicating no frequency stored. The item specifies defaults for the following parameters: Traffic Class.255. Maximum Downlink and Uplink Bit Rates.ORT Characteristics (cont) -1. This item defines the number of IP addresses allocated for use by the HSU DHCP server on Ethernet port 1. The item specifies two frequencies and associated system table revision number for a maximum of 10 satellites.0.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. In a dual system. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The defined range for this item must be 0. common Ixxvi lxxvii user. this item specifies the default gateway address for each SDU system.255. common UP7527 23. This item defines the base IP address to be used for the HSU DHCP server on Ethernet port 1.0 to 255.255.255.255. this item specifies the subnet mask address for each SDU system.255.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. In a dual system. common user. ORT Item lxxiii Characteristic Telnet Subnet Mask Assignment Attributes user. The defined range for this item is 3 to 250. The item defines the traffic class to be either a) Conversational b) Streaming c) Interactive d) Background The defined range of all bit rate parameters is 0 to FFFFx kbit/s. The defined range for this item is 0. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C. duplicated Ixxv DHCP IP Address Assignment DHCP IP Address Pool Allocation BGAN PDP Session Parameters user. common This item defines Psid frequencies that may be used when attempting to acquire a satellite. This item defines the default values to be used in establishing a BGAN PDP session when no control parameter information is passed from the user terminal.0 to 255. lxxiv Telnet Default Gateway Assignment user.0.255.0. This item defines the default gateway address to be used for the HSU Telnet server on Ethernet port 1.

If the user name is defined as a null string. If the user name is defined as a null string.ORT Characteristics (cont) -1. duplicated lxxxiii lxxxiv Reserved -- TFTP Software User. common UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. hyphens and spaces. This item defines the 15--character (ISO--5) ARINC--665 Secured ORT part number. This item defines the user name and password to be used when the IP router function is enabled within the HSDU and CHAP/PAP authentication is required. This item defines the host names for Ethernet ports 1 and 2 for use by the DHCP client in the HSDU for TCP/IP addressing. duplicated User. the HSDU will impose no access restrictions on a Telnet session. Upload Enabled common lxxxv CHAP/PAP User. INSTALLATION. decimal digits. Page C--16 12 Oct 2010 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. This item defines the 15--character (ISO--5) ARINC--665 User ORT part number. The user name and password can each be up to 15 characters long and consist of upper case letters. decimal digits and hyphens. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C. ORT Item lxxix Characteristic DHCP Client Activated Access Point Name Attributes User. Each host name can be up to 15 characters long and consist of upper case letters. decimal digits. If enabled. lxxx lxxxi Telnet User Name and Password User. The user name and password can each be up to 15 characters long and consist of upper case letters. the upload of an HSDU software image through Ethernet port 1 will be allowed. The APN can be up to 40 characters long and can consist of upper case letters. This item defines the Access Point Name (APN) of an external network that can be accessed by the HSDU. -This item defines whether the TFTP server within the HSDU should be enabled or disabled. This item defines whether the HSDU can be reset via the SNMP interface and can be set to either allowed or disallowed. common Secured. common User. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. duplicated lxxxii Port Host Name User. decimal digits. common Description This item defines whether the DHCP client within the HSDU should be enabled or disabled on the two HSDU Ethernet ports. hyphens and spaces. User Name and duplicated Password lxxxvi lxxxvii lxxxviii User ORT Part Number Secured ORT Part Number MIB Self--Test User. the HSDU will impose no access restrictions. hyphens. This item defines the user name and password to be used when accessing Telnet sessions on the HSDU. underscores and spaces.

This item defines a preference level associated with a service or combination of services that the system can provide. This item contains satellite constellation information which includes the satellite identity. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C. This item defines the satellites to be used in the automatic satellite selection algorithm. This item defines whether a satellite handover can be initiated due to a higher preference service being available for selection. satellite longitude and satellite service information. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The preference value ranges from 0 to 3. The options available are: a) Share new Primary contexts between channel cards b) Fill channel card 1 before moving onto channel card 2 or c) Fill channel card 2 before moving onto channel card 1. ORT Item lxxxix Characteristic Primary Context Loading Attributes User.ORT Characteristics (cont) -1. xc BGAN Packet Data Threshold User. A satellite can be marked as either 0 (not considered for selection) or 1 (considered for selection). and a period value in milliseconds in which the designated number of packets are to be transmitted / received. INSTALLATION. common xcii Service Preferences User.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. common This item defines the number of minutes to wait before allowing HSDU services to be available for selection again on a particular satellite after being temporarily marked as unavailable (e.g. the number of data packets that defines the threshold. xcv Satellite Constellation User. Page C--17 12 Oct 2010 . as a result of registration rejection). The defined range for the timeout is 1 to 30 minutes. duplicated Description This item defines the philosophy used by the HSDU for assigning new Primary contexts to available channel cards. xci Satellite Preferences User. common xciv User. This item can be used to provide data for use in automatic satellite and service selection. common UP7527 23. common This item defines the values to be used as a data threshold value in determining if any active PDP context has sufficient data throughput to deem SwiftBroadband service as being “in use“. common xciii Satellite Handover based on Service Preferences HSD Service Recovery Timeout User. with 3 being the most preferred service(s) for which to attempt registration and 0 indicating that registration should not be attempted for the service(s).RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. This item contains two values.

ORT Item xcvi Characteristic IP Header Compression Attributes User.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. xcviii UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Page C--18 12 Oct 2010 . common Description This item defines whether IP Header Compression of TCP and UDP headers as per RFC 2507 should be disabled or enabled and the amount of memory to reserve for use. INSTALLATION. c) Ethernet Port 1 operates at half duplex.ORT Characteristics (cont) -1. b) Ethernet Port 1 operates at full duplex. Ethernet Port operates at full duplex or d) Both Ethernet ports operate at full duplex. The available options are: a) Both Ethernet ports operate at half duplex. with 512 bytes 2: 1024 bytes 3: 2048 bytes 4: 4096 bytes 5: 8192 bytes 6: 16384 bytes 7: 32768 bytes 8: 65536 bytes 9: 131072 bytes xcvii Ciphering Enabled Ethernet Duplex Mode User. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C. common User. This item shall control the half/full duplex mode applicable to both HSU Ethernet ports. b) Automatic attachment for SwiftBroadband Circuit Switched service. The range of values are: 0: IP header compression is disabled 1: IP header compression is enabled. ic SwiftBroadband User. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The available options are: a) No automatic attachment. duplicated This item defines whether the data passed over the air should be encrypted as per the 3G specifications. Attachment common Mode This item shall control the mode of attachment the HSU will use when in SwiftBroadband mode. Ethernet Port 2 operates at half duplex. The value can be Enabled or Disabled. c) Automatic attachment for SwiftBroadband Packet Switched service or d) Automatic attachment for SwiftBroadband Circuit Switched and Packet Switched services.

the CHAP/PAP Username and Password shall be compared against the Username and Password provided by the PPPoE client.ORT Characteristics (cont) -1. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C. The HSU shall only utilize the CHAP/PAP Username and Password if the LCP Authentication Enabled flag indicates “Enabled“. common Description This item defines the preferred HSD Channel to preempt when more than one HSD channel is among the preemption candidates and the HSU is in SwiftBroadband mode. common UP7527 23. common This item defines whether LCP Authentication (using the PAP protocol) should be Enabled or Disabled. at or above which the PIM Test considers any valid averaged ”during CW transmission” measurement for any individual antenna beam pointing angle to be considered a fault. ORT Item c Characteristic HSD Channel Preemption Preference Attributes User.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. It will instead be used as a basis of populating the ARINC 781 MIB Service Availability Related Sub Branch for information purposes. the HSU shall pass the Username and Password parameters provided by the PPPoE client in the PDP context activation request for authentication with the network. b) HSD Channel Card 1. The Maximum SwiftBroadband Streaming Bandwidth ORT Item will not be used by the HSU to deny SwiftBroadband service at the interface level. hence this item covers the range of orders shown. then no authentication parameters are sent in the PDP context activation request to the network. For packages 8. INSTALLATION. c) HSD Channel Card 2. 17 and 19. in SQI units.0 and subsequent. 13. SwiftBroadband common Streaming Bandwidth ciii PIMBIT Fault Threshold User. This item defines the maximum streaming bandwidth permitted within the HSU when using SwiftBroadband service. 15. cii Maximum User. this item defines the thresholds.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. if they both match. 9. but this could change in the future. Page C--19 12 Oct 2010 . ci LCP Authentication Enabled User. [Inmarsat is expected to reserve frequencies for the PIM test assuming measurement of the 9th order IM product. If they do not match.] This value has the same range as specified for SQI. If LCP Authentication is enabled. for IM product orders 7. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. The available options are: a) Any Channel. 11.

i. common Description For packages 8. then the fault condition is true.] For cases where not all three thresholds are required. The three parts are treated as ”OR” logic for declaring a fault condition.e.. (B) the minimum number of ”high” elevation angle measurements (range 1 through 3. the ones not required are set to the ”Not Applicable” state and have no impact on the logic associated with this parameter. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. and (C) the minimum number of measurements at any elevation angle (range 1 through 6. UP7527 23.ORT Characteristics (cont) -1. Part C is provided for the case of no need to discriminate between low and high elevation angles. The three parts are (A) the minimum number of ”low” elevation angle measurements (range 1 through 3. if any one or more of the three parts of the fault threshold are met or exceeded. this item defines. the minimum number of antenna beam pointing angles tested during the PIM test for which the measurement data must equal or exceed the PIMBIT fault threshold defined in ORT item ciii in order for the overall PIM test to be considered a fault.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. ORT Item civ Characteristic PIMBIT Fault Threshold for Antenna Beams Attributes User.0 and subsequent. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C. plus ”Not Applicable”). high elevation angles. [Parts A and B are provided in case separate fault criteria are required for the beams at low vs. plus ”Not Applicable”). plus ”Not Applicable”). in three parts.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page C--20 12 Oct 2010 . INSTALLATION.

Part A defines a minimum SQI value for all three of the triplet of PIM measurements taken for each antenna beam pointing angle. Measurements of 180/208/200 would be an indication of significant change in the background noise level during the test. Part C addresses the need for all three measurements to be essentially equal in order for conditions A or B to pertain.7 defines at least one other case if invalid measurements that does not require an ORT item to define any threshold subject to future modification.g. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C. e.3.) COMMENTARY To give several examples: Triplet measurements of 74/230/75 would be a good. Section 4.3. Part B defines a maximum SQI value for all three of the triplet of PIM measurements.5 degree resolution.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. this item defines. this item defines the three azimuth and two elevation angles to be used for antenna beam pointing during the PIM test. in four parts. and Part D defines a maximum difference in SQI units between the first (”before CW”) and third (”after CW”) measurements in each triplet. of high or low level (condition B). solid indication of a PIM problem. cvi PIMBIT Antenna Beam Angles User.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. each with 0.ORT Characteristics (cont) -1. Page C--21 12 Oct 2010 . Part B addresses measurements that may be polluted by external signals of any amplitude that are (or appear to the modem to be) relatively broadband noise [under which condition the modem consistently yields very low SQI numbers. common Description For packages 8. and therefore not useful for any PIM test indication or pass/fail purpose. typically around 74]. Part D addresses changes that occur in the external signal environment during the test that cause the measurement to be considered unusable. ORT Item cv Characteristic PIMBIT Data Invalid Thresholds Attributes User.180 degrees for the azimuth angles. Measurements of 200/202/201 would be an indication of a strong external interfering signal (condition A). (Part A addresses measurements that may be polluted by external spurious signals that can obscure any PIM that may be present.. These values have the same range as specified for SQI. common For packages 8. criteria for considering measurements taken during the PIM test to be invalid. again not useful for any PIM test indication or pass/fail purpose.0 and subsequent.0 and subsequent. The range of this item is 0 to 90 degrees for the elevation angles and +/-. again not useful for any PIM test indication or pass/fail purpose. UP7527 23. wherever the middle (”during CW transmission”) measurement is lower than the ”before” or ”after” measurements. Part C defines the maximum difference in SQI units between the individual measurements in each triplet. INSTALLATION. Measurements of 74/75/76 would be an indication of mostly background noise.

Discard Ratio common cviii Aero Satellite User. ORT Item cvii Characteristic Attributes Description For packages 8.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. but the number of valid samples is at least two. PIMBIT Sample User. Depending on the value of this item and the number of valid samples.7.3.3. Page C--22 12 Oct 2010 . as a result of P--Channel degradation or failure to acquire a P--Channel or HGA transmit gain below threshold).3. then the one worst sample shall be discarded.g.ORT Characteristics (cont) -1.6). Recovery Timer common UP7527 23. then that one sample shall be retained. if the computation yields a fractional value less than one.0 and subsequent. This item defines the number of minutes to wait before allowing a Aero service to be available for selection again on a particular satellite after being temporarily marked as unavailable (e.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. If there is only one valid sample. with a resolution of 1%. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.2. this item shall define the ratio (as a percentage) of the worst SQI samples to be discarded from the set of valid samples taken for each antenna beam pointing angle (reference Section 4. The defined range for the timeout is 1 to 30 minutes. The range of this item shall be 0 to 100%. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table C. INSTALLATION.

Table D-1.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. and the master does not log calls provided by the slave. INSTALLATION. In a dual system. DPHONE) Application Reference Number Call Precedence (Q) Initial 6 digits of B--Party Address Credit Card Data Present Flag Calling Terminal Number GES Id Modem Number Satellite Relative Azimuth and Elevation Voice Channel Characteristics RFM Channel Id Transcoder Number Current Time/Date Application Reference Number Call Precedence (Q) SLCV and detailed code GES Id Current Time/Date Application Reference Number Call Precedence (Q) GES Id Called Terminal Number Modem Number Transcoder Number Satellite Relative Azimuth and Elevation SLCV and detailed code (NULL if not rejected) Voice Channel Characteristics RFM Channel Id Call Setup Failure Ground to Air Call Announcement UP7527 23. The CEL can store at least 300 events.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Events and the associated parameters to be stored are listed in Table D--1. even though the master is involved with the establishment of the slave’s calls. Call Events Log A. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Event Air to Ground Call Setup Request Call Events Log Parameters Current Time/Date Interface (Headset 1 or 2. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System APPENDIX D CALL EVENTS LOG (CEL) 1. Page D--1 15 Jul 2006 . each SDU maintains its own CEL for the calls it provides through its own antenna subsystem. General (1) A CEL is maintained in non--volatile storage for post--flight analysis of circuit--mode call statistics. APBX 1 or 2. The slave logs its own calls. WH--10 1 or 2.

0 and subsequent) HSD channel number Current Time/Date Call Reference Number Service Variant Destination Terminal Id LES Id Spot Beam Id (package 6. Page D--2 15 Jul 2006 .0 and subsequent) Satellite Relative Azimuth and Elevation Latitude Longitude HSD channel number Current Time/Date Call Reference Number LES Id Spot Beam Id (package 6. APBX 1 or 2.0 and subsequent) Satellite Relative Azimuth and Elevation Latitude Longitude HSU Interface (package 6.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.0 and subsequent) Initial call EIRP Forward and return channel Id Call Termination CTU Call Setup Failure HSD Air to Ground Call Setup Request HSD Ground to Air Call Announcement HSD Channel Assignment UP7527 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. WH--10 1 or 2. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table D-1. Event Ground to Air Call Answer Call Events Log (cont) Parameters Current Time/Date Application Reference Number Call Precedence (Q) Interface (Headset 1 or 2. DPHONE) GES Id Current Time/Date Application Reference Number Call Precedence (Q) Satellite Relative Azimuth and Elevation Return EIRP at end of call Clearing SLCV and detailed code GES Id Highest audio level reported during call Current Time/Date Call Reference Number CTU Event Type SLCV and Detailed Code HSD channel number Current Time/Date Call Reference Number Service Address (dialed phone number) Service Variant Originating Terminal Id LES Id Spot Beam Id (package 6.

INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page D--3 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table D-1.0 and subsequent) Satellite Relative Azimuth and Elevation Latitude Longitude EIRP at end of call SLCV and Detailed Termination Code Carrier to Noise Density at end of call Unique Word Error Count HSD channel number Switched Setup Request Current Time/Date Call Reference Number Radio Network Controller Spot Beam Id Service Address (dialed phone number) Calling Terminal Id Service Type HSU Interface Satellite Relative Azimuth and Elevation Latitude Longitude HSD channel number Current Time/Date Call Reference Number Radio Network Controller Spot Beam Id Clearing SLCV and detailed termination code Satellite Relative Azimuth and Elevation Latitude Longitude HSD channel number Switched Setup Request Current Time/Date Call Reference Number Radio Network Controller Spot Beam Id Calling Terminal Id Service Type HSU Interface Satellite Relative Azimuth and Elevation Latitude Longitude BGAN Air to Ground Circuit BGAN Call Termination BGAN Ground to Air Circuit UP7527 23. Event HSD Call Termination Call Events Log (cont) Parameters HSD channel number Current Time/Date Call Reference Number LES Id Spot Beam Id (package 6.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System 2. Page D--4 15 Jul 2006 . The coding for this digit is as follows: • 0 • 1 • 2 • 3 • 4 • 5 • 6 • 7 • 8 • 9 Not Answered Answered. Chan Unacceptable <state> Gnd User. Normal Clear Normal Clear from Handset Normal Clear from MCDU Normal Clear from ACP Mic Normal Clear from Cockpit Disc CTU. No User Responding <state> Call Rejected from SCDU 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. SLCV And Detailed Code Definitions (1) Table D--2 lists the SLCV and detailed code combinations and associated descriptions.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.21 only TIF Fax 1200/2400 bps TIF V. Commentary A. Most Significant Digit (1) The DSLCV may be used to determine the type of circuit--mode service in--use when a call terminates. Table D-2. INSTALLATION. Voice Call 2400 bps TIF Fax 4800 bps TIF Fax 9600 bps TIF Fax (reserved) V. Code 0006 xBx 0010 x00 0010 x01 0010 x02 0010 x03 0010 x04 0010 xBx 0012 x81 0012 xBx 0015 x00 UP7527 SCLV and Detailed Code Descriptions Description CTU. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Normal Clear <state> Incoming Call Not Answered CTU.22bis “PC” Data 4800 (reserved) 9600 (reserved) (reserved) • A (reserved) • B 9600 bps CN11 Circuit Mode Data • C Answered ISDN Call B.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Req Facility Reject <state> 931. Temporary Failure <state> 931. Invalid Info Ctnts <state> 931. Chan Unavailable <state> 931. Protocl Timer Expry <state> CTU. Invalid Info Ctnts <state> CTU. Unspecified Failure <state> 931. Normal Clear <state> 931. Temporary Failure <state> CTU. Info Elemts Missing <state> CTU. Page D--5 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. No User Responding <state> 931. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Unspec Protocol Err <state> 931. Respnse to Enquiry <state> 931. Call Rejected <state> 931. Invalid Call Ref <state> 931. Code 0015 xBx 001d xBx 001e xBx 001f xBx 0029 xBx 002c xBx 0043 xBx 0051 xBx 0060 xBx 0061 xBx 0064 xBx 0065 xBx 0066 xBx 006f xBx 0106 xBx 0110 xBx 0112 xBx 0115 xBx 011d xBx 011e xBx 011f xBx 0129 xBx 012c xBx 0143 xBx 0151 xBx 0160 xBx 0161 xBx 0164 xBx 0165 xBx 0166 xBx UP7527 SCLV and Detailed Code Descriptions (cont) Description CTU. Incoming APC Barred <state> CTU. Req Facility Reject <state> CTU. Inappropriate Msg <state> CTU. Invalid Msg Type <state> CTU. Incoming APC Barred <state> 931. Invalid Call Ref <state> CTU. Chan Unavailable <state> CTU. Call Rejected <state> CTU. Invalid Msg Type <state> 931. Info Elemts Missing <state> 931. Chan Unacceptable <state> 931. Unspecified Failure <state> CTU. Inappropriate Msg <state> 931. Respnse to Enquiry <state> CTU. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table D-2. Protocl Timer Expry <state> 23. INSTALLATION.

Code 016f xBx 0206 xBx 0210 xBx 0212 xBx 0212 xC0 0215 xBx 021C x40 021d xBx 021e xBx 021f xBx 0229 xBx 022c xBx 0243 xBx 0251 xBx 0260 xBx 0261 xBx 0264 xBx 0265 xBx 0266 xBx 026f xBx 0401 x00 0403 x00 0411 x00 0412 x00 0412 xC0 041B x00 041C x00 0422 x00 0426 x00 042A x00 UP7527 SCLV and Detailed Code Descriptions (cont) Description 931. Unspecified Failure <state> CTU. Call Rejected <state> Invalid B--Party Address CTU. Network Out of Order Pub Net. Info Elemts Missing <state> CTU. Invalid Number Format Pub Net. Temporary Failure <state> CTU. Req Facility Reject <state> CTU. Unspec Protocol Err <state> CTU. Respnse to Enquiry <state> CTU.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Invalid Msg Type <state> CTU. No User Responding <state> Timer 301. Incoming APC Barred <state> CTU. No Circuit Avail Pub Net. Normal Clear <state> CTU. Equip Congestion 23. Invalid Call Ref <state> CTU.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Chan Unavailable <state> CTU. User Busy Pub Net. Unspec Protocol Err <state> Pub Net. Page D--6 15 Jul 2006 . Protocl Timer Expry <state> CTU. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Chan Unacceptable <state> CTU. Inappropriate Msg <state> CTU. No User Responding CTU. Dest Out of Service Pub Net. INSTALLATION. No Route to Dest Pub Net. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table D-2. No User Responding G-->A Call Not Answered by User Pub Net. Invalid Info Ctnts <state> CTU. Unassigned Number Pub Net.

931 Error State I4 Pub Net -.Q.931 Error State I6 Pub Net -.Q. Chan Abort Dest Out of Service.931 Error State I1 Pub Net -.Q.931 Error State I10 Priv Net. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Busy Flash (Unspec’d) Preempt by Higher Priority B--Channel Not Available Invalid CCD. I/F Abort Call Rejected. in Released St Credit Card Not Supported Outgoing call -.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table D-2.Q.931 Error State I3 Pub Net -.GES cannot provide requested voice service Invalid Bearer Capability Invalid Net Specific Facilities GES Selective Release No Power to Sustain Call Satellite Handover System Logged--Off Equipment Failure (loss of min--op) HGA Failed HGA Deselected Modem Revoked 23.Q. Chan Type not Implnt’d Pub Net -.Q.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.931 Error State I7 Pub Net -. Code 0442 x00 046f xC0 046f xC1 046f xC2 046f xC3 046f xC4 046f xC5 046f xC6 0501 x00 071F x00 1111 x11 1121 xC0 1131 xC0 1132 xC0 1132 xC1 1141 xC0 1141 xC1 1141 xC2 1161 xB0 1164 x92 1165 xC0 1165 xC1 1221 x20 1221 x21 1221 x22 1221 x23 1221 x24 1221 x25 1221 x26 1221 x27 UP7527 SCLV and Detailed Code Descriptions (cont) Description Pub Net.Q. INSTALLATION. Page D--7 15 Jul 2006 .931 Error State I9 Pub Net -. No Track 2 Data Invalid Address/Call’Party Num Number not preselected for cockpit Dest Out of Service. Unassigned Number Intn’l.

No Channel Available Incoming call -.Invalid DDI Called Term Id Incoming call -. XTB failure) Outgoing call -.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page D--8 15 Jul 2006 .g.Insufficient Power for Setup Outgoing call -.Voice Channel Type Not Supported Not Logged On for Voice 23.Master [other_satcom] Not OK Incoming call -.No Modem for Setup Outgoing call -. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table D-2. AES ID or ARN mismatch (CN59) Incoming call -.No available analog interface Outgoing Calls Disallowed (ORT item xxvi) Incoming Public Calls Barred (ORT item xiii) C’ty Fail (C--Chan not Received) C’ty Fail (No C--Chan Assignmnt) C’ty Fail (No Test SU Received) C’ty Fail (No S4 or S7 SU Rxed) C’ty Fail (No Ack to Connect) C--channel Bit Error Rate Degradation (CN59) C--channel Inhibited.Call Failed to Preempt Missing Resource for Setup Incoming call -.External Equipment Failure Incoming call -. Code 1221 x28 1221 x29 1221 x2A 1221 x41 1222 x32 1222 x33 1222 x34 1222 x35 1222 x36 1222 x37 1222 x38 1222 x39 1222 x3A 1222 x3B 1222 x3C 1222 x3D 1222 x3E 1222 x3F 1222 x40 1242 x90 1243 x50 1251 x61 1251 x63 1251 x64 1251 x65 1251 x66 1251 x67 1251 x68 1264 x91 1265 x70 UP7527 SCLV and Detailed Code Descriptions (cont) Description Transcoder Revoked This SDU Disabled Cross--Talk Bus Failure Analog Audio Interface revoked from call Outgoing call -.Cockpit Camp--On Cancel Outgoing call -.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.No Transcoder for Setup Not Logged On Outgoing call -..Internal Equipment Failure Incoming call -. INSTALLATION.Destination I/F Not Wired Incoming call -.Cannot Reach CTId on Other SATCOM (e.

AES not Authorized GES. Invalid Address GES. 1 0 1 2 UP7527 23. Credit Card Number Rejected GES. HSD ISDN Call SLCV And Detailed Codes (1) Table D--3 lists the SLCV and associated descriptions for HSD ISDN call terminations. No Channel Unit GES. INSTALLATION. Credit Card Type not supported GES. Digital Equip Unavail GES.” etc. No Channel Avail GES. and MES has not been authorized to divert calls which are addressed to that number. normal clearing due to MES terminal “on--hook. Page D--9 15 Jul 2006 . C. Voice Type not Supp GES. MES is rejecting the call because the specified MES terminal number is currently busy. Analog Equip Unavail GES.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Handset Off--Hook GES.). “X” indicates any value. Continuity Failure GES.931 Call STATE. MES is clearing the fixed--originated call because subsequent to the acceptance of the call and the signaling of the identity of the mobile terminal to which the call will actually be routed. Code 1271 x80 1321 x00 1322 x00 1323 x00 1324 x00 1331 x00 1332 x00 1341 x00 1342 x00 1351 x00 1361 x00 1362 x00 1363 x00 1364 x00 1365 x00 1374 x00 SCLV and Detailed Code Descriptions (cont) Description User Busy. Table D--4 lists the detailed combinations. Digital Rate not Supp GES. Service not Supported Spot Beam Handover NOTE: <STATE> indicates the Q.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table D-2. Analog Rate not Supp GES. that terminal has become busy and hence cannot be rung. Dest Out Of Service GES. “Active” or “Incoming”. S 1 1 L 0 0 V 0 1 C 1 1 SLCV Description for HSD ISDN Call Terminations Description MES is clearing the call as instructed by the relevant MES terminal equipment (that is. Table D-3. for example.

MES is prematurely clearing the mobile--originated call which is in the process of being established because the MES user has initiated a call from a terminal which is authorized to automatically preempt an existing mobile--originated call.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. less than 2 digits). Page D--10 15 Jul 2006 . LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information received from the MES is a 2--digit address which is either undefined or which is currently unavailable at this LES. MES is rejecting the call because the MES is not equipped to provide the specified service. or not applicable to a MES--originated call). AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table D-3. that terminal has become out--of--service and hence cannot be rung. MES is rejecting the call because the specified MES terminal number has not been installed. LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information received from the MES is invalid (ie. LES is rejecting the call because the “Service Nature” and/or “Service Type” and/or “Channel parameter” information received from the MES is invalid (eg. not currently defined in the SDM. MES is rejecting the call because the specified MES terminal number is currently out--of--service. LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information received from the MES contains a country code which is regarded (by this LES) as invalid. mutually contradictory. 1 0 8 1 1 0 9 1 1 0 9 2 1 1 4 5 1 1 4 6 1 1 D 1 1 1 1 1 D D 2 3 1 1 D 5 1 1 D 6 1 1 2 2 0 8 2 1 UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. MES is clearing the fixed--originated call because subsequent to the acceptance of the call and the signalling of the identity of the mobile terminal to which the call will actually be routed. and MES has not been authorized to divert calls which are addressed to that number. LES is clearing the call because the “PID” information received from the MES in the “scrambling vector” message (type 8DH ) is not consistent with the PID information in the Fixed/MES--Originated (PID) and PID/MES Registration Tables at the LES as it relates to this call. INSTALLATION. MES is prematurely clearing the mobile--originated call which is in the process of being established because the MES user has abandoned the call (by placing the originating terminal “on--hook”). and MES has not been authorized to divert calls which are addressed to that number.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (Spot Beam Handover): MES is ready to make the transition from the current beam to the next beam. S 1 L 0 V 2 C 1 SLCV Description for HSD ISDN Call Terminations (cont) Description MES is clearing the call because appropriate “off-hook” signaling has not been received from the addressed MES terminal (including any authorized diversions) within the allowed time limit.

MES is clearing the call because it has moved out of spot beam coverage. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table D. MES is clearing the call because an expected supplementary services SU(s) has (have) not been received by the MES within the allowed time limit. MES is clearing the call because a “LES Connect“ message (type 8CH ) has not been received by the MES within the allowed time limit.SLCV Description for HSD ISDN Call Terminations (cont) -3. MES is clearing the call because the Above--decks equipment is about to “cable unwrap”. 0000 H . MES is clearing the call because a long--term interruption in reception has occurred (the definition of a “long--term interruption” depends upon the service type. within the allowed time limit. for packages 6. (Spot Beam Handover): MES is clearing the call session in the next beam because the MES did not detect the LESH carrier on the new frequency. MES is rejecting or clearing the call for a reason which is not covered by any of the currently defined “Cause“ events. Not used by HSU.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. 1 1 2 2 C C 5 6 1 2 C 7 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 C D D 6 6 8 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 3 3 9 9 9 1 2 3 UP7527 23. MES is clearing the call because the “authentication query“ ISU message (type B4H ) and/or the “authentication query” SSU message (type B5H ) have not been received by the MES within the allowed time limit. See Inmarsat SDM). This code is used by the HSU for any channel release commanded from the SDU when an HSD call is in progress. and/or “subscriber digits” SSU (type AD H ) messages have not been received by the MES within the allowed time limit. LES is clearing the call because the “Scrambling Vector” information received from the MES is invalid (ie. MES is clearing the call because the call has lasted more than 700 km in linear traveled distance (used for Aero Class MES only). in response to the transmission of a “notification acknowledge“ message (type BAH) during the supplementary services call diversion information retrieval process. MES is clearing the call because the “supplementary services interrogation” ISU (type B2H ). it is not currently able to do so. INSTALLATION. 6959 H or 7FFF H ). LES is rejecting the call because the “spot--beam ID” information received from the MES is invalid (ie. Page D--11 12 Oct 2010 . S 1 1 1 1 1 L 2 2 2 2 2 V 9 B C C C C 1 1 0 3 4 Description MES is rejecting the call because although it is equipped to provide the specified service. ID is not allocated on satellite in use). Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. DSLCV codes are “THA“ codes that are only available from EMS. MES is clearing the call because a “SCPC channel release” SU (type 8A H ) has not been received by the MES. Aeronautical Class MES only: MES in “cooperative mode” is clearing the call because of a preemption request from the master entity.0 and subsequent). Internal HSDU Termination (pertains to HS--720 only.

LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit. INSTALLATION. LES is rejecting or clearing the call for a reason which is not covered by any of the currently defined “Cause” events. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. LES is rejecting the call because the requested service is not provided by this specific LES. LES is rejecting the call because the specified PID is not authorized for any service at this specific LES. LES is clearing the call because the service address received from the MES is not authorized for the requested priority. LES is rejecting the call because the requested service is temporarily not available at this specific LES. LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate “Channel Assignment” message has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit. LES is rejecting the call because the specified PID is not authorized to use specific requested service via this specific LES. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table D-3. 1 5 0 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 8 9 A A A 1 1 1 1 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 A A A B C C C C 5 6 7 1 1 2 3 4 UP7527 23. LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate channel unit and associated terrestrial circuit are not currently available at this LES. (Spot Beam Handover): LES is ready to make the transition from the current beam to the next beam and is clearing the call session in the current beam (normal clear). [This “cause” is only utilized when there is a permanent “one--to--one” connection between appropriate channel units and their terrestrial circuits]. LES is clearing the call because a “Scrambling Vector” message (type 8DH) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit. S 1 1 L 4 4 V 5 5 C 1 2 SLCV Description for HSD ISDN Call Terminations (cont) Description LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate terrestrial circuit is not currently available at this specific LES. Page D--12 15 Jul 2006 . LES is rejecting the call because the specified MES is not authorized to use specific requested service via this specific LES. LES is rejecting the call because the specified MES is not authorized for any service at this specific LES. LES is clearing the call because the data received from the MES in the “authentication reply” message (type B6H) has been declared “invalid” by the LES authentication process. LES is clearing the call because neither the “service address” information nor a “Scrambling Vector” message (type 8DH ) has been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate satellite channel is not currently available at this specific LES.

LES is clearing this MES ID and channel number in the busy lists at LES and NCS because a new call to/from this MES is being set--up (and thus any previous call to/from this MES must have cleared). LES is clearing the call because of a malfunction in the authentication checking database or in the communications links thereto.e. S 1 1 1 1 L 5 5 5 5 V C C C C C 7 9 A B SLCV Description for HSD ISDN Call Terminations (cont) Description LES is clearing the call because a “MES Connect” message (type 99H) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit. LES is clearing the call because a “authentication reply” message (type B6H) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit. NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an IPDS call at the NCS.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate channel unit is not currently available at this specific LES. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table D-3. (Spot Beam Handover): LES is clearing the call session in the next beam because the MES did not indicate that it was ready to make the transition (possibly because the MES did not receive the Channel Assignment). LES is rejecting the call because the “Channel Assignment” message received from the NCS contains inappropriate or conflicting information. (Spot Beam Handover): LES is terminating the procedure because it did not receive a response to the Handover Request from the NCS. (Spot Beam Handover): LES is clearing the call session in the next beam because the LES did not detect the MESH carrier on the new frequency. 1 1 5 5 C C C D 1 1 5 5 D D 1 2 1 1 1 1 5 6 6 6 E 5 6 C 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 6 7 8 8 8 C 9 1 1 5 3 1 1 2 1 UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. LES is clearing the call because the request sequence number contained in the received “notification acknowledge” message (type BA) is not valid (i.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. LES is clearing the call because a “notification acknowledge” message (type BAH ) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit. Page D--13 15 Jul 2006 . LES is clearing the call because an appropriate SCPC MES carrier has not been received by the LES (at the commencement of the call) within the allowed time limit. INSTALLATION. NCS is rejecting the call because an appropriate SCPC channel is not currently available. LES is attempting to clear an MES which has sent an SCPC channel release message but is found still to be transmitting 5.12 seconds later. either not ‘0’ or not the next value in the sequence). NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES ID is in the “MES busy” list at the NCS. LES is clearing the call because of an interruption in reception of the MES carrier exceeding the allowed time limit.

MES Category. no response within the allowed time limit). NCS is rejecting the call because no message was received from the specified MES (in reaction to a Call Announcement message) within the allowed time limit.. NCS is rejecting the call because the Request for Call Announcement or Request for Channel Assignment contains invalid or inappropriate information. NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is not authorized for any service (except for Distress calls) at the NCS.e.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table D-3. and is listed as being busy with a call through the same LES as that now requesting a “call announcement” addressed to that MES. (Spot Beam Handover) NCS is rejecting the Handover Request because an appropriate SCPC channel is not available in the next beam. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. Page D--14 15 Jul 2006 . NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES ID was not found in the “Forward and Return MES ID” cross--reference table. NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES was busy and the MES pre--emption failed (i. NCS is rejecting the call because the requested service variant is invalid. NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an IPDS call through the same LES which is requesting the call announcement.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. NCS is rejecting the call because no SCPC channel is currently available for the specified leasemarked MES. Spot Beam ID and Priority fields contained in the Request for Channel Assignment. NCS is rejecting the call because an appropriate SCPC channel is not currently available and channel pre--emption failed. Service Nature. NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES ID is in the “MES busy” list at the NCS.e. Service Type. NCS is rejecting or clearing the call for a reason which is not covered by any of the currently defined “Cause” events. NCS is rejecting the call because the specified LES is not authorized for the requested service at the NCS. NCS is rejecting the call because the requested spot beam indicates failed spot beam selection (“FF” ) and an appropriate global SCPC channel is not currently available. LES is clearing the call because of the receipt of “on--hook” signalling from the relevant terrestrial circuit (i. normal clearing). NCS is rejecting the call because the MES is outside the spot beam coverage area. S 1 L 8 V 5 C 2 SLCV Description for HSD ISDN Call Terminations (cont) Description NCS is rejecting the call because no SCPC channel exists at the NCS which matches the contents of the Channel Parameters. 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 5 5 5 5 3 4 5 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 5 A A A B B C 7 1 2 3 1 2 1 1 1 8 8 C D 3 1 1 8 E 1 1 1 8 F E 0 2 1 UP7527 23.

INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table D-3. 1 1 F F 6 6 1 2 Table D-4. S 1 1 L F F V 1 2 C 1 1 SLCV Description for HSD ISDN Call Terminations (cont) Description LES is clearing the call because the terrestrial called party is engaged (busy). ID 0x00 0x01 0x04 0x05 0x09 0x0B 0x0E 0x10 0x11 0x22 0x24 0x30 0x31 0x32 0x33 0x34 0x35 0x36 0x37 UP7527 Detailed Codes Description Default value Channel out of range MES time--out Incoming call in progress Call spacing restriction not fulfilled Timeout on phone number dialing Invalid Ocean Region Invalid Telephone Interface type The terminal id already in use Min--op not achieved HSU equipment failure Cooperative Preempt: High Priority Call Cooperative Preempt: Ocean Region Handover Cooperative Preempt: System Failure Cooperative Preempt: No Power Available Cooperative Preempt: Not Logged On Cooperative Preempt: GNSS Frequency Check Error Cooperative Preempt: Spare Cooperative Preempt: Invalid Parameter 23. The LES is clearing the call because the terrestrial calling party or the terrestrial network has cleared the call before the “MES connect” message has been received by the LES. Page D--15 15 Jul 2006 . LES is clearing the call because appropriate “off--hook” signalling from the terrestrial called party has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. LES is clearing the call because of the detection of a failure in the relevant terrestrial circuit.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table D-4.0) EIRP Request Reject: GNSS Frequency Check Error (Package 6.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.0 and subsequent) EIRP Request Reject: Spare EIRP Request Reject: Invalid Parameter UP7527 23. Page D--16 15 Jul 2006 . ID 0x40 0x41 0x42 0x43 0x44 0x45 0x46 0x47 0x50 0x51 0x52 0x53 0x54 0x55 0x55 0x56 0x57 Detailed Codes (cont) Description Ruthless Preempt: High Priority Call Ruthless Preempt: Ocean Region Handover Ruthless Preempt: System Failure Ruthless Preempt: No Power Available Ruthless Preempt: Not Logged On Ruthless Preempt: GNSS Frequency Check Error Ruthless Preempt: Spare Ruthless Preempt: Invalid Parameter EIRP Request Reject: High Priority Call EIRP Request Reject: Ocean Region Handover EIRP Request Reject: System Failure EIRP Request Reject: No Power Available EIRP Request Reject: Not Logged On Power Not Available (prior to Package 6. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION.

INSTALLATION. PPPoE Active Discovery Offer (PADO) (1) The HSU will respond to PPPoE Active Discovery Initiation (PADI) packets in accordance with RFC 2516. MPDS service available on at least on channel of Channel Card 2 (HSU channel 3 or 4). Page E--1 15 Jul 2006 . the HSU will not provide a PADO response. or Swift64 PacketData PacketData BGAN BGAN--1 BGAN--2 BGAN BGAN--1 BGAN--2 MPDS MPDS--1 MPDS MPDS--1 MPDS--2 MPDS--2 UP7527 23. SwiftBroadband PS services or MPDS services are available on at least one channel. or PacketData. Table E-1. SwiftBroadband PS services available on at least one channel. B.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. General (1) The following subsections define the format and services for the PPPoE discovery packets as defined in RFC 2516. PADI Service Name No service name tag PADO Services Controlling Condition If all services are available or if SwiftBroadband PS services are available or if MPDS services are available. (2) The HSU will support service names of length less than or equal to 64 characters. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System APPENDIX E MESSAGING 1. MPDS service available on at least one channel. The conditions for the PADO response and the PADO content are as specified in Table E--1. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. PPPoE Messaging A. PADO Response Null terminated. SwiftBroadband PS services available on Channel Card 1. MPDS service available on at least on channel of Channel Card 1 (HSU channel 1 or 2). SwiftBroadband CS and PS services available on Channel Card 2. If the requested service in not available. This PADI may be used as a status poll from a server.

no unrecognized characters. MPDS service available on HSU Channel 2. ASCII 23x). 8. MPDS service is available on HSU Channel 1. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-1. 4. • “Filtered Service Name” is the service--name with unrecognized characters removed. 7. if any. MPDS service is available on HSU Channel 3. MPDS service is available on HSU Channel 4. *} • “Dial Termination” characters are defined as the set { # (octothorp. MPDS service available on at least one channel. MPDS service available on HSU Channel 3. 3. MPDS service is available on HSU Channel 2. 1. 2. the HSU will respond with a PADO echoing the service name.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UP7527 23. stopping at (but not including) the first dial termination character. 5. (b) If the PADI service name contains up to the first dial termination character. ASCII 3Ax) } • “Unrecognized” characters are defined as the rest of the ASCII character set. : (colon. and consists of two (2) or more dialed digits. PADO Response MPDS--1A MPDS--1B MPDS--2A MPDS--2B MPDS--C1 MPDS--C2 MPDS--C3 MPDS--C4 123 28# Numeric digits (See below) (3) The PADI response to a series of numeric digits is detailed in the following: (a) Definitions: • “Dialed” digits are defined as the set { 0. MPDS service available on HSU Channel 4. INSTALLATION. 6. M--ISDN service is available on at least one channel. Page E--2 15 Jul 2006 . 9.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. SwiftBroadband CS or M--ISDN service available on at least one channel. PADI Service Name MPDS--1A MPDS--1B MPDS--2A MPDS--2B MPDS--C1 MPDS--C2 MPDS--C3 MPDS--C4 123 28# Numeric digits (See below) PADO Services (cont) Controlling Condition MPDS service available on HSU Channel 1. and if SwiftBroadband CS or Swift64 M--ISDN service is available on a channel.

C. (2) The HSU will support service names of length less than or equal to 64 characters. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. An MPDS session is initiated on Channel Card 2 (HSU channel 3 or 4). the HSU will respond with a PADO echoing the service name. and if MPDS service is available on any available channel. Table E-2. MPDS session is initiated on HSU Channel 3. a PS session is initiated using the PDP parameters provided by the SDU. an MPDS session will be initiated. the HSU will not initiate a PPP session and will send a PPPoE active discovery session confirmation (PADS) packet with a service--name error tag. If SwiftBroadband services are not available and MPDS services are available. MPDS session is initiated on HSU Channel 1. If the requested service in not available. (d) If the PADI service name consists of the specific string “123”.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. MPDS session is initiated on HSU Channel 4. MPDS session is initiated on HSU Channel 1.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. (3) The HSU response to the PADR packet is as specified in Table E--2. the HSU will respond with a PADO echoing the service name. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (c) If the PADI filtered service name consists of seven (7) or more dialed digits. BGAN BGAN--1 BGAN--2 MPDS MPDS --1 MPDS --2 MPDS--1A MPDS--1B MPDS--2A MPDS--2B MPDS--C1 MPDS--C2 MPDS--C3 UP7527 23. An MPDS session is initiated on an available channel. A SwiftBroadband PS session is initiated on an available channel card. and if SwiftBroadband CS or Swift64 M--ISDN service is available on a channel. A SwiftBroadband PS session is initiated on Channel Card 1. an MPDS session will be initiated. If SwiftBroadband services are available. A SwiftBroadband PS session is initiated on Channel Card 2. An MPDS session is initiated on Channel Card 1 (HSU channel 1 or 2). INSTALLATION. MPDS session is initiated on HSU Channel 2. If SwiftBroadband services are not available and MPDS services are available. a PS session is initiated using the PDP parameters provided by the SDU. Page E--3 15 Jul 2006 . MPDS session is initiated on HSU Channel 2. MPDS session is initiated on HSU Channel 3. PADR Service Name No service name tag PacketData PADR Services HSU response If SwiftBroadband services are available. PPPoE Active Discovery Request (PADR) (1) The HSU will respond to PPPoE Active Discovery Request (PADR) packets in accordance with RFC 2516.

a 64k UDI session is initiated on any available channel to the called party number defined below. 3. (4) The HSU will determine the called party number from the PADR service name as detailed in the following: (a) Definitions: • “Dialed” digits are defined as the set { 0. 5. and consists of two (2) or more “dialed” digits. the HSU will initiate an M--ISDN 64k UDI session on an available channel using the filtered service name as the called party number. and SwiftBroadband CS service is not available. If SwiftBroadband services are not available and M--ISDN service is available. UP7527 23. 2. and if SwiftBroadband CS service is available. (e) If the PADR filtered service name contains up to seven (7) or more “dialed” digits. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-2. if any. PADR Service Name MPDS--C4 123 28# Numeric digits (See below) PADR Services (cont) HSU response MPDS session is initiated on HSU Channel 4. (c) If the PADR service name contains up to the first dial termination character. M--ISDN 64k UDI session initiated to called party number “28” on any available channel. • “Filtered Service Name” is the service--name with unrecognized characters removed. and if SwiftBroadband CS service is available. ASCII 3Ax) } • “Unrecognized” characters are defined as the rest of the ASCII character set.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. the HSU will initiate a M--ISDN 64k UDI session on an available channel using the service name as the called party number. stopping at (but not including) the first dial termination character. : (colon. 9. ASCII 23x). no unrecognized characters. 4. 1. no unrecognized characters. Page E--4 15 Jul 2006 . (d) If the PADR filtered service name contains up to seven (7) or more “dialed” digits. If SwiftBroadband services are available. a CS session is initiated on any available channel to the called party number defined below. INSTALLATION. MPDS session is initiated on any available channel. (b) If the PADR service name contains up to the first dial termination character. and consists of two (2) or more “dialed” digits. 8. *} • “Dial Termination” characters are defined as the set { # (octothorp. the HSU will initiate a SwiftBroadband CS session on an available channel using the filtered service name as the called party number. and SwiftBroadband CS service is not available. and Swift64 M--ISDN is available. 6.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. the HSU will initiate a SwiftBroadband CS session on an available channel using the service name as the called party number. and Swift64 M--ISDN is available. 7. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. (4) The HSU will generate a Generic Error tag upon termination of every session. (3) The HSU may provide a PADS response prior to the establishment of the over--the--satellite call connection. (2) If the requested service in not available. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (f) If the PADR service name consists of the specific string “123”. Page E--5 15 Jul 2006 . the HSU will initiate an MPDS session on an available channel. INSTALLATION. but before PPP session established Service disabled or unavailable Unable to reserve the channel Unrecognized service Service Name Error Service-Name Error Tag Missing Service--Name Default service disabled E. (2) The PPPoE session may be terminated by the HSU or by a PADT from the host. (3) The HSU will send periodic Echo--Request packets to the host to assess continued connectivity. PPPoE Active Discovery Termination (PADT) (1) The HSU will provide a PPPoE Active Discovery Termination (PADT) packet in response to termination of the PPPoE session. D. The Generic--Error tag is of the following format: UP7527 23. and if MPDS service is available on any channel. PADR Service Name No Service--Name tag No Service--Name tag (and default service is disabled by a HSU configuration item) Service--Name not recognized (not from set of Table E--2) Requested Service--Name is disabled or not available Requested Service--Name became unavailable after PADR received.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. PPPoE Active Discovery Session-Confirmation (PADS) (1) The HSU will provide PPPoE Active Discovery Session--Confirmation (PADS) packets in response to PADR packets in accordance with RFC 2516. Table E-3. the HSU will not initiate a PPP session and will send a PPPoE active discovery session confirmation (PADS) packet with a service--name error tag as specified in Table E--3. including those that terminate normally.

Where: • qqq is the MPDS AT +WQ cause number defined in Table E--6. the AC--System--Error tag will be of the following format: 1 Q850 – qqq: Q. (5) The HSU will generate an AC--System--Error tag upon termination of every session. Table E-4. • detailed_cause_string is extended cause description as defined in Table E--4. Page E--6 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION. MES time--out (no answer) call failed.850 cause string defined in Table E--5. The AC--System--Error tag is as defined below. (a) If the PPPoE session was a Swift64 64k UDI session.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. (b) If the PPPoE session was a Swift64 MPDS session. the AC--System--Error tag will be of the following format: 1 BGAN – bbb: TBD Where: • bbb and TBD are not specified. including those that terminate normally.850 cause code defined in Table E--5.850_string Where: • qqq is the ISDN Q. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. • SLCV_cause_string is the (modified) Inmarsat standard cause code wording defined in Table E--4. MES terminal busy call failed. MES terminal not installed UP7527 23. the AC--System--Error tag will be of the following format: 1 MPDS – mmm: +WQ_cause_string defined in Table E--6.850_string is the Q. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System (a) SLCV – nnnn/dddd: SLCV_cause_string [detailed_cause_string] Where: • nnnn is the Inmarsat SLCV termination code as defined in Table E--4. • dddd is the detailed cause code defined in Table E--4. MES terminal busy call cleared. (c) If the PPPoE session was a SwiftBroadband PS session.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. • +WQ_cause_string is the MPDS AT +WQ cause string defined in Table E--6. • Q. SLCV 1001 1011 1012 1021 1081 dddd 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 SLCV Cause Codes and Strings Detailed cause string Comments SLCV cause string call cleared by MES terminal call failed.

1 or 2 call call cleared. INSTALLATION. pre--empted at MES call cleared. SLCV 1091 1092 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1191 11A0 11D1 11D2 11D3 11D4 11D5 11D6 11D7 11D8 11E0 dddd 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 SLCV Cause Codes and Strings (cont) Detailed cause string Comments SLCV cause string call failed. dialed number not 2 or 3 digits for pri. PID information is not consistent call rejected. invalid country code call cleared. MES terminal out--of--service call cleared. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page E--7 15 Jul 2006 . 1 or 2 call call cleared. invalid service for pri. invalid service address call cleared.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. LES service call type Incorrect call failed. MES initiated preemption attempted call cleared. invalid credit card PIN at this LES UP7527 23. pre--empted at MES attempted call abandoned by MES terminal MES outside spot beam call cleared. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-4. MES terminal out--of--service MES preempted clear by higher priority call MES preempted fixed call by higher priority call offered call cleared. credit card not accepted call failed. insufficient digits in service address call failed. credit card data information invalid call cleared.

SDU not logged at present On call failed. SDU reporting system failure Call cleared. MES ready MES distress timeout call failed. MES cannot accept call failed. MES cannot accept EIRP Request rejected due to: Call rejected. SDU reporting system failure Call cleared. MES cannot accept at present call failed. pre--empted by SDU for invalid parameter Call cleared. Page E--8 15 Jul 2006 . pre--empted by SDU for invalid parameter Cooperative Preempt: System Failure Cooperative Preempt: Spare Cooperative Preempt: Invalid Parameter Ruthless Preempt: System Failure Ruthless Preempt: Spare Ruthless Preempt: Invalid Parameter UP7527 23. MES cannot accept Call cleared. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-4. too many invalid credit card call attempts handover. MES cannot accept Call cleared. SDU not at present Not Logged On logged On call failed. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. GNSS frequency check error 1291 1291 1291 1291 0044 0045 0054 0055 call failed. GNSS frequency at present check error call failed. MES cannot accept Call cleared. GNSS at present frequency check error EIRP Request rejected due to: GNSS Frequency Check Error 12B1 12B1 12B1 12B1 12B1 12B1 12B1 12B1 0000 0024 0032 0036 0037 0042 0046 0047 call cleared by MES for unspecified reason call cleared by MES for unspecified reason call cleared by MES for unspecified reason call cleared by MES for unspecified reason call cleared by MES for unspecified reason call cleared by MES for unspecified reason call cleared by MES for unspecified reason call cleared by MES for unspecified reason HSU Equipment Failure Call cleared. SDU not logged at present On call failed. MES cannot accept Ruthless Preempt: GNSS at present Frequency Check Error Cooperative Preempt: Not Logged On Cooperative Preempt: GNSS Frequency Check Error Ruthless Preempt: Not Logged On Call cleared. INSTALLATION. pre--empted by SDU for undeclared reason Call cleared.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. pre--empted by SDU for undeclared reason Call cleared. MES cannot accept Call rejected. SLCV 11E1 1202 1262 1281 1291 1291 1291 dddd 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0034 0035 SLCV Cause Codes and Strings (cont) Detailed cause string Comments SLCV cause string call cleared.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

Page E--9 15 Jul 2006 . insufficient free memory call cleared by MES cable unwrap call cleared. invalid scrambling vector call cleared.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. MES missing sup service 2 SU call cleared. INSTALLATION. no credit card valid message received call failed. SDU re--pointing antenna to different Ocean Region Cooperative Preempt: Ocean Region Handover UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. long interruption in reception at MES MES secondary clear due to repoint OR MES secondary clear due to repoint OR 12B1 12B1 0056 0057 12C2 12C3 12C4 12C5 12C6 12C7 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 12C8 12D1 12D2 1351 1361 1362 1363 1363 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0031 Call cleared. spot beam data invalid call failed. pre--empted by SDU for invalid parameter Comments EIRP Request rejected due to: System Failure EIRP Request rejected due to: Spare EIRP Request rejected due to: Invalid Parameter SLCV cause string call cleared by MES for unspecified reason call cleared by MES for unspecified reason call cleared by MES for unspecified reason call cleared. SLCV 12B1 dddd 0052 SLCV Cause Codes and Strings (cont) Detailed cause string Call rejected.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. MES time--out (no terrestrial answer) call cleared. authentication query not received call cleared. MES missing SCPC channel release SU sup service handover failed. pre--empted by SDU for undeclared reason Call rejected. LES not detected call failed. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-4. MES missing sup service SU call cleared. SDU reporting system failure Call rejected.

spot beam transition call cleared. cooperative mode Call cleared. pre--empted by higher priority call call cleared. cooperative mode Call cleared.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. terrestrial circuits congested call failed. SDU re--pointing antenna to different Ocean Region Comments Ruthless Preempt: Ocean Region Handover SLCV cause string MES secondary clear due to repoint OR MES secondary clear due to repoint OR 1363 0051 Call rejected. cooperative mode call cleared. pre--empted by higher priority call call cleared. no power available from SDU call failed. INSTALLATION. Page E--10 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. no power available from SDU call cleared. cooperative mode Call rejected. no power available from SDU call cleared. LES congested (no channel and no circuit) spotbeam handover. cooperative mode Call cleared. SDU re--pointing EIRP Request antenna to different Ocean rejected due to: Region Ocean Region Handover 1391 1392 1393 1393 1393 1393 1393 1393 1393 0000 0000 0000 0030 0033 0040 0043 0044 0050 call cleared. cooperative mode Call cleared. LES ready. cooperative mode Channel cleared. cooperative mode Call rejected. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-4. service not provided at this LES Cooperative Preempt: High Priority Call Cooperative Preempt: No Power Available Ruthless Preempt: High Priority Call Ruthless Preempt: No Power Available Ruthless Preempt: Not Logged On EIRP Request rejected due to: High Priority Call EIRP Request rejected due to: No Power Available 1393 0053 1451 1452 1502 1551 1581 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 UP7527 23. LES congested (no channel) call failed. SLCV 1363 dddd 0041 SLCV Cause Codes and Strings (cont) Detailed cause string Call cleared. SDU not logged on call cleared. pre--empted by higher priority call call cleared. normal clear call failed. traveled distance exceeds 700km call cleared.

notification ack not received call cleared. incomplete credit card data information call failed. LES time--out (no scrambling vector) call failed. credit card not authorised call cleared. LES time--out (no MES connect) call cleared. PID not authorised for any service call failed. no authentication reply call cleared. authentication reply invalid call failed. SLCV 1591 1592 15A1 15A2 15A3 15A4 15A5 15A6 15B1 15C1 15C2 15C3 15C4 15C5 15C7 15C9 15CA 15CB 15CC dddd 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 SLCV Cause Codes and Strings (cont) Detailed cause string Comments SLCV cause string call failed. INSTALLATION. LES time--out (no service address) call failed. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-4. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. service temporarily not available at this LES call cleared. credit card type not supported call failed. no service address and no scrambling vector call cleared. Page E--11 15 Jul 2006 . PID not authorised for requested service call cleared by LES for unspecified reason call failed. service not authorised at this LES call cleared. invalid sequence number in notification ack handover failed. MES not authorised at this LES call failed. no channel assignment from LES call failed.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. no response to request UP7527 23.

MES not ready call failed. NCS initiated preemption 1842 0000 1843 0000 1844 0000 UP7527 23. MES not accepted call Call waiting request rejected. LES congested (no channel unit) call failed.1 call call cleared. INSTALLATION. MES not detected call cleared. NCS initiated preemption for incoming pri.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. failure credit card validation process call cleared. Page E--12 15 Jul 2006 . NCS initiated preemption for incoming pri. LES time--out (invalid assignment) LES MES already busy call cleared but MES still transmitting (FAULT) call failed. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-4.3 call call cleared. SLCV 15CD 15D1 15D2 15E1 1651 1661 1662 16C2 16C3 1790 1791 1811 1812 1813 1814 1841 dddd 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 SLCV Cause Codes and Strings (cont) Detailed cause string Comments SLCV cause string handover failed. long interruption in reception at LES LES long term blockage of SCPC MES LES missing MES SCPC handover failed. RLES shows MES busy call cleared.2 call call cleared. NCS initiated preemption for incoming pri. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. failure authentication process NCS MES ID busy NCS MES ID busy MPDS Call waiting request rejected.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

No Matching SCPC channel NCS MES ID not found call failed. INSTALLATION. MES not authorised call failed. LES not authorised call failed by NCS for unspecified reason call rejected. invalid service requested NCS MES burst missing NCS MES busy preemption failed call failed. channel not available NCS Reject Lease--marked MES ---.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. MES outside spot beam coverage area call rejected. fixed line hung up call cleared by terrestrial circuit 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 185A 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 18A1 18A2 18A3 18B1 18B2 18C1 18C3 18D1 18E1 18E2 1D61 1F01 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 UP7527 23. satellite congestion NCS reject SCPC does not match request call failed. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. no channel available call rejected. Page E--13 15 Jul 2006 . spot beam selection failed handover failed. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-4. satellite congestion NCS reject no SCPC available call failed.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. invalid call request NCS MES busy already NCS MES busy already MPDS Call wait failed. SLCV 1851 1852 dddd 0000 0000 SLCV Cause Codes and Strings (cont) Detailed cause string Comments SLCV cause string call failed. preemption failed. lease channel congestion call failed.

Mobile Barred on this LES Access Code Authorisation Failure -. terrestrial party busy call failed.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. LES time--out (no answer) call failed. terrestrial circuit failure call failed. Page E--14 15 Jul 2006 .Unable to Accept Credit Cards 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0064 01F4 01F5 01F6 01F7 01F8 01F9 01FA 01FB 01FC MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared 0000 01FD MPDS channel cleared 0000 01FE MPDS channel cleared 0000 01FF MPDS channel cleared UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. SLCV 1F11 1F21 1F61 1F62 0000 dddd 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 SLCV Cause Codes and Strings (cont) Detailed cause string Comments SLCV cause string call failed. early clear by terrestrial circuit MPDS channel cleared No Inmarsat SLCV for termination of MPDS session MPDS Port error code 100 401 Unknown Error 500 LES Access Code does not support MPDS Network does not recognise Mobile ID Network does not recognise Sim Card Authentication Failed to Complete Authentication Failure Authorisation Failure Authorisation Failure -.SIM Card Barred on this LES Access Code Authorisation Failure -Temporarily Unable to Accept Credit Cards Authorisation Failure -. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-4. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.Mobile Barred Authorisation Failure -.

QoS not Allowed Authorisation Failure -Unsupported Service Option(s) QoS Option(s) Unsupported By Mobile QoS Option(s) Unsupported By Network Satellite Network Congestion Satellite Network Unavailable Service Congestion Service Unavailable Terrestrial Network Congestion Terrestrial Network Unavailable Terrestrial Network Destination -. SLCV 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 dddd 0200 0201 0202 0203 0204 SLCV Cause Codes and Strings (cont) Detailed cause string Authorisation Failure -. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.No Answer Terrestrial Network Destination -.No Carrier Service Timed Out Terminated by Network Operator Insufficient Resources at Mobile Mobile Failure Comments SLCV cause string MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 UP7527 0205 0206 0207 0208 0209 020A 020B 020C 020D 020E 020F 0210 0211 0212 0213 0214 MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared 23.Credit Card Refused Authorisation Failure -. Page E--15 15 Jul 2006 .Busy Terrestrial Network Destination -.Service Option(s) not Allowed Authorisation Failure -.Unavailable Terrestrial Network Destination -. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-4.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.This Service not Allowed Authorisation Failure -. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Unrecoverable DTE Protocol Error Mobile Reset User Cancellation of Connection Establishment Unable to Find Satellite Access Node Unable to Establish Communication with Satellite Access Node Link with Satellite Access Node Lost Reason Unspecified L3 Release L3 Deregister L3 Reject SAN Idle Timer Expiry MAN Idle Timer Expiry SAN Connect Timer SAN Modify Timer SAN Handover Timer SAN Connection Timer MAN Connection Timer Insufficient operating system resources at MAN Insufficient memory at MAN Invalid L3 Call Ref in Establish SDU Invalid L3 Call Ref in Modify SDU Unsupported MPDS MAC version Comments SLCV cause string MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 025A 02BC 02BD 02BE 02BF 02CC 02CD 02CE 02CF 02D0 02D1 02D2 02DC 02DD 02EC 02ED 02FC MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-4. Page E--16 15 Jul 2006 .Connection to DTE Lost Mobile -. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. SLCV 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 dddd 0215 0216 0217 0218 0258 0259 SLCV Cause Codes and Strings (cont) Detailed cause string Mobile -.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

Page E--17 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.No suitable contention slot Comments SLCV cause string MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 030D 031C 032C 032D 032E 032F 0330 033C 033D 034C 034D MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-4.No satellite link Bearer Control -. SLCV 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 dddd 02FD 02FE 02FF 0300 0301 0302 0303 0304 0305 030C SLCV Cause Codes and Strings (cont) Detailed cause string Invalid Bearer Connection type in Establish SDU Invalid Bearer Control type in Establish SDU Invalid Bearer Connection ID in Establish SDU Invalid Bearer Connection type in Modify SDU Invalid Bearer Control type in Modify SDU Invalid Bearer Connection ID in Modify SDU Invalid Handover SDU Invalid SDU type SDU Incorrectly Formatted Connection sub--layer protocol failure (MAN specific signaling) Connection sub--layer protocol failure (HDLC signaling) Control sub--layer protocol failure Channel Unit failure Hardware failure MAN not responding to frequency corrections MAN not responding to power corrections MAN not responding to timing corrections Internal SAN failure SAN Shutting Down Bearer Control -.

850 Cause Codes and Strings Q8.850 Value (qqq) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 26 27 28 29 UP7527 Q. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.50 string Unallocated number No route to specified transit network No route to destination Send special information tone Misdialed trunk prefix Channel unacceptable Call awarded and being delivered in an established channel Preemption Preemption -.address incomplete Facility rejected 23. Q. Page E--18 15 Jul 2006 .Incorrect SAN ID No such MAN Invalid L3 Call Reference Comments SLCV cause string MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared MPDS channel cleared Table E-5. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-4.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.circuit reserved for reuse Normal call clearing Normal call clearing User busy No user responding No answer from user Subscriber absent Call rejected Number changed Non--selected user clearing Destination out of order Invalid number format -. SLCV 0000 0000 0000 0000 dddd 034E 034F 035C 035D SLCV Cause Codes and Strings (cont) Detailed cause string Bearer Control -.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.Status Acknowledgement failure Bearer Control -.

850 Cause Codes and Strings (cont) Q8.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.850 Value (qqq) 30 31 34 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 46 47 49 50 52 53 54 55 57 58 62 63 65 66 69 70 79 81 82 Q.50 string Response to a status enquiry Normal. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-5.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. unspecified Invalid call reference value Identified channel does not exist UP7527 23. Page E--19 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. unspecified No circuit/channel available Network out of order Permanent frame mode connection out--of--service Permanent frame mode connection operational Temporary failure Switching equipment congestion Access information discarded Request channel not available Precedence call blocked Resource not available Quality of service unavailable Requested facility not subscribed Outgoing calls barred Outgoing calls barred within CUG Incoming calls barred Incoming calls barred within CUG Bearer capability not authorized Bearer capability not presently available Inconsistency in designated outgoing access information and subscriber class Service or option not available Bearer capability not implemented Channel type not implemented Request facility not implemented Only restricted digital information bearer capability is available Service or option not implemented. Q.

50 string Suspended call exists. unspecified Internetworking. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-5.passed on Message with unrecognized parameter.850 Cause Codes and Strings (cont) Q8. mmm 100 500 501 502 503 504 UP7527 MPDS +WQ Cause Codes and Strings +WQ cause code string MPDS Port error code 100 401 Unknown Error 500 LES Access Code does not support MPDS Network does not recognize Mobile ID Network does not recognize Sim Card Authentication Failed to Complete 23. unspecified Mandatory information element is missing Message type non--existent or not implemented Message not compatible with call state or message type non--existent Information element non--existent or not implemented Invalid information element contents Message not compatible with call state Recovery on timer expiry Parameter non--existent or not implemented -. but call identity does not Call identity in use No call suspended Call with the specified call identity is cleared User not a member of CUG Incompatible destination Non--existent CUG Invalid transit network selection Invalid message.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.850 Value (qqq) 83 84 85 86 87 88 90 91 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 110 111 127 Q. unspecified Table E-6. Q. Page E--20 15 Jul 2006 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. discarded Protocol error. INSTALLATION.

Credit Card Refused Authorization Failure -.SIM Card Barred on this LES Access Code Authorization Failure -.Unable to Accept Credit Cards Authorization Failure -.Unavailable Terrestrial Network Destination -.QoS not Allowed Authorization Failure -. Page E--21 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION.No Answer Terrestrial Network Destination -. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-6.Connection to DTE Lost Mobile -.Mobile Barred on this LES Access Code Authorization Failure -.Service Option(s) not Allowed Authorization Failure -. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. mmm 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 UP7527 MPDS +WQ Cause Codes and Strings (cont) +WQ cause code string Authentication Failure Authorization Failure Authorization Failure -.Busy Terrestrial Network Destination -.No Carrier Service Timed Out Terminated by Network Operator Insufficient Resources at Mobile Mobile Failure Mobile -.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.Mobile Barred Authorization Failure -.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.Unsupported Service Option(s) QoS Option(s) Unsupported By Mobile QoS Option(s) Unsupported By Network Satellite Network Congestion Satellite Network Unavailable Service Congestion Service Unavailable Terrestrial Network Congestion Terrestrial Network Unavailable Terrestrial Network Destination -.This Service not Allowed Authorization Failure -.Temporarily Unable to Accept Credit Cards Authorization Failure -.Unrecoverable DTE Protocol Error 23.

mmm 535 536 600 601 602 700 701 702 703 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 732 733 748 749 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 UP7527 MPDS +WQ Cause Codes and Strings (cont) +WQ cause code string Mobile Reset User Cancellation of Connection Establishment Unable to Find Satellite Access Node Unable to Establish Communication with Satellite Access Node Link with Satellite Access Node Lost Reason Unspecified L3 Release L3 Deregister L3 Reject SAN Idle Timer Expiry MAN Idle Timer Expiry SAN Connect Timer SAN Modify Timer SAN Handover Timer SAN Connection Timer MAN Connection Timer Insufficient operating system resources at MAN Insufficient memory at MAN Invalid L3 Call Ref in Establish SDU Invalid L3 Call Ref in Modify SDU Unsupported MPDS MAC version Invalid Bearer Connection type in Establish SDU Invalid Bearer Control type in Establish SDU Invalid Bearer Connection ID in Establish SDU Invalid Bearer Connection type in Modify SDU Invalid Bearer Control type in Modify SDU Invalid Bearer Connection ID in Modify SDU Invalid Handover SDU Invalid SDU type SDU Incorrectly Formatted 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-6. Page E--22 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.No satellite link Bearer Control -. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table E-6.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.Status Acknowledgement failure Bearer Control -.Incorrect SAN ID No such MAN Invalid L3 Call Reference UP7527 23. Page E--23 15 Jul 2006 . mmm 780 781 796 812 813 814 815 816 828 829 844 845 846 847 860 861 MPDS +WQ Cause Codes and Strings (cont) +WQ cause code string Connection sub--layer protocol failure (MAN specific signaling) Connection sub--layer protocol failure (HDLC signaling) Control sub--layer protocol failure Channel Unit failure Hardware failure MAN not responding to frequency corrections MAN not responding to power corrections MAN not responding to timing corrections Internal SAN failure SAN Shutting Down Bearer Control -. INSTALLATION.No suitable contention slot Bearer Control -.

-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page E--24 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page F--1 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System APPENDIX F FAILURE OVERVIEW 1. Fault Codes CODE FAILURE DESCRIPTION UNKNOWN LEVEL 1 UNKNOWN SRU 00 0 01 RESERVED 00 0 02 SPARE 00 0 03 RESERVED 00 0 04 RESERVED 00 0 05 RESERVED 00 0 06 RESERVED 00 0 07 RESERVED 00 0 08 RESERVED SDU UNKNOWN SDU SRU 01 0 01 01 0 02 01 0 03 01 0 04 01 0 05 01 0 06 01 0 07 01 0 08 01 0 09 01 0 0A 01 0 0B 01 0 0C 01 0 0D 01 0 0E 01 0 0F 01 0 10 01 0 11 01 0 12 01 0 13 01 0 14 01 0 15 01 0 96 UP7527 SPARE HMPM HPA CMD WORD (143) UPDATE RATE FAIL HMPM HPA CMD WORD (143) DATA FAIL RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED HSU1--SDU W’BURG DATA TX FAIL HSU1--SDU W’BURG SOLO WORD ACK FAIL SPARE SPARE HSU2--SDU W’BURG DATA TX FAIL HSU2--SDU W’BURG SOLO WORD ACK FAIL SPARE SPARE SPARE HGA HPA COMMAND WORD (NCD) SPARE LGA HPA COMMAND WORD (NCD) RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED INCOMPLETE ID PROM RESPONSES 23. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

Page F--2 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE FAILURE DESCRIPTION SMPM: SDU MAIN PROCESSOR MODULE 01 1 81 SDU H/W--S/W COMPATIBILITY FAIL 01 1 82 BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW 01 1 83 WATCHDOG TIMEOUT FAIL 01 1 84 MICRO BOOT ROM FAIL 01 1 85/05 EEPROM FAIL 01 1 86/06 FLASH FAIL 01 1 87/07 SRAM FAIL 01 1 88/08 REAL TIME CLOCK FAIL 01 1 89 QUART FAIL 01 1 0A SOFTWARE ERROR (SYSFAIL) 01 1 0B FLASH--PSRAM MISCOMPARE 01 1 0C FLASH--PSRAM MISCOMPARE EXTENSION 01 1 0D FLASH--PSRAM MISCOMPARE EXTENSION CODA: SDU VOICE CODEC MODULE A 01 2 81/01 <CODEC--A> PROGRAM MEMORY CRC FAIL 01 2 82 <CODEC--A> RESERVED 01 2 83 <CODEC--A> RESERVED 01 2 84 <CODEC--A> RESERVED 01 2 05 <CODEC--A> RESERVED 01 2 86 <CODEC--A> RESERVED 01 2 87/07 <CODEC--A> TIMING GENERATOR FAIL 01 2 88 <CODEC--A> DUAL PORT RAM FAIL CODEC SIDE 01 2 89 <CODEC--A> RESERVED 01 2 8A/0A <CODEC--A> PROGRAM MEMORY W/R FAIL 01 2 8B PP <CODEC--A> DSP INTERNAL MEMORY W/R FAIL 01 2 8C/0C <CODEC--A> DSP COMPREHENSIVE FAIL 01 2 0D <CODEC--A> HEALTH COUNT UPDATE 01 2 8E <CODEC--A> DUAL PORT RAM FAIL SMPM SIDE 01 2 0F <CODEC--A> SPARE 01 2 90 <CODEC--A> BUS ERROR 01 2 91 <CODEC--A> SELF TEST MISOPERATION 01 2 12 <CODEC--A> COMMUNICATION PROBLEM 01 2 93/13 <CODEC--A> RESERVED 01 2 94 <CODEC--A> ST BUS AUDIO LOOPBACK FAIL 01 2 95 <CODEC--A> SW DOWNLOAD FAIL UP7527 23.

Page F--3 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System FAILURE DESCRIPTION CODE CODB: SDU VOICE CODEC MODULE B 01 3 Same entries as for CODA above except substitute CODB for CODA. [CODEC_B] for [CODEC_A] and <CODEC--B> for <CODEC--A>. They are listed in the appropriate section of this table for those SRU codes. INSTALLATION. SIOM: SDU INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE (EXCLUSIVE TO SIOM) 01 4 81 A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK TO OTHER SDU FAIL 01 4 82 A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK TO CFDS FAIL 01 4 83 A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK TO ADL FAIL 01 4 84 A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK TO PDL FAIL 01 4 85 A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK TO (C)MUs FAIL 01 4 86 A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK TO SCDUs FAIL 01 4 87 A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK TO MULTI--CNTRL FAIL 01 4 88 RESERVED 01 4 89 A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK TO RMP/CAP FAIL 01 4 8A A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK TO SNU/CPDF FAIL 01 4 8B A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK TO HSU1 FAIL 01 4 8C A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK TO HSU2 FAIL 01 4 8D A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK SPARE 01 4 8E A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK SPARE 01 4 8F A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK SPARE 01 4 90 A429 XMTR LOOP--BACK SPARE 01 4 91 RESERVED 01 4 AB SIOM BUS ERROR 01 4 2C A429 TX TO OTHER SDU BUFFER FULL 01 4 2D A429 TX TO CFDS BUFFER FULL 01 4 2E A429 TX TO ADL BUFFER FULL 01 4 2F A429 TX TO PDL BUFFER FULL 01 4 30 A429 TX TO (C)MUs BUFFER FULL 01 4 31 A429 TX TO SCDUs BUFFER FULL 01 4 32 A429 TX TO MULTI--CTRL BUFFER FULL 01 4 33 RESERVED 01 4 34 A429 TX TO RMP/CAP BUFFER FULL 01 4 35 A429 TX TO SNU/CPDF BUFFER FULL 01 4 36 A429 TX TO HSU1 BUFFER FULL 01 4 37 A429 TX TO HSU2 BUFFER FULL 01 4 38 A429 TX BUFFER FULL SPARE 01 4 39 A429 TX BUFFER FULL SPARE UP7527 23. Fault codes for codecs C--F have Level 2 (SRU) codes E--H. SRU code 3 for code 2.

Page F--4 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE 01 4 3A 01 4 3B 01 4 BC 01 4 3D FAILURE DESCRIPTION A429 TX BUFFER FULL SPARE A429 TX BUFFER FULL SPARE SIOM INTERRUPT FAIL IRS ASIC MATCHING PROBLEM SMDM1: SDU MODEM MODULE #1 01 5 81 <MODEM--1> PROCESSOR FAIL 01 5 82/02 RESERVED 01 5 83/03 RESERVED 01 5 84/04 <MODEM--1> PROGRAM CRC FAIL 01 5 85/05 RESERVED 01 5 86/06 RESERVED 01 5 87 RESERVED 01 5 88/08 RESERVED 01 5 89/09 RESERVED 01 5 0A <MODEM--1>MODEM TO RFM INTERFACE FAIL 01 5 8B <MODEM--1> TIMER/INTERRUPT FAIL 01 5 8C RESERVED 01 5 8D RESERVED 01 5 8E <MODEM--1> EXTERNAL MEMORY FAIL 01 5 8F/0F RESERVED 01 5 90/10 RESERVED 01 5 91 <MODEM--1> MODEM DPR FAIL 01 5 92 RESERVED 01 5 93/13 RESERVED 01 5 94/14 RESERVED 01 5 95 <MODEM--1> SMPM SIDE DPR FAIL 01 5 16 <MODEM--1> SW DOWNLOAD FAIL 01 5 17 <MODEM--1> HEALTH COUNT UPDATE FAIL 01 5 18 RESERVED 01 5 99 <MODEM--1> BUS ERROR 01 5 9A <MODEM--1> SELF TEST MISOPERATION 01 5 1B <MODEM--1> SOFTWARE FAIL 01 5 1C <MODEM--1> COMMUNICATIONS PROBLEM 01 5 1D RESERVED 01 5 9E <MODEM--1> RFM SSI LOOPBACK FAIL 01 5 9F RESERVED UP7527 23.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

SRU code 7 for code 5. L.3> for <MODEM--1>. INSTALLATION. [MODEM_3] for [MODEM_1] and <MODEM-. They are listed in this table in the appropriate section for those SRU codes.2> for <MODEM--1>. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System FAILURE DESCRIPTION CODE SMDM2: SDU MODEM MODULE #2 01 6 Same entries as for SMDM1 above except substitute SMDM2 for SMDM1. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page F--5 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. SRU code 6 for code 5. [MODEM_2] for [MODEM_1] and <MODEM-. Fault codes for modems 4--7 have Level 2 (SRU) codes J. SRFM: SDU RADIO FREQUENCY MODULE 01 8 81 RESERVED 01 8 82 RESERVED 01 8 83 RESERVED 01 8 84 RESERVED 01 8 85 RESERVED 01 8 86 RESERVED 01 8 87 RESERVED 01 8 88 RESERVED 01 8 89 RESERVED 01 8 0A SPARE 01 8 0B SPARE 01 8 0C SPARE 01 8 0D SPARE 01 8 8E/0E RF SYNTH CHAN1 LOCK DETECT FAIL 01 8 8F/0F RESERVED 01 8 90/10 RF SYNTH CHAN2 LOCK DETECT FAIL 01 8 91/11 RESERVED 01 8 92/12 RF SYNTH CHAN3 LOCK DETECT FAIL 01 8 93/13 RESERVED 01 8 94/14 RESERVED 01 8 95/15 RESERVED 01 8 96/16 RF SYNTH CHAN4 LOCK DETECT FAIL 01 8 97/17 RF SYNTH CHAN5 LOCK DETECT FAIL 01 8 98/18 RF SYNTH CHAN6 LOCK DETECT FAIL 01 8 99/19 RF SYNTH CHAN7 LOCK DETECT FAIL 01 8 9A/1A RF SYNTH CHAN8 LOCK DETECT FAIL 01 8 9B/1B RF SYNTH TX BLOCK PLO LOCK DETECT FAIL 01 8 9C/1C RF SYNTH RX BLOCK PLO LOCK DETECT FAIL UP7527 23. M and N. SMDM3: SDU MODEM MODULE #3 01 7 Same entries as for SMDM1 above except substitute SMDM3 for SMDM1.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page F--6 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE 01 8 9D/1D 01 8 9E/1E 01 8 A0 01 8 A1 01 8 A2 01 8 A3 01 8 A4 01 8 A5 01 8 A6 01 8 A7 01 8 A8 01 8 A9 01 8 AA 01 8 AB 01 8 AC 01 8 AD 01 8 AE 01 8 AF 01 8 30 01 8 31 01 8 32 01 8 33 01 8 34 01 8 35 01 8 36 01 8 37 01 8 38 01 8 39 01 8 3A 01 8 3B 01 8 3C 01 8 3D 01 8 3E 01 8 3F 01 8 C0/40 01 8 C1/41 01 8 C2/42 01 8 C3/43 01 8 C4/44 UP7527 FAILURE DESCRIPTION RF SYNTH RX CHAN PLO LOCK DETECT FAIL RF SYNTH TX DOPPLER PLO LOCK DETECT FAIL RFM CHAN 1 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (TX) FAIL RFM CHAN 1 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (RX) FAIL RFM CHAN 2 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (TX) FAIL RFM CHAN 2 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (RX) FAIL RFM CHAN 3 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (TX) FAIL RFM CHAN 3 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (RX) FAIL RFM CHAN 4 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (TX) FAIL RFM CHAN 4 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (RX) FAIL RFM CHAN 5 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (TX) FAIL RFM CHAN 5 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (RX) FAIL RFM CHAN 6 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (TX) FAIL RFM CHAN 6 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (RX) FAIL RFM CHAN 7 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (TX) FAIL RFM CHAN 7 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (RX) FAIL RFM CHAN 8 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (TX) FAIL RFM CHAN 8 L--BAND LOOP--BACK (RX) FAIL RFM CHAN 1 TX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 2 TX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 3 TX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 4 TX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 5 TX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 6 TX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 7 TX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 8 TX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 1 RX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 2 RX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 3 RX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 4 RX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 5 RX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 6 RX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 7 RX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 8 RX CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 1 AGC TELLBACK FAIL RFM CHAN 2 AGC TELLBACK FAIL RFM CHAN 3 AGC TELLBACK FAIL RFM CHAN 4 AGC TELLBACK FAIL RFM CHAN 5 AGC TELLBACK FAIL 23.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE 01 8 C5/45 01 8 C6/46 01 8 C7/47 01 8 C8/48 01 8 C9 01 8 D0 01 8 D1 01 8 D2 01 8 D3 01 8 D4 01 8 D5 01 8 D6 01 8 D7 01 8 D8 FAILURE DESCRIPTION RFM CHAN 6 AGC TELLBACK FAIL RFM CHAN 7 AGC TELLBACK FAIL RFM CHAN 8 AGC TELLBACK FAIL RFM BLOCK AGC TELLBACK FAIL I/Q CALIBRATION FAIL RFM CHAN 1 AGC CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 2 AGC CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 3 AGC CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 4 AGC CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 5 AGC CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 6 AGC CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 7 AGC CALIBRATION ERROR RFM CHAN 8 AGC CALIBRATION ERROR RFM BLOCK AGC CALIBRATION ERROR SCFM: SDU CHANNEL FILTER MODULE 01 9 81/01 RESERVED 01 9 82/02 RESERVED 01 9 83/03 RESERVED 01 9 04 RESERVED 01 9 05 RESERVED 01 9 06 RESERVED 01 9 07 RESERVED 01 9 08 RESERVED 01 9 09 RESERVED 01 9 0A RESERVED OCXO: SDU OVEN CONTROLLED CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR 01 A 01 OVEN READY FAIL SMB: SDU MOTHER BOARD 01 B NONE SPSU: SDU AC OR DC POWER SUPPLY UNIT 01 C 01 PSU TEMP LIMITS FAIL 01 C 02 SPARE 01 C 03 PSU SECONDARY VOLTAGE FAIL UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page F--7 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

[MODEM_7] for [MODEM_1] and <MODEM--7> for <MODEM--1>. SRU code L for code 5. SMDM6: SDU MODEM MODULE #6 01 M Same entries as for SMDM1 (01 5 xx) above except substitute SMDM6 for SMDM1.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. CODD: SDU VOICE CODEC MODULE D 01 F Same entries as for CODA (01 2 xx) above except substitute CODD for CODA. [CODEC_D] for [CODEC_A] and <CODEC--D> for <CODEC--A>. [CODEC_E] for [CODEC_A] and <CODEC--E> for <CODEC--A>. [CODEC_C] for [CODEC_A] and <CODEC--C> for <CODEC--A>. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. UP7527 23. [MODEM_4] for [MODEM_1] and <MODEM--4> for <MODEM--1>. SRU code M for code 5. [CODEC_F] for [CODEC_A] and <CODEC--F> for <CODEC--A>. SRU code N for code 5. CODF: SDU VOICE CODEC MODULE F 01 H Same entries as for CODA (01 2 xx) above except substitute CODF for CODA. Page F--8 15 Jul 2006 . SMDM5: SDU MODEM MODULE #5 01 L Same entries as for SMDM1 (01 5 xx) above except substitute SMDM5 for SMDM1. INSTALLATION. 01 K Not used. SMDM4: SDU MODEM MODULE #4 01 J Same entries as for SMDM1 (01 5 xx) above except substitute SMDM4 for SMDM1. [MODEM_6] for [MODEM_1] and <MODEM--6> for <MODEM--1>. CODE: SDU VOICE CODEC MODULE E 01 G Same entries as for CODA (01 2 xx) above except substitute CODE for CODA. SRU code E for code 2. SRU code G for code 2. SRU code J for code 5. [MODEM_5] for [MODEM_1] and <MODEM--5> for <MODEM--1>. SRU code H for code 2. 01 I Not used. SRU code F for code 2. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE FAILURE DESCRIPTION SFPDM: SDU FRONT PANEL DISPLAY MODULE 01 D 01 TEST (PAST) SWITCH STUCK 01 D 02 MANUAL SCROLL SWITCH STUCK CODC: SDU VOICE CODEC MODULE C 01 E Same entries as for CODA (01 2 xx) above except substitute CODC for CODA. SMDM7: SDU MODEM MODULE #7 01 N Same entries as for SMDM1 (01 5 xx) above except substitute SMDM7 for SMDM1.

Page F--9 12 Oct 2010 .0 and subsequent.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. UNKNOWN HSU SRU 03 0 01 03 0 02 03 0 03 03 0 84 03 0 05 03 0 86/06 03 0 87/07 03 0 08 UP7527 HSU SELF--DECLARED FAILURE HSU WILLIAMSBURG PROTOCOL ALO/ALR FAIL HSU WILLIAMSBURG PROTOCOL DATA XFER FAIL HSU SELF--TEST MISOPERATION HSU SERIAL PORT MIS--WIRING HSU TOTC RESET HSU POC RESET SPARE 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE FAILURE DESCRIPTION VIM: VOICE INTERFACE MODULE 01 P 81 01 P 82 01 P 83 01 P 84 01 P 85 01 P 06 01 P 07 01 P 08 01 P 89 01 P 8A 01 P 8B 01 P 8C 01 P 8D 01 P 8E CABIN INTERFACE 1 AUDIO LOOPBACK FAIL CABIN INTERFACE 2 AUDIO LOOPBACK FAIL COCKPIT INTERFACE 1 AUDIO LOOPBACK FAIL COCKPIT INTERFACE 2 AUDIO LOOPBACK FAIL CTU CEPT--E1 AUDIO LOOPBACK FAIL SPARE CABIN AUDIO DISCRETE OUTPUTS LOOPBACK FAIL COCKPIT AUDIO DISCRETE OUTPUTS LOOPBACK FAIL CTU CEPT--E1 HDLC LOOPBACK FAIL CABIN INTERFACE 1 BUS ERROR CABIN INTERFACE 2 BUS ERROR COCKPIT INTERFACE 1 BUS ERROR COCKPIT INTERFACE 2 BUS ERROR CTU CEPT--E1 BUS ERROR “OTHER” SATCOM SYSTEM 02 0 01 02 0 02 PROTOCOL VERSION NUMBER INCOMPATIBLE SDU/SDU MESSAGE PROTOCOL ERROR HSU Only applicable to Package 6.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. Page F--10 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE 03 0 09--0B 03 0 0C 03 0 0D 03 0 8E/0E 03 0 0F 03 0 10 03 0 11 03 0 92 03 0 93 03 0 94 03 0 95 FAILURE DESCRIPTION RESERVED HSU CHANNEL 1 FAILURE HSU CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE FAILURE HSU RF LOOPBACK INHIBIT FAILURE HSU CHANNEL 2 FAILURE HSU CHANNEL 3 FAILURE HSU CHANNEL 4 FAILURE HSU CHANNEL 1 RF BACKOFF CONTROL FAILURE HSU CHANNEL 2 RF BACKOFF CONTROL FAILURE HSU CHANNEL 3 RF BACKOFF CONTROL FAILURE HSU CHANNEL 4 RF BACKOFF CONTROL FAILURE HSCC1: HSU CHANNEL CARD 1 03 1 01 03 1 02 03 1 03 03 1 04 03 1 05 03 1 06 03 1 07 03 1 08 03 1 09 03 1 0A 03 1 0B 03 1 0C 03 1 0D 03 1 0E 03 1 0F 03 1 10 03 1 11 03 1 12 HSU CC1 MODEM FAULT HSU CC1 MODEM FAILURE HSU CC1 PERIPHERAL ERROR HSU CC1 PERIPHERAL FAILURE HSU CC1 CP SW INCOMPATIBILITY RESERVED HSU CC1 RF FAULT HSU CC1 RF FAILURE HSU CC1 TAL ERROR HSU CC1 MODEM CALIBRATION MISSING HSU CC1 TEMPERATURE UNREADABLE HSU CC1 OVER TEMPERATURE RESERVED HSU CC1 TURBO FAULT HSU CC1 TURBO FAILURE RESERVED HSU CC1 VCODEC FAULT HSU CC1 VCODEC FAILURE UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE 03 1 14 03 1 15 03 1 16 03 1 17 03 1 18 03 1 19 03 1 93 FAILURE DESCRIPTION HSU CC1 MODEM ERROR HSU CC1 TAL ERROR HSU CC1 PROCESS ERROR HSU CC1 RF ERROR HSU CC1 VCODEC ERROR HSU CC1 PERIPHERAL ERROR HSU CC1 APPLICATION CODE ERROR

HSCC2: HSU CHANNEL CARD 2 03 2 01 03 2 02 03 2 03 03 2 04 03 2 05 03 2 06 03 2 07 03 2 08 03 2 09 03 2 0A 03 2 0B 03 2 0C 03 2 0D 03 2 0E 03 2 0F 03 2 10 03 2 11 03 2 12 03 2 14 03 2 15 03 2 16 03 2 17 HSU CC2 MODEM FAULT HSU CC2 MODEM FAILURE HSU CC2 PERIPHERAL ERROR HSU CC2 PERIPHERAL FAILURE HSU CC2 CP SW INCOMPATIBILITY RESERVED HSU CC2 RF FAULT HSU CC2 RF FAILURE HSU CC2 TAL ERROR HSU CC2 MODEM CALIBRATION MISSING HSU CC2 TEMPERATURE UNREADABLE HSU CC2 OVER TEMPERATURE RESERVED HSU CC2 TURBO FAULT HSU CC2 TURBO FAILURE RESERVED HSU CC2 VCODEC FAULT HSU CC2 VCODEC FAILURE HSU CC2 MODEM ERROR HSU CC2 TAL ERROR HSU CC2 PROCESS ERROR HSU CC2 RF ERROR

UP7527

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page F--11 12 Oct 2010

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE 03 2 18 03 2 19 03 2 93 FAILURE DESCRIPTION HSU CC2 VCODEC ERROR HSU CC2 PERIPHERAL ERROR HSU CC2 APPLICATION CODE ERROR

HSDIO: HSU DATA I/O CARD 03 3 01 03 3 02 03 3 03 03 3 04 03 3 85 03 3 86 03 3 07 03 3 08 03 3 09 03 3 0A 03 3 0B RESERVED HSU UNRECOVERABLE SW / PROTOCOL ERROR HSU I/O CHANNEL CARD 1 UNSERVICEABLE HSU I/O CHANNEL CARD 2 UNSERVICEABLE HSU CONFIGURATION ERROR HSU I/O PERIPHERAL FAILURE HSU I/O BOTH CHANNEL CARDS UNSERVICEABLE HSU I/O RAM FAULT HSU I/O ROM FAULT HSU SW CONFIGURATION ERROR HSU PPPoE SESSION FAILURE

HSCP: HSU CONTROL PROCESSOR 03 4 01 03 4 02 03 4 03 03 4 04 03 4 05 03 4 06 03 4 87/07 03 4 88/08 03 4 89/09 03 4 8A/0A 03 4 0B CM 03 4 0C CM 03 4 0D CM RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED HSU CP CHANNEL CARD 1 UNRESPONSIVE HSU CP CHANNEL CARD 2 UNRESPONSIVE HSU CP BOTH CHANNEL CARDS UNRESPONSIVE HSU DATA I/O CARD UNRESPONSIVE HSU CP RAM FAULT HSU CP ROM FAULT HSU OVER TEMPERATURE

UP7527

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page F--11.1 12 Oct 2010

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE 03 4 0E CM 03 4 0F CM 03 4 10 CM 03 4 91 PP 03 4 92 PP 03 4 93 PP 03 4 94 PP FAILURE DESCRIPTION HSU CHANNEL CARD 1 OVER TEMPERATURE HSU CHANNEL CARD 2 OVER TEMPERATURE HSU BOTH CHANNEL CARDS OVER TEMPERATURE HSU ADL BUS INTERFACE FAILURE HSU PDL BUS INTERFACE FAILURE HSU DATA I/O DUART FAILURE HSU CHANNEL CARD 1 DUART FAILURE

UP7527

23- -35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page F--11.2 12 Oct 2010

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

CODE 03 4 95 PP 03 4 96 PP 03 4 97 PP 03 4 98 PP 03 4 99 PP

FAILURE DESCRIPTION HSU CHANNEL CARD 2 DUART FAILURE HSU BOTH CHANNEL CARDS DUART FAILURE HSU MAINTENANCE INTERFACE DUART FAILURE HSU DISCRETE OUTPUT FAILURE HSU BOARD CONFIGURATION/REVISION FAILURE

HOCXO: HSU OVEN-CONTROLLED 10 MHZ OSCILLATOR 03 5 01 HSU OCXO TIMEOUT 03 5 02 HSU OCXO TEMPERATURE UNSTABLE HSPSU: HSU POWER SUPPLY UNIT 1 03 6 01 HSU POWER SUPPLY FAIL 03 6 02 HSU PSU OVER TEMPERATURE HSCDM: HSU CONFIGURATION DATA MODULE 03 7 NONE HSFP: HSU FRONT PANEL 03 8 81 HSU SELF--TEST BUTTON STUCK HSBP: HSU BACKPLANE 03 9 NONE HGA/IGA HPA This section lists failure codes inclusive of all HPA designs. Each HPA uses the SRU codes appropriate to its design. UNKNOWN HGA/IGA HPA SRU 04 0 01 <HGA HPA> STATUS WORD (143) UPDATE RATE FAIL 04 0 02 <HGA HPA> STATUS WORD (143) DATA FAIL 04 0 03 <HGA HPA> MNTNC WORD (350) UPDATE RATE FAIL 04 0 04 <HGA HPA> MNTNC WORD (350) DATA FAIL 04 0 05 <HGA HPA> SPARE 04 0 06 <HGA HPA> SPARE 04 0 87 <HGA HPA> SELF--TEST MISOPERATION 04 0 08 <HGA HPA> RF OVERDRIVE ERROR 04 0 09 <HGA HPA> RF SUPPLY CURRENT FAIL 04 0 0A <HGA HPA> OVER TEMP (COMB/DET) SHUTDOWN 04 0 0B <HGA HPA> NO RESPONSE TO CARRIER COMMAND 04 0 0C <HGA HPA> FAILURE WARNING W/NO DISC’S SET
UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page F--12 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

CODE 04 0 0D 04 0 0E 04 0 0F 04 0 10 04 0 40 04 0 41

FAILURE DESCRIPTION <HGA HPA> 429 MNTNC WORD PSU FAIL (350) <HGA HPA> 429 MNTNC WORD INTERNAL RAM FAIL <HGA HPA> 429 MNTNC WORD INTERNAL ROM FAIL <HGA HPA> CLASS C HPA MAX AVAIL PWR FAIL <HGA HPA> SELF--TEST BUTTON STUCK <HGA HPA> RESERVED (HP--720 “RF Power Input Low”)

HPSU: HPA AC OR DC POWER SUPPLY UNIT 04 1 01 <HGA HPA> PSU OVER TEMP SHUTDOWN 04 1 02 <HGA HPA> PSU TEMP SENSOR FAIL 04 1 03 <HGA HPA> PSU BIAS +5VDC FAIL 04 1 04 <HGA HPA> PSU +28/+25.5 VDC FAIL 04 1 05 <HGA HPA> PSU +5 VDC FAIL 04 1 06 <HGA HPA> PSU +15 VDC FAIL 04 1 07 <HGA HPA> PSU --15 VDC FAIL 04 1 08 <HGA HPA> PSU --85 VDC FAIL 04 1 09 <HGA HPA> PSU +8 VDC FAIL 04 1 0A <HGA HPA> PSU +16 VDC FAIL 04 1 40 <HGA HPA> INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY FAIL 04 1 41 <HGA HPA> PSU OVER TEMP HMPM: HPA MAIN PROCESSOR MODULE 04 2 81 <HGA HPA> H/W--S/W COMPATIBILITY FAIL 04 2 02 <HGA HPA> SPARE 04 2 83/03 <HGA HPA> BOOT FLASH MEMORY FAIL 04 2 04 <HGA HPA> A429 SDU XMTR LOOP--BACK FAIL 04 2 05 <HGA HPA> SPARE 04 2 06 <HGA HPA> SPARE 04 2 87 <HGA HPA> A429 MULTICNT RCVR FAIL 04 2 88 <HGA HPA> A429 ADL RCVR FAIL 04 2 89 <HGA HPA> A429 PDL--TO--HPA RCVR FAIL 04 2 0A <HGA HPA> MAINTENANCE MEMORY CRC FAIL 04 2 0B <HGA HPA> MAINTENANCE MEMORY WRITE FAIL 04 2 8C/0C <HGA HPA> CALIBRATION MEMORY CRC FAIL 04 2 0D <HGA HPA> CALIBRATION MEMORY WRITE FAIL 04 2 8E/0E <HGA HPA> PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY FAIL 04 2 0F <HGA HPA> SPARE 04 2 90 <HGA HPA> RAM FAIL 04 2 11 <HGA HPA> CPU OVER TEMP SHUTDOWN
UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page F--13 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

CODE 04 2 12 04 2 93/13 04 2 94/14 04 2 95/15 04 2 96/16 04 2 17 04 2 98 04 2 19 04 2 1A 04 2 1B 04 2 9C/1C 04 2 9D 04 2 9E 04 2 1F 04 2 A0 04 2 21 04 2 A2 04 2 23 04 2 24 04 2 A5 04 2 A6 04 2 A7 04 2 A8 04 2 29 04 2 2A 04 2 2B 04 2 2C 04 2 AD/2D 04 2 2E 04 2 2F 04 2 30 04 2 31 04 2 32 04 2 B3/33 04 2 B4 04 2 35 04 2 C0 04 2 C1/41 04 2 C2
UP7527

FAILURE DESCRIPTION <HGA HPA> CPU TEMP SENSOR FAIL <HGA HPA> CPU GND REF FAIL <HGA HPA> FAN RELAY DRIVER FAIL <HGA HPA> BIAS ENABLE LOOPBACK FAIL <HGA HPA> VAR ATTN DRIVER FAIL <HGA HPA> FRONT PANEL TEST SWITCH STUCK <HGA HPA> WATCHDOG TIMEOUT FAIL <HGA HPA> DRIVER GND FAIL <HGA HPA> SPARE <HGA HPA> SPARE <HGA HPA> DRIVER TEST -- MUX <HGA HPA> DRIVER TEST -- GREEN LED <HGA HPA> DRIVER TEST -- RED LED <HGA HPA> SPARE <HGA HPA> DRIVER TEST--MUTE ATTENUATOR <HGA HPA> SPARE -- -- -- -- -<HGA HPA> DRIVER TEST -- SER DATA CONCATENATE <HGA HPA> SPARE <HGA HPA> SPARE <HGA HPA> MUTE INPUT TEST <HGA HPA> CPU DEVICE TEST <HGA HPA> ACTUAL POWER CALIBRATION <HGA HPA> VALIDATION OF UPLOAD <HGA HPA> MUTE ATTEN P OUT OF LIMITS <HGA HPA> CODE VPP OUT OF LIMITS <HGA HPA> MAINT LOG VPP OUT OF LIMITS <HGA HPA> CAL MEM VPP OUT OF LIMITS <HGA HPA> ADC REF OUT OF LIMITS <HGA HPA> PWR LO OUT OF LIMITS <HGA HPA> PSU TEMP LO OUT OF LIMITS <HGA HPA> AMPS LO OUT OF LIMITS <HGA HPA> SOFTWARE FAULT <HGA HPA> SPARE <HGA HPA> DISC OUTPUT TEST -- FAN <HGA HPA> RS--422 INTERNAL LOOPBACK FAIL <HGA HPA> IGA LNA/DIP ON/OFF DISC LOOP FAIL <HGA HPA> I2C INTERFACE FAILURE <HGA HPA> RAM FAILURE <HGA HPA> KERNAL CODE ERROR

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page F--14 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

CODE 04 2 C3 04 2 C4 04 2 C5 04 2 C6 04 2 C7 04 2 C8 04 2 C9/49 04 2 CA/4A 04 2 CB 04 2 4C 04 2 4D DRIV: HPA RF DRIVER 04 3 01 04 3 02 04 3 03 04 3 04 04 3 05 SPLT: HPA RF SPLITTER 04 4 01

FAILURE DESCRIPTION <HGA HPA> APPLICATION CODE ERROR <HGA HPA> CONFIGURATION ERROR <HGA HPA> SDU BUS I/F FAILURE <HGA HPA> ADL BUS I/F FAILURE <HGA HPA> PDL BUS I/F FAILURE <HGA HPA> MAINTENANCE DUART FAILURE <HGA HPA> DISCRETE OUTPUTS FAILURE <HGA HPA> CP TEMP SENSOR FAILURE <HGA HPA> BOARD CONFIG/REV FAILURE <HGA HPA> I2C INTERFACE FAILURE <HGA HPA> ROM FAILURE

<HGA HPA> DRIVER RF OUTPUT FAIL <HGA HPA> DRIVER TEMP SENSOR FAIL <HGA HPA> DRIVER OVER TEMP SHUTDOWN <HGA HPA> DRIVER VCC FAIL <HGA HPA> SPARE

<HGA HPA> SPARE

PWR1: HPA RF POWER AMPLIFIER (1) 04 5 01 <HGA HPA> <AMP 1> RF BALANCE FAIL 04 5 02 <HGA HPA> <AMP 1> VCC FAIL 04 5 03 <HGA HPA> SPARE PWR2: HPA RF POWER AMPLIFIER (2) 04 6 Same as for PWR1 except sub. SRU code 6 for 5 and <AMP--2> for <AMP--1>. PWR3: HPA RF POWER AMPLIFIER (3) 04 7 Same as for PWR1 except sub. SRU code 7 for 5 and <AMP--3> for <AMP--1>. C/DET: HPA RF POWER COMBINER/DETECTOR 04 8 01 <HGA HPA> FORWARD OUTPUT POWER DET 1 FAIL 04 8 02 <HGA HPA> FORWARD OUTPUT POWER DET 2 FAIL 04 8 03 <HGA HPA> FORWARD OUTPUT PWR COMPARE FAIL 04 8 04 <HGA HPA> REFLECTED OUTPUT PWR DET FAIL 04 8 05 <HGA HPA> COMBINER TEMP SENSOR FAIL 04 8 06 <HGA HPA> SPARE
UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page F--15 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

CODE FAILURE DESCRIPTION FPAMP: HPA RF FINAL POWER AMPLIFIER 04 9 01 <HGA HPA> FINAL AMP 1 RF BALANCE FAIL 04 9 02 <HGA HPA> FINAL AMP 1 VCC FAIL 04 9 03 <HGA HPA> SPARE 04 9 04 <HGA HPA> FINAL AMP 2 RF BALANCE FAIL 04 9 05 <HGA HPA> FINAL AMP 2 VCC FAIL 04 9 06 <HGA HPA> SPARE 04 9 C0/40 <HGA HPA> PA UNRESPONSIVE 04 9 41 <HGA HPA> SPARE 04 9 42 <HGA HPA> OVER CURRENT FAILURE 04 9 43 <HGA HPA> DRIVER AMPLIFIER DC VOLTAGE FAILURE 04 9 44 <HGA HPA> DRIVER AMPLIFIER CURRENT FAILURE 04 9 45 <HGA HPA> 12 VDC FAILURE 04 9 46 <HGA HPA> PA MUTE FAILURE 04 9 47 <HGA HPA> PA OVER TEMP 04 9 48 <HGA HPA> PA STATUS FAILURE 04 9 49 <HGA HPA> PA TEMP SENSOR FAILURE HMB: HPA MOTHER BOARD 04 A 40 <HGA HPA> BP TEMP SENSOR FAILURE RFAM: 20W HPA RF AMPLIFIER MODULE 04 B 01 <HGA HPA> OVER TEMP SHUTDOWN 04 B 02 <HGA HPA> RFAM VCC FAIL 04 B 03 <HGA HPA> AMP 1 VCC FAIL 04 B 04 <HGA HPA> FORWARD OUTPUT POWER DET 1 FAIL 04 B 05 <HGA HPA> FORWARD OUTPUT POWER DET 2 FAIL 04 B 06 <HGA HPA> REFLECTED OUTPUT PWR DET FAIL 04 B 07 <HGA HPA> TEMP SENSOR FAIL 04 B 08 <HGA HPA> FORWARD OUTPUT POWER FAIL 04 B 09 <HGA HPA> AMP 2 RF BALANCE FAIL 04 B 0A <HGA HPA> AMP 2 VCC FAIL SPARE Level 1 Codes 05 06 LGA HPA 07 Same entries as for HGA/IGA HPA above except substitute LRU code 7 for code 4, <LGA HPA> for <HGA HPA>, and [LGA_SUBSYS] for [HGA_SUBSYS]. For the cases of conditional HGA subsystem indictments ([cond_HGA_SUBSYS]), the equivalent LGA HPA failures shall UNconditionally indict [LGA_SUBSYS].
UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page F--16 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

FAILURE DESCRIPTION CODE HSU #1 Only applicable prior to Package 6.0. UNKNOWN <HSU1> SRU 08 0 01 08 0 02 08 0 03 08 0 84 08 0 05 08 0 86/06 HSCPU: <HSU1> CPU 08 1 01--79 08 1 FA 08 1 FB 08 1 FC 08 1 FD 08 1 7E 08 1 7F 08 1 80--90 08 1 91

<HSU1> SELF--DECLARED FAILURE <HSU1> WILLIAMSBURG PROTOCOL ALO/ALR FAIL <HSU1> WILLIAMSBURG PROTOCOL DATA XFER FAIL <HSU1> SELF--TEST MISOPERATION <HSU1> CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE FAILURE <HSU1> RF LOOPBACK INHIBIT FAILURE

SPARE <HSU1> ACCESS LEVEL DEVELOPMENT <HSU1> ACCESS LEVEL PRODUCTION <HSU1> ACCESS LEVEL PRODUCTION FAST STARTUP <HSU1> SW VERSIONS INCONSISTENCY SPARE -- -- -- -- -<HSU1> ENVIRONMENT TEMP AT POWER--UP FAIL SPARE -- -- -- -- -<HSU1> TEMP SENSOR FAILURE

FDSMP: <HSU1> FRAME DSP (AND INTERFACES) 08 2 01--14 SPARE 08 2 95 <HSU1> FRAME DSP/CPU INTERFACE FAILURE VSDPM: <HSU1> VFC DSP (AND INTERFACES) 08 3 01--17 SPARE 08 3 98 <HSU1> VFC DSP/CPU INTERFACE FAILURE TFPGA: <HSU1> TURBO FPGA 08 4 01--05 SPARE 08 4 86 <HSU1> TURBO FPGA FAIL ISDNT: <HSU1> ISDN TRANSCEIVER 08 5 01--06 SPARE 08 5 87 <HSU1> ISDN TRANSCEIVER FAILURE AFPGA: <HSU1> ARINC 429 FPGA 08 6 NONE
UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page F--17 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

CODE FAILURE DESCRIPTION CPURM: <HSU1> CPU RAM 08 7 01--03 SPARE 08 7 84 <HSU1> CPU RAM FAILURE CEM: <HSU1> CONVERTER EEPROM 08 8 81 <HSU1> EEPROM FAILURE FLASH: <HSU1> FLASH 08 9 81 08 9 82 08 9 83 08 9 04--06 08 9 87 08 9 88

SPARE <HSU1> PARAMETER BLOCK CHECKSUM FAILURE <HSU1> CPU BIOS/APPLICATION CRC FAILURE SPARE <HSU1> MISSING FILE IN FLASH <HSU1> CORRUPTED FILE IN FLASH/INCORRECT CRC

QUART: <HSU1> QUAD UART 08 A 01--10 SPARE 08 A 91 <HSU1> EXTERNAL UART FAILURE ETHER: <HSU1> ETHERNET 08 B NONE PSPCB: <HSU1> POWER SUPPLY PCB 08 C 01--0A SPARE 08 C 0B <HSU1> POWER FAILURE ETIME: <HSU1> EXTERNAL TIMER 08 D NONE SPARE 08 E NONE SPARE 08 F NONE HCDMI: <HSU1>/CDM INTERFACE 08 G 01--71 SPARE 08 G F2 <HSU1> CDM INTERFACE FAILURE 08 G 73--7D SPARE 08 G FE <HSU1> CDM NOT FITTED
UP7527

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page F--18 15 Jul 2006

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System

CODE SPARE 08 H NONE SPARE 08 I NONE

FAILURE DESCRIPTION

TDRAM: <HSU1> TURBO DECODER RAM 08 J 81--89 SPARE 08 J 8A <HSU1> TURBO DECODER RAM FAILURE BATTM: <HSU1> BATTERY 08 K 01--04 SPARE 08 K 85 <HSU1> BATTERY CHECK FAILURE IUART: <HSU1> INTERNAL UART 08 L NONE STAM: <HSU1> STEP ATTENUATOR 08 M 01--04 SPARE 08 M B5 <HSU1> STEP ATTENUATOR FAILURE HRFM: <HSU1> RF 08 N 81 08 N 82 08 N 83 08 N 04--10 08 N 91 08 N 92 08 N 93 08 N 14--20 08 N A1 08 N A2 08 N A3 08 N 24--2F 08 N B0 08 N B1 08 N B2 08 N B3 08 N B4 08 N 35--39
UP7527

<HSU1> 1.LO LOCK DETECTOR FAILURE <HSU1> 2.LO LOCK DETECTOR FAILURE <HSU1> 3.LO LOCK DETECTOR FAILURE SPARE <HSU1> 1.LO MIN FREQUENCY TEST FAILURE <HSU1> 2.LO MIN FREQUENCY TEST FAILURE <HSU1> 3.LO MIN FREQUENCY TEST FAILURE SPARE <HSU1> 1.LO MAX FREQUENCY TEST FAILURE <HSU1> 2.LO MAX FREQUENCY TEST FAILURE <HSU1> 3.LO MAX FREQUENCY TEST FAILURE SPARE <HSU1> ALC -- CARRIER OFF FAILURE <HSU1> ALC -- CARRIER ON FAILURE <HSU1> RF LOOPBACK FAILURE <HSU1> AVERAGE AMPLITUDE FAILURE <HSU1> 16QAM SCPC FRAME SYNC FAILURE SPARE

23- -35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page F--19 15 Jul 2006

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.LO LOCK FAILURE REOSM: <HSU1> REFERENCE OSCILLATOR 08 O 01--41 SPARE 08 O 42 <HSU1> REF OSC WARNING: SEND HSU TO CAL 08 O 43--62 SPARE 08 O 63 <HSU1> REF OSC FAILURE/VOLTAGE TOO LOW 08 O 64 <HSU1> REF OSC FAILURE/VOLTAGE TOO HIGH BMONM: <HSU1> BURST DURATION MONITOR 08 P 81 <HSU1> BURST DURATION MONITOR CIRCUIT 08 P 02--03 SPARE 08 P 04 <HSU1> TDM BURST DURATION FAILURE 08 P 85 <HSU1> CARRIER ON SIGNALS DCOMM: <HSU1> DOPPLER COMPENSATION 08 Q 01--38 SPARE 08 Q 39 <HSU1> REF OSC COMPENSATION ERROR FVFCI: <HSU1> FRAME DSP/VFC DSP INTERFACE 08 R 01--16 SPARE 08 R 17 <HSU1> FRAME DSP/VFC DSP FAILURE FDTFI: <HSU1> FRAME DSP/TURBO FPGA INTERFACE 08 S 01--15 SPARE 08 S 96 <HSU1> FRAME TURBO FPGA INTERFACE FAILURE UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE 08 N BA 08 N BB 08 N BC 08 N BD 08 N BE 08 N BF--40 08 N 41 08 N 42 08 N C3 08 N 44--50 08 N 51 08 N 52 08 N 53 FAILURE DESCRIPTION <HSU1> INTERNAL RX COAX CABLE FAILURE <HSU1> TX/RX CHANNEL FREQUENCY ERROR <HSU1> CARRIER_ON OFF CONTROL FAILURE <HSU1> RF LOOP_BACK OFF CONTROL FAILURE <HSU1> TX_ON/OFF CONTROL FAILURE SPARE <HSU1> AGC LEVEL OUTSIDE LIMITS WARNING SPARE <HSU1> LINEARITY OUTSIDE LIMITS WARNING SPARE <HSU1> 1.LO LOCK FAILURE <HSU1> 2.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page F--20 15 Jul 2006 . INSTALLATION.LO LOCK FAILURE <HSU1> 3.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.

<HSU2> for <HSU1>. Only applicable prior to Package 6.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. and [HSU2] for [HSU1].-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.0. SPARE <HSU1> ISDN RX VOLTAGE SPARE <HSU1> INVALID SERIAL NUMBER SPARE <HSU1> CDM ESSENTIAL DATA FAILURE <HSU1> CDM DATA ACCESS ERROR <HSU1> CDM MISSING WRITE PROTECTION <HSU1> CDM INCORRECT VERSION HIGH POWER RELAY UNKNOWN HPR SRU 0A 0 01 0A 0 02 (PORT) MNTNC WORD HPR FAIL STBD) MNTNC WORD HPR FAIL UP7527 23. Page F--21 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE FAILURE DESCRIPTION VDTFI: <HSU1> VFC DSP/TURBO FPGA INTERFACE 08 T NONE VDITI: <HSU1> VFC DSP/ISDN TRANSCEIVER INTERFACE 08 U NONE TFTDR: <HSU1> TURBO FPGA/TURBO DECODER RAM INTERFACE 08 V NONE PSIPI: <HSU1> POWER SUPPLY PCB/ISDN PHONE INTERFACE 08 W 01--07 08 W 88 SPARE <HSU1> ISDN SUPPLY VOLTAGE FAILURE CDM: <HSU1> CONFIGURATION DATA MODULE 08 X 01--70 08 X F1 08 X 72 08 X F3 08 X F4 08 X F5 08 X F6 SPARE 08 Y NONE ITPSI: <HSU1> ISDN TRANSCEIVER/POWER SUPPLY PCB INTERFACE 08 Z 01--08 08 Z 89 HSU #2 09 Same entries as for HSU #1 above except substitute LRU code 09 for code 08.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.1 12 Oct 2010 . Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE HDM UNKNOWN HDM SRU 0B 0 81/01 0B 0 82 0B 0 83/03 0B 0 84 0B 0 85/05 0B 0 86 0B 0 07 0B 0 08 0B 0 09 0B 0 8A 0B 0 8B/0B 0B 0 8C 0B 0 8D/0D 0B 0 8E 0B 0 8F/0F 0B 0 90/10 0B 0 91/11 0B 0 92/12 0B 0 93/13 SPARE 0C HSU DATA MODULE ABSENT/REMOVED HDM USIM 1 ABSENT RESERVED HDM USIM 3 ABSENT RESERVED HDM USIMS 1 & 3 ABSENT HDM ORT FAILURE HDM TEMPERATURE UNSTABLE HDM TEMPERATURE TIMEOUT HDM USIM 1 INVALID RESERVED HDM USIM 3 INVALID RESERVED HDM USIM 1 & 3 INVALID HDM USIM 1 FAILED RESERVED HDM USIM 3 FAILED RESERVED HDM USIM 1 & 3 FAILED FAILURE DESCRIPTION UP7527 23. Page F--21. INSTALLATION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

2 12 Oct 2010 . Page F--21.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE TOP/PORT LNA/DIPLEXER FAILURE DESCRIPTION UNKNOWN TOP/PORT LNA/DIPLEXER SRU 0D 0 01 <T/P LNA/DIP> MNTNC WORD FAIL SPARE 0E STARBOARD LNA/DIPLEXER 0F Same entries as for TOP/PORT LNA/Diplexer above except substitute STBD BSU for T/P BSU. LGA LNA/DIPLEXER UNKNOWN LGA LNA/DIPLEXER SRU 10 0 01 SPARE 11 12 TOP/PORT BSU OR ACU UNKNOWN TOP/PORT BSU OR ACU SRU 13 0 01 <T/P B/A> MNTNC WORD (350) UPDATE RATE FAIL 13 0 02 <T/P B/A> MNTNC WORD (350) DATA FAIL 13 0 03 <T/P B/A> STATUS WORD (144) UPDATE RATE FAIL 13 0 04 <T/P B/A> STATUS WORD (144) DATA FAIL 13 0 05 13 0 06 13 0 07 13 0 08 13 0 09 13 0 8A SPARE 14 STARBOARD BSU 15 Same entries as for TOP/PORT BSU or ACU above except substitute LRU code 15 for code 13 and <STBD BSU> for <T/P B/A>. UP7527 LGA LNA/DIP FAIL <T/P B/A> MNTNC WORD RAM FAIL <T/P B/A> MNTNC WORD ROM FAIL <T/P B/A> MNTNC WORD PSU FAIL <T/P B/A> MNTNC WORD PARAMETER FAIL <T/P B/A> MNTNC WORD TEMP FAIL <T/P B/A> SELF--TEST MISOPERATION 23. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page F--22 15 Jul 2006 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. LRU code 0F for code 0D and <STBD LNA/DIP> for <T/P LNA/DIP>.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Page F--23 12 Oct 2010 . and <STBD HGA> for <T/P HGA>. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE SPARE 16 17 18 19 FAILURE DESCRIPTION TOP/PORT HGA/IGA UNKNOWN TOP/PORT HGA/IGA SRU 1A 0 01 1A 0 02 1A 0 03 1A 0 04 CM SMPM <T/P HGA/IGA> MNTNC WORD FAIL CM HMPM IGA FAILURE CM HMPM IGA RS--422 INPUT BUS LINK FAULT CM HMPM IGA HPA RS--422 INPUT BUS ERROR/INACTIVE SPARE 1B STARBOARD HGA 1C Same entries as for TOP/PORT HGA above except substitute LRU code 1C for code 1A. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. <STBD BSU> for <T/P B/A>. ARINC 781 HGA/IGA UNKNOWN ARINC 781 HGA/IGA SRU 1D 0 01 1D 0 02 1D 0 03 1D 0 04 1D 0 05 1D 0 06 1D 0 07 1D 0 08 1D 0 09 1D 0 8A 1D 0 0B UP7527 MNTNC WORD (350) UPDATE RATE FAIL MNTNC WORD (350) DATA FAIL STATUS WORD (144) UPDATE RATE FAIL STATUS WORD (144) DATA FAIL MNTNC WORD RAM FAIL MNTNC WORD ROM FAIL MNTNC WORD PSU FAIL 1 MNTNC WORD PARAMETER FAIL MNTNC WORD CLASS 1 TEMP FAIL 1 SELF--TEST MISOPERATION 1 MNTNC WORD ANTENNA ARRAY FAIL 23.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.1 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE 1D 0 0C 1D 0 0D 1D 0 0E FAILURE DESCRIPTION MNTNC WORD CLASS 1 FAIL MNTNC WORD CLASS 3 TEMP FAIL MNTNC WORD CLASS 3 FAIL SPARE 1E LGA UNKNOWN LGA SRU 1F RESERVED SPARE 20 SCDU/WSC #1 UNKNOWN SCDU/WSC #1 SRU 21 0 01 21 0 02 21 0 03 21 0 04 21 0 05 21 0 06 21 0 07 <SCDU--1> PROTOCOL ERROR <WSC--1> STATUS (270) BAD SSM <WSC--1> MASTER PROTOCOL ERROR <WSC--1> DATA TRANSMISSION FAILURE SPARE SPARE <WSC--1> MASTER TEST LOOP FAILURE UP7527 23. Page F--23. INSTALLATION.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23. Page F--23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.2 12 Oct 2010 .

<WSC--2> for <WSC--1>. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. SPARE 24--2F RMP UNKNOWN RMP SRU 30 RESERVED SPARE 31 32 (C)MU #1 UNKNOWN (C)MU #1 SRU 33 0 01 33 0 02 33 0 03 33 0 04 33 0 05 33 0 06 33 0 07 33 0 08 <(C)MU--1> SPARE -.-.-. Page F--24 15 Jul 2006 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE 21 0 08 FAILURE DESCRIPTION SPARE SCDU/WSC #2 22 Same entries as for SCDU/WSC #1 above except substitute LRU code 22 for code 21.-<(C)MU--1> STATUS (270) BAD SSM <(C)MU--1> MASTER PROTOCOL ERROR <(C)MU--1> DATA TRANSMISSION FAILURE <(C)MU--1> SLAVE PROTOCOL ERROR <(C)MU--1> SELF--DECLARED FAILURE <(C)MU--1> MASTER TEST LOOP FAILURE <(C)MU--1> SLAVE TEST LOOP FAILURE (C)MU #2 34 Same entries as for CMU #1 above except substitute LRU code 34 for code 33 and <(C)MU--2> for <(C)MU--1>.-. and <SCDU--2> for <SCDU--1>. and <SCDU--3> for <SCDU--1>. <WSC--3> for <WSC--1>. IRS-PRI UNKNOWN IRS-PRI SRU 35 0 01 35 0 02 35 0 03 UP7527 SPARE <IRS--PRI> LAT DATA (310) FAIL SPARE 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. SCDU/WSC #3 23 Same entries as for SCDU/WSC #1 above except substitute LRU code 23 for code 21.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE 35 0 04 35 0 05 35 0 06 35 0 07 35 0 08 35 0 09 35 0 0A 35 0 0B 35 0 0C 35 0 0D 35 0 0E FAILURE DESCRIPTION <IRS--PRI> LON DATA (311) FAIL SPARE <IRS--PRI> GND SPD DATA (312) FAIL SPARE <IRS--PRI> TRK DATA (313) FAIL SPARE <IRS--PRI> TRUE HDG DATA (314) FAIL SPARE <IRS--PRI> PITCH DATA (324) FAIL SPARE <IRS--PRI> ROLL DATA (325) FAIL IRS-SEC 36 Same entries as for IRS--PRI above except substitute LRU code 36 for code 35 and <IRS--SEC> for <IRS--PRI>. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.34 NONE SPARE 3A--3C FMC #1 UNKNOWN FMC #1 SRU 3D RESERVED FMC #2 3E Same entries as for FMC #1 above except substitute LRU code 3E for code 3D and <FMC--2> for <FMC--1>.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. SPARE 3F UP7527 23. Page F--25 15 Jul 2006 . RESERVED 37 38 CFDS/CMC UNKNOWN CFDS/CMC SRU 39 0 01 INVALID OMS PARAMETER(S) 3 3 E 29.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE FAILURE DESCRIPTION 429 ICAO ADDRESS SOURCE UNKNOWN 429 ICAO ADDRESS SOURCE SRU 40 0 01 40 0 02 429 ICAO ADDRESS FAIL DUAL SYSTEM DIFFERENT 429 AES ID SPARE 41 CABIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS UNIT UNKNOWN CABIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS UNIT SRU 42 0 01 42 0 02 42 0 03 42 0 04 CCS ECL NOT ESTABLISHED CCS CCL NOT ESTABLISHED CCS CTU NOT AVAILABLE CCS PDL NOT ESTABLISHED CPDF 43 Same entries as for CMU #1 above except substitute LRU code 43 for code 33. Page F--26 12 Oct 2010 . INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. and <CPDF> for <(C)MU--1>.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.4F SDU INPUT BUSES AND RELATED 50 0 01 50 0 02 50 0 03 50 0 04 50 0 05 51 0 01 51 0 02 51 0 03 51 0 04 51 0 05 UP7527 SDU HSU1 BUS INACTIVE HSU1 SELF--TEST MISOPERATION HSU1 PERIODIC DATA RATE FAIL HSU1 SOLO WORD DATA RATE FAIL HSU1 W’BURG DATA RATE FAIL SDU HSU2 BUS INACTIVE HSU2 SELF--TEST MISOPERATION HSU2 PERIODIC DATA RATE FAIL HSU2 SOLO WORD DATA RATE FAIL HSU2 W’BURG DATA RATE FAIL 23. SPARE 44 -.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE 52 0 01 53 0 01 54 0 01 55 0 01 56 0 01 57 0 01 58 0 01 59 0 01 59 0 02 5A 0 01 5B 0 01 5C 0 01 5C 0 02 5D 5E 5F 0 01 5F 0 02 60 61 62 0 01 62 0 02 63 0 01 63 0 02 64 0 01 64 0 02 65 0 01 66 0 01 67 0 01 68 0 01 69 6A 0 81 FAILURE DESCRIPTION SDU CPDF BUS INACTIVE SDU CMU--1 BUS INACTIVE SDU CTU CEPT--E1 BUS INACTIVE SDU SCDU/WSC--1 BUS INACTIVE SDU SCDU/WSC--2 BUS INACTIVE SDU CMU--2 BUS INACTIVE SPARE MP4A/B SDU CFDS BUS INACTIVE INVALID OMS PARAMETER(S) SDU PRI IRS BUS INACTIVE SDU SEC IRS BUS INACTIVE SDU HGA/IGA HPA BITE BUS INACTIVE HGA/IGA HPA SELF--TEST MISOPERATION SPARE SPARE MP6G/H SDU LGA HPA BITE BUS INACTIVE LGA HPA SELF--TEST MISOPERATION SPARE MP7A/B SPARE SDU TOP/PORT BSU/ACU BITE BUS INACTIVE TOP/PORT BSU/ACU SELF--TEST MISOPERATION SDU A781 HGA/IGA BITE BUS INACTIVE A781 HGA/IGA SELF--TEST MISOPERATION SDU STBD BSU BITE BUS INACTIVE STBD BSU/ACU SELF--TEST MISOPERATION SDU RMP BUS INACTIVE SDU SCDU/WSC--3 BUS INACTIVE RESERVED RESERVED SPARE RESERVED UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page F--27 12 Oct 2010 .

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page F--28 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.[OTHER_SATCOM] SPARE MP12E/F SDU FMC--1 BUS INACTIVE SDU FMC--2 BUS INACTIVE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE RESERVED 80--8F HGA/IGA HPA INPUT BUSES 90 0 01 90 0 02 91 92 93 HGA/IGA HPA 429 MNTNC WORD CTL BUS INACTIVE HGA/IGA HPA MULTICONTROL BUS INACTIVE SPARE TP2A/B SPARE SPARE UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE 6B 0 01 6C 0 81 6D 0 81 6E 0 81 6F 0 81 70 71 0 01 72 73 0 01 74 0 01 75 76 77 78 79 7A 7B 7C 7D 7E 7F FAILURE DESCRIPTION SPARE RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED SPARE SDU CROSS--TALK BUS INACTIVE 3 2 I -.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page F--28. INSTALLATION.1 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE 94 95 FAILURE DESCRIPTION SPARE SPARE LGA HPA INPUT BUSES 96 0 01 96 0 02 97 LGA HPA 429 MNTNC WORD CONTROL BUS INACTIVE LGA HPA MULTICONTROL BUS INACTIVE SPARE TP2A/B TOP/PORT BSU/ACU AND A781 HGA/IGA INPUT BUSES 98 0 01 99 0 01 MNTNC WORD T/P BSU/ACU MULTICTL BUS INACTIVE MNTNC WORD A781 HGA/IGA MULTICTL BUS INACTIVE PORT BSU INPUT BUSES 9A 0 01 9B MNTNC WORD PORT BSU CROSSTALK BUS INACTIVE SPARE STARBOARD BSU INPUT BUSES 9C 0 01 9D 0 01 MNTNC WORD STBD BSU MULTICTL BUS INACTIVE MNTNC WORD STBD BSU CROSSTALK BUS INACTIVE UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.2 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. Page F--28.

-- WSC1 429 CNTRL BUS FROM THIS SDU INACTIVE WSC2 429 CNTRL BUS FROM THIS SDU INACTIVE WSC3 429 CNTRL BUS FROM THIS SDU INACTIVE HSU ETHERNET PORT 1 BUS INACTIVE HSU ETHERNET PORT 2 BUS INACTIVE HSU ISDN PORT 1 BUS INACTIVE HSU ISDN PORT 2 BUS INACTIVE 23. Only applicable prior to Package 6.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.0.-.-. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page F--29 15 Jul 2006 . SPARE A0 WSC INPUT BUSES A1 0 01 A2 0 01 A3 0 01 SPARE A4--A5 HSU USER INTERFACES A6 0 01 A7 0 01 A8 0 01 A9 0 01 SPARE AA--BF MISCELLANEOUS ERRORS. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE HSU #1 INPUT BUS 9E 0 01 9E 0 02 9E 0 03 9E 0 04 FAILURE DESCRIPTION <HSU1> 429 CONTROL BUS INACTIVE <HSU1> ICAO ADDRESS INVALID <HSU1> POSITION UNAVAILABLE <HSU1> VELOCITY UNAVAILABLE HSU #2 INPUT BUS 9F Same as entries for HSU #1 above except substitute Level 1 code 9F for code 9E and <HSU2> for <HSU1>. INSTALLATION.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.-. FAILURES AND WARNINGS SDU SYSTEM CONFIGURATION STRAP ERRORS C0 0 81 SDU STRAPS PARITY ERROR C0 0 82 SDU ANT CONFIG STRAPS ERROR C0 0 83 SDU CFDS CONFIG STRAPS ERROR C0 0 84 SDU STRAPS INCONSISTENCY C0 0 05 DUAL SYSTEM CONFIG STRAPS ERROR C0 0 06 DUAL REMOTE COCKPIT STRAPS INCOMPATIBLE C0 0 87 MANUFACTURER--SPECIFIC STRAPS PARITY ERROR UP7527 SPARE -.

Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page F--30 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE MISC C1 0 81/01 C2 0 81 C2 0 82 C3 0 81 C3 0 02 C4 0 01 C4 0 02 C5 0 81/01 C5 0 02 C6 0 01 C6 0 02 FAILURE DESCRIPTION SDU WOW MISCOMPARE ERROR SDU DUAL SYSTEM SELECT/DISABLE TEST ERROR SDU DUAL SYSTEM SEL/DIS TEST NOT INITIATED SDU (ICAO) ADDRESS BITS (STRAPS) ERROR DUAL SYSTEM DIFFERENT STRAPS AES ID HGA/IGA HPA 429 MNTNC WORD OUTPUT VSWR BAD HGA/IGA HPA REFLECTED OUTPUT POWER ERROR ORT/LOCAL CONFIG STRAPS INCOMPATIBILITY DUAL ORT/COMBINED CONFIG STRAPS INCOMP LGA HPA 429 MNTNC WORD OUTPUT VSWR BAD LGA HPA REFLECTED OUTPUT POWER ERROR HGA/IGA HPA OVER TEMP WARNINGS C7 0 01 HGA HPA MNTNC WORD LRU OVER TEMP C7 1 01 HGA HPA PSU OVER TEMP WARNING C7 2 01 HGA HPA CPU OVER TEMP WARNING C7 2 02 HGA HPA OVER TEMP WARNING C7 3 01 HGA HPA DRIVER OVER TEMP WARNING C7 8 01 HGA HPA OVER TEMP (COMBINER) WARNING C7 B 01 HGA HPA RFAM OVER TEMP WARNING MISC C8 0 01 C8 0 02 INVALID FREQ CMD FROM GES GNSS INTERFERENCE RISK FROM GES LGA HPA OVER TEMP WARNINGS C9 0 01 LGA HPA MNTNC WORD LRU OVER TEMP C9 1 01 LGA HPA PSU OVER TEMP WARNING C9 2 01 LGA HPA CPU OVER TEMP WARNING C9 2 02 LGA HPA OVER TEMP WARNING C9 3 01 LGA HPA DRIVER OVER TEMP WARNING C9 8 01 LGA HPA OVER TEMP (COMBINER) WARNING C9 B 01 LGA HPA RFAM OVER TEMP WARNING MISC CA 0 01 CB 0 01 CC 0 01 UP7527 LGA LNA CONTROL DRIVER FAIL HGA/IGA HPA INVALID SDI STRAPPING LGA HPA INVALID SDI STRAPPING 23. INSTALLATION.

RF CONTIN.1 23. FAIL RESERVED RESERVED T/P HGA LNA TO SDU RF CONTINUITY FAIL STBD HGA LNA TO SDU RF CONTINUITY FAIL LGA LNA TO SDU RF CONTINUITY FAIL LGA LOG--ON TEST FAILURE SLAVE LGA LOG--ON TEST NOT INITIATED NO DECLARED ACTIVE (C)MU -. FAIL SDU TO CLASS C HGA/IGA HPA RF CONTIN. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page F--31 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. INSTALLATION. FAIL SDU TO HGA/IGA HPA ATTEN.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. FAIL SDU TO LGA HPA CALIBRATION ERROR SDU TO LINEAR LGA HPA RF CONTINUITY FAIL SDU TO CLASS C LGA HPA RF CONTINUITY FAIL SDU TO LGA HPA ATTEN. CALIBRATION ERROR SDU TO LINEAR LGA HPA ATTEN. CALIBRATION ERROR SDU TO LINEAR HGA/IGA HPA ATTEN. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE TOTC/POC RESETS CD 0 81/01 CD 0 82/02 CE 0 81/01 CE 0 82/02 CF 0 81/01 CF 0 82/02 D0 0 81/01 D0 0 82/02 WRONG SDI CODES D1 0 01 D2 0 01 D3 0 01 D4 0 01 RF INTER-LRU FAILURES D5 0 01 D5 0 02 D5 0 03 D5 0 04 D5 0 05 D6 0 01 D6 0 02 D6 0 03 D6 0 04 D6 0 05 D7 0 01 D7 0 82 D8 0 81 D9 0 81 DA 0 81 MISC DB 0 01 DB 0 02 DC 0 01 UP7527 FAILURE DESCRIPTION SDU TOTC AUTO/MANUAL RESET SDU POC AUTO/MANUAL RESET RESERVED RESERVED HGA/IGA HPA TOTC AUTO/MANUAL RESET HGA/IGA HPA POC AUTO/MANUAL RESET LGA HPA TOTC AUTO/MANUAL RESET LGA HPA POC AUTO/MANUAL RESET HGA/IGA HPA WRONG A429 SDI CODE LGA HPA WRONG A429 SDI CODE TOP/PORT BSU/ACU WRONG A429 SDI CODE STARBOARD BSU WRONG A429 SDI CODE SDU TO HGA/IGA HPA CALIBRATION ERROR SDU TO LINEAR HGA/IGA HPA RF CONTIN. RF CONTIN.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE SDU ORT ERRORS SDU SECURED ORT ERRORS DD 0 01 DD 0 02 DD 0 03 DD 0 04 DD 0 05 DD 0 06 DD 0 07 DD 0 08 DD 0 09 DD 0 0A DD 0 0B DD 0 0C DD 0 0D DD 0 0E DD 0 0F DD 0 10 DD 0 11 DD 0 12 DD 0 13 DD 0 14 DD 0 15 DD 0 16 DD 0 17 DD 0 18 DD 0 19 DD 0 1A DD 0 1B DD 0 1C DD 0 1D DD 0 1E UP7527 FAILURE DESCRIPTION (I) STARTUP LOG--ON POLICY RESERVED (VIII) RESPONSE CAPABILITY TO LOG--ON INTRRGTN (XVIII) NOISE INSERTION LEVEL (XXII) TX GAIN THRESHOLD (XXIII) APHONE SYSTEM MANAGEMENT COMMANDS RESERVED (XXVIII) HPA BACKOFF LIMITS (XXIX) HPA MIN REPORTABLE ACTUAL PWR OUT (XXX) DEFAULT ASSUMED GLOBAL INITIAL C--CH EIRP (XXXI) SCDU TELEPHONE NUMBER PRESELECT (XXXII) ACP CALL INITIATION (XXXVIII) FAILURE MASKING DATA (XXXIX) ELEVATION HANDOVER THRESHOLD (XLI) AUTOMATIC TRANSIT CALL GES TABLE (XLII) AIR--TO--GROUND CHIME (XLIII) SCDU CALL PROMPTS (XLIV) EIRP OVERDRAFT CHECKING PRIORITY (XLVI) COCKPIT AUDIO LEVEL SETTINGS (XLVII) HGA RETRY PERIOD (XLVIII) COCKPIT CHAN INTERFACE TYPE FOR DUAL (L) “DIS/REENABLE OTHER SATCOM” SCDU PROMPTS (LI) SCDU SATCOM SUBSYSTEM PROMPTS (LII) SCDU CHANNEL LABEL SUFFIXES (LIII) SECURED ORT DESCRIPTION (LIV) COMPOSITE ORT FILE UPLOAD ALLOWED SECURED ORT MISMATCH WITH OTHER SDU (LVI) ACCESS TO ZERO--PREFERENCE GESS (LV) SECURED ORT MODIFIED FLAG (LVII) L--BAND REFERENCE OFFSET CAL THRESHOLDS 23. Page F--32 12 Oct 2010 . INSTALLATION.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE DD 0 1F DD 0 20 DD 0 21 FAILURE DESCRIPTION (LIX) APHONE AUDIO LEVEL SETTING (LX) AERO--H ONLY OPERATION (LXXXVII) SECURED ORT PART NUMBER UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Page F--32. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.1 12 Oct 2010 . INSTALLATION.

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23. Page F--32. INSTALLATION.2 12 Oct 2010 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Page F--33 15 Jul 2006 .-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE SDU USER ORT ERRORS DE 0 01 DE 0 02 DE 0 03 DE 0 04 DE 0 05 DE 0 06 DE 0 07 DE 0 08 DE 0 09 DE 0 0A DE 0 0B DE 0 0C DE 0 0D DE 0 0E DE 0 0F DE 0 10 DE 0 11 DE 0 12 DE 0 13 DE 0 14 DE 0 15 DE 0 16 DE 0 17 DE 0 18 DE 0 19 DE 0 1A DE 0 1B DE 0 1C DE 0 1D DE 0 1E DE 0 1F DE 0 20 DE 0 21 DE 0 22 DE 0 23 DE 0 24 DE 0 25 DE 0 26 UP7527 FAILURE DESCRIPTION (II) SATELLITE/GES NAMES (III) GES PREFERENCE VALUES (IV) MAINTENANCE PAGE ACCESS (V) COCKPIT TELEPHONE NUMBERS (VII) RESOURCES RESERVED FOR HEADSET SPARE (X) GROUND--TO--AIR CIRCUIT--MODE DATA (XIII) GROUND--TO--AIR CALLS (XIV) CALL CAMP--ON DURATION (XV) CAMP--ON TIMEOUT ACTION (XVI) STORE APHONE TELEPHONE NUMBERS (XIX) GROUND--TO--AIR CALL PREEMPTION (XX) PREFERRED COCKPIT CALL ROUTING (XXI) PREFERRED APHONE CALL ROUTING (XXIV) APHONE OUTGOING CALL BARRING LEVEL (XXV) CALL BARRING SECURITY CODE (XXVI) SHARED APHONE PHONE NUMBER STORAGE (XXXIII) ORT DESCRIPTION (XXXIV) AIRLINE CODE (XXXV) HEADSET OUTGOING CALL BARRING LEVEL (XXXVI) HEADSET TRANSIT CALL (XL) HIGH RATE DATA TRANSMIT SUPPORT (XLV) APHONE CALLED TERMINAL ID ASSIGNMENT (IL) MASTERY HANDOVER ALGORITHM WEIGHTING (LVIII) AES POSITION REPORTING (LXI) HSD PREEMPTION FOR PRIORITY 4 CALLS (LXII) ONGOING HSD CALL EIRP (XXXVII) ORT MODIFIED FLAG (LXIII) WSC MANUAL DIALING (LXIV) MINIMUM HSD CALL EIRP (LXV) HSD REGISTRATION PREFERENCE (LXVI) SWIFT64 M--ISDN LES PREFERENCE VALUES (LXVII) SWIFT64 MPDS LES PREFERENCE VALUES (LXVIII) ETHERNET MAC ADDRESS ASSIGNMENT (LXIX) PPPoE ACCESS--CONCENTRATOR NAME (LXX) TELNET SERVER ACCESS (LXXI) DHCP SERVER ACCESS (LXXII) TELNET IP ADDRESS ASSIGNMENT 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page F--34 12 Oct 2010 .RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE DE 0 27 DE 0 28 DE 0 29 DE 0 2A DE 0 2B DE 0 2C DE 0 2D DE 0 2E DE 0 2F DE 0 30 DE 0 31 DE 0 32 DE 0 33 DE 0 34 DE 0 35 DE 0 36 DE 0 37 DE 0 38 DE 0 39 DE 0 3A DE 0 3B DE 0 3C DE 0 3D DE 0 3E DE 0 3F DE 0 40 DE 0 41 DE 0 42 DE 0 43 DE 0 44 DE 0 45 FAILURE DESCRIPTION (LXXIII) TELNET SUBNET MASK ASSIGNMENT (LXXIV) TELNET DEFAULT GATEWAY ASSIGNMENT (LXXV) DHCP IP ADDRESS ASSIGNMENT (LXXVI) DHCP IP ADDRESS POOL ALLOCATION (LXXVII) BGAN PDP SESSION PARAMETERS (LXXVIII) PSID SUPPLEMENTARY FREQUENCIES (LXXIX) DHCP CLIENT ACTIVATED 3 2 I 45 NONE (LXXX) ACCESS POINT NAME 3 2 I 45 NONE (LXXXI) TELNET USER NAME AND PASSWORD 3 2 I 45 NONE (LXXXII) PORT HOST NAME 3 2 I 45 NONE SPARE (LXXXIV) TFTP SOFTWARE UPLOAD ENABLED (LXXXV) CHAP/PAP USER NAME AND PASSWORD (LXXXVI) USER ORT PART NUMBER (LXXXVIII) MIB SELF--TEST FLAG (LXXXVIX) PRIMARY CONTEXT LOADING (XC) BGAN PACKET DATA THRESHOLD (XCI) SATELLITE PREFERENCES (XCII) SERVICE PREFERENCES 3 (XCIII) SAT HANDOVER BASED ON SERVICE PREFS (XCIV) HSD SERVICE RECOVERY TIMEOUT (XCV) SATELLITE CONSTELLATION (XCVI) IP HEADER COMPRESSION (XCVII) CIPHERING ENABLED 3 (XCVIII) ETHERNET DUPLEX MODE (IC) SWIFTBROADBAND ATTACHMENT MODE (C) HSD CHANNEL PREEMPTION PREFERENCE (CI) LCP AUTHENTICATION ENABLED (CII) MAX SWIFTBROADBAND STREAMING BANDWIDTH (CIII) PIMBIT FAULT THRESHOLD (CIV) PIMBIT FAULT THRESHOLD FOR ANT BEAMS UP7527 23.

INSTALLATION. Page F--35 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE DE 0 46 DE 0 47 DE 0 48 DE 0 49 FAILURE DESCRIPTION (CV) PIMBIT DATA INVALID THRESHOLDS (CVI) PIMBIT ANTENNA BEAM ANGLES (CVII) PIMBIT SAMPLE DISCARD RATIO 3 (CVIII) AERO SATELLITE RECOVERY TIMER MISC DF 0 01 DF 0 02 E0 0 81 E1 0 01 E1 0 01 E2 0 01 E3 0 01 E3 0 02 E4 0 81 E5 0 81 E6 0 81/01 E6 0 02 E6 0 03 E6 0 04 E6 0 05 E7 0 01 E8 0 81 E9 0 81 EA 0 01 EB 0 01 EC 0 81 EC 0 82 ED 0 01 ED 0 02 EE 0 81 SLAVE HGA/IGA LOG----ON TEST FAILURE SLAVE HGA/IGA LOG----ON TEST NOT INITIATED RESERVED HSU1 SYSTEM DISABLE DISCRETE FAILURE HSU SYSTEM DISABLE DISCRETE FAILURE HSU2 SYSTEM DISABLE DISCRETE FAILURE UNSUPPORTED HSU1 CONFIGURATION UNSUPPORTED HSU2 CONFIGURATION HSU1/SDU INTERFACE VERSION INCOMPATIBILITY HSU2/SDU INTERFACE VERSION INCOMPATIBILITY HSU1/HPA TX RF SIGNAL PATH FAILURE HSU1 to HGA/IGA HPA CALIBRATION ERROR HSU2 to HGA/IGA HPA CALIBRATION ERROR HSU3 to HGA/IGA HPA CALIBRATION ERROR HSU4 to HGA/IGA HPA CALIBRATION ERROR HSU2/HPA TX RF SIGNAL PATH FAILURE DLNA/HSU1 RX RF SIGNAL PATH FAILURE DLNA/HSU2 RX RF SIGNAL PATH FAILURE DUAL HSU--700 CONFIG WARNING NO DECLARED ACTIVE WSC HSU CONFIGURATION STRAPS PARITY ERROR HSU CONFIGURATION STRAPS ERROR SDU ORT/HSU CONFIG STRAPS INCOMPATIBILITY HSU BGAN STRAP/ORT CONFIGURATION ERROR HSU FORWARD ID ADDRESS BITS (STRAPS) ERROR UP7527 23.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. INSTALLATION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. Page F--36 12 Oct 2010 .F9 MISC FA 0 01 FA 0 02 FA 0 03 FA 0 04 FB 0 01 FB 0 02 FB 0 03 FB 0 04 FB 0 05 FB 0 06 FB 0 07 FC 0 01 FD 0 01--16 FE 0 01 HSU1 TX RF SIGNAL OVERPOWER CONDITION HSU2 TX RF SIGNAL OVERPOWER CONDITION HSU3 TX RF SIGNAL OVERPOWER CONDITION HSU4 TX RF SIGNAL OVERPOWER CONDITION SDU MDM--1 TX RF SIGNAL OVERPOWER CONDITION SDU MDM--2 TX RF SIGNAL OVERPOWER CONDITION SDU MDM--3 TX RF SIGNAL OVERPOWER CONDITION SDU MDM--4 TX RF SIGNAL OVERPOWER CONDITION SDU MDM--5 TX RF SIGNAL OVERPOWER CONDITION SDU MDM--6 TX RF SIGNAL OVERPOWER CONDITION SDU MDM--7 TX RF SIGNAL OVERPOWER CONDITION ARINC 781 ANTENNA RESET WARNING EXTERNAL PILOT EVENT MARKER TO SDU EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPT TO SDU SBB PIM TEST FAILURE RESERVED FF UP7527 23. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System CODE EE 0 82 FAILURE DESCRIPTION ILLEGAL HSU FORWARD ID ADDRESS SPARE EF MISC F0 0 81 SPARE F1 -.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc.

A380 Faults Conversion to MCS Codes -1.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION. AIRBUS FAULT MESSAGE CODE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 32 AIRBUS FAULT CODE 2328F3JH 2328F3JJ 2328F3JK 2328F3JL 2328F3JM 2328F3JN 2328F3JP 2328F3JQ 2328F3JR 2328F3JS 2328F3JT 2328F3JU 2328F3JV 2328F3JW 2328F3JX 2328F3KO 2328F3K1 2328F3K2 2328F3K3 2328F3K4 2328F3K5 2328F3K6 2328F3K7 2328F3K8 2328F3K9 2328F3KA 2328F3KB 2328F3KC 2328F3KE MCS FAILURE CODE (HEX) 01 01 04 04 0D 13 1A 21 22 23 33 34 35 36 39 53 55 56 57 5A 5B 5C 62 66 90 98 C0 C1 C3 MCS FAILURE CLASS 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 3 1 UP7527 23.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page F--37 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table F.

INSTALLATION.-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Page F--38 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table F.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.A380 Faults Conversion to MCS Codes (cont) -1. AIRBUS FAULT MESSAGE CODE 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 42 43 45 47 48 50 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 AIRBUS FAULT CODE 2328F3KF 2328F3KG 2328F3KH 2328F3KJ 2328F3KK 2328F3KL 2328F3KM 2328F3KN 2328F3KQ 2328F3KR 2328F3KT 2328F3KV 2328F3KW 2328F3KY 2328F3L5 2328F3L6 2328F3L7 2328F3L8 2328F3L9 2328F3LA 2328F3LB 2328F3LC 2328F3LD 2328F3LE 2328F3LF 2328F3LG 2328F3LH 2328F3LJ 2328F3LK MCS FAILURE CODE (HEX) C4 C5 C7 C8 CB D3 D5 D8 DD DE FE 39 54 52 A1 A2 A3 EB 08 21 22 23 33 33 34 34 40 50 53 MCS FAILURE CLASS 1 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 0 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 UP7527 23. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell.

Rather. INSTALLATION.3.A380 Faults Conversion to MCS Codes (cont) -1. 2328W030 = SATCOM DATALINK FAULT). UP7527 23. but the SDU has information indicating that the aircraft is airborne.1). AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Table F.4.CMU ARINC 429 bus (reference Section 2. such as codes of the form 2328W0xx (e.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell..Also note that all of the Airbus Fault Codes above are of the form 2328F3xx. 2328W010 = SATCOM FAULT. but may be satcom--related ECAM memos driven by bits in label 27x words on the SDU--to-. Page F--39 12 Oct 2010 .-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. It is included here for completeness only. it corresponds to the text that is displayed on TEST and PIM TEST MCDU pages when the central maintenance system allows entry into the Interactive Mode. Other similar codes may be reported that are not central maintenance system fault codes. AIRBUS FAULT MESSAGE CODE 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 AIRBUS FAULT CODE 2328F3LL 2328F3LM 2328F3LN 2328F3LP 2328F3LQ 2328F3LR 2328F3LS 2328F3LT 2328F3LU 2328F3LV 2328F3LW 2328F3LX 2328F3LY 2328F3LZ 2328F3MO 2328F3M1 2328F3M2 2328F3M3 2328F3M4 2328FEM5 2328F3M6 2328F3M7 MCS FAILURE CODE (HEX) 53 55 56 57 57 66 9E A6 A7 A8 A9 E1 E6 E8 EC ED EE N/A 0B FA FB EF MCS FAILURE CLASS 1 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 N/A 3 3 3 1 NOTE: Airbus Fault Message Code 89 (fault code 2328F3M3) does not correlate to a failure condition.3.g.

-35 -20© Honeywell International Inc. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. INSTALLATION.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. Page F--40 12 Oct 2010 . AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System Blank Page UP7527 23.

6--10. 5--59 telecommunications panel. 3--1 communications system. 5--69 audio management system. A--15 packet data function. analog APOS. 1--3 aircraft communications addressing and reporting system. 7--2 antenna control unit. 2--17. 5--63. See channels. Aeronautical Radio. 3--1. 3--1. 5--63 APHONE. See central aircraft information and maintenance system call initiation from analog phone. 6--5. reference numbers. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 1--11 ARINC 600 connector layouts and contact arrangement. 1--9. A--15 BIT. 2--27 audio management unit. 2--2 built--in test. 1--17 bootstrap program. 5--63. 6--96. 5--57 management. 2--7. 1--3. 6--68 aircraft telecommunications network. A--17. 3--5. 2--7 stored telephone numbers. 3--15 call barring level. 2--15. 6--109 air--to--ground calls. A--10. See actual power out status ARINC. Inc. 2--28 aircraft earth station. See Air Transport Association audio control panel. 5--69 airborne data loader. 3--14 automatic dependent surveillance. 1--1. B--4 air traffic control. 2--17. 6--90. 4--2 loss requirements. 2--3 aircraft identification. A--9. 6--88 UP7527 23. 5--61. 6--1 bulk data communication. 3--11 termination. 6--94. B--1 installation instructions. 3--2 connected telephone(s). See audio management system AMU. 3--11 trunk lines. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System INDEX A ACARS. See audio management unit analog audio channel. 1--10. 3--7. 6--98. 6--3. 2--27. 1--26. 7--2 weather protection. 6--8. 6--89 Airbus. 6--88. 6--5. 6--8. 1--1. peripheral function. 1--1 Air Transport Association. 6--101. C--4 handset.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. 6--108. 3--15 central aircraft information and maintenance system. 2--6. 3--7. 3--1 cable attenuation. 2--16 identification. 6--57 aeronautical administrative communications. 2--2. 1--3. 2--13 cabin/passenger communications equipment. 7--3 hardware. 2--8 system table. 1--9. 3--9. 1--9. 6--93 McDonnell Douglas. 6--5. A--23 requirements. 1--1 aeronautical passenger communications. 6--8 antenna subsystem. aircraft flight information system. 6--91. 3--14. 2--11. 5--1 pin assignments. 6--110 telecommunications unit. 7--2 removal and installation. 6--106. INSTALLATION. See built--in test Boeing. 1--1 air traffic services.. 6--1. 1--3. 2--28 air filtration systems. 6--105 Boeing. 5--63. 1--11 ACP. 6--6 AMS. A--9. 3--8. C--5 system management commands. A--4. 2--8. 2--16. 2--1 operational modes for log--on. 6--18 system communication. A--19 built--in test equipment. 1--2. 6--95. 3--5. 2--1. 3--1 voice services. 6--89 requirements. 1--1 B beam steering unit. Inc.. 5--62. 2--13 C cabin communications. 1--1 Aeronautical Mobile Satellite Services Document. 3--5. 6--103. 1--11. 3--2 Aeronautical Radio.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 3--2 antenna general removal instructions. 5--61 interfaces. 2--13 Airbus. 6--107. 2--5. 2--28 AFIS. Page INDEX--1 15 Jul 2006 . 3--1. 1--3. 4--2 CAIMS. 6--7. 6--92. 6--100. 1--17 aircraft avionics. 1--1 alphanumeric display test. C--4 private branch exchange. 1--25 aeronautical operational control. 1--3. See audio control panel actual power out status. 5--3 ATA. 2--12. aircraft communications addressing and reporting system.

Page INDEX--2 15 Jul 2006 . 6--46. 6--46. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 6--5. 5--65. 5--67 channels. 6--38. 6--51. 6--8 Control Processor Card. 2--15. 6--18. 6--7. 6--87 CFDIU. 3--15 E effective isotopic radiated power. 6--110 interface. A--2 cabin communications system provisions. 3--15 commissioning and maintenance terminal. 2--13 UP7527 23. 2--7. 2--11. 6--17. A--4. 2--15 set download. 6--16. 6--79. 2--19. See data. See cabin. 2--16 data. 7--5. A--2 signal conditioning unit. 5--60. 2--19 cockpit voice configurations. 2--18 automatic. 6--6. 5--58. 2--7. 6--71. 5--59. A--8 plenum shelf assemblies. 5--63. 1--11. 5--63. 2--27 services. A--4. See data. 6--88 communication with SDU. B--1 continuity. 3--11. 6--75. A--2 attenuators. 6--111 services. 1--11. 6--87 pages. 2--8 upload. 5--61. A--8 elevation handover threshold. See commissioning and maintenance terminal cockpit communications. terminal equipment dual in--line packaging. 6--79. 1--23 cooling requirements. 6--71. INSTALLATION. 2--16 voice. See cabin. 6--10. 2--19 SCDU page displays. 6--6. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System central fault display system. A--9. interface unit DTE. 2--27 configurations. 6--17. 6--89 Airbus. 6--84 to SDU communication. 2--13 CM. 5--64. 5--64. A--15 Diplexer/ Low Noise Amplifier. 6--46. 2--27 functionality. A--8 ARINC 600 connectors beam steering unit. 2--17. 6--8. 5--67. See continuous monitoring CMT. 3--12. A--1. 6--87 Boeing 747--400. 5--64 cross--talk bus. 5--56. 3--6 pacifiers. 6--34 call light/chime. 2--13 cockpit voice sources. analog. 6--111 communications management unit. 2--16. 6--3 panel lamps. 6--85. 2--18. 6--48. 6--17 D D/LNA. 2--15. 5--21. 6--81 CPDF. 6--39. 2--13. 2--13. 2--8 terminal equipment. 6--8. B--1 coordinated universal time. 6--33. 6--84 centralized fault display interface unit. 6--10. A--2 hardware component kits. 5--68 codec--generated messages. A--2 connectors. packet data function CRC. 6--110 wiring diagram. telecommunications panel cyclic redundancy check. 4--3. 6--11. 6--27. 6--4. 6--84. 1--3 codec dedication. 5--66. 2--20 call setup. 6--27 antenna configurations. 5--63. 2--16. 6--7. A--9 tray assemblies.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 6--85 configuration pins. 6--7. 2--27 control/status. 5--69 voice call light test. 6--72. 1--25 dual SATCOM system. 2--10. 3--1 diplexer. 2--17 reversion. 6--87 McDonnell--Douglas. 3--10. 6--68. 1--11. See centralized fault display interface unit channels. 2--5. A--1. 2--15 digitally connected phones. A--7. 2--18 dual tone multifrequency. A--10 configuration data messages. 5--68. 5--57. 3--14 hookswitch signaling. 6--30 failure. 6--9. 2--12. 6--87. 6--17 page. 6--5. 2--5 Electronic Cable Specialists air filtration assemblies. 6--49. 6--88 central maintenance computer. 1--9 data interface unit. 5--63. 6--88. A--2 satellite data unit. See cyclic redundancy check cross talk. C--3 circuit card assembly. 6--84. 6--68. A--2 high power amplifier. 3--6. 3--6. 6--89 continued airworthiness. 6--10.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. A--9 cable. 5--65. A--1. 6--45. 6--11 failure records. 5--55. 6--110 CTM panel. Diplexer/ Low Noise Amplifier. 6--10. 2--5. 6--16. 5--58. 2--7 encrypted voice/data communication. 5--21 continuous monitoring. 1--9 DIU. 1--21 circuit--mode. 2--9. 2--18 manual. 2--4. 3--2.

6--5. 3--9. 6--9. 1--1. 2--4. 1--23 installation. 5--3 cooling requirements. 6--84 failure. 2--21. 6--17. A--15 HPR. new. 5--57. 1--2 address. 6--2. 6--8 management computer. 2--1. 5--58 plan information. 6--12 failure records. 6--38 aircraft identification code. A--11 high power amplifier. 1--1. 1--11. 6--6. 2--1. A--10 ARINC 600 connectors beam steering unit. See flight. 1--24 functional tests. 6--83 messages in normal mode. 2--7 automatic. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 3--9 tied preferences. 6--8 ground earth station. 6--8 fault warning processor. 3--7 interface. Page INDEX--3 15 Jul 2006 . 3--13 International Telecommunications Union. 6--4. B--1. A--15 high speed data unit. 6--8 FWP. 6--16. 1--1 high gain antenna. 2--15. C--3 GSDB. B--4. 6--5. 6--7. 5--58 FMC. 6--85. See International Organization for Standardization H handover.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. 6--75. INSTALLATION. 5--29 International Maritime Satellite Organization. 2--15. B--8 20 watt front panel connector. 6--11. 1--16. 2--25. 5--1 rear connector. 2--27. 1--3. 2--13 intermediate gain antenna. 1--2. 2--7 of mastery. 2--5 ground earth stations. 4--1 instructions for continued airworthiness. 4--3 front panel connector. 5--63. 2--5. 2--3 Global--Wulfsberg Flitephone WH--10. 1--12 ground speed. 5--63. 6--8 light emitting diodes. A--16 initial signal unit. 1--16 Hollingsead International. 6--8. 3--17. 2--16. 6--56. 6--88. 2--24. 4--3. A--9. 6--18. 5--21. 2--5. 2--18. 1--9. 2--2. 2--8 high power relay. 6--71. 2--19. 5--61. 6--111. 2--1. 3--1 failure detection and reporting level. See ground speed high power amplifier. See fault warning processor G GES--specific data broadcast. 5--63. A--12 plenum shelf assemblies. 6--8 front panel indicators and controls. 6--9 software upload. 2--13. See high power relay I inertial reference system. 6--68. A--11 connectors. 3--14. 6--1. 6--7 reporting. A--11 communications management unit. 2--4 block strapping. 5--1 40 watt ARINC 600 connector requirements. 1--14. 2--2. 2--4 leg. 3--1 commands. 2--26. 2--23. 4--3. 6--40. 2--17. 5--58 preference. 6--7. 2--16 global beam. 6--5. 2--13. A--4. See GES--specific data broadcast GSPD. 3--9. 6--19. A--10. 2--9 software/database updates. 5--62. 2--7 high frequency. 6--81. 1--2 ISO. 5--1 rear connector. 2--7. 1--9. 3--12 input/output module. 2--6. A--15 engineering support.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 5--1 failure reporting. 6--79. A--11 cables. 2--1. 3--5 Greenwich Mean Time. 5--66. A--11 tray assemblies. 2--1. 2--22. 2--20 user command. 1--10 interactive data communication. 6--58. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System F facsimile. 6--77. 6--71. 3--12. 6--5. 3--10. 2--16. 2--15. 6--3 memory log. A--11 cabin communications system provisions. management computer forward ID. 6--87 recording. 6--89 flight identification number. 6--8. 6--16. 2--2. 6--58 maximum permissible exposure level. 6--83 ground--to--air calls. 6--56. INTRO--9 International Civil Aviation Organization. 7--5 integrated services digital network. 6--9. 2--19 maximum permissible exposure level. 1--3. A--11 satellite data unit. INTRO--9 UP7527 23. 2--1. 6--8. 2--15 International Organization for Standardization. A--10 installation kit components.

6--11 line replaceable unit. INSTALLATION. 1--11. 3--6. 2--3. 6--35. 6--5. 3--15. INTRO--9 low gain antenna. 2--24. 5--59 messages. 2--12. 7--4 upload/download. 6--8. 6--103. 2--10. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System ISU. 6--71 installation. 2--19. 6--89 power interrupts. 3--8. 6--109 light emitting diode. 3--14. B--1. 2--13. 1--11. C--1 O OCXO. 2--5. 3--8. 6--5. 5--63. 2--9 ORT. 6--58 maximum permissible exposure level. See owner requirements table oven--controlled crystal oscillator. 6--105 Boeing. 6--18. 1--10 UP7527 P packet data. 2--3. 6--5. INTRO--10 MCDU. 3--5. A--16. 2--3. 3--7. 6--83 23. 2--16. 6--1 multifunction control and display unit. 6--34. 6--16. B--4. B--8. INTRO--8 high gain antenna. 6--19 activity record. 6--86. 6--16. A--15 LRU. 1--10 mobile packet--data service. C--1 download/upload diskettes. 2--26. 3--11. 6--77. 6--89 on--hook. 6--21 N non--volatile memory. 1--4. 6--74. 3--7. 1--23. 6--75. 2--8. 6--88 identification message. 6--14. 6--20. 1--11. Page INDEX--4 15 Jul 2006 . 3--7. 2--15. 5--1 portable maintenance access terminal. 3--8. 3--12. 2--1. 6--6. 6--110 management unit. 6--107. 6--101. 6--71. 2--12. 6--96. 2--11 M maintenance activity log. 1--23 portable data loader. See initial signal unit L level I failure messages. 6--77. 2--15 services. 2--5. A--17 avionics. 6--6. 3--11. 5--63. A--17. 3--17. 6--89. 6--94. 2--21. 4--2. 7--1. 6--19 panel assembly. 6--65. 6--38. 6--100. 6--95. 2--4 frequency. 2--16. INTRO--9 intermediate gain antenna. 2--7 constrained. 6--88. 6--9. 6--65 automatic. modular concept unit. 6--89 Airbus. 3--10. 6--89. 6--93 McDonnell Douglas. 1--1 multi--channel SATCOM system ARINC 429 data requirements. 7--3 log--off. 1--33. 6--27. 4--3 failures.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. 2--3 low gain antenna. 2--11. See maintenance. 6--106. 3--9. 6--6 owner requirements table. 5--69 operational software. 2--2. 2--8. 5--65. C--1 user command. 2--6. 5--57. 1--25 mobile integrated services digital network. 6--4 power supply unit. 6--27. B--7. 2--9. 6--87 header record. 4--3. A--19 test. INTRO--10 low noise amplifier. See oven--controlled crystal oscillator off--hook. 2--6 policy. 2--11 identification. 1--9. 2--17 MAR. 4--2. 5--68. 6--56. 3--9. 5--66. 2--8. 6--98. 1--30. 2--8. 3--15. 6--6. 2--4. 2--7. 6--85. 5--67. 6--108. 2--5. activity record maximum permissible exposure level. multifunction control display unit. 7--3 mechanical installation. 2--16 part number block. 6--64. 6--87 phase--locked oscillator. 6--11 upload. 2--16. See maximum permissible exposure level Multi--Channel SATCOM. 6--33. 2--1. See line replaceable unit MPEL. 2--1. 6--110. 6--6 PMAT. 6--3 data record. 2--5. 6--111. 6--4. B--9 coverage. 6--92. 6--8. 6--7. 6--91. 6--18. 6--90. 6--16. 2--9 identification. 6--87. 1--3 MCU. 1--11 Boeing 777. 2--7 mode selection. 6--81. 6--5. See power--on counter point--to--point protocol over Ethernet. 1--4 MCS SATCOM avionics. 3--1 cooling requirements. 6--13. 2--11. 2--3. 2--6. 1--28. 1--23. 3--13. 6--23 log--on. 6--5. 3--2. 2--13. 2--25. 6--17 Pd--channel. 2--27. 7--5. 2--10. INTRO--10 radio frequency energy levels. 4--1 removal. 2--3 person--activated self--test. A--9. 5--69 on--board maintenance system.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. See portable maintenance access terminal POC. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 3--14. 2--2. 6--84 CAIMS. 2--23. 6--29. 6--17. 2--20 packet--mode channels. 6--4. 3--9. 2--6. 6--12.

6--32 troubleshooting data. B--1. 1--10. 3--15 satellite data unit. 6--76 SATCOM main menu page. 5--60. 6--35 priority 4 calls. 6--26. 2--19. 2--16 P--channel. 1--30 push--to--talk. 6--3. 6--28. 3--2. 6--8. 6--66 test. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System power--on counter. 1--25 software. 2--2. 2--6 handover. A--19 control functions. A--19. 6--43. 6--48. 2--7. 6--39. 2--13. 2--5 RF loop back test. 6--9. A--21. 3--15. 6--21 page. 6--38. 2--19 mechanical installation data. 2--5. 6--63. A--18. 2--19 software upload. 2--9 validation. A--17. 6--61. A--4. 5--57. 6--29. 2--17. 6--55. 6--65. 2--2. 6--3. A--4. 6--62. 6--8. 6--19. 2--1. 6--6 RFM. 6--24. 2--18. 6--23. 6--57. 6--80 ground report troubleshooting data. 6--29. 6--110 SATCOM self--test. 5--65. 2--2. 2--4. A--22 automatic input selection. 2--9 software/database updates. 2--8. 2--1. 6--22. 2--6. 6--29 pages. 5--57. 2--6. 4--3 failure reporting. 6--36. 1--16. A--10. 6--69. 6--10. 6--6. See source destination identifer secure voice. A--19 built--in test. 5--3 codec. 6--20. 5--67. 5--67. A--19 manual signal selection. 6--6. 6--44. 2--4. 6--85. 1--12 SMT. 5--57. 6--20. 3--1. 4--1 modem. 6--81 sign/status matrix. 6--87. 6--20. 6--5. 6--49. 2--5. A--19. upload. 6--27. A--17. 6--11 installation dependent considerations. 6--77. 6--45. 6--79 last leg report. Page INDEX--5 15 Jul 2006 . 6--50. 6--75. 6--74 previous legs report. 6--46. 2--5 real--time clock. 6--68. 2--18. coding unit. 1--4 Rd--channel. 3--1 Psid--channel frequencies. 5--1 slave. 5--66. 5--69. 6--9. 6--6. 5--66 private automatic branch exchange. 6--110. A--18 front panel. 2--1. 6--40. 2--13. 6--27. 3--5 voice codec. 6--84. 6--4. surface mount technology. 6--71 SATCOM main menu. 6--27. 6--5. 6--7. 2--4. 2--3. 2--11. 6--110 SATCOM maintenance. 5--69. 6--88. 6--27. 6--19 return ID. 6--38 SATCOM submenu. 6--6 R radio frequency module. 3--5 number. 6--27. 6--71. 6--60. 3--12. 6--35. 6--27. 3--14. 6--75. 6--82 last leg class 3 faults. 3--1. 6--59 data loader. 6--20. 6--64. 6--79. 5--1 indicators and controls. 2--4. 6--6 radio frequency unit. 5--58. 6--66 ground report. 1--2 spot beam. See radio frequency module Rsmc--channel. 2--4. 6--30. 2--9 source destination identifier. 5--64 rear connector. 2--27. 6--18. 1--11. 2--6 UP7527 23. 6--59. 2--16. 6--29. A--16. 2--15. 6--9. 6--27. 6--25.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. 6--88 SDI. 2--10. 5--3 radio management panel. 2--16. 6--73. 1--24 RF channels C--channel. INSTALLATION. 2--17. 2--5 T--channel. 2--5 frequency. 6--56. 6--37. 2--27. 2--15 shop replaceable unit. 2--6 Psmc--channel. A--17 light emitting diode. 6--21. 2--15. 6--10. 2--18. 1--9 ARINC 600 connector requirements. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 2--4. 6--27. 2--4. B--4. 6--10 light emitting diodes. 6--88 display. 3--5. 2--12. 5--63. 6--42. 2--17. 2--7. 2--6 PSU. 6--77. 6--52. 2--4. 4--2 master. 2--3. 6--24. See real--time clock S SATCOM control and display unit. 6--17. 5--64 cooling requirements. 5--61. 6--65. 6--54. 2--5 RTC. 6--84 space segment. A--21. 2--9. 6--31. See power supply unit push to test. 6--16. 6--27. 6--83 power--on self--test. 2--11 displays for dual systems. 3--9. 2--3. 5--68 configuration pin. 6--77. 2--6. 6--70. A--17. 5--59. 3--14. 6--84. 6--51. A--22 signal conditioning unit. B--8. 6--27. 6--66. 5--65. 6--66. 6--6. 6--66. 3--14. 6--72. A--18 single channel per carrier. 3--5. 6--10 front panel connector. 1--9 radio frequency unit interface adapter. 5--64. 6--87. 2--17. 6--5. 6--41. 6--20. 6--81. 6--89. 2--2. 6--1. C--1 ARINC 600 connector requirements. 6--47. 6--67 LRU identification. 6--29.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 2--8 to WH--10 handset actions. 3--6 scratchpad. 6--89 configuration data. A--9. 6--27. 6--4. 5--61. 6--7. 6--87. 6--22. 2--7 R--channel. 2--16. 6--110 hierarchy.

4--2. 6--77. A--1 voice codec module. 1--12 time division multiplex. 5--60 swift channel module. 3--9 V VCM. 2--3. 2--15 terrestrial data and voice. 2--1 search table. 3--17 sidetone. See sign/status matrix standard ground test. 1--2 time division multiple access. 6--39 U UTC. Page INDEX--6 15 Jul 2006 . 6--7. Do not copy without express permission of Honeywell. 6--19 triple transcoder modem.-35 -20 Honeywell International Inc. AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL MCS--4200/7200 Multi--Channel SATCOM System satellite. 6--87 strap parity. 3--15 voltage standing wave ratio. 4--4. 3--15 dedication. 1--21 W weight--on--wheels discrete. 1--23 system address label. A--2 T terminal interface function. See voice codec module vendor equipment. 1--12 time since power--on. See coordinated universal time X XTB. INSTALLATION. 6--83 total on--time clock. shop replaceable unit. 2--3 SRU. See cross--talk bus UP7527 23. 2--9 system table.RELEASED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY: HONEYWELL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 3--15 stored audio messages. 2--2. 1--25 SSM. 6--18. 3--14 audio switching.